0% found this document useful (0 votes)

8 views

Oool Eee

The document provides a collection of IT exam questions and answers specifically for Oracle Database Administration I (Exam Code: 1Z0-082) to help users prepare for certification. It emphasizes the importance of not sharing the exam content and offers support through a Telegram channel for customer inquiries. Additionally, it includes various questions related to SQL, database links, and other Oracle-specific topics, along with correct answers and explanations.

Uploaded by

Rachid

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

8 views

Oool Eee

Uploaded by

Rachid

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 677

100% Real IT Exam Q&As.

Easily Pass with a High Score.

Copyright © Pass2Lead.com, All Rights Reserved.

All our exam practice questions and answers are only for our product buyers to get prepared for their
coming certification examinations. Any unauthorized sharing is forbidden. It may cause the suspending
of ones account, membership and product update if there is a violation of this rule.
Join Our Telegram for Exclusive Services!

Dear customers, join our Telegram for personalized pre-sales inquiries or

post-sales support. Scan the QR code or click here to experience our

dedicated services!

Join us, and you'll enjoy:

• Instant Responses: Our customer service team is always on

standby, ready to answer any questions you may have.

• Professional Support: No matter what product issues you

encounter, our experts will provide professional solutions.

• Latest Updates: Be the first to get updates on our products and

exclusive offers.

Scan the QR code and join us to stay on track.

Join our Telegram family now! Let us help you easily solve all your problems

and enjoy a worry-free shopping experience.

https://t.me/certvip
Vendor: Oracle

Exam Code: 1Z0-082

Exam Name: Oracle Database Administration I

Q&As: 142
QUESTION 1
The stores table has a column START_DATE of data type DATE, containing the date the row was
inserted. You only want to display details of rows where START_DATE is within the last 25 months. Which
where clause can be used?

A. WHERE MON'THS_BETWEEN (SYSDATE, start_date) <= 25

B. WHERE ADD_MONTHS<start_date, 25) <= SYSDATE
C. WHERE TO_XUMBER(start_date-SYSDATE) <= 25
D. WHERE MON'THS_BETWEEN (start_date, SYSDATE) <= 25

Correct Answer: D
Explanation

QUESTION 2
Which statement is true about database links?

A. Private database link creation requires the same user to exist in both the local and the remote
databases.
B. A public database link can be created only by sys.
C. A database link can be created only between two Oracle databases.
D. A public database link can be used by a user connected to the local database instance to connect to
any schema in the remote database instance.
E. A database link created in a database allows a connection from that database's instance to the target
database's Instance, but not vice versa.

Correct Answer: D
Explanation

QUESTION 3
Examine this description of the books table containing 100 rows:

Now examine this sequence of statements Issued In a new session;

Examine this description of the books table containing 100 rows:

Which three statements are true?

A. The second rollback command restores the row that was inserted.
B. The first rollback command leaves the table's 100 original rows locked.
C. The second rollback command rolls back the rollback to savepoint a command.
D. The first rollback command leaves the inserted row locked.
E. The first RollBack command restores the row that was inserted.
F. The second rollback command restores the 100 rows that were in the table originally.
G. The first rollback command restores the 100 rows that were in the table originally.

Correct Answer: ACE

Explanation

QUESTION 4
Which two statements are true about substitution variables?

A. A substitution variable prefixed with & always prompts only once for a value in a session.
B. A substitution variable prefixed with to prompts only once for a value in a session unless it is set to
undefined in the session
C. A substitution variable can be used only in a select statement.
D. A substitution variable used to prompt for a column name must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
E. A substitution variable can be used with any clause in a select statement.
F. A substitution variable used to prompt for a column name must be enclosed in double quotation marks.

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

QUESTION 5
Which three statements are true about single-row functions? (Choose three.)

A. They can be used only in the WHERE clause of a SELECT statement

B. The argument can be a column name, variable, literal or an expression
C. The data type returned can be different from the data type of the argument
D. They can be nested to any level
E. They can accept only one argument
F. They return a single result row per table

Correct Answer: BCD

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql_certificate/using_single_row_functions_questions.htm

QUESTION 6
Examine the description of the BOOKS table:
The table has 100 rows.

Examine this sequence of statements issued in a new session:

INSERT INTO books VALUES (`ADV112', `Adventures of Tom Sawyer', NULL, NULL);
SAVEPOINT a;
DELETE FROM books;
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT a;
ROLLBACK;

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. The second ROLLBACK command does nothing

B. The second ROLLBACK command replays the delete
C. The first ROLLBACK command restores the 101 rows that were deleted, leaving the inserted row still to
be committed
D. The second ROLLBACK command undoes the insert
E. The first ROLLBACK command restores the 101 rows that were deleted and commits the inserted row

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

QUESTION 7
Which three statements are true about time zones, date data types, and timestamp data types in an Oracle
database? (Choose three.)

A. The CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function returns data without time zone information

B. A TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIMEZONE data type column is stored in the database using the time
zone of the session that inserted the row
C. A TIMESTAMP data type column contains information about year, month, and day
D. The DBTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)
E. The SESSIONTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)

Correct Answer: CDE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
"TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE is another variant of TIMESTAMP that is sensitive to time zone
information. It differs from TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE in that data stored in the database is
normalized to the database time zone, and the time zone information is not stored as part of the column
data. When a user retrieves the data, Oracle returns it in the user's local session time zone."

So, the data is stored with the DB Timezone, even if it's retrieved with the session timezone.
A is clearly wrong by example, so the rest are true. With D and E we can also have an easy sample, while
for C, which is apparently the most ambiguous, I agree with whom was saying that the TIMESTAMP data
type contains indeed informations about day, month and year, and in the answer is never stated that they
are the only ones present. So as it's put, it's definitely right.

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NLSPG/ch4datetime.htm#GUID-CD2954CE-45E2-4938-A599-
CCB96879510F

QUESTION 8
Which three statements are true about external tables in Oracle 18c and later releases? (Choose three.)

A. External table files can be used for other external tables in a different database
B. The ORACLE_LOADER access driver can be used to unload data from a database into an external
table
C. The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can be used to unload data from a database into an external
table
D. They cannot be partitioned
E. The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can be used to load data into a database from an external
table
F. They support UPDATEs but not INSERTs and DELETEs

Correct Answer: ACE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14215/et_concepts.htm
B - Incorrect
The ORACLE_LOADER access driver is the default. It can perform only data loads, and the data must
come from text datafiles
C and E - Correct
The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can perform both loads and unloads.
F - Incorrect
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/admin/managing-tables.html#GUID-
697B86CC-875C-4F68-AF80-49B41F33AE45 You can, for example, select, join, or sort external table
data. You can also create views and synonyms for external tables. However, no DML operations
(UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE) are possible, and no indexes can be created, on external tables.
D - Incorrect
Partitioned external tables were introduced in Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2), allowing external
tables to benefit from partition pruning and partition-wise. https://oracle-base.com/articles/12c/partitioned-
external-tables-12cr2#:~:text=Partitioned%20external%20tables%20were%20introduced,are%
20supported%20with%20some%20restrictions.

QUESTION 9
Which two statements are true about trace files produced by the Oracle Database server? (Choose two.)

A. They can be written by server processes

B. Trace files are written to the Fast Recovery Area (FRA)
C. They can be written by background processes
D. All trace files contain error information that require contacting Oracle Support
E. Trace file names are based on the database name concatenated with a sequential number

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://gerardnico.com/db/oracle/trace_file
https://docs.oracle.com/html/E25494_01/monitoring001.htm

Each server and background process can write to an associated trace file. When an internal error is
detected by a process, it dumps information about the error to its trace file. Some of the information written
to a trace file is intended for the database administrator, and other information is for Oracle Support
Services. Trace file information is also used to tune applications and instances.

QUESTION 10
Which three statements are true about inner and outer joins? (Choose three.)

A. A full outer join returns matched and unmatched rows

B. An inner join returns matched rows
C. Outer joins can only be used between two tables per query
D. A full outer join must use Oracle syntax
E. Outer joins can be used when there are multiple join conditions on two tables
F. A left or right outer join returns only unmatched rows

Correct Answer: ABE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
E. Outer joins can be used when there are multiple join conditions on two tables can be like following
query:
- select * from table a left join table1 b on a.col1 = b.col1 and a.col2=b.col2;

Reference: https://www.studytonight.com/dbms/joining-in-sql.php

QUESTION 11
Which three statements are true regarding indexes? (Choose three.)

A. A UNIQUE index can be altered to be non-unique

B. A SELECT statement can access one or more indices without accessing any tables
C. A table belonging to one user can have an index that belongs to a different user
D. An update to a table can result in updates to any or all of the table's indexes
E. When a table is dropped and is moved to the RECYCLE BIN, all indexes built on that table are
permanently dropped
F. An update to a table can result in no updates to any of the table's indexes

Correct Answer: BCF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a76956/indexes.htm
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10501_01/server.920/a96521/indexes.htm

QUESTION 12
Examine this command:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. DML may be performed on tables with one or more extents in this data file during the execution of this
command.
B. The tablespace containing SALES1.DBF must be altered READ ONLY before executing the command.
C. The tablespace containing SALES1.DBF must be altered OFFLINE before executing the command.
D. If Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is used, then the file is renamed but moved to
DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST.
E. The file is renamed and stored in the same location

Correct Answer: AE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Queries and DML and DDL operations can be performed while the data file is being moved, for example:
1-SELECT statements against tables and partitions
2-Creation of tables and indexes
3- Rebuilding of indexes
Other notes:
1- If objects are compressed while the data file is moved, the compression remains the same.
2- You do not have to shut down the database or take the data file offline while you move a data file to
another
location, disk, or storage system.
3- You can omit the TO clause only when an Oracle-managed file is used. In this case, the
DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST initialization parameter should be set to indicate the new location.
4-If the REUSE option is specified, the existing file is overwritten.
note: The REUSE keyword indicates the new file should be created even if it already exists.
5-If the KEEP clause is specified, the old file will be kept after the move operation. The KEEP clause is not
allowed
if the source file is an Oracle-managed file.

QUESTION 13
You must create a tablespace of non-standard block size in a new file system and plan to use this
command:

The standard block size is 8k but other non-standard block sizes will also be used. Which two are
requirements for this command to succeed?

A. d3_32k_cache_size should be set to a value greater than db_cache_size.

B. db_32k_cache_size must be set to a value that can be accommodated in the SGA.
C. db_32r_cache_si2e must be less than db_ca=he_size.
D. db_cache_s:ze must be set to a size that is smaller than db_32k_cache_size.
E. The /u02 file system must have at least lOOg space for the datafile.
F. The operating system must use a 32k block size.

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

QUESTION 14
Which three statements are true about dropping and unused columns in an Oracle database? (Choose
three.)

A. A primary key column referenced by another column as a foreign key can be dropped if using the
CASCADE option.
B. An UNUSED column's space is reclaimed automatically when the block containing that column is next
queried.
C. An UNUSED column's space is reclaimed automatically when the row containing that column is next
queried.
D. Partition key columns cannot be dropped.
E. A DROP COLUMN command can be rolled back
F. A column that is set to UNUSED still counts towards the limit of 1000 columns per table

Correct Answer: ADF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Answer A is RIGHT: Oders is Parent table with PRIMARY KEY ord_no, Order_items is child table which
ord_no is REFERENCE KEY that reference ord_no of Parent table, now drop PRIMARY KEY on Orders by
command: ALTER TABLE orders DROP COLUMN ORD_NO CASCADE CONSTRAINTS;
Answer D is RIGHT: ORA-12984: cannot drop partitioning column
Answer F is RIGHT: Unused Columns Count against 1000-column Table Limit Causing ORA-01792 on
Compressed Table (Doc ID 2259600.1) and "ORA-01792: Maximum Number Of Columns In A Table Or
View Is 1000" AND HIDDEN_COLUMN name is recreated with date and timestamp (Doc ID 2624150.1)

QUESTION 15
Table ORDER_ITEMS contains columns ORDER_ID, UNIT_PRICE and QUANTITY, of data type
NUMBER.

Examine these SQL statements:

Statement 1:

SELECT MAX(unit_price * quantity) "Maximum Order"

FROM order_items;

Statement 2:

SELECT MAX(unit_price * quantity) "Maximum Order"

FROM order_items
GROUP BY order_id;

Which two statements are true?

A. Statement 1 returns only one row of output.

B. Statement 2 returns only one row of output.
C. Both statements will return NULL if either UNIT_PRICE or QUANTITY contains NULL.
D. Both the statements give the same output.
E. Statement 2 may return multiple rows of output.

Correct Answer: AE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.8.3.0/ref/rrefsqlj27781.html

The Expression can contain multiple column references or expressions, but it cannot contain another
aggregate or subquery. It must evaluate to a built-in data type. You can therefore call methods that
evaluate to built-in data types. (For example, a method that returns a java.lang.Integer or int evaluates to
an INTEGER.) If an expression evaluates to NULL, the aggregate skips that value.

QUESTION 16
Examine these commands:

Which two statements are true about the sqlldr execution? (Choose two.)
A. It overwrites data in EMP with data in EMP.DAT
B. It uses the database buffer cache to load data
C. It generates a log that contains control file entries, which can be used with normal SQL*Loader
operations
D. It generates a sql script that it uses to load data from EMP.DAT to EMP
E. It appends data from EMP.DAT to EMP

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
C & E are correct - ..."SQL*Loader express mode generates a log file that includes a SQL*Loader control
file. The log file also contains SQL scripts for creating the external table and performing the load using a
SQL INSERT AS SELECT statement. Neither the control file nor the SQL scripts are used by SQL*Loader
express mode. They are made available to you in case you want to use them as a starting point to perform
operations using regular SQL*Loader or standalone external tables; the control file is for use with
SQL*Loader, whereas the SQL scripts are for use with standalone external tables operations."

QUESTION 17
Examine these SQL statements which execute successfully:

Which two statements are true after execution?

A. The primary key constraint will be enabled and deferred.

B. The foreign key constraint will be enabled and deferred.
C. The foreign key constraint will be disabled.
D. The foreign key constraint will be enabled and immediate.
E. The primary key constraint will be enabled and immediate.

Correct Answer: C
Explanation

QUESTION 18
Which two statements are true about Enterprise Manager (EM) Express?

A. You can use a single instance of EM Express to manage multiple database running on the same
server.
B. EM Express uses a separate repository database to store target database metadata.
C. By default, EM express is available for a database after database creation using DBCA.
D. You can shut down a database instance using EM Express.
E. You cannot start up a database instance using EM Express.
Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 19
Examine the description of the SALES1 table:

SALES2 is a table with the same description as SALES1.

Some sales data is duplicated in both tables.

You want to display the rows from the SALES1 table which are not present in the SALES2 table.

Which set operator generates the required output?

A. INTERSECT
B. UNION ALL
C. UNION
D. SUBTRACT
E. MINUS

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

QUESTION 20
Which two statements are true regarding the UNION and UNION ALL operators? (Choose two.)

A. Duplicates are eliminated automatically by the UNION ALL operator

B. The number of columns selected in each SELECT statement must be identical
C. The names of columns selected in each SELECT statement must be identical
D. The output is sorted by the UNION ALL operator
E. NULLS are not ignored during duplicate checking

Correct Answer: BE
Explanation

QUESTION 21
Which compression method is recommended for Direct-Path Insert operations?

A. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS BASIC

B. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED
C. RON STORE COMPRESS BASIC
D. ROW STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED
Correct Answer: C
Explanation

QUESTION 22
You start your database instance in NOMOUNT state. Which two actions are performed?

A. The control files are opened.

B. The consistency of the database is checked.
C. All required background processes are started.
D. SYS can access the database.
E. Memory is allocated for the SG1

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 23
The INVOICE table has a QTY_SOLD column of data type NUMBER and an INVOICE_DATE column of
data type DATE.

NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-RR.

Which two are true about data type conversions involving these columns in query expressions? (Choose
two.)

A. CONCAT (qty_sold, invoice_date) : requires explicit conversion

B. invoice_date = '15-march-2019' : uses implicit conversion
C. invoie_date > '01-02-2019' : uses implicit conversion
D. qty_sold BETWEEN `101' AND '110' : uses implicit conversion
E. qty_sold = `0554982' uses implicit conversion

Correct Answer: DE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A is false cause CONCAT doesn't require explicit conversion.
B is false cause it gives to me error ORA-00933 is not the correct format (should be 15-MAR-2019)
C is false cause the month is not valid

QUESTION 24
Which three statements are true concerning logical and physical database structures? (Choose three.)

A. All tablespaces may have one or more data files

B. The extents of a segment must always reside in the same datafile
C. A smallfile tablespace might be bigger than a bigfile tablespace
D. A segment can span multiple data files in some tablespaces
E. A segment's blocks can be of different sizes
F. A segment might have only one extent
G. Segments can span multiple tablespaces

Correct Answer: BCF

Explanation

QUESTION 25
Which three statements are true about the DESCRIBE command? (Choose three.)
A. It displays the PRIMARY KEY constraint for any column or columns that have that constraint
B. It can be used from SQL Developer
C. It displays the NOT NULL constraint for any columns that have that constraint
D. It can be used to display the structure of an existing view
E. It displays all constraints that are defined for each column
F. It can be used only from SQL*Plus

Correct Answer: BCD

Explanation

QUESTION 26
Which two tasks can you perform using DBCA for databases? (Choose two.)

A. Configure a nonstandard block size for a new database

B. Register a new database with an available Enterprise Manager Management server
C. Change the standard block size of an existing database
D. Configure incremental backups for a new database
E. Enable flashback database for an existing database

Correct Answer: AB
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B16254_01/doc/server.102/b14196/install003.htm

QUESTION 27
The orders table has a column ORDER_DATE of data type date.

The default display format for a date Is DD-MON-RR.

Which two where conditions demonstrate the correct usage of conversion functions?

A. WHERE order_date > TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, 6), 'MON DD YYYY')

B. WHERE TO_CHAR(order_date, 'MON DD YYYY') = 'JAN 20 2019'
C. WHERE order_date > TO_DATE<ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, c) , 'MON DD YYYY')
D. WHERE order_date IN (TO_DATE ('Oct 21 2018', 'Mon DD YYYY'), TC_CHAR('Nov 21 2018', 'Mon
DD YYYY'))
E. WHERE order date > TO DATE('JUL 10 2018', *MON DD YYYY')

Correct Answer: BE
Explanation

QUESTION 28
Which three statements are true about the Oracle join and ANSI join syntax? (Choose three.)

A. The Oracle join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables
B. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax
C. The SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax supports natural joins
D. The SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables
E. The Oracle join syntax only supports right outer joins
F. The Oracle join syntax supports natural joins
G. The Oracle join syntax performs less well than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax

Correct Answer: ACD

Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/ansi-iso-sql-support

QUESTION 29
In the ORCL database, UNDOTBS1 is the active undo tablespace with these properties:

1. A size of 100 MB
2. AUTOEXTEND is off
3. UNDO_RETENTION is set to 15 minutes
4. It has RETENTION GUARANTEE

UNDOTBS1 fills with uncommitted undo 10 minutes after the database opens.

What will happen when the next update is attempted by any transaction?

A. It succeeds and the generated undo is stored in SYSTEM.

B. It fails and returns the error message "ORA-30036: unable to extend segment by 8 in undo tablespace
'UNDOTBS1'".
C. It succeeds and the least recently written undo block of UNDOTBS1 is overwritten by the generated
undo.
D. It succeeds and the generated undo is stored in SYSAUX.
E. It succeeds and the least recently read undo block of UNDOTBS1 is overwritten by the generated
undo.

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
To guarantee the success of long-running queries or Oracle Flashback operations, you can enable
retention guarantee. If retention guarantee is enabled, the specified minimum undo retention is
guaranteed; the database never overwrites unexpired undo data even if it means that transactions fail due
to lack of space in the undo tablespace. If retention guarantee is not enabled, the database can overwrite
unexpired undo when space is low, thus lowering the undo retention for the system. This option is disabled
by default.

QUESTION 30
You want to apply the principle of Least Privilege in all your live databases.

One of your requirements is to revoke unnecessary privileges from all users who have them using Privilege
Analysis.

Which three types of analyses can be done using the DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE package? (Choose
three.)

A. analysis of all privileges used by all users including administrative users in the database
B. analysis of all privileges used by all users but excluding administrative users in the database
C. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects that they did not use
D. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects that they did use
E. analysis of privileges granted directly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that
role
F. analysis of privileges granted indirectly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted
that role

Correct Answer: AEF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A - Right - We can analyze the administrative user, the oracle just excludes the SYS user
B - Wrong, oracle does not delete administrative user, like question A, only SYS user
C - Wrong - We cannot analyze the permission of the scheme itself
D - Wrong - We cannot analyze the privilege of our schema
E - Right - we can analyze the permission that was given directly.
F - Right - we can analyze the permission that was given
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_priv_prof.htm#ARPLS74328

QUESTION 31
Which two are true about a SQL statement using SET operators such as UNION? (Choose two.)

A. The data type group of each column returned by the second query must match the data type of the
corresponding column returned by the first query.
B. The number, but not names, of columns must be identical for all SELECT statements in the query.
C. The data type of each column returned by the second query must exactly match the data type of the
corresponding column returned by the first query.
D. The names and number of columns must be identical for all SELECT statements in the query.
E. The data type of each column returned by the second query must be implicitly convertible to the data
type of the corresponding column returned by the first query.

Correct Answer: AB
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-
MINUS-Operators.html#GUID-B64FE747-586E-4513-945F-80CB197125EE

QUESTION 32
Examine these commands:

Which two statements are true about the sqiidr execution?

A. It generates a sqi script that it uses to load data from EMP.DAT TO EMP.
B. It overwrites the data for Alan and adds data for Curl and Bob
C. It appends data from EMP.DAT TO EMP.
D. It overwrites all data in emp with data from emp.dat.
E. It generates a log that contains control file entries, which can be used with normal SQL'Loader
operations.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
QUESTION 33
You execute this command:

Sufficient storage is available in filesystem /u01.

Which two statements are true about the BIG_TBS tablespace? (Choose two.)

A. AUTOEXTEND is possible for the datafile

B. It must be bigger than the largest SMALLFILE tablespace
C. Additional data files may not be added
D. It will be a dictionary-managed tablespace by default
E. It will always have a 32K blocksize

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 34
Which two statements are true about the Oracle Data Dictionary?

A. It is owned by the sys user.

B. Data dictionary base tables can be queried directly.
C. It is owned by the system user.
D. Data dictionary views are always created with queries that join two or more base tables.
E. All data dictionary view joins base tables to dynamic performance views.

Correct Answer: AB
Explanation

QUESTION 35
Which two statements are true about views used for viewing tablespace and datafile information? (Choose
two.)

A. Tablespace free space can be viewed in V$TABLESPACE

B. V$TABLESPACE displays information that is contained in the controlfile about tablespaces
C. V$TABLESPACE displays information about tablespaces contained in the data dictionary
D. Tablespace free space can be viewed in DBA_TABLESPACES
E. A datafile can be renamed when the database is in MOUNT state and the new file name is displayed
when querying DBA_DATA_FILES after the database is opened

Correct Answer: BE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SQL> shutdown immediate;
Database closed.

E correct.
Database dismounted.
ORACLE instance shut down.
SQL> startup mount;
ORACLE instance started.

Total System Global Area 1375731600 bytes

Fixed Size 8896400 bytes
Variable Size 838860800 bytes
Database Buffers 520093696 bytes
Redo Buffers 7880704 bytes
Database mounted.
SQL> alter database move datafile '/oradata/ORA19/testing1.dbf' to '/oradata/ORA19/testing01.dbf';

QUESTION 36
In one of your databases, you create a user, HR, and then execute this command:

GRANT CREATE SESSION TO hr WITH ADMIN OPTION;

Which three actions can HR perform? (Choose three.)

A. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from other users

B. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from user HR
C. Log in to the database instance
D. Grant the CREATE SESSION privilege with ADMIN OPTION to other users
E. Execute DDL statements in the HR schema
F. Execute DML statements in the HR schema

Correct Answer: BCD

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SYS@linuxdb1 > create user hr identified by hr1;

User created.

SYS@linuxdb1 > grant create session to hr with admin option;

Grant succeeded.

SYS@linuxdb1 > connect hr

Enter password:
Connected.
HR@linuxdb1 > show user;
USER is "HR"
HR@linuxdb1 > revoke create session from hr;

Revoke succeeded.

HR@linuxdb1 >
(here I connected as SYS to do something else and tried to go back as HR, it didn't work).

SYS@linuxdb1 > connect hr

Enter password:
ERROR:
ORA-01045: user HR lacks CREATE SESSION privilege; logon denied

Warning: You are no longer connected to ORACLE.

@ > connect sys as sysdba

Enter password:
Connected.
SYS@linuxdb1 > grant create session to hr;

Grant succeeded.
SYS@linuxdb1 > connect hr
Enter password:
Connected.
HR@linuxdb1 >

HR@linuxdb1 > revoke create session from toad;

revoke create session from toad
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01031: insufficient privileges

A is incorrect, HR can't revoke privs from another user. B is correct, it can revoke its own privs.

Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/network.111/b28531/authorization.htm#DBSEG224

QUESTION 37
An Oracle database session has an uncommitted transaction in progress which updated 5000 rows in a
table.
Which three situations does the transaction complete thereby committing the updates?

A. when a DBA issues a successful SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL statement and the user then issues
a COMMIT
B. when a CREATE INDEX statement is executed successfully in the same session
C. when a COMMIT statement is issued by the same user from another session in the same database
instance
D. when the session logs out successfully
E. when a DBA issues a successful SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE statement and the user then issues a
COMMIT
F. when a CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement is executed unsuccessfully in the same session

Correct Answer: ABD

Explanation

QUESTION 38
Which three activities are recorded in the database alert log? (Choose three.)

A. Data Definition Language (DDL) statements

B. non-default database parameters
C. block corruption errors
D. deadlock errors
E. session logins and logouts

Correct Answer: BCD

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
All internal errors (ORA-600), block corruption errors (ORA-1578), and deadlock errors (ORA-60) that
occur
The values of all initialization parameters that had nondefault values at the time the database and instance
start

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/monitoring001.htm#ADMIN11247

QUESTION 39
You want to use table compression suitable for OLTP that will:
1.
2. Compress rows for all DML statements on that table
3. Minimize the overheads associated with compression
Which compression option is best suited for this?

A. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR QUERY LOW

B. ROW STORE COMPRESS BASIC
C. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR ARCHIVE LOW
D. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR ARCHIVE HIGH
E. ROW STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/options/compression/advanced-compression-
wp-12c-1896128.pdf

QUESTION 40
Which three statements are true about table data storage in an Oracle Database? (Choose three.)

A. Data block headers contain their own Data Block Address (DBA)
B. A table row piece can be chained across several database blocks
C. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in different database blocks
D. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in the same block
E. Data block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block
F. Index block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block

Correct Answer: ABC

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://books.google.com.pk/books?id=lNtVjrmbzckC&pg=PA267&lpg=PA267&dq=Multiple
+row+pieces+from+the+same+row+may+be+stored+in+different+database
+blocks&source=bl&ots=lEIhFe2Q52&sig=ACfU3U1TETJPy194pARxfIJ5ROaQdySCMQ&hl=en&sa=X&ve
d=2ahUKEwivveLa97_mAhWOzaQKHahYAVEQ6AEwAnoECAoQAQ#v=onepage&q=Multiple%20row%
20pieces%20from%20the% 20same%20row%20may%20be%20stored%20in%20different%20database%
20blocks&f=false/

QUESTION 41
A script abc.sql must be executed to perform a job.

A database user HR, who is defined in this database, executes this command:

$ sqlplus hr/hr@orcl @abc.sql

What will happen upon execution?

A. The command succeeds and HR will be connected to the orcl and abc.sql databases
B. The command succeeds and HR will be connected to the orcl database instance, and the abc.sql script
will be executed
C. The command fails because the script must refer to the full path name
D. The command fails and reports an error because @ is used twice

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

QUESTION 42
Which two statements are true about segment types in an Oracle Database?

A. Table segments always have two or more extents.

B. Temporary segments are only stored in a temporary tablespace.
C. Undo segments are only stored in an undo tablespace.
D. Cluster segments may contain data from multiple tables.
E. Index segments always have two or more extents.

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

QUESTION 43
Which three functions are performed by dispatchers in a shared server configuration? (Choose three.)

A. writing inbound request to the common request queue from all shared server connections
B. checking for outbound shared server responses on the common outbound response queue
C. receiving inbound requests from processes using shared server connections
D. sending each connection input request to the appropriate shared server input queue
E. broadcasting shared server session responses back to requesters on all connections
F. sending shared server session responses back to requesters on the appropriate connection

Correct Answer: ACF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Ref: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/manproc001.htm#ADMIN11168
An ***idle shared server process picks up*** the virtual circuit from the common queue

QUESTION 44
Examine the description of the PROMOTIONS table:

You want to display the unique promotion costs in each promotion category.

Which two queries can be used? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT promo_cost, promo_category FROM promotions ORDER BY by 1;

B. SELECT DISTINCT promo_cost || ' in ` || DISTINCT promo_category FROM promotions ORDER BY 1;
C. SELECT DISTINCT promo_category || ` has ` || promo_cost AS COSTS FROM promotions ORDER
BY 1;
D. SELECT promo_category, DISTINCT promo_cost FROM promotions ORDER BY 2;
E. SELECT DISTINCT promo_category, promo_cost FROM promotions ORDER BY 1;

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 45
Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:
You want to display details of all customers who reside in cities starting with the letter D followed by at
least two characters.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city LIKE `D_%';

B. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city = `%D_';
C. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city LIKE `D_';
D. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city = `D_%';

Correct Answer: A
Explanation

QUESTION 46
Which four statements are true regarding primary and foreign key constraints and the effect they can have
on table data? (Choose four.)

A. A table can have only one primary key but multiple foreign keys
B. A table can have only one primary key and one foreign key
C. The foreign key columns and parent table primary key columns must have the same names
D. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to remain in the child table at the time the parent row
is deleted
E. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to be deleted automatically from the child table at the
time the parent row is deleted
F. Only the primary key can be defined at the column and table level
G. Primary key and foreign key constraints can be defined at both the column and table level

Correct Answer: ACEG

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A. A table can have only one primary key but multiple foreign keys --> For sure
B. A table can have only one primary key and one foreign key --> There is no such restrictions
C. The foreign key columns and parent table primary key columns must have the same names --> There is
no such restriction.
D. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to remain in the child table at the time the parent row
is deleted --> Can be achieved by disabling the FK constraint and re enabling with no validate clause after
performing delete on parent table.
E. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to be deleted automatically from the child table at the
time the parent row is deleted --> CASCADE option F. Only the primary key can be defined at the column
and table level --> No such restrictions
G. Primary key and foreign key constraints can be defined at both the column and table level --> True.

QUESTION 47
Examine this command and some partial output:
Why does the DB01.abc.com service show unknown status?

A. The service DB01.abc.com is dynamically registered

B. The LOCAL_LISTENER database parameter is not set to a service name that refers to LISTENER_1
C. The service DB01.abc.com is statically registered
D. The listener is not listening on the default port 1521
E. The SID_LIST_LISTENER section is not contained in the LISTENER.ORA file

Correct Answer: C
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
An UNKNOWN status means that the instance is registered statically (with a SID_LIST) in the listener. ora
file rather than dynamically with service registration. Therefore, the database status is "not known" to the
listener.

QUESTION 48
Which two statements are true regarding a SAVEPOINT? (Choose two.)

A. Rolling back to a SAVEPOINT can undo a CREATE INDEX statement

B. Rolling back to a SAVEPOINT can undo a TRUNCATE statement
C. Only one SAVEPOINT may be issued in a transaction
D. A SAVEPOINT does not issue a COMMIT
E. Rolling back to a SAVEPOINT can undo a DELETE statement

Correct Answer: DE
Explanation

QUESTION 49
Which two statements are true about the SET VERIFY ON command? (Choose two.)

A. It can be used only in SQL*Plus

B. It displays values for variables used only in the WHERE clause of a query
C. It can be used in SQL Developer and SQL*Plus
D. It displays values for variables created by the DEFINE command
E. It displays values for variables prefixed with &&

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 50
Which two statements are true about space-saving features in an Oracle Database? (Choose two.)
A. Private Temporary Tables (PTTS) store metadata in memory only
B. An index created with the UNUSABLE attribute has no segment
C. If they exist for a session, Private Temporary Tables (PTTs) are always dropped at the next COMMIT
OR ROLLBACK statement
D. An index that is altered to be UNUSABLE will retain its segment
E. A table that is truncated will always have its segment removed

Correct Answer: AB
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A - https://oracle-base.com/articles/18c/private-temporary-tables-18c
Oracle 18c introduced the concept of a private temporary table, a memory-based temporary table that is
dropped at the end of the session or transaction depending on the setup.
B - https://docs.oracle.com/html/E25494_01/indexes003.htm#CIHFIGDG
Beginning with Oracle Database 11g Release 2, the database does not create an index segment when
creating an unusable index.
C - not always, depends on the setup of the table creation

QUESTION 51
Which three statements are true about using SQL*Plus?

A. It has its own commands that are separate from any SQL statements.
B. It must be downloaded from the Oracle Technology Network (OTN).
C. It can run scripts entered at the SQL prompt.
D. It can run Recovery Manager (RMAN) commands.
E. It has both command-line and graphical user interfaces (GUI).
F. It can run scripts passed to it by a shell script.

Correct Answer: ABC

Explanation

QUESTION 52
Which two statements are true about the ORDER BY clause when used with a SQL statement containing a
SET operator such as UNION? (Choose two.)

A. Column positions must be used in the ORDER BY clause

B. Only column names from the first SELECT statement in the compound query are recognized
C. The first column in the first SELECT of the compound query with the UNION operator is used by default
to sort output in the absence of an ORDER BY clause
D. Each SELECT statement in the compound query must have its own ORDER BY clause
E. Each SELECT statement in the compound query can have its own ORDER BY clause

Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
select employee_id,last_name "Last Name"
FROM employees
where employee_id=101
union
select employee_id EMP_NO, last_name
from employees
where employee_id=113;
C is correct.

QUESTION 53
Which two statements are true about single row functions? (Choose two.)

A. MOD : returns the quotient of a division operation

B. FLOOR : returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to a specified number
C. TRUNC : can be used with NUMBER and DATE values
D. CONCAT : can be used to combine any number of values
E. CEIL : can be used for positive and negative numbers

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/sqlrf/Single-Row-
Functions.html#GUID-B93F789D-B486-49FF-B0CD-0C6181C5D85C

QUESTION 54
Which three statements are true about the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)?

A. It Is held Inside an Oracle database schema.

B. The ADR base is specified In the diagnostic_dest database parameter.
C. It is only used for Oracle Database diagnostic information.
D. It is a file-based repository held outside any database.
E. It can be used for problem diagnosis of a database when that database's instance is down.

Correct Answer: ABD

Explanation

QUESTION 55
Which two statements are true?

A. SALES1 has not NULL constraints on any selected columns which had those constraints in the sales
table.
B. SALES1 has primary key and unique constraints on any selected columns which had those constraints
in the sales table.
C. SALES1 is created with 55,000 rows.
D. SALES1 is created with no rows.
E. SALES1 is created with 1 row.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
QUESTION 56
Which two statements are true about date/time functions in a session where NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set
to DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS? (Choose two.)

A. CURRENT_TIMESTAMP returns the same date and time as SYSDATE with additional details of
fractional seconds
B. SYSDATE can be queried only from the DUAL table
C. CURRENT_DATE returns the current date and time as per the session time zone
D. SYSDATE can be used in expressions only if the default date format is DD-MON-RR
E. SYSDATE and CURRENT_DATE return the current date and time set for the operating system of the
database server
F. CURRENT_TIMESTAMP returns the same date as CURRENT_DATE

Correct Answer: CF
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://www.w3resource.com/oracle/datetime-functions/oracle-current_timestamp-function.php

QUESTION 57
Examine the description of the employees table:

Which query requires explicit data type conversion?

A. SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE join_date > '10-02-2018';

B. SELECT join_date I I ' ' II salary FROM employees;
C. SELECT SUBSTR<join_date, 1, 2)-10 FROM employees;
D. SELECT join_date + '20' FROM employees; SELECT salary * '120.50' FROM employees;

Correct Answer: A
Explanation

QUESTION 58
Your database instance is started with an SPFILE.

A PFILE is also available. You execute this command:

ALTER SYSTEM SET DB_CACHE_SIZE=100K;

Where Is the value changed?

A. in the SPFILE, SPFILE, and memory

B. in the SPFILE and in memory
C. only In the SPFILE
D. in the SPFILE and SPFILEc
E. only in memory

Correct Answer: D
Explanation

QUESTION 59
Which two statements are true about undo and undo tablespaces?

A. There can be only one undo tablespace created in a database.

B. An instance will crash if the active undo tablespace is lost.
C. An undo tablespace may be owned by only one instance.
D. undo segments are owned by SYSTEM.
E. undo segments are owned by SYSBACKUP.

Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

QUESTION 60
Which three Oracle database space management features will work with both Dictionary and Locally
managed tablespaces? (Choose three.)

A. Oracle Managed Files (OMF)

B. Online table segment shrink
C. Online index segment shrink
D. Automatic data file extension (AUTOEXTEND)
E. Capacity planning growth reports based on historical data in the Automatic Workload Repository
(AWR)

Correct Answer: ADE

Correct Answer: BCD

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_7001.htm

QUESTION 65
Your database instance was shut down normally and then started in NOMOUNT state. You then execute
this command:

ALTER DATABASE MOUNT;

Which two actions are performed? (Choose two.)

A. The online redo logs are opened

B. The online data files are opened
C. The alert log records the execution details
D. The Oracle background processes are started
E. The initialization parameter file is read
F. The control file is read

Correct Answer: CF
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
http://facedba.blogspot.com/2014/07/oracle-database-startup-stages-and.html

QUESTION 66
Which is the default column or columns for sorting output from compound queries using SET operators
such as intersect In a SQL statement?

A. the first column in the first select of the compound query

B. the first varchab2 column in the first select of the compound query
C. the first number column in the first select of the compound query
D. the first number or varchar2 column in the last select of the compound query
E. the first column in the last select of the compound query

Correct Answer: A
Explanation

QUESTION 67
Which three statements are true about sequences in a single instance Oracle database?

A. Sequences can always have gaps.

B. A sequence can Issue duplicate values.
C. A sequence's unallocated cached values are lost if the instance shuts down.
D. Two or more tables cannot have keys generated from the same sequence.
E. A sequence can only be dropped by a DBA.
F. A sequence number that was allocated can be rolled back if a transaction fails.
Correct Answer: BCD
Explanation

QUESTION 68
Which two statements are true about Database Instances and Real Application Clusters (RAC)?

A. A RAC database can have one Instance.

B. A RAC database can have instances on separate servers.
C. Two RAC databases can share their instances.
D. A RAC database must have three or more Instances.
E. A RAC database must have two or more instances.

Correct Answer: AB
Explanation

QUESTION 69
Which two statements are true about the results of using the INTERSECT operator in compound queries?
(Choose two.)

A. Column names in each SELECT in the compound query can be different

B. The number of columns in each SELECT in the compound query can be different
C. Reversing the order of the intersected tables can sometimes affect the output
D. INTERSECT returns rows common to both sides of the compound query
E. INTERSECT ignores NULLs

Correct Answer: AD
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://www.oracletutorial.com/oracle-basics/oracle-intersect/

QUESTION 70
Examine the description of the customers table:

You need to display last names and credit limits of all customers whose last name starts with A or B in
lower or upper case, and whose credit limit Is below 1000.

Examine this partial query:

SELECT cust_last_name, cust_credit_limit FROM customers

Which two where conditions give the required result?

A. Option A
B. Option B
C. Option C
D. Option D
E. Option E

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 71
Which two actions can you perform using DBCA for an existing database?

A. Create a template that can be used to clone the database.

B. Change the server mode from dedicated to shared, and vice versa.
C. Change the character set.
D. Create an additional listener.
E. Create nonstandard block size tablespaces.

Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

QUESTION 72
Which two statements are true about the PMON background process? (Choose two.)

A. It registers database services with all local and remote listeners known to the database instance
B. It frees resources held by abnormally terminated processes
C. It records checkpoint information in the control file
D. It frees unused temporary segments
E. It kills sessions that exceed idle time

Correct Answer: BE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14220/process.htm
Performs process recovery when a user process fails
Cleans up the database buffer cache
Frees resources that are used by the user process
Monitors sessions for idle session timeout

QUESTION 73
Table EMPLOYEES contains columns including EMPLOYEE_ID, JOB_ID and SALARY.

Only the EMPLOYEE_ID column is indexed.

Rows exist for employees 100 and 200.

Examine this statement:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Employee 100 will have SALARY set to the same value as the SALARY of employee
B. Employee 200 will have JOB_ID set to the same value as the JOB_ID of employee 100
C. Employee 200 will have SALARY set to the same value as the SALARY of employee
D. Employee 100 will have JOB_ID set to the same value as the JOB_ID of employee 200
E. Employees 100 and 200 will have the same JOB_ID as before the update command
F. Employees 100 and 200 will have the same SALARY as before the update command

Correct Answer: AD
Explanation

QUESTION 74
The ORCL database has RESUMABLE__TIMEOUT = 7200 and DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION =
FALSE

User U1 has a 1 MB quota in tablespace DATA.

U1 executes this command:

SQL> CREATE TABLE t1 AS

(SELECT object_name, sharing, created

FROM dba_objects);

U1 complains that the command is taking too long to execute.

In the alert log, the database administrator (DBA) finds this:

2017-03-06T12:15:17.183438+05:30

statement in resumable session `User U1(136), Session 1, Instance 1' was suspended due to ORA-01536:
space quota exceeded for tablespace `DATA'

Which are three actions any one of which the DBA could take to resume the session? (Choose three.)

A. Add a data file to DATA

B. Drop other U1 objects in DATA
C. Increase U1's quota sufficiently in DATA
D. Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE
E. Grant UNLIMITED TABLESPACE to U1
F. Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA

Correct Answer: BCE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE, when creating the table you are already inserting rows
as select, therefore the segment has already been created the D is not.

Configure Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA, if you have 1M quota it will not work.

A. Add a data file to DATA -- Won't help as problem is quota to user not the space
B. Drop other U1 objects in DATA -- Will help as it will reduce the used space from quota for that user
C. Increase U1's quota sufficiently in DATA -- Will help.
D. Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE -- Won't help, segments has to be created as its
CTAS
E. Grant UNLIMITED TABLESPACE to U1 -- Will help.
F. Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA -- Won't help as problem is quota to user not the space

QUESTION 75
Which three statements are true about data block storage in an Oracle Database?

A. A block header contains a row directory pointing to all rows in the block.
B. An index block can contain row data.
C. Row data is stored starting at the end of the block.
D. A data block header is of a fixed length.
E. A table block must always contain row data.

Correct Answer: AD
Explanation

QUESTION 76
A database is configured to use automatic undo management with temporary undo enabled.

An UPDATE is executed on a temporary table.

Where is the UNDO stored?

A. in the undo tablespace

B. in the SYSAUX tablespace
C. in the SGA
D. in the PGA
E. in the temporary tablespace

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Oracle database 12c Release 1 (12.1) introduced the concept of temporary undo, allowing the undo
segments for global temporary tables to be stored in the temporary tablespace. This allows global
temporary tables to be used in physical standby databases and read-only databases, as well as removing
the need to create redo.

16.7 Managing Temporary Undo

By default, undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace and are logged in the
redo, which is the same way undo is managed for persistent tables. However, you can use the
TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter to separate undo for temporary tables from undo for
persistent tables. When this parameter is set to TRUE, the undo for temporary tables is called temporary
undo.

16.7.1 About Managing Temporary Undo

Temporary undo records are stored in the database's temporary tablespaces and thus are not logged in
the redo log. When temporary undo is enabled, some of the segments used by the temporary tablespaces
store the temporary undo, and these segments are called temporary undo segments.

Reference: http://www.dba-oracle.com/t_temp_undo_enabled.htm
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11479

QUESTION 77
Which three statements are true about roles?

A. All roles granted to a user are set on by default when the user logs in,
B. Object privileges may not be granted to roles.
C. The SET ROLE statement can disable one or more roles for a session.
D. Roles must be password protected.
E. Roles may be granted to roles.
F. The SET ROLE statement can enable one or more roles for a session.

Correct Answer: BCE

Explanation

QUESTION 78
Examine the description of the PRODUCT_STATUS table:

The status column contains the values 'in stock' or 'out of stock' for each row.

Which two queries will execute successfully?

A. SELECT prod_id Il q"'s not available" FROM product_status where status = 'OUT OF STOCK';
B. SELECT prod_id II q'l's not available)' FROM product_status WHERE status = 'OUT OF STOCK';
C. SELECT prod_id "CURRENT AVAILABILITY" II q'<'s not available)' FROM product_status WHERE
status = 'OUT OF STOCK
D. SELECT prod_id I I q' (*s not available)' "CURRENT AVAILABILITY" FROM product_status WHERE
status = 'OUT OF STOCK
E. SELECT prod_id I I q' ('s not available) ?'CURRENT AVAILABILITY' FROM product_status WHERE
status = 'OUT OF STOCK
F. SELECT prod_id q's not available" FROM product_status WHERE status = 'OUT OF STOCK*;

Correct Answer: BD
Explanation

QUESTION 79
Examine this command:

CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE undotbs01

DATAFILE `undotbs_01.dbf'
SIZE 100M
AUTOEXTEND ON;

Which two actions must you take to ensure UNDOTBS01 is used as the default UNDO tablespace?
(Choose two.)

A. Add the SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO clause

B. Set UNDO_TABLESPACE to UNDOTBS01
C. Add the NOLOGGING clause
D. Make certain that the database operates in automatic undo management mode
E. Add the ONLINE clause

Correct Answer: BD
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SQL>alter system set undo_management=manual scope=spfile;
Bounce instance.

SQL> show parameter undo

NAME TYPE VALUE
------------------------------------ ----------- ------------------------------
temp_undo_enabled boolean FALSE
undo_management string MANUAL
undo_retention integer 900
undo_tablespace string UNDOTBS1

SQL> alter system set undo_tablespace='UNDOTBS2';

alter system set undo_tablespace='UNDOTBS2'
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-02097: parameter cannot be modified because specified value is invalid
ORA-30014: operation only supported in Automatic Undo Management mode

QUESTION 80
You execute this command:

During the export operation, you detach from the job by using CTRL+C and then execute this command:

Export> STOP_JOB=immediate

Are you sure you wish to stop the job ([yes]/no): yes

Which two statements are true about the job? (Choose two.)

A. You can no longer monitor it

B. You can reattach to it and monitor it
C. It is paused and can be resumed
D. It continues to run in the background
E. It terminates
Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
see the example which is done on 12c version

B. You can reattach to it and monitor it

C. It is paused and can be resumed

Reference: https://blog.oracle48.nl/killing-and-resuming-datapump-expdp-and-impdp-jobs/

QUESTION 81
View the Exhibit and examine the description of the tables.

You execute this SQL statement:

Which three statements are true?

A. The statement will fall if a row already exists in the sales table for product 23.
B. The sales table has five foreign keys.
C. A product can have a different unit price at different times.
D. A customer can exist in many countries.
E. The statement will execute successfully and a new row will be inserted into the sales table.
F. The statement will fail because a subquery may not be contained in a values clause.

Correct Answer: BCE

Explanation

QUESTION 82
Examine the description of the BOOKS_TRANSACTIONS table:

A. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND transaction_type = 'RM*) OR member_id IN ('A101', 'A102');

B. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND {transaction_type = 'RM* AND (raeraber_id = 'A101' OR
member_id = 'A102));
C. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND (transaction_ype = 'RM' AND .-neraber_id = 'A101' OR
member_id = 'A102');
D. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND (transaction_type = 'RM* OR member_id IN ('A101',
'A102'));
E. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND transaction_type = 'RM' OR member_id IN ('A101', 'A102');

Correct Answer: AD
Explanation
QUESTION 83
The sales table has columns prod_id and quantity_sold of data type number
In two queries execute successfully? x

A. SELECT prod_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 GROUP BY prod_id HAVING COUNT(-)
> 10;
B. SELECT prod_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 5S000 AND COUNT(-) > 10 GROUP BY
prod_id HAVING COUNT(-) > 10;
C. SELECT COUNT|prod_id> FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 GROUP BY prod_id;
D. SELECT COUNTlprod_id> FROM sales GROUP BY prod_id WHERE quantity_Sold > 55000;
E. SELECT prod_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_scld > 55000 AND COUNT(-) > 10 GROUP BY
COUNT(-) > 10;

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 84
The customers table has a cust_last_name column of data type varchar2.

The table has two rows whose "jst_last_name values are Andersen and Ausson.

Which query produces output for cust_last_xame containing Oder for the first row and Aus for the second?

A. SELECT REPLACE<TRIM<TRAILING 'son* FROM cust_last_name), 'An', *O'> FROM customers;

B. SELECT REPLACE(SUBSTR(cust_last_name,-3), 'An', 'O') FROM customers;
C. SELECT REPLACE(REPLACE(cust_last_name, 'son', ''), 'An', 'O'> FROM customers;
D. SELECT INITCAP (REPLACE(TRIM('son' FROM cust_last_name), 'An', 'O*)) FROM customers;

Correct Answer: A
Explanation

QUESTION 85
The CUSTOMERS table has a CUST_CREDIT_LIMIT column of data type NUMBER.

Which two queries execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, `Not Available') FROM customers;

B. SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit * .15, `Not Available') FROM customers;
C. SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), `Not Available') FROM customers;
D. SELECT TO_CHAR(NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, `Not Available')) FROM customers;
E. SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit, TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), `Not Available') FROM customers;

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A) SELECT NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;
B) SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;
C) SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;
D) SELECT TO_CHAR(NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available')) FROM customers;
E) SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit, TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

QUESTION 86
Examine the description of the product_details table:
Which two statements are true?

A. PRODUCT _ic can be assigned the PRIMARY KEY constraint.

B. PRODUCT _price contains the value zero by default if no value is assigned to it.
C. PRODUCT _price can be used in an arithmetic expression even if it has no value stored in it.
D. EXPIRY_ DATE contains the sysdate by default if no date is assigned to it.
E. PRODUCT_NAKE cannot contain duplicate values.
F. EXPIRY_ DATE cannot be used in arithmetic expressions.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 87
Which two statements are true about the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)? (Choose two.)

A. The ADR base defaults to $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin ifneither DIAGNOSTIC_DEST nor

ORACLE_BASE is set
B. The ADR base defaults to $ORACLE_HOME/dbs if the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter and the
ORACLE_BASE environment variable are not set
C. It supports diagnostics for Automatic Storage Management (ASM)
D. It supports diagnostics for Oracle Clusterware
E. It is held inside an Oracle database schema

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
The database, Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), the listener, Oracle Clusterware,
and other Oracle products or components store all diagnostic data in the ADR.

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11260

QUESTION 88
Examine the description of the EMPLOYEES table:

Which query is valid?

A. SELECT dept_id, AVG(MAX(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;
B. SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;
C. SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id, join_date;
D. SELECT dept_id, MAX(AVG(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

Correct Answer: C
Explanation

QUESTION 89
You currently have an active transaction in your session and have been granted select access to
vstransaction.

In which three situations will re-executing this query still return a row but with a different XID, indicating a
new transaction has started?

A. after successfully executing a commit or rollback followed by a select statement

B. after successfully executing a create table as select statement followed by a select for update
statement
C. after successfully executing a commit or rollback followed by a DML statement
D. after successfully executing a create table statement followed by a create index statement
E. after successfully executing a DML statement following a failed DML statement
F. after successfully executing a truncate statement followed by a DML statement

Correct Answer: BCF

Explanation

QUESTION 90
Which three statements are true regarding single row subqueries?

A. They must be placed on the right side of the comparison operator or condition.
B. They must be placed on the left side of the comparison operator or condition.
C. They can be used in the where clause.
D. A SQL statement may have multiple single row subquery blocks.
E. They must return a row to prevent errors in the SQL statement.
F. They can be used in the having clause.

Correct Answer: CDF

Explanation

QUESTION 91
Which three files are used by conventional path SQL*Loader when the TABLE option is not specified?
(Choose three.)
A. dump files
B. control files
C. password files
D. bad files
E. input files

Correct Answer: BDE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SQLLDR CONTROL=sample.ctl, LOG=sample.log, BAD=baz.bad, DATA=etc.dat
USERID=scott/tiger, ERRORS=999, LOAD=2000, DISCARD=toss.dsc,
DISCARDMAX=5

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14215/ldr_params.htm

QUESTION 92
View the Exhibit and examine the structure of the PRODUCTS table.

Which two tasks require subqueries? (Choose two.)

A. Display the number of products whose PROD_LIST_PRICE is more than the average
PROD_LIST_PRICE
B. Display suppliers whose PROD_LIST_PRICE is less than 1000
C. Display products whose PROD_MIN_PRICE is more than the average PROD_LIST_PRICE of all
products, and whose status is orderable
D. Display the total number of products supplied by supplier 102 which have a product status of obsolete
E. Display the minimum PROD_LIST_PRICE for each product status

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 93
Which two statements are true about the DUAL table? (Choose two.)

A. It can be accessed only by the SYS user

B. It consists of a single row and single column of VARCHAR2 data type
C. It can display multiple rows but only a single column
D. It can be used to display only constants or pseudo columns
E. It can be accessed by any user who has the SELECT privilege in any schema
F. It can display multiple rows and columns

Correct Answer: BF
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SQL> SELECT level, sysdate
2 FROM dual
3 CONNECT BY
4 level <= 4;

LEVEL SYSDATE
---------- ---------
1 06-AUG-20
2 06-AUG-20
3 06-AUG-20
4 06-AUG-20

It can return multple rows and columns.

D is wrong, you just create a brand new user and do not grant any privilege but still it can select dual table.

Reference: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DUAL_table

QUESTION 94
Evaluate these commands which execute successfully:

Which two statements are true about the ORD_ITEMS table and the ORD_SEQ sequence? (Choose two.)

A. If sequence ORD_SEQ is dropped then the default value for column ORD_NO will be NULL for rows
inserted into ORD_ITEMS
B. Any user inserting rows into table ORD_ITEMS must have been granted access to sequence
ORD_SEQ
C. Column ORD_NO gets the next number from sequence ORD_SEQ whenever a row is inserted into
ORD_ITEMS and no explicit value is given for ORD_NO
D. Sequence ORD_SEQ cycles back to 1 after every 5000 numbers and can cycle 20 times
E. Sequence ORD_SEQ is guaranteed not to generate duplicate numbers

Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

QUESTION 95
Which two statements are true about UNDO and REDO? (Choose two.)

A. The generation of UNDO generates REDO

B. DML modifies Oracle database objects and only generates UNDO
C. The generation of REDO generates UNDO
D. DML modifies Oracle database objects and only generates REDO
E. DML modifies Oracle database objects and generates UNDO and REDO

Correct Answer: AE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
... undo is stored in redo logs also. During roll forward phase of instance/media recovery, as changes (redo
in redo logs) are applied to datafiles, undo stored in redo logs is used to generate undo segments. These
segments are subsequently used to rollback uncommitted changes during rollback phase of instance/
media recovery.

https://www.experts-exchange.com/articles/13880/UNDO-AND-REDO-IN-ORACLE.html

QUESTION 96
Which three statements are true about connection strings and service names used to connect to an Oracle
database instance?

A. A single database instance can support connections for multiple service names.
B. A service name is created by a listener.
C. A single connection string can refer to multiple database instances.
D. A connection string including a service name must be defined in the cnsnames.ora file.
E. A connection string must include the SID of a database Instance.
F. Different connection strings in the same tnsnames.ora file can contain the same service name, host
and port parameters.

Correct Answer: ACF

Explanation

QUESTION 97
The EMPLOYEES table contains columns EMP_ID of data type NUMBER and HIRE_DATE of data type
DATE.

You want to display the date of the first Monday after the completion of six months since hiring.
The NLS_TERRITORY parameter is set to AMERICA in the session and, therefore, Sunday is the first day
on the week.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT emp_id, ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), NEXT_DAY(`MONDAY') FROM employees;

B. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), `MONDAY') FROM employees;
C. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(MONTHS_BETWEEN(hire_date, SYSDATE), 6) FROM employees;
D. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), 1) FROM employees;

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
"The NLS_TERRITORY parameter is set to AMERICA in the session and, therefore, Sunday is the first day
of the week."
1 is Sunday in that case.

ALTER SESSION SET NLS_TERRITORY = "AMERICA";

SELECT employee_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), 'MONDAY') FROM employees;
Result = 22-DEC-03 (Monday)

SELECT employee_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), 1) FROM employees;

Result = 21-DEC-03 (Sunday)

QUESTION 98
Examine this command:

SQL> ALTER TABLE ORDERS SHRINK SPACE COMPACT

Which two statements are true?

A. The high-water mark (HWM) of orders is adjusted.

B. Only queries are allowed on ORDERS while the shrink is executing.
C. Queries and DML statements are allowed on ORDERS while the shrink is executing.
D. The shrink operation causes rows to be moved to empty space starting from the beginning of the
orders segment.
E. Dependent indexes become UNUSABLE.
F. The shrink operation causes rows to be moved to empty space starting toward the end of the orders
segment.

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

QUESTION 99
Which statement is true about the INTERSECT operator used in compound queries?

A. Multiple INTERSECT operators are not possible in the same SQL statement
B. It processes NULLs in the selected columns
C. INTERSECT is of lower precedence than UNION or UNION ALL
D. It ignores NULLs

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
SET operators all have the same priority in Oracle Database.
NULL values are processed with set operators

QUESTION 100
Which statement is true about aggregate functions?

A. Aggregate functions can be nested to any number of levels

B. The AVG function implicitly converts NULLS to zero
C. Aggregate functions can be used in any clause of a SELECT statement
D. The MAX and MIN functions can be used on columns with character data types

Correct Answer: D
Explanation

QUESTION 101
Which two statements are true about User Authentication in an Oracle Database?

A. Operating System authentication may be used for system-privileged administrative users.

B. REKOTE_LOGIN_PASSMOREFiLE must be set to exclusive to permit password changes for system-
privileged administrative users.
C. Password authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users.
D. Password File authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users.
E. Password File authentication is supported for any type of database user.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 102
Which two statements are true about Oracle synonyms?

A. A synonym has an object number.

B. A synonym can be created on an object in a package.
C. A synonym can have a synonym.
D. All private synonym names must be unique in the database.
E. Any user can create a PUBLIC synonym.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 103
Which three statements are true about GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLES? (Choose three.)

A. A TRUNCATE command issued in a session causes all rows in a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE for
the issuing session to be deleted.
B. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows inserted by a session are available to any other session whose
user has been granted select on the table.
C. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE space allocation occurs at session start.
D. Any GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows existing at session termination will be deleted.
E. A GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE'S definition is available to multiple sessions.
F. A DELETE command on a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE cannot be rolled back.

Correct Answer: ADE

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.8.3.0/ref/rrefdeclaretemptable.html

QUESTION 104
Which three are types of segments in an Oracle Database? (Choose three.)

A. undo
B. index
C. stored procedures
D. sequences
E. tables
F. clusters

Correct Answer: AEF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: http://www.adp-gmbh.ch/ora/concepts/segments.html

QUESTION 105
In the spfile of a single instance database, LOCAL_LISTENER is set to LISTENER_1.

The TNSNAMES.ORA file in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin in the database home contains:

Which statement is true?

A. Dynamic service registration cannot be used for this database instance

B. The LREG process registers services dynamically with the LISTENER_1 listener
C. LISTENER_1 must also be defined in the LISTENER.ORA file to enable dynamic service registration
D. There are two listeners named LISTENER and LISTENER_1 running simultaneously using port 1521
on the same host as the database instances
E. The definition for LISTENER_1 requires a CONNECT_DATA section to enable dynamic service
registration

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
The listener forwards client requests to supported services. These services are dynamically registered with
the listener. This dynamic registration feature is called service registration. The registration is performed by
the Listener Registration (LREG) process. Dynamic service registration does not require any manual
configuration in the listener.ora file.

Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG292

QUESTION 106
Which three statements are true about Deferred Segment Creation in Oracle databases?

A. It Is supported for Index Organized Tables (IOTs) contained in locally managed tablespaces.
B. Sessions may dynamically switch back and forth from deferred to immediate segment creation.
C. It Is the default behavior for tables and indexes.
D. It is supported for SYS-owned tables contained in locally managed tablespaces.
E. Indexes inherit the deferred or immediate segment creation attribute from their parent table

Correct Answer: BCE

Explanation
QUESTION 107
Which two statements are true about the configuration and use of UNDO_RETENTION with GURANTEED
RETENTION? (Choose two.)

A. UNDO_RETENTION specifies for how long Oracle attempts to keep expired and unexpired UNDO.
B. UNDO_RETENTION specifies how long all types of UNDO are retained.
C. Unexpired UNDO is always retained.
D. Active UNDO is always retained.
E. UNDO_RETENTION specifies for how long Oracle attempts to keep unexpired UNDO.

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
By definition, undo extents that still have to overlive the retention period are unexpired. So, when
undo_retention is set and retention is guaranteed, unexpired undo is always retained.

As opposed to the case in which retention is noguarantee, where also unexpired extents can be
overwritten IF and when needed.

In this particolar case, so, I would say C-D are the correct answers.

QUESTION 108
In one of your databases, the user HR has the password HRMGR.

You want to connect to a database instance whose listener listens on port 1531 by using this statement:

CONNECT HR/HRMGR@orcl

No name server is used.

Which statement is true about ORCL?

A. It must be the value of the SERVICE_NAMES parameter on the client side

B. It must resolve to a valid connect descriptor in the server's tnsnames.ora file
C. It must resolve to a valid connect descriptor in the client's tnsnames.ora file
D. It must be the name of the database to whose instance HR wishes to connect
E. It must be the name of the server running the database to whose instance HR wishes to connect

Correct Answer: C
Explanation

QUESTION 109
Which three statements are true about undo segments and the use of undo by transactions in an Oracle
database instance? (Choose three.)

A. An undo segment may be used by multiple transactions simultaneously

B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extend of the undo
segment
C. Undo segments have a minimum of three extents
D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment
E. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously
F. Undo segments must be stored in a BIGFILE tablespace
G. Undo segments must be stored in a SMALLFILE tablespace

Correct Answer: ABD

Explanation
QUESTION 110
Which two statements are true about interval data types?

A. INTERVAL year TO month columns support yearly intervals.

B. The value in an interval day to SECOND column can be copied into an interval year to month column.
C. INTERVAL day to second columns support fractions of seconds.
D. INTERVAL year to month columns only support monthly Intervals within a single year.
E. INTERVAL year to month columns only support monthly intervals within a range of years.
F. The year field in an interval year to month column must be a positive value.

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 111
Which two queries execute successfully?

A. SELECT NULLIF(NULL, 100) FROM DUAL;

B. SELECT COALESCE (100, 'AM FROM DUAL;
C. SELECT 2TOLLIF(100, 'A') FROM DUAL;
D. SELECT NULLIF(100,100) FROM DUAL;
E. SELECT COALESCE(100, NULL, 200) FROM DUAL;

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

QUESTION 112
You need to calculate the number of days from 1st January 2019 until today.

Dates are stored in the default format of DD-MON-RR.

Which two queries give the required output? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT TO_CHAR(SYSDATE,`DD-MON-YYYY') ?'01-JAN-2019' FROM DUAL;

B. SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE ?'01-JAN-2019') FROM DUAL;
C. SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE ?TO_DATE(`01/JANUARY/2019')) FROM DUAL;
D. SELECT TO_DATE(SYSDATE, `DD/MONTH/YYYY') ?`01/JANUARY/2019' FROM DUAL;
E. SELECT SYSDATE ?TO_DATE('01-JANUARY-2019') FROM DUAL;

Correct Answer: CE
Explanation

QUESTION 113
While one of your databases was in mount state, the datafiles were renamed because they had been
moved to a new file system. The database was then opened.

Which two statements are true?

A. DBA_DATA_FILES displays the original name for the data files.

B. V$DATAFILE displays the new names for the data files.
C. DBA_DATA _FILES displays both the new name and the old name for the data files.
D. DBA_DATA_FILES displays the new name for the data files.
E. DBA_DATA_FILES must be resynchronized manually with the control file an order to have it display the
new file names.
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 114
Which three instance situations are possible with the Oracle Database server without multi-tenant?
(Choose three.)

A. two or more instances on separate servers all associated with one database
B. one instance on one server associated with one database
C. one instance on one server associated with two or more databases on the same server
D. one instance on one server not associated with any database
E. one instance on one server associated with two or more databases on separate servers

Correct Answer: ABD

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A: RAC 2,3 or 4 nodes
B: Single instance (standalone) with database
C: one instance running multiple INDEPENDENT databases!!
D: Single instance (standalone) without database
E: absurd configuration!

QUESTION 115
Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:

For customers whose income level has a value, you want to display the first name and due amount as 5%
of their credit limit. Customers whose due amount is null should not be displayed.

Which query should be used?

A. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNTFROM customersWHERE

cust_income_level IS NOT NULLAND due_amount IS NOT NULL;
B. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNTFROM customersWHERE
cust_income_level != NULLAND cust_credit_level !=NULL;
C. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNTFROM customersWHERE
cust_income_level <> NULLAND due_amount <> NULL;
D. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNTFROM customersWHERE
cust_income_level != NULLAND due_amount != NULL;
E. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNTFROM customersWHERE
cust_income_level IS NOT NULLAND cust_credit_limit IS NOT NULL;

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

QUESTION 116
Which two statements are true regarding Oracle database space management within blocks managed by
Automatic Segment Space Management (ASSM)? (Choose two.)

A. PCTFREE defaults to 10% for all blocks in all segments for all compression methods
B. ASSM assigns blocks to one of four fullness categories based on what percentage of the block is
allocated for rows
C. Update operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row
being updated
D. Insert operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row
being inserted
E. A block will always be eligible for inserts if the row is short enough to fit into the block

Correct Answer: BD
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Characteristics of Bitmap Segment Management

Bitmap space management uses four bits inside each data block header to indicate the amount of
available space in the data block. Unlike traditional space management with a fixed relink and unlink
threshold, bitmap space managements allow Oracle to compare the actual row space for an INSERT with
the actual available space on the data block. This enables better reuse of the available free space
especially for objects with rows of highly varying size. Here are the values inside the four-bit space:
1. Value Meaning
2. 0000 Unformatted Block
3. 0001 Block is logically full
4. 0010 <25% free space
5. 0011 >25% but <50% free space
6. 0100 > 50% but <75% free space
7. 0101 >75% free space

Table 1: Bitmap value meanings.

QUESTION 117
In the SALES database, DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION is TRUE.

Examine this command:

SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);

Which segment or segments, if any, are created as a result of executing the command?

A. T1, an index segment for the primary key, a LOB segment, and a lobindex segment
B. no segments are created
C. T1 only
D. T1 and an index segment created for the primary key only
E. T1, an index segment for the primary key, and a LOB segment only

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION specifies the semantics of deferred segment creation. If set to true,
then segments for tables and their dependent objects (LOBs, indexes) will not be created until the first row
is inserted into the table. Before creating a set of tables, if it is known that a significant number of them will
not be populated, then consider setting this parameter to true. This saves disk space and minimizes install
time

SQL> alter session set deferred_segment_creation=TRUE;

Session altered.
SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);

Table created.

SQL> select segment_name,segment_type,bytes from user_segments;

no rows selected

QUESTION 118
Which four account management capabilities can be configured using Oracle profiles? (Choose four.)

A. the number of hours for which an account is locked after the configured number of login attempts has
been reached
B. the number of days for which an account may be inactive before it is locked
C. the maximum amount of CPU time allowed for a user's sessions before their account is locked
D. the ability to prevent a password from ever being reused
E. the number of password changes required within a period of time before a password can be reused
F. the number of days for which an account is locked after the configured number of login attempts has
been reached
G. the maximum number of sessions permitted for a user before the account is locked

Correct Answer: ABEF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Correct Answer: ABEF
Wrong Answer: CDG
A: 1/24 is one hour, 1/96 is 15 minutes
B: INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
C: the account will not be locked, it can not exceed this limit
D: not possible so far
E:
PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX - defines the number of changes required before a password can be reused
PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME - Sets the number of days before which a password cannot be reused.
F: PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME
G: the account will not be locked, it can not exceed this limit

QUESTION 119
Examine this SQL statement:

SELECT cust_id, cust_last_name "Last Name"

FROM customers
WHERE country_id = 10
UNION
SELECT cust_id CUST_NO, cust_last_name
FROM customers
WHERE country_id = 30

Identify three ORDER BY clauses, any one of which can complete the query successfully. (Choose three.)

A. ORDER BY "Last Name"

B. ORDER BY 2, 1
C. ORDER BY 2, cust_id
D. ORDER BY CUST_NO
E. ORDER BY "CUST_NO"

Correct Answer: ABC

Explanation
QUESTION 120
Examine the description of the members table:

Examine the partial query:

SELECT city, last__name 1NAME FROM members

You want to display all cities that contain the string an. The cities must be returned in ascending order, with
the last names further sorted in descending order.

Which two clauses must you add to the query?

A. ORDER BY 1, LNAME DESC

B. ORDER BY 1, 2
C. WHERE city LIKE *%AN%*
D. WHERE city = =%AN%'
E. WHERE city IN (?AN%')
F. ORDER BY last_narae DESC, city ASC

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

QUESTION 121
Which three statements are true about the Oracle Data Dictionary? (Choose three.)

A. Data dictionary views are created by joins of dictionary base tables and DBA-defined tables
B. The data dictionary is created and maintained by the database administrator
C. Views with the same name but different prefixes, such as CDB, DBA, ALL and USER, reference the
same base tables from the data dictionary
D. Base tables can be queried directly
E. It is owned by the SYSTEM user
F. Usernames of all users including database administrators are stored in the data dictionary

Correct Answer: CDF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28318/datadict.htm#CNCPT1210

QUESTION 122
In the promotions table, the PROMO_BEGIN_DATE column is of data type date and the default date
format Is DD-MON-RR.

h two statements are true about expressions using PROMO_BEGIN_DATE contained In a query?

A. to_numberipromo_begin_date)-s will return a number.

B. PROMO_ BEGIN_DATE-sysdate will return a number.
C. PROMO_ BEGIN_DATE-sysdate will return an error.
D. PROMO_ BEGIN_DATE-5 will return a date.
E. TO_date(PROMO_ BEGIN_DATE * 5| will return a date.

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

QUESTION 123
Which three statements are true about advanced connection options supported by Oracle Net for
connection to Oracle Database instances? (Choose three.)

A. Connect Time Failover requires the use of Transparent Application Failover (TAF)
B. Source Routing requires the use of a name server
C. Source Routing enables the use of Connection Manager (CMAN) which enables network traffic to be
routed through a firewall
D. Load Balancing can balance the number of connections to dispatchers when using a Shared Server
configuration
E. Load Balancing requires the use of a name server
F. Connect Time Failover requires the connect string to have two or more listener addresses configured

Correct Answer: CDF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/12.2/rilin/shared-server-configuration-for-an-
oracle-rac-database.html#GUID-2EFBA08D-FEEE-407F-BC42-E548DA946DF9

QUESTION 124
You have been tasked to create a table for a banking application.
One of the columns must meet three requirements:

Be stored in a format supporting date arithmetic without using conversion functions

Store a loan period of up to 10 years

Be used for calculating interest for the number of days the loan remains unpaid

Which data type should you use?

A. INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH

B. INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND
C. TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIMEZONE
D. TIMESTAMP
E. TIMESTAMP WITH TIMEZONE

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Since the third requirement for banking application is
'Be used for calculating interest for the number of days the loan remains unpaid'
So, Data Type 'INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND' must be used to calculate duration in number of days.

QUESTION 125
In one of your databases, user KING is:

1. Not a DBA user

2. An operating system (OS) user

Examine this command and its output:

What must you do so that KING is authenticated by the OS when connecting to the database instance?

A. Set OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX to OPS$

B. Have the OS administrator add KING to the OSDBA group
C. Grant DBA to KING
D. Unset REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE
E. Alter user KING to be IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY

Correct Answer: E
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://oracle-base.com/articles/misc/os-authentication

QUESTION 126
You want to write a query that prompts for two column names and the WHERE condition each time it is
executed in a session but only prompts for the table name the first time it is executed.

The variables used in your query are never undefined in your session.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT &&col1, &&col2

FROM &table
WHERE &&condition = &&cond;
B. SELECT &col1, &col2
FROM &&table
WHERE &condition;
C. SELECT &col1, &col2
FROM "&table"
WHERE &condition;
D. SELECT `&&col1', `&&col2'
FROM &table
WHERE `&&condition' = `&cond';
E. SELECT &&col1, &&col2
FROM &table
WHERE &&condition;

Correct Answer: B
Explanation

QUESTION 127
Which three statements are true about a self join? (Choose three.)

A. The ON clause must be used

B. The query must use two different aliases for the table
C. It must be an equijoin
D. It must be an inner join
E. The ON clause can be used
F. It can be an outer join

Correct Answer: BEF

Explanation

QUESTION 128
Examine this description of the TRANSACTIONS table:

Which two SQL statements execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT customer_id AS "CUSTOMER-ID", transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 "DUES" FROM

transactions;
B. SELECT customer_id AS "CUSTOMER-ID", transaction_date AS "DATE", amount + 100 DUES FROM
transactions;
C. SELECT customer_id AS CUSTOMER-ID, transaction_date AS TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 "DUES
AMOUNT" FROM transactions;
D. SELECT customer_id CUSTID, transaction_date TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 DUES FROM
transactions;
E. SELECT customer_id AS `CUSTOMER-ID', transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 `DUES
AMOUNT' FROM transactions;

Correct Answer: BD
Explanation

QUESTION 129
Which two statements are true about the WHERE and HAVING clauses in a SELECT statement? (Choose
two.)

A. Aggregating functions and columns used in HAVING clauses must be specified in the SELECT list of a
query
B. WHERE and HAVING clauses can be used in the same statement only if applied to different table
columns
C. The HAVING clause can be used with aggregating functions in subqueries
D. The WHERE clause can be used to exclude rows before dividing them into groups
E. The WHERE clause can be used to exclude rows after dividing them into groups

Correct Answer: CD
Explanation

QUESTION 130
What is true about non-equijoin statement performance? (Choose two.)

A. Table aliases can improve performance

B. The BETWEEN condition always performs better than using the >= and <= conditions
C. The join syntax used makes no difference to performance
D. The BETWEEN condition always performs less well than using the >= and <= conditions
E. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
There's no performance benefit or hit by using ANSI joins rather than traditional joins, but by using ANSI
joins, your queries are more portable between DBMS platforms, and they're a bit easier to read.

http://www.dba-oracle.com/oracle_news/2004_2_19_rittman.htm

QUESTION 131
You execute this command:

CREATE SMALLFILE TABLESPACE sales

DATAFILE `/u01/app/oracle/sales01.dbf
SIZE 5G
SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

Which two statements are true about the SALES tablespace? (Choose two.)

A. It must be smaller than the smallest BIGFILE tablespace

B. Free space is managed using freelists
C. Any data files added to the tablespace must have a size of 5 gigabytes
D. It uses the database default blocksize
E. It is a locally managed tablespace

Correct Answer: DE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Incorrect segment management clause It lets you specify whether Oracle Database should track the used
and free space in the segments in the tablespace using free lists or bitmaps. This clause is not valid for a
temporary tablespace. AUTO :Specify AUTO if you want the database to manage the free space of
segments in the tablespace using a bitmap. MANUAL :Specify MANUAL if you want the database to
manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using free lists

E - Correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/tspaces002.htm#ADMIN11360
Create a locally managed tablespace by specifying LOCAL in the EXTENT MANAGEMENT clause of the
CREATE TABLESPACE statement. This is the default for new permanent tablespaces,

D - Correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/create005.htm#ADMIN11105
The most commonly used block size should be picked as the standard block size. In many cases, this is
the only block size that you need to specify. Typically, DB_BLOCK_SIZE is set to either 4K or 8K. If you do
not set a value for this parameter, the default data block size is operating system specific.

QUESTION 132
You execute this query:

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), `MON'), `dd "Monday for" fmMonth rrrr')

What is the result?

A. It executes successfully but does not return any result

B. It returns the date for the first Monday of the next month
C. It generates an error
D. It returns the date for the last Monday of the current month
Correct Answer: B
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
select sysdate from dual;
11-09-20
select TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE),'MON'),'dd "Monday for" fmMonth rrrr') from dual
05 Monday for October 2020

QUESTION 133
Your database instance is started with a PFILE.

Examine these parameters:

You want to increase the size of the buffer cache.

Free memory is available to increase the size of the buffer cache.

You execute the command:

SQL> ALTER SYSTEM SET DB_CACHE_SIZE=1024M;

What is the outcome?

A. The value is changed only in the PFILE and takes effect at the next instance startup
B. The value is changed for the current instance and in the PFILE
C. It fails because the SCOPE clause is missing
D. Change is applied to the current instance, but does not persist after instance restart

Correct Answer: D
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
The change is applied in memory only, the change does not persist as the database can't write to the pfile

The default SCOPE option, when you start the instance using a PFILE, is MEMORY (as well as the only
scope option you can use with a pfile). If scope is omitted the default scope option is used instead. The
SCOPE clause is optional and not mandatory when changing the value of a parameter!

A is wrong, as the pfile is a read only file for the database so it can't write to it. Changes to the pfile have to
be done manually by changing it directly using f.e. vi on unix systems.

B is wrong, same reason as for why answer A is wrong

C is wrong, as mentioned above, when omitted the scope clause defaults to MEMORY when using a pfile.

Not related to that question but the more you know: When starting the database using a spfile you have
three options for the scope (MEMORY, SPFILE and BOTH). Default value is BOTH.
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_2017.htm#SQLRF00902

QUESTION 134
Which two statements are true about the rules of precedence for operators? (Choose two.)

A. The concatenation operator | | is always evaluated before addition and subtraction in an expression
B. NULLS influence the precedence of operators in an expression
C. The + binary operator has the highest precedence in an expression in a SQL statement
D. Arithmetic operators with equal precedence are evaluated from left to right within an expression
E. Multiple parentheses can be used to override the default precedence of operators in an expression

Correct Answer: DE
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/operators001.htm

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a85397/operator.htm

Precedence is the order in which Oracle evaluates different operators in the same expression. When
evaluating an expression containing multiple operators, Oracle evaluates operators with higher
precedence before evaluating those with lower precedence. Oracle evaluates operators with equal
precedence from left to right within an expression.

QUESTION 135
In your data center, Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is used for all databases.

All tablespaces are smallfile tablespaces.

SALES_Q1 is a permanent user-defined tablespace in the SALES database.

Examine this command which is about to be issued by a DBA logged in to the SALES database:

ALTER TABLESPACE sales_q1 ADD DATAFILE;

Which are two actions, either one of which you could take to ensure that the command executes
successfully? (Choose two.)

A. Ensure that DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST and DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST each specify with at least 50

Mb of available space.
B. Specify a path in the DATAFILE clause of the command specifying a location with at least 100M of
available space.
C. Ensure that DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST specifies a location with at least 100 Mb of available space.
D. Add the AUTOEXTEND ON clause with NEXT set to 100M.
E. Ensure that DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST and DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST each specify locations with
at least 50 Mb of available space.

Correct Answer: BC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/oracle-managed-files
- Files typically have a default size of 100M
- if OMF is used you do not need to specify a path for the new created datafile
BUT
we have to "ensure that the command executes successfully"

QUESTION 136
Examine this command:
Which two statements are true?

A. Compressed objects in SALES01.DBF will be uncompressed In SALES02.DBF after the move.

B. DML may be performed on tables with one or more extents in this data file during the execution of this
command.
C. It overwrites any existing file with the name SALES02.DBF.dbf in /u02 by default.
D. The "to" clause containing the new file name must be specified even if Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is
used.
E. Tables with one or more extents in this data file may be queried during the execution of this command.

Correct Answer: BE
Explanation

QUESTION 137
Which two statements are true about Enterprise Manager Database Express? (Choose two.)

A. It is available only when the database is open

B. It can be used to perform database recovery
C. The same port number can be used for Database Express configurations for databases on different
hosts
D. It can be used to switch a database into ARCHIVELOGMODE
E. The same port number can be used for multiple Database Express configurations for multiple
databases on the same host

Correct Answer: AC
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
A - Correct -> to startup the enterprise manager database express, the database have to be in open state
B - Incorrect -> to perform a full recovery, the database has to be in mount state, and EM express not work
if database is not in open state C - Correct -> since they are in different hosts, you can use the same port
for then (default 5500)
D - Incorrect -> to switch a database to ARCHIVELOGMODE the database need to be in mount state (like
B answer)
E - Incorrect -> the same port cannot be used in the same time for different services in the same host (here
a basic of tcp/ip protocol) If need more reference:
EM Express (Chapter 3.3)
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admqs/2-day-dba.pdf

ARCHIVELOGMODE (Chapter 12.3.2)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/database-administrators-guide.pdf

QUESTION 138
Which two are true about shrinking a segment online? (Choose two.)

A. It is not possible to shrink either indexes or Index Organized Tables (IOTs)

B. It always eliminates all migrated rows if any exist in the table
C. To shrink a table it must have a PRIMARY KEY constraint
D. To shrink a table it must have a UNIQUE KEY constraint
E. To shrink a table it must have row movement enabled
F. It must be in a tablespace that uses Automatic Segment Space Management (ASSM)

Correct Answer: EF
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_3001.htm

QUESTION 139
The SALES_Q1 and USERS tablespaces exist in one of your databases and TEMP is a temporary
tablespace.

Segment creation is not deferred.

You execute this command:

Which three statements must be true so that the SALES user can create tables in SALES_Q1? (Choose
three.)

A. The sales user must have a quota on the TEMP tablespace

B. The sales user must have a quota on the SALES_Q1 tablespace to hold the initial extends of all tables
they plan to create in their schema
C. The sales user must have been granted the CREATE SESSION privilege
D. The sales user must have their quota on the users tablespace removed
E. The sales user must have a quota on the SALES_Q1 tablespace to hold all the rows to be inserted into
any table in their schema
F. The sales user must have been granted the CREATE TABLE privilege

Correct Answer: BCF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/users.htm#DBSEG99778
When you create a new user account, you should enable this user to access the database

QUESTION 140
Which three statements are true about the naming methods and their features supported by Oracle
database used to resolve connection information?

A. Local naming can be used if Connect-Time Failover Is required.

B. A client can connect to an Oracle database instance even If no client side network admin has been
configured.
C. Directory Naming requires setting the TNS_ADMIN environment variable on the client side.
D. Local Naming requires setting the TNS_ADMIN environment variable on the client side.
E. Directory Naming can be used if Connect-Time Failover is required.
F. Easy Connect supports TCP/IP and SSL.

Correct Answer: ABC

Explanation

QUESTION 141
View the Exhibits and examine the structure of the COSTS and PROMOTIONS tables.

You want to display PROD_IDS whose promotion cost is less than the highest cost PROD_ID in a
promotion time interval.
Examine this SQL statement:

Exhibit 1.

Exhibit 2.

What will be the result?

A. It gives an error because the ALL keyword is not valid
B. It gives an error because the GROUP BY clause is not valid
C. It executes successfully but does not give the required result
D. It executes successfully and gives the required result

Correct Answer: C
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
(promo_end_date - promo_begin_date) is returning the number of days which the promotion was running,
but no interval, which is requested by the question. so logically the query is not generating desired output.

QUESTION 142
Which three statements are true about the tools used to configure Oracle Net Services? (Choose three.)

A. The Oracle Net Configuration Assistant is only used when running the Oracle installer
B. Oracle Net Manager can be used to centrally configure listeners on any database server target
C. The lsnrctl utility requires a listener.ora file to exist before it is started
D. Oracle Net Manager can be used to locally configure naming methods on a database server
E. Enterprise Manager Cloud Control can be used to centrally configure listeners on any managed
database server
F. Enterprise Manager Cloud Control can be used to centrally configure net service names for any
database server target

Correct Answer: DEF

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
Oracle Net Manager to locally control and Enterprise Manager Cloud Control to centrally control.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/netag/introducing-oracle-net-
services.html#GUID-6B1F0584-887D-4D2A-B982-40ACF15DF985
1. Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control combines configuration functionality across multiple file
systems, along with listener administrative control to provide an integrated environment for configuring and
managing Oracle Net Services.
2. Oracle Net Manager provides configuration functionality for an Oracle home on a local client or server
host.
Join Our Telegram for Exclusive Services!

Dear customers, join our Telegram for personalized pre-sales inquiries or

post-sales support. Scan the QR code or click here to experience our

dedicated services!

Join us, and you'll enjoy:

• Instant Responses: Our customer service team is always on

standby, ready to answer any questions you may have.

• Professional Support: No matter what product issues you

encounter, our experts will provide professional solutions.

• Latest Updates: Be the first to get updates on our products and

exclusive offers.

Scan the QR code and join us to stay on track.

Join our Telegram family now! Let us help you easily solve all your problems

and enjoy a worry-free shopping experience.

https://t.me/certvip
About Pass2Lead.com
As a professional IT exam study guide provider, Pass4Lead.com provides our
candidates with the most accurate and high quality IT exam training material.

Cisco Citrix CompTIA Check Point

EMC EXIN HP Juniper
LPI Nortel Oracle VMware

and so on, you can find all kinds of exam questions, study guides, practice tests here.
Our aim is to be your assistance on your way to be successful in your IT certifications.
We provide our customers with the 100% Pass Guaranteed or Full Refund.

We spare no efforts to help you to pass any IT Certification exams at the first try.
Do not hesitate to contact us if you need any help on the products, payments or
questions about IT exams.

You can reach us on:

https://www.Pass2Lead.com/contact-us.html

We will get in touch with you in 24 hours. You satisfactory is the recognition for us.
You could rely upon us anytime you need help. We are at your service.

Guarantee & Policy | Privacy & Policy | Terms & Conditions

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Copyright © Pass2Lead.com, All Rights Reserved.

- Expert Verified, Online, Free.

20% Discount

Get Unlimited Contributor Access to the all

ExamTopics Exams! Take advantage of PDF Files for
1000+ Exams along with community discussions
and pass IT Certification Exams Easily.

12 MONTHS 3 MONTHS

$499.99 $399.99 $199.99 $159.99

Buy Now Buy Now

 Custom View Settings

Topic 1 - Single Topic

Question #1 Topic 1

You execute this command:

Sufficient storage is available in filesystem /u01.

Which two statements are true about the BIG_TBS tablespace? (Choose two.)

A. AUTOEXTEND is possible for the datafile

B. It must be bigger than the largest SMALLFILE tablespace

C. Additional data files may not be added

D. It will be a dictionary-managed tablespace by default

E. It will always have a 32K blocksize

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AC (90%) 5%

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

A C i think the correct answers, becuase B has not sense and i did not references about that
upvoted 18 times

  HassanShami Most Recent  1 month ago

Selected Answer: AC

B is not correct. The size of file doesn't related to other normal tablespaces
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Quotations originate in official Oracle Database 19c documentation.

A – true; “With a bigfile tablespace, you can use the AUTOEXTEND clause outside of the ADD DATAFILE clause.”
B – false; there is no restriction for minimal size of a bigfile tablespace mentioned in Oracle documentation
C – true; “A bigfile tablespace is a tablespace with a single, but potentially very large (up to 4G blocks) data file. Traditional smallfile tablespaces, in
contrast, can contain multiple data files, but the files cannot be as large.”
D – false; “Bigfile tablespaces are supported only for locally managed tablespaces with automatic segment space management, with three
exceptions: locally managed undo tablespaces, temporary tablespaces, and the SYSTEM tablespace.”
E – false; “A.2 Physical Database Limits … Database Block Size … Maximum …
Operating system dependent; never more than 32 KB“
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

A and C are corrects.

I've tested in my lab and:

B - is not correct 'cause having a 30GB smallfile tablespace, I can create a 10GB bigfile tablespace
upvoted 2 times

  amayorcas 1 year, 6 months ago

Correct answer is A and C
A = Because autoextend is a feature that is usually set by default in TBS BIGFILE.
C = Because the tablespace of type BIGFILE can only have one datafile.

B is not correct: Because it is possible to create a 10GB TBS BIGFILE, but in a year it will grow to 100GB while we have another 25GB NORMAL TBS.
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

AC, Correct Answer!
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

oracle@localhost ~]$ cat date_format.sql
alter session set NLS_DATE_FORMAT='DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS' ;

select current_timestamp from dual ;

select current_date from dual ;

[oracle@localhost ~]$ sqlplus system/oracle @date_format.sql

SQL*Plus: Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production on Wed Apr 6 04:41:16 2022

Version 19.3.0.0.0

Copyright (c) 1982, 2019, Oracle. All rights reserved.

Last Successful login time: Wed Apr 06 2022 04:41:01 -04:00

Connected to:
Oracle Database 19c Enterprise Edition Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production
Version 19.3.0.0.0

Session altered.

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
06-APR-22 04.41.16.562674 AM -04:00

CURRENT_DATE
--------------------
06-APR-2022 04:41:16
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 1

Which statement is true about the INTERSECT operator used in compound queries?

A. Multiple INTERSECT operators are not possible in the same SQL statement

B. It processes NULLs in the selected columns

C. INTERSECT is of lower precedence than UNION or UNION ALL

D. It ignores NULLs

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  elvegaa Highly Voted  3 years, 2 months ago

B.
SET operators all have the same priority in Oracle Database.
NULL values are processed with set operators
upvoted 5 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Quotations originate in official Oracle Database 19c documentation.

A – false; following query is executed successfully: SELECT empno FROM history WHERE beginyear <= 1995
INTERSECT
SELECT empno FROM employees WHERE job='TRAINER'
INTERSECT
SELECT trainer FROM offerings WHERE location <> 'SEATTLE';
B – true; “The INTERSECT operator with the keyword ALL returns the result of two or more SELECT statements in which rows appear in all result
sets. Null values that are common across the component queries of INTERSECT ALL are returned at the end of the result set.”
C – false; “You can combine multiple queries using the set operators UNION, UNION ALL, INTERSECT, INTERSECT ALL, EXCEPT, EXCEPT ALL, MINUS,
and MINUS ALL. All set operators have equal precedence.”
D – false; see answer B
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Provided answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  duongntsav 7 months ago

In IZO-082 exam topic, aren't there SQL fudatmental? right
upvoted 1 times

  AberTroth 8 months, 1 week ago

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

That is expected: the second two selects have no values in common with the corresponding columns in the first two, and the first two have
nothing in common between them.
For any row to be returned, with NULL values or not, it should be present in all of the intersected tables.
upvoted 1 times
Question #3 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about advanced connection options supported by Oracle Net for connection to Oracle Database instances?

(Choose three.)

A. Connect Time Failover requires the use of Transparent Application Failover (TAF)

B. Source Routing requires the use of a name server

C. Source Routing enables the use of Connection Manager (CMAN) which enables network traffic to be routed through a firewall

D. Load Balancing can balance the number of connections to dispatchers when using a Shared Server configuration

E. Load Balancing requires the use of a name server

F. Connect Time Failover requires the connect string to have two or more listener addresses configured

Correct Answer: BCF

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e41945/advcfg.htm#NETAG013

Community vote distribution

CDF (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I think C, D and F are correct.

upvoted 13 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

D seems a legit answer..

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/12.2/rilin/shared-server-configuration-for-an-oracle-rac-database.html#GUID-
2EFBA08D-FEEE-407F-BC42-E548DA946DF9
upvoted 2 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CDF

A. Connect Time Failover requires the use of Transparent Application Failover (TAF) --> False
B. Source Routing requires the use of a name server --> False, IP address are also accepted.
C. Source Routing enables the use of Connection Manager (CMAN) which enables network traffic to be routed through a firewall --> True
D. Load Balancing can balance the number of connections to dispatchers when using a Shared Server configuration --> True
E. Load Balancing requires the use of a name server --> False, IP address are also accepted.
F. Connect Time Failover requires the connect string to have two or more listener addresses configured. --> True
upvoted 2 times

  Ashikraja 11 months ago

BCF is right
upvoted 1 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

D is incorrect. Standalone Oracle databases perform load balancing by distributing connections among the shared server dispatcher processes.
Check out https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/rilin/shared-server-configuration-for-an-oracle-rac-
database.html#GUID-2EFBA08D-FEEE-407F-BC42-E548DA946DF9
upvoted 2 times

  Kira_Sat 2 years ago

Selected Answer: CDF

Correct Answer : C,D and F

upvoted 3 times

  adozoo 2 years, 1 month ago

CDF is right!!!
upvoted 1 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

C, D & F
upvoted 3 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

ama, Please suggest suitable answer
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

C, D, F
upvoted 6 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

A & C & F is correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

A is wrong.
Connect-Time Failover involves not yet connected sessions to failover a different address in case the first attempt is unreacheble.
Transparent Application Failover involves sessions already connected in the database, to failover to the next address when the session is
terminated.
Pretty similar, but not dependent. You can have a configuration with ConnectTime Failover but not Transparent Application Failover
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

A is wrong…

Connect-Time Failover is a feature of local naming method, and can be easily set up by adding a tns entry into tnsnames. ora file on the client
machine, then the client can connect to the second database (listener) if the first database (listener) cannot be connected
upvoted 6 times
Question #4 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about date/time functions in a session where NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS? (Choose

two.)

A. CURRENT_TIMESTAMP returns the same date and time as SYSDATE with additional details of fractional seconds

B. SYSDATE can be queried only from the DUAL table

C. CURRENT_DATE returns the current date and time as per the session time zone

D. SYSDATE can be used in expressions only if the default date format is DD-MON-RR

E. SYSDATE and CURRENT_DATE return the current date and time set for the operating system of the database server

F. CURRENT_TIMESTAMP returns the same date as CURRENT_DATE

Correct Answer: CF

Community vote distribution

CF (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C & F is correct
upvoted 15 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: CF

A - false; it is the same only in case database server operating system uses the same time zone as the operating system of the database client
(session time zone)
B - false; can be queried in any table, e.g. SELECT emp_no,ename,salary,mgr_no,sysdate FROM emp;
C - true;
SQL> select sys_extract_utc(systimestamp) from dual;
SYS_EXTRACT_UTC(SYSTIMESTAMP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.09.23 13:58:24,316896
SQL> SELECT SESSIONTIMEZONE FROM DUAL;
SESSIONTIMEZONE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+02:00
SQL> SELECT current_date FROM dual;
CURRENT_DATE
--------------------
11-SEP-2023 15:58:41
D - false; sysdate can be used independently of the setting of the NLS_DATE_FORMAT
E - false; sydate returns date and time of the operating system of the database server, current_date returns date and time in the session time zone
(i.e. in the time zone of the client)
F - true; both variables returns current time and date set in the session time zone
upvoted 1 times

  feixiang 5 months, 1 week ago

I think C and E are correct,
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP shows more content than current_date
upvoted 2 times

  chandanchoudhary 7 months, 2 weeks ago

C & F are correct
SQL>
SQL> SELECT sessiontimezone FROM DUAL;

SESSIONTIMEZONE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+10:00

SQL> select current_date from dual;

CURRENT_DATE
-----------------------------
31-MAY-2023 02:24:46

SQL> select CURRENT_TIMESTAMP from dual;

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-MAY-23 02.25.10.789980 AM +10:00

SQL> select SYSDATE from dual;

SYSDATE
-----------------------------
30-MAY-2023 22:25:23

SQL> select CURRENT_DATE from dual;

CURRENT_DATE
-----------------------------
31-MAY-2023 02:25:41

SQL> select CURRENT_TIMESTAMP from dual;

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-MAY-23 02.25.58.563965 AM +10:00

SQL> select sysdate from v$database;

SYSDATE
-----------------------------
30-MAY-2023 22:26:58

SQL>
upvoted 3 times

  Blob44 1 year, 3 months ago

Selected Answer: CF

CURRENT_DATE and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP are tied to session time zone

SYSDATE is tied to database server date and time. It can be used querying any table, not just dual, no matter the session nls_date_format chosen
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

F cannot be correct

oracle@localhost ~]$ cat date_format.sql

alter session set NLS_DATE_FORMAT='DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS' ;

select current_timestamp from dual ;

select current_date from dual ;

[oracle@localhost ~]$ sqlplus system/oracle @date_format.sql

SQL*Plus: Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production on Wed Apr 6 04:41:16 2022

Version 19.3.0.0.0

Copyright (c) 1982, 2019, Oracle. All rights reserved.

Last Successful login time: Wed Apr 06 2022 04:41:01 -04:00

Connected to:
Oracle Database 19c Enterprise Edition Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production
Version 19.3.0.0.0

Session altered.

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
06-APR-22 04.41.16.562674 AM -04:00

CURRENT_DATE
--------------------
06-APR-2022 04:41:16
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

F cannot be correct:

[oracle@localhost ~]$ cat date_format.sql

alter session set NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to 'DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS' ;

select current_timestamp from dual ;

select current_date from dual ;

[oracle@localhost ~]$ sqlplus system/oracle @date_format.sql

SQL*Plus: Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production on Wed Apr 6 04:39:17 2022

Version 19.3.0.0.0

Copyright (c) 1982, 2019, Oracle. All rights reserved.

Last Successful login time: Wed Apr 06 2022 04:38:02 -04:00

Connected to:
Oracle Database 19c Enterprise Edition Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production
Version 19.3.0.0.0

alter session set NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to 'DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS'

*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00927: missing equal sign

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
06-APR-22 04.39.18.153607 AM -04:00

CURRENT_D
---------
06-APR-22
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C,F is correct
upvoted 2 times

  alimdyahoo 2 years ago

Current_date is session specific, Current_timestamp is also session specific with zone and sysdate is operating system date . So only left with Valid
choice B and C
upvoted 1 times

  alimdyahoo 2 years ago

oops my mistake . C and F are only valid choices. So C and F are correct
upvoted 2 times

  eyildiz 2 years, 3 months ago

I think A and C are correct.

SQL> ALTER SESSION SET NLS_DATE_FORMAT = 'DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS';

SQL> select sysdate,current_date,current_timestamp from dual;

SYSDATE CURRENT_DATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP

-------------------- -------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
28-SEP-2021 14:32:48 28-SEP-2021 14:32:48 28-SEP-21 02.32.48.201457 PM +03:00

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/functions172.htm
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/functions036.htm
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/functions037.htm
upvoted 3 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

A cannot be correct. Becasue your DB server and your session are in same region, current_date and sysdate are same. If you connect to your DB
at another timezone, that command return another result. So....it can be same, but not always do.
upvoted 1 times

  DarrenChenSHCMB 2 years, 1 month ago

AC is correct
upvoted 1 times

  kawsar 2 years, 5 months ago

SQL> set serveroutput on
SQL> declare
2 ld date;
3 begin
4 ld:=sysdate;
5 dbms_output.put_line(ld);
6 end;
7/
08-AUG-2021 15:12:35
upvoted 2 times

  kawsar 2 years, 5 months ago

ALTER SESSION SET NLS_DATE_FORMAT = 'DD-MON-YYYY HH24:MI:SS';
select current_timestamp from dual;
select current_date from dual;
select sysdate from dual;
08-AUG-21 02.00.13.303335 AM US/PACIFIC
08-AUG-2021 02:00:15
08-AUG-2021 09:00:17
Now check the answers!!!!
upvoted 2 times

  mianjee 2 years, 5 months ago

B and C are correct!
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 3 months ago

the correct answer is should be A and F
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

sorry CF is the correct one
upvoted 7 times

SYSDATE also shows time if you change the date display format to include it.
However, A is wrong because SYSDATE shows database resident OS date&time while CURRENT_TIMESTAMP shows session date&time. Different
time zones can affect the result.
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 1

A database is configured to use automatic undo management with temporary undo enabled.

An UPDATE is executed on a temporary table.

Where is the UNDO stored?

A. in the undo tablespace

B. in the SYSAUX tablespace

C. in the SGA

D. in the PGA

E. in the temporary tablespace

Correct Answer: A

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11478

(16.7)

Community vote distribution

E (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

E is correct answer.
upvoted 19 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Good hint, i think you have Right !

Oracle database 12c Release 1 (12.1) introduced the concept of temporary undo, allowing the undo segments for global temporary tables to be
stored in the temporary tablespace. This allows global temporary tables to be used in physical standby databases and read-only databases, as
well as removing the need to create redo.
upvoted 6 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 6 months ago

I would agree
http://www.dba-oracle.com/t_temp_undo_enabled.htm
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

Funny how the reference they put up supports answer E and not answer A:

16.7 Managing Temporary Undo

By default, undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace and are logged in the redo, which is the same way undo is
managed for persistent tables. However, you can use the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter to separate undo for temporary tables
from undo for persistent tables. When this parameter is set to TRUE, the undo for temporary tables is called temporary undo.

16.7.1 About Managing Temporary Undo

Temporary undo records are stored in the database's temporary tablespaces and thus are not logged in the redo log. When temporary undo is
enabled, some of the segments used by the temporary tablespaces store the temporary undo, and these segments are called temporary undo
segments.

Reference: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11479

The correct answer is: E

upvoted 10 times

  Abdullejr Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: E

E is the correct answer. The reference attached here states that.

16.7 Managing Temporary Undo

By default, undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace and are logged in the redo, which is the same way undo is
managed for persistent tables. However, you can use the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter to separate undo for temporary tables
from undo for persistent tables. When this parameter is set to TRUE, the undo for temporary tables is called temporary undo.

16.7.1 About Managing Temporary Undo

Temporary undo records are stored in the database's temporary tablespaces and thus are not logged in the redo log. When temporary undo is
enabled, some of the segments used by the temporary tablespaces store the temporary undo, and these segments are called temporary undo
segments.
upvoted 1 times

  doyinbare 4 months ago

By default, undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace . This means that If the temporary undo is set to false, then undo
records generated by temporary tables are logged to undo tablespace. However, when temporary undo is enabled, the undo for temporary tables
is called temporary undo which are then logged in to a separate tablespace called temporary tablespace.
upvoted 1 times

  nachomago 6 months ago

Selected Answer: E

E is correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: E

As many user commented, the correct answer is E, this is a particular case.

upvoted 1 times

  0z0n3 8 months ago

Selected Answer: E

undo of temp table would be stored in temp tablespace if temp undo is enabled
upvoted 1 times

  cristycool 8 months, 4 weeks ago

E is correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

Selected Answer: E

E. If there is no 'temporary undo enabled', then it will be stored in the undo tablespace.
upvoted 1 times

  Blob44 1 year ago

Selected Answer: E

E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Blob44 1 year, 3 months ago

Selected Answer: E

Enabling temporary undo allows temporary undo segments to be created in temp tablespaces for the corresponding temporary tables. This can
improve performance a lot
upvoted 1 times

  Soiram 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: E

...with temporary undo enabled.

upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: E

E-->Temporary undo records are stored in the database's temporary tablespaces and thus are not logged in the redo log. When temporary undo is
enabled, some of the segments used by the temporary tablespaces store the temporary undo, and these segments are called temporary undo
segments.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

Who's marking the right answers? They're almost all wrong!
A is wrong, E is the right one. The same reference supports the E answer
upvoted 6 times

  Ekos 3 years, 3 months ago

E is the correct answer
Temporary undo records are stored in the database's temporary tablespaces and thus are not logged in the redo log
upvoted 2 times
Question #6 Topic 1

You have been tasked to create a table for a banking application.

One of the columns must meet three requirements:

1. Be stored in a format supporting date arithmetic without using conversion functions

2. Store a loan period of up to 10 years

3. Be used for calculating interest for the number of days the loan remains unpaid

Which data type should you use?

A. INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH

B. INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND

C. TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIMEZONE

D. TIMESTAMP

E. TIMESTAMP WITH TIMEZONE

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  nautil2 4 months ago

Selected Answer: B

A - false; does not meet condition 3, because this interval does not store days
B - true; this interval can store days
C - false; cannot store period
D - false; cannot store period
E - false; cannot store period
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 5 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  thuto 1 year, 8 months ago

It is B... :)
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ty_1 2 years, 8 months ago

yes B is correct one
upvoted 1 times

  khizar782 2 years, 8 months ago

Correct Answer is B.
Since the third requirement for banking application is
'Be used for calculating interest for the number of days the loan remains unpaid'
So, Data Type 'INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND' must be used to calculate duration in number of days.
upvoted 2 times

  pr0glnx 3 years, 2 months ago

Yes: B'
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

agree, b is the correct answer
upvoted 4 times
Question #7 Topic 1

In the spfile of a single instance database, LOCAL_LISTENER is set to LISTENER_1.

The TNSNAMES.ORA file in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin in the database home contains:

Which statement is true?

A. Dynamic service registration cannot be used for this database instance

B. The LREG process registers services dynamically with the LISTENER_1 listener

C. LISTENER_1 must also be defined in the LISTENER.ORA file to enable dynamic service registration

D. There are two listeners named LISTENER and LISTENER_1 running simultaneously using port 1521 on the same host as the database

instances

E. The definition for LISTENER_1 requires a CONNECT_DATA section to enable dynamic service registration

Correct Answer: C

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG292

Community vote distribution

C (46%) B (46%) 8%

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

Answer is B.
upvoted 19 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 6 months ago

I would agree
Dynamic service registration does not require any manual configuration in the listener.ora file.
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

I disagree: the manual configuration to which the documentation refers is intended to be "configuration [relative to dynamic registration]".
But the listener has to be defined in the listener.ora nonetheless, as stated in the same document:

"Synchronization occurs when the protocol address of the listener is specified in the listener.ora file and the location of the listener is
specified in the initialization parameter file."
upvoted 3 times

  Muhab Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

Answer is B.
The listener forwards client requests to supported services. These services are dynamically registered with the listener. This dynamic registration
feature is called service registration. The registration is performed by the Listener Registration (LREG) process. Dynamic service registration does
not require any manual configuration in the listener.ora file.

Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG292
upvoted 9 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

You DO need to define the listener in the listener.ora file if you're using an alias, however you don't define the instances registered in the
_SID_LIST argument.
upvoted 4 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

Exactly, if the listener specified as local_listener is not configured, the service cannot be registered there.
upvoted 2 times

  Abdullejr Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the correct answer.

upvoted 1 times

  SpyderSh 4 months, 2 weeks ago

B is correct answer C is wrong due to not required to configure in listener.ora file to use DSR
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Try creating a new PDB without you not specifying the LISTENER_1 on the listener.ora, you will not see any service registered for that PDB.
Its a Rule:
To get Dynamic Service Registration on user created listeners, you must:
a. configure the LISTENER_1 on tnsname.ora
b. configure the LISTENER_1 on listener.ora
c. set or append the LISTENER_1 to the LOCAL_LISTENER parameter
upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  RaNik69 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/netag/configuring-and-administering-oracle-net-listener.html#GUID-A3263EB4-
C3F2-4529-ABC2-ADE749114D33

The listener forwards client requests to supported services. These services are dynamically registered with the listener. This dynamic registration
feature is called service registration.
The registration is performed by the Listener Registration (LREG) process. Dynamic service registration does not require any manual configuration
in the listener.ora file.
upvoted 1 times

  canijho 10 months, 3 weeks ago

B is correct.
Dynamic service registration does not use the listener.ora file.
upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow 1 year ago

B is the correct answer. C is wrong - dynamic service registration does not use the listener.ora file.
upvoted 1 times

  Blob44 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

To my understanding of the question, LISTENER_1 is just an alias for the DEFAULT listener listening on host1 and port 1521. So it's already on
listener.ora file with the default name LISTENER or the name given when database was created with DBCA
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

My vote is for answer B, because it's the closest to my findings. The question text does not imply the listener name is LISTENER_1. The string
"LISTENER_1" is just an alias, that does not need a record in listener.ora, just a setting of LOCAL_LISTENER parameter in the database and alias
explanation in tnsnames.ora as described at https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/netag/configuring-and-
administering-oracle-net-listener.html#GUID-0E7C39E3-4627-403A-AE69-E9AA2C7E4C57

When reproduced a scenario on a testing instance and typing $ lsnrctl status LISTENER_1, I can see status of default LISTENER with services
registered dynamicaly after database was bounced. In listener.ora there is a definition of standard LISTENER, but no mention about LISTENER_1,
however dynamic service registration works fine.
upvoted 2 times

  alan_resende 1 year, 1 month ago

Hi, I think the correct is C.
I did the test with configuration about this question:

If you want the LREG do the dynamic service registration with LISTENER_1, you have to set both tnsnames.ora to resolve the address/port and
listener.ora with LISTENER_1 address/port. In another case the database do the dynamic register with default LISTENER on default port 1521
regardless local_listener parameter configuration.
Take account the question ask about dynamic service register with LISTENER_1.
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

My teacher said D
upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 4 months ago

Answer is C.
The listener MUST be defined in the listener.ora file in order for a listener to work, not in the tnsnames file, since tnsnames its only used for aliases.
You can check multiple sources, for example: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG292 The default listener name is
LISTENER. If you want to use LISTENER_1, it must be defined in LISTENER.ORA Source: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-
database/19/netag/configuring-and-administering-oracle-net-listener.html#GUID-A3263EB4-C3F2-4529-ABC2-ADE749114D33 The local_listener
service name, address or address list is must be specified in the tnsnames.ora file or you will get an ORA-00119 error.
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 1 year, 4 months ago

The answer is C. I validated this practically, this also came in exam and have passed the exam with high percentage. There were no mention of this
being a problem.
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 1 year, 4 months ago

sorry not C. D. There are two listeners named LISTENER and LISTENER_1 running simultaneously using port 1521 on the same host as the
database instances
upvoted 1 times

  majla 1 year, 2 months ago

It's not possible to have 2 processes listening on the same port - just the last one can listen. In this particular scenario you only have one
listener LISTENER and the alias LISTENER_1 for the same process.
upvoted 1 times

  joseank 1 year, 8 months ago

B is a true statement, if you dont define a service name in the listener then it listens to every request (that's what a dynamic service registration
means)
HOWEVER!!!
C is the correct answer, the listener MUST be defined in the listener.ora file in order for a listener to work, not in the tnsnames file, since tnsnames
its only used for aliases.

You can check multiple sources, for example: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG292

upvoted 2 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Dynamic service registration is configured in the database initialization file. It does not require any configuration in the listener.ora file. However,
listener configuration must be set to listen on the ports named in the database initialization file, and must not have parameters set that prevent
automatic registration, such as COST parameters.

By default, the LREG process registers service information with its local listener on the default local address of TCP/IP, port 1521. If the listener
configuration is synchronized with the database configuration, then LREG can register service information with a nondefault local listener or a
remote listener on another node.

Ref: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/netag/configuring-and-administering-oracle-net-listener.html#GUID-
A7F49477-1F13-49E7-9B23-9A50A4627862
upvoted 2 times
Question #8 Topic 1

Which three statements are true concerning logical and physical database structures? (Choose three.)

A. All tablespaces may have one or more data files

B. The extents of a segment must always reside in the same datafile

C. A smallfile tablespace might be bigger than a bigfile tablespace

D. A segment can span multiple data files in some tablespaces

E. A segment's blocks can be of different sizes

F. A segment might have only one extent

G. Segments can span multiple tablespaces

Correct Answer: CDF

Community vote distribution

CDF (78%) 11% 11%

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C, D and F. Answer A is wrong, it says - "All tablespaces may have one or more data files", but bigfile tablespaces can have only one datafile.
upvoted 13 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

what you think About this Information :

Smallfile tablespaces can contain up to 1024 files, but bigfile tablespaces contain only one file that can be 1024 times larger than a smallfile
tablespace.

https://web.stanford.edu/dept/itss/docs/oracle/10gR2/server.102/b14220/physical.htm
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

It's just like Rivaldo11 said, not all tablespaces may have one or more data files! Bigfile tablespaces can only have ONE datafile (which can be
and in most cases are much bigger in size than smallfile datafiles) - as stated in your statement.

A is definitely incorrect!

My picks would also be C, D and F

upvoted 5 times

  nyale 2 years, 4 months ago

They said one or more!!! so a bigfile can have one and this makes A correct because one more is >=1
upvoted 3 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

Nope, "Not All tablespaces might have one or more data files", this is one of question when they play with your logic and common sense, I
fell into the same logic as yours, before I negate the question.
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T Highly Voted  1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: CDF

A is wrong. Because bigfile tablespaces may have only one datafile

B is wrong. Because if a tablespace has more than one datafile then the extents of the segment can be in any one or all of the data files. Remember
that tablespaces are LOGICAL objects and the segment lives in the logical object, regardless of which file the extent exists on.
C is correct. Smallfile tablespaces may have many datafiles that collectively exceed the the size of the datafile that is in the bigfile tablespace
D is correct. The opposite of option B. A tablespace is a logical object made up of one or more datafiles. With locally managed tablespaces the
server will decide where the next extent allocation should be done for a segment
E is wrong. A segment must have all it's extents in the same tablespace, and block size is defined at tablespace level
F is correct. If a segment has row pieces that collectively are less than or equal to the total storage requirement of one extent then the segment will
have only one extent allocated to it
G is wrong. A segment can reside in one tablespace only
upvoted 7 times

  SpyderSh Most Recent  4 months, 1 week ago

A B D is correct answers
upvoted 1 times

  SpyderSh 4 months, 1 week ago

A C D are correct answers
upvoted 1 times

  Hell3n 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ACF

A C F, checked.

A is true, it say ---> one OR more

D is false.
D. A segment can span multiple data files in some tablespaces
'A segment can span one or more data files, but it cannot span multiple tablespaces'.
So in SOME tablespaces is not correct
upvoted 1 times

  Hell3n 4 months, 3 weeks ago

A C F, checked.

A is true, it say ---> one OR more

  linhao 5 months, 3 weeks ago

ACF

A is correct. Bigfile tablespace have only one datafile and smallfile tablespace have several datafiles.
B is wrong. The extents of a segment could reside in the some others datafiles in the same tablepsace
C is correct. The difference between smallfile tablespace and bigfile tablespace is the number of datafile. The max size of datafile is same.
D is wrong. A segment can span multiple data files in same tablespace, but not in some tablespaces
E is wrong. The block size can be defined in tablespace in creation.
F is correct.
G is wrong. Refer to D
upvoted 1 times

  AliKhan345 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B is wrong .
If the initial extent become full, and if more space is required, then the database automatically allocates an incremental extent for this segment. An
incremental extent is a subsequent extent created for the segment.

The allocation algorithm depends on whether the tablespace is locally managed or dictionary-managed. In the locally managed case, the database
searches the bitmap of a data file for adjacent free blocks. If the data file has insufficient space, then the database looks in another data file. Extents
for a segment are always in the same tablespace but may be in different data files.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html#GUID-C205981E-182A-466D-B151-
090455F9ECE7
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

Selected Answer: BCF

One tablespace may have multiple datafile.

A segment can be span multile datafile which reside in the same tablespace.
A extent, however, should be reside in same datafile.

So...I think the answer is B,C,AorF

A&F are ambiguous, but D&E&G are wrong.

D - A segment cannot span multiple data files in 'some' tablespaces. They should be reside in one tablespace.
reference : https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A57673_01/DOC/server/doc/SCN73/ch3.htm#extents
"... The segments also can span files, but the individual extents cannot."
upvoted 1 times

  Minoro 1 year, 1 month ago

Some tests said G is right ... G. Segments can span multiple tablespaces
A Segment can't span multiple tablespaces ... but the Segments, (table, Indexes,cluster,..) may be span multiple tablespaces .... it is on plural ... so
may be possible correct
upvoted 1 times

  alan_resende 1 year, 1 month ago

Hi,

B is correct.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html#GUID-E3D8E030-A056-40AC-9B7E-
8C957E28EE75
"Allocation of Extents
By default, the database allocates an initial extent for a data segment when the segment is created. An extent is always contained in one data file."
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 1 year, 7 months ago

AMA, what is the correct answer please ?
D & F i'm sure
upvoted 1 times
  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago
A segment belongs only to one tablespace, but a segment's extents might span on different Datafiles of a tablespace.

That's why I vote for B C D

upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

G is wrong because
Each segment belongs to one and only one tablespace. Thus, all extents for a segment are stored in the same tablespace. Within a tablespace, a
segment can include extents from multiple data files, as shown in Figure 12-2. For example, one extent for a segment may be stored in users01.dbf,
while another is stored in users02.dbf. A single extent can never span data files.
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

A segment can have several extents:

Segments

The level of logical database storage above an extent is called a segment. A segment is a set of extents that have been allocated for a specific type
of data structure, and that all are stored in the same tablespace. For example, each table's data is stored in its own data segment, while each
index's data is stored in its own index segment.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C,D,F is correct
but I think A can also be the answer.
upvoted 2 times

  adozoo 2 years, 1 month ago

Answer is C D F
upvoted 1 times
Question #9 Topic 1

Which two statements are true regarding a SAVEPOINT? (Choose two.)

A. Rolling back to a SAVEPOINT can undo a CREATE INDEX statement

B. Rolling back to a SAVEPOINT can undo a TRUNCATE statement

C. Only one SAVEPOINT may be issued in a transaction

D. A SAVEPOINT does not issue a COMMIT

A. writing inbound request to the common request queue from all shared server connections

B. checking for outbound shared server responses on the common outbound response queue

C. receiving inbound requests from processes using shared server connections

D. sending each connection input request to the appropriate shared server input queue

E. broadcasting shared server session responses back to requesters on all connections

F. sending shared server session responses back to requesters on the appropriate connection

Correct Answer: ACD

Community vote distribution

ACF (100%)

  Abhirup Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

A,C,F correct
upvoted 9 times

  NiciMilo Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

i think A, C and F

D is wrong
Ref: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/manproc001.htm#ADMIN11168
An ***idle shared server process picks up*** the virtual circuit from the common queue
upvoted 7 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: ACF

see https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-processes.html#GUID-A522BFBF-5452-4038-92DB-
C5116A0B1B50
A - TRUE; All dispatchers are required to write incoming requests to a common response queue, which the (idle) shared server processes will
monitor and pick up.
B - FALSE; Each dispatcher has its own response queue.
C - TRUE; This is the main purpose of dispatchers in a shared server architecture.
D - FALSE; Connection input requests are handled by the listener and, shared server processes do not have their own input queues, they monitor
the common input queue.
E - FALSE; Shared server responses cannot be broadcasted to all connections.
F - TRUE; Shared server responses must be sent back to the requester on its own connection.
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 9 months, 3 weeks ago

C,D,F
In a shared server configuration, dispatchers are responsible for managing incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a user connects to
the database using a shared server configuration, the dispatcher receives the user's request and places it in the common request queue. The
dispatcher then selects an available shared server and assigns the request to it by placing it in the appropriate shared server input queue.

The shared server then processes the request and generates a response, which is placed in the appropriate outbound response queue. The
dispatcher checks for outbound shared server responses on the common outbound response queue and sends the response back to the requester
on the appropriate connection.
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: ACF

A is correct. All dispatchers are required to write incoming requests to a common response queue, which the (idle) shared server processes will
monitor and pick up.
B is wrong. Each dispatcher has it's own response queue.
C is correct. This is the main purpose of dispatchers in a shared server architecture.
D is wrong. Connection input requests are handled by the listener and, shared server processes do not have their own input queues, they monitor
the common input queue.
E is wrong. Shared server responses cannot be broadcasted to all connections.
F is correct. Shared server responses must be sent back to the requester on it's own connection.

Reference:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/application-and-networking-architecture.html#GUID-EC8F8778-02B7-4CF9-
9E6F-A5D88C777235
upvoted 6 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

So correct answers can only be C D F
upvoted 1 times
  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago
A is wrong too because the dispatcher does not writes inbounds requests from shared servers.
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

E is wrong because the concept of a broadcast does not exist in this mechanism.
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

B is wrong because there is no common response queue. Instead each dispatcher has it's own queue.
upvoted 1 times

  brolem 2 years, 5 months ago

I think C, D, F, only because of the wording. "A" states " common request queue FROM all shared server connections". The dispatches send
requests TO shared server connections. The send responses FROM the shared server connections.
upvoted 1 times
Question #11 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the SET VERIFY ON command? (Choose two.)

A. It can be used only in SQL*Plus

B. It displays values for variables used only in the WHERE clause of a query

C. It can be used in SQL Developer and SQL*Plus

D. It displays values for variables created by the DEFINE command

E. It displays values for variables prefixed with &&

Correct Answer: AD

Community vote distribution

CE (86%) 14%

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

C D correct anwers
upvoted 10 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

If guess D is a trap. If you use DEFINE and you're not using the variable, it'll never be displayed with SET VERIFY ON.

Example :
set verify on
DEFINE dummy_char = 'X'
SELECT * FROM dual
upvoted 5 times

  RaNik69 Most Recent  8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CE

both tested
upvoted 1 times

  J4vi 9 months ago

Selected Answer: CE

I think C D E, but you can use DEFINE without & or && and VERIFY ON won't work, so C E seems to be the most correct then
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

I think C,D is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow 1 year ago

C, D, E
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: CE

The SET VERIFY ON command will enable the display of any substitution variable used in our last executed SQL statement. When you use the
DEFINE clause to create a variable, and the variable is not used in the next SQL statement then that variable will not be "shown" by the SET VERIFY
command. Oh, and the command is available in all apps that allow the execution of SQL language against your database.
upvoted 4 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  yukclam9 2 years, 9 months ago

C,E. D is not correct because 'define' as a individual command will not trigger the prompt. Only when defined variable is used with & or && the
verify on thing will take effect.
upvoted 4 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

This is impossible, I just tested the behaviour to be sure and, unsurprisingly, I confirmed that C-D-E seems to be true, thus invalidating A:
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

C: It works on SqlDevelope 3.22, so it's not even a new functionality.
upvoted 1 times
  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago
D - It works for variables created via DEFINE:

SQL> set verify off

SQL> define emp = 200;
SQL> select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id = &emp;

EMPLOYEE_ID
-----------
200

SQL> set verify on

SQL> select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id = &emp;
vecchio 1: select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id = &emp
nuovo 1: select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id = 200

EMPLOYEE_ID
-----------
200
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

E - It works on && prefixed variables:

SQL> set verify off

SQL> select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id =&&emp;
Immettere un valore per emp: 200

EMPLOYEE_ID
-----------
200

SQL> undefine emp

SQL> set verify on
SQL> select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id =&&emp;
Immettere un valore per emp: 200
vecchio 1: select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id =&&emp
nuovo 1: select employee_id from hr.employees where employee_id =200

EMPLOYEE_ID
-----------
200

So, either there are 3 answers instead of (and different from) the 2 suggested, or I'm seriously missing something here.
upvoted 2 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 2 months ago

Simone, you are missing something here! SET VERIFY does not display values for variables created by the DEFINE command, it shows the
corresponding values of the variables we are currently using. If you don't use the create by define variable, you won't be able to see the
value of DEFINE.
upvoted 3 times

  esarregui 3 years, 2 months ago

Answer: C + ¿D or E?

SQL> set verify on

SQL> select &&x from dual;
Enter value for x: dummy
old 1: select &&x from dual
new 1: select dummy from dual

D
-
X

SQL> set verify on

SQL> define y='dummy';
SQL> select &y from dual;
old 1: select &y from dual
new 1: select dummy from dual

D
-
X
upvoted 1 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

Did u check if it works on sql developer? It doesn’t work on toad. I tested
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

If works in SQL Developer, there are also some YouTube Tutorials that show the command using SQL Developer.
upvoted 1 times
  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago
C & E is correct
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

i agree, E is working:

SQL> set verify off

SQL> select &&var from dual;
Geben Sie einen Wert fur var ein: sysdate

SYSDATE
--------
04.08.20

SQL> set verify on

SQL> select &&var from dual;
alt 1: select &&var from dual
neu 1: select sysdate from dual

SYSDATE
--------
04.08.20
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 6 months ago

why not E?
SET VERIFY ON
UNDEFINE dummy_number;
SELECT employee_id, job_id FROM employees where EMPLOYEE_ID = &&dummy_number;
-- working, he just asks for an input (like 206)
i agree with C, but unsure between D and E
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

E is wrong… look at below example, the variable was disaplyed even without using set verify on!

SQL> SELECT owner , TABLE_NAME FROM DBA_TABLES where table_name = '&&dummy_number';

Geben Sie einen Wert fur dummy_number ein: DUAL
alt 1: SELECT owner , TABLE_NAME FROM DBA_TABLES where table_name = '&&dummy_number'
neu 1: SELECT owner , TABLE_NAME FROM DBA_TABLES where table_name = 'DUAL'

OWNER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE_NAME
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYS
DUAL
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

that's because SET VERIFY ON is the default. If you don't specify SET VERIFY OFF it will use SET VERIFY ON
upvoted 3 times
Question #12 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about a self join? (Choose three.)

A. The ON clause must be used

B. The query must use two different aliases for the table

C. It must be an equijoin

D. It must be an inner join

E. The ON clause can be used

F. It can be an outer join

Correct Answer: BDE

Community vote distribution

BEF (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

B, E and F
upvoted 18 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Good Hint
upvoted 1 times

  escoletsgo1 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

B, E, F
upvoted 6 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: BEF

A - FALSE; use OLD syntax, e.g. SELECT ... FROM employees e, employees m WHERE e.mgr=m.empno ...
B - TRUE; when omitting, the error "ORA-00918: column ambiguously defined" appears
C - FALSE; e.g. SELECT ... FROM employees e1, employees e2 WHERE e1.msal > e2.msal
D - FALSE; valid query is e.g. SELECT e1.empno,e1.ename,e2.ename ... FROM employees e1 RIGHT OUTER JOIN employees e2 ON e1.mgr =
e2.empno;
E - TRUE; valid query is e.g. SELECT e.ename employee,e.bdate birth, m.ename manager FROM employees e JOIN employees m ON e.mgr =
m.empno;
F - TRUE; see answer B
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answers are B,E,F
C and D are incorrect because it must not be an equijoin or an inner join. That is, it can be an equijoin , non-equijoin, inner join, outer join.
A is incorrect, because it is not mandatory for an inner join to use the on clause, if you use old inner join syntax. That is, you can join two tables in a
select, without using the word inner join and on clause.
upvoted 1 times

  wchoi189 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I meant to say BCE
upvoted 2 times

  wchoi189 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B,C,F for me.
Joining a table to itself on a condition is called a self join. A table is joined to itself to compare rows in the same table. The join condition would
have to be an equijoin. If it is not there is another name for the join and it's called non equijoins. I guess a self non equijoin would be possible but
this goes against the point I'm making. A self join is joining the same table to itself ON a condition and that is why it has to be an equijoin.

For example the left outer joined table would show all the rows from the left and unmatched rows on the right filled with nulls where there was no
matches. I don't think in self joins there would be any unmatched rows due to a missing column on the right.

An outer self join is not possible because it's the same table your joining. Again, you can force a outer self join but this is more of an outer join than
a self join.
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: BEF

When you are doing a self-join, keep in mind that you are joining two "individual" data sets. There exists no restriction within Oracle that forces you
to use an ON clause join rather than a WHERE clause join, or an INNER join versus an OUTER join.
upvoted 1 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BEF

a) false: you can use WHERE clause instead

b) true: otherwise it reports ORA-00918
c) false: can be any condition
d) false: can be any join
e) true: can be used, but not necessary
f) true: can be any join
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,E,F is correct
upvoted 1 times

  flaviogcmelo 2 years, 8 months ago

I would like to understand why the ON clause "can" instead of "must" be used? My answer was A, B and F.
upvoted 2 times

  nobody347 2 years, 7 months ago

u can make self join using WHERE
upvoted 1 times

  saif_alrwiliy 3 years, 4 months ago

Actually the Self Join CAN be the A, C and D. The word MUST makes the question wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

B, D , E looks correct.
I don't think self join can be outer.
upvoted 3 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

Self outer joins are also possible, and plausible.
Figure a table with employees like:
id name boss
-- ----------- -------------
1 John NULL
2 Paul 1
3 Scott 1
4 Kate 3

You can build a self outer join to retrieve a list of employees names and their bosses names, if any.
upvoted 2 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

The correct answers should be B, E and F a self join can also be an outer join.

There is no difference for self joins. A self join is just two tables being joined. They just happen to be two copies of the same data
upvoted 3 times
Question #13 Topic 1

You want to write a query that prompts for two column names and the WHERE condition each time it is executed in a session but only prompts for

the table name the first time it is executed.

The variables used in your query are never undefined in your session.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT &&col1, &&col2 FROM &table WHERE &&condition = &&cond;

B. SELECT &col1, &col2 FROM &&table WHERE &condition;

C. SELECT &col1, &col2 FROM ‫ג‬€&table‫ג‬€ WHERE &condition;

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Correct answer: B

Tested in SQL-Developer, col1, col2 and condition will be prompted everytime, while table will only be prompted the first time you execute this
statement
upvoted 4 times
Question #14 Topic 1

Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:

You want to display details of all customers who reside in cities starting with the letter D followed by at least two characters.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city LIKE 'D_%';

B. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city = '%D_';

C. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city LIKE 'D_';

D. SELECT * FROM customers WHERE city = 'D_%';

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 2 months ago

there is no valid answer here

correct would be (followed by at least two characters):
SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE FIRST_NAME LIKE 'D__%';
but A is the most correct
upvoted 13 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

You're right. Also, there's no valid answer because double quotes are used in the LIKE clause
upvoted 3 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

I assume there's been some issue with copy-pasting the text, and the first ' as been replaced with "~

I think it's supposed to be A anyway, but you're certainly correct that they're all wrong written as they are.
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 2 months ago

yes, A is the correct answer

upvoted 7 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the most close to be valid answer.

LIKE must be used when comparing text strings (B, D are incorrect), metacharacter % must be used to accept strings of variable length (C is
incorrect), metacharacter _ stands for any character.
Underscore _ should be doubled to fulfill the request of two additional characters that follows initial letter D, so the query should end with LIKE
‘D__%’
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

No correct answer here, the correct SQL query would be:
SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE FIRST_NAME LIKE 'D__%';

Notice there 2 underscores;

upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

the table name CUSTOMERS table, from where you came with EMPLOYEES ?
ex: WHERE CustomerName LIKE 'a_%' --> Finds any values that start with "a" and are at least 2 characters in length
https://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_like.asp
upvoted 1 times
Question #15 Topic 1

Examine this command:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. DML may be performed on tables with one or more extents in this data file during the execution of this command.

B. The tablespace containing SALES1.DBF must be altered READ ONLY before executing the command.

C. The tablespace containing SALES1.DBF must be altered OFFLINE before executing the command.

D. If Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is used, then the file is renamed but moved to DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST.

E. The file is renamed and stored in the same location

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AE (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I would say A and E.

upvoted 25 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

Yes, BCD is wrong
D - like in the posted link descirbed
it will be moved to DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST location only, when TO is omitted
So AE is correct
upvoted 5 times

  khalilshahin01 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

answer is A & E
Queries and DML and DDL operations can be performed while the data file is being moved, for example:
1-SELECT statements against tables and partitions
2-Creation of tables and indexes
3- Rebuilding of indexes
Other notes:
1- If objects are compressed while the data file is moved, the compression remains the same.
2- You do not have to shut down the database or take the data file offline while you move a data file to another
location, disk, or storage system.
3- You can omit the TO clause only when an Oracle-managed file is used. In this case, the
DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST initialization parameter should be set to indicate the new location.
4-If the REUSE option is specified, the existing file is overwritten.
note: The REUSE keyword indicates the new file should be created even if it already exists.
5-If the KEEP clause is specified, the old file will be kept after the move operation. The KEEP clause is not allowed
if the source file is an Oracle-managed file.
upvoted 14 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

See documentation "14.5.1 Renaming and Relocating Online Data Files" in Release 19 Database Administrator’s Guide
See documentation "ALTER DATABASE" in Release 19 SQL Language Reference
A - TRUE; ALTER DATABASE MOVE DATAFILE ... This statement enables you to rename or relocate a data file while the database is open and users
are accessing the data file."
B - FALSE; There is no condition to alter moved datafile READ ONLY before executing ALTER ... MOVE command.
C - FALSE; The datafile is online during the movement, see answer A.
D - FALSE; the file will be moved to specified folder only if TO is omitted. If TO is not omitted, Oracle will create specified file. "If you are using
Oracle Managed Files, then you can omit the TO clause. In this case, Oracle Database creates a unique name for the data file and saves it in the
directory specified by the DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST initialization parameter."
E - TRUE; its obvious from the command listed in question
upvoted 1 times

  doyinbare 4 months ago

A and E are correct answers. The Alter tablespace MOVE command works just like the linux mv command which either renames the file or moves
the file to the specified location if it doesnt exist there.
Note, while this movement is ongoing, DML operations are allowed.
Also, the tablespace does not have to be in OFFLINE mode or READ ONLY mode for this operation to be performed.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answers are C,E, for Oracle 12c I understand
C is correct because to rename a datafile you have to put it offline. Due to the fact that it is a physical Windows file and if it is in use it does not
allow you to rename it. Same as any other file you want to rename in windows
E is correct , because it is not just moving the datafile and renaming it
For Oracle 19 the correct answer is A,E. Could be?
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

AE is correct
upvoted 2 times

  cratostt 1 year, 9 months ago

The is no rename in move datafile. The only options are A,B
upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

A, E. It's an online operation
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  gabriel3600 2 years, 7 months ago

A and E
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

the answer is A and E
upvoted 4 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

It's funny how A and B are actually contradicting one another... if the datafile is Read Only, how can you execute any DML on tables residing there?

Considering the ability of renaming datafiles online from 12c, I would say the more correct answers are A and E.

D is wrong because, evn with OMF, you can still force the creation of a datafile with a custom name on filesystem if you give the full path. If you
only gave the file name, on the contrary, it would in fact create the new datafile on the default location.
upvoted 3 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

For old folks, note that "ALTER DATABASE MOVE..." syntax replaces "ALTER DATABASE RENAME..." (pre-12c era), so is no longer to set the
tablespace offline and DML operations can be performed.
upvoted 3 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

ALTER DATABASE MOVE DATAFILE ( 'filename' | 'ASM_filename' | file_number )

[ TO ( 'filename' | 'ASM_filename' ) ]
[ REUSE ] [ KEEP ]
The source file can be specified using the file number or name, while the destination file must be specified by the file name.
The REUSE keyword indicates the new file should be created even if it already exists.
The KEEP keyword indicates the original copy of the datafile should be retained.

When the source file is an OMF file the KEEP option can not be used.
If the destination file is an OMF file, the TO clause can be omitted and the file will be created with
an OMF name in the DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST location.
upvoted 8 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

ama,

which one is correct? Plase suggest

upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

I would take A, D

See below https://oracle-base.com/articles/12c/online-move-datafile-12cr1

upvoted 2 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 6 months ago

Why D but not E?

if it were OMF, i think we dont need the TO clause

upvoted 2 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

But in the question they're defining a destination in the TO clause, hence the datafile would be created in that destination, not in the OMF
destination.
upvoted 3 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

I agree, and so I also think it's A and E
upvoted 3 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Why B is correct ? according to the Oracle documentation, Move Option is new and only possible in 12c and can be executed ONLINE without
taking anything offline

https://oracle-base.com/articles/12c/online-move-datafile-12cr1
upvoted 2 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

B D correct options
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

https://oracle-base.com/articles/12c/online-move-datafile-12cr1
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 4 months ago

I agree with you A E
upvoted 2 times
Question #16 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about dropping and unused columns in an Oracle database? (Choose three.)

A. A primary key column referenced by another column as a foreign key can be dropped if using the CASCADE option.

B. An UNUSED column's space is reclaimed automatically when the block containing that column is next queried.

C. An UNUSED column's space is reclaimed automatically when the row containing that column is next queried.

D. Partition key columns cannot be dropped.

E. A DROP COLUMN command can be rolled back

F. A column that is set to UNUSED still counts towards the limit of 1000 columns per table

Correct Answer: ABF

Community vote distribution

ADF (100%)

  dotruonghan Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

• Answer A is RIGHT: Oders is Parent table with PRIMARY KEY ord_no, Order_items is child table which ord_no is REFERENCE KEY that reference
ord_no of Parent table, now drop PRIMARY KEY on Orders by command: ALTER TABLE orders DROP COLUMN ORD_NO CASCADE CONSTRAINTS;
• Answer D is RIGHT: ORA-12984: cannot drop partitioning column
• Answer F is RIGHT: Unused Columns Count against 1000-column Table Limit Causing ORA-01792 on Compressed Table (Doc ID 2259600.1) and
"ORA-01792: Maximum Number Of Columns In A Table Or View Is 1000" AND HIDDEN_COLUMN name is recreated with date and timestamp (Doc
ID 2624150.1)
upvoted 18 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

It should be A, D and F.
upvoted 8 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

i think so too
F is true - i tested it
BC are false
A is true, but you have to add it to
ALTER TABLE <table_mame> SET unused (<column_name>) CASCADE CONSTRAINTS;
before you drop unused constraints
E should be wrong, could not find a way to undo this with roll back, this seems already the case if it is set to unused
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

A - TRUE; e.g. ALTER TABLE departments DROP COLUMN deptno CASCADE CONSTRAINTS;
B - FALSE; In Oracle Database 19c, the space occupied by an unused column is automatically reclaimed when the row containing that column is
next updated. The space is released and becomes available for reuse within the block.
C - FALSE; see B
D - TRUE; partition key column cannot be dropped. When an attempt to drop the column is made, an error "ORA-12984: cannot drop partitioning
column" occurs.
E - TRUE; ALTER TABLE documentation says "Until you actually drop these columns, they continue to count toward the absolute limit of 1000
columns in a single table."
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I am sorry, last two options are
E - FALSE; DDL commands cannot be rolled back
F - TRUE; ALTER TABLE documentation says "Until you actually drop these columns, they continue to count toward the absolute limit of 1000
columns in a single table."
upvoted 1 times

  0z0n3 8 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

D is correct, partition table will not work otherwise

Same with A and F
upvoted 1 times

  cristycool 8 months, 3 weeks ago

A is correct
B is correct
F is correct : Unused columns count against the 1000-column limit for tables in an Oracle database. The total count of columns that count against
this limit can be obtained by getting a count from DBA_TAB_COLS
upvoted 1 times

  alexbraga93 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ADF

B is not correct, once, the data remains in the table, but not available for querying.
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

ADF is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Phineas 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

Its ADF
upvoted 1 times

  mitosenoriko 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

A and D and F
upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

A, D and F
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D,F is correct
upvoted 1 times

  gabriel3600 2 years, 7 months ago

A,D e F
upvoted 1 times

  dotruonghan 3 years, 5 months ago

F is true
Unused Columns Count against 1000-column Table Limit Causing ORA-01792 on Compressed Table (Doc ID 2259600.1)
upvoted 2 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 6 months ago

Is B really correct?

According to:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-tables.html#GUID-29CA8FDC-55FB-4BEF-AE4A-5D1B4D2BE1E1

"The ALTER TABLE...DROP UNUSED COLUMNS statement is the only action allowed on unused columns. It physically removes unused columns from
the table and reclaims disk space. "
upvoted 2 times
Question #17 Topic 1

Which two statements are true regarding Oracle database space management within blocks managed by Automatic Segment Space Management

(ASSM)?

(Choose two.)

A. PCTFREE defaults to 10% for all blocks in all segments for all compression methods

B. ASSM assigns blocks to one of four fullness categories based on what percentage of the block is allocated for rows

C. Update operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row being updated

D. Insert operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row being inserted

E. A block will always be eligible for inserts if the row is short enough to fit into the block

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

BD (63%) 13% 13% 13%

  ioio Highly Voted  2 years, 9 months ago

the answer is B and D

Characteristics of Bitmap Segment Management

Bitmap space management uses four bits inside each data block header to indicate the amount of available space in the data block. Unlike
traditional space management with a fixed relink and unlink threshold, bitmap space managements allow Oracle to compare the actual row space
for an INSERT with the actual available space on the data block. This enables better reuse of the available free space especially for objects with rows
of highly varying size. Here are the values inside the four-bit space:
Value Meaning
0000 Unformatted Block
0001 Block is logically full
0010 <25% free space
0011 >25% but <50% free space
0100 > 50% but <75% free space
0101 >75% free space

Table 1: Bitmap value meanings.

upvoted 6 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

A - FALSE; default 0 for compressed tables

B - TRUE; each block is divided into four sections, named FS1 (between 0 and 25% of free space), FS2 (25% to 50% free), FS3 (50% to 75% free), and
FS4 (75% to 100% free)
C - FALSE; only before INSERT operations free space in block is tested and when there is a lack of space, new blocks are allocated. In case of
UPDATE operations, when there is a lack of space, row migration occurs.
D - TRUE; see C
E - FALSE; if ASSM is enabled and free space in a block is less than PCTFREE, insert to the block will be rejected
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Exam Topic is not supposed to have already responded to the answer as correct. CY E. Why do you argue?
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BE

The magic word is BLOCK.

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

I believe C and D are wrong because I've seen many cases where Oracle "recycle" blocks deleted that are still occupying space, but they are in
the freelist so can be used to insert or updated data. So the clause ALWAYS in question makes both False in my opinion.
A is False because there is not fixed default for PCTFREE.
By exclusion correct answer are BE.
upvoted 2 times

  jonsnoow 1 year ago

B and D
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

my teacher said AD
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 1 year, 7 months ago

AMA, what is the correct answer please ?
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

A is wrong for obvious reasons. All segments include (tables, indexes, undo and temp). On top of that "all" compression is mentioned in the
answer.
B is correct. This is a well known feature of ASSM and can be queried via the dbms_space.SPACE_USAGE procedure.
C is wrong. The key to this answer is "always". If a block has sufficient free space to accomodate the row update then Oracle does not need to
search for a different block with enough free space.
D is correct. Oracle does this by scanning the BMB in the segment to determine a block that can store the entire row. The main purpose here is to
avoid row chanining.
E is wrong. It all depends what the PCTFREE value is for the segment. A block with a PCTFREE of 10% could have rows that uses 90% of the
available space, that block is deemed full and not eligible for insert operations.
upvoted 3 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

B,C for sure

upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

B,D are correct

upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Fan 2 years, 9 months ago

It's A , D.
upvoted 1 times

  Eric_F 1 year, 9 months ago

PCTFREE dufault is 0 when used COMPRESS BASIC, so A is incurrect.
upvoted 1 times

  ogdru 2 years, 10 months ago

A...for all compression methods is not correct!!
create table T1
( col1 varchar2(100) );

create table T2
( col1 varchar2(100) )
row store compress basic;

create table T3
( col1 varchar2(100) )
row store compress advanced;

SQL> select TABLE_NAME,COMPRESSION,COMPRESS_FOR,PCT_FREE from dba_tables where OWNER='SCOTT' order by TABLE_NAME;

TABLE_NAME COMPRESS COMPRESS_FOR PCT_FREE

-------------------- -------- ------------------------------ ----------
T1 DISABLED 10
T2 ENABLED BASIC 0
T3 ENABLED ADVANCED 10

This make me very confused!!

upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Someone has any suggestion?

A could be true as the default value for pctfree is 10, but I am not sure for all compression methods

B should be true with ASSM each block is divided into 4 sections named FS1 (between 0 and 25% free space), FS2 (25% to 50% free space), FS3
(50% to 75% free space) and FS4 (75% to 100% free space)

E is not true, a block is only eligible for inserts if it's not full! A block is marked as full when the pctfree threshold is reached, at this point the block
is only available for update or delete operations. The block will be available for inserts again only after the block gets under the pctfree treshold

I this case I'd go with answers: B, C

But I am not completely sure, to me they seem like the right answers
upvoted 3 times
  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago
Update to answer A - this answer is false. PCTFREE is implicitly zero on compressed tables
upvoted 2 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

i still would agree to B

upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

I agree with B, but I would go on D rather than C. Update operations should first try to fit the new data in the same block and only when it's
impossible they will look for other blocks where to fit the complete row.
A and E have already been explained to be false, which upon which I agree.
upvoted 6 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

agree, the answer is B and D
upvoted 6 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

A. PCTFREE defaults to 10% for all blocks in all segments for all compression methods
B. ASSM assigns blocks to one of four fullness categories based on what percentage of the block is allocated for rows
C. Update operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row being updated
D. Insert operations always attempt to find blocks with free space appropriate to the length of the row being inserted
E) The first block with enough free space to accommodate a row being inserted will always be used for that row.
upvoted 1 times
Question #18 Topic 1

Evaluate these commands which execute successfully:

Which two statements are true about the ORD_ITEMS table and the ORD_SEQ sequence? (Choose two.)

A. If sequence ORD_SEQ is dropped then the default value for column ORD_NO will be NULL for rows inserted into ORD_ITEMS

B. Any user inserting rows into table ORD_ITEMS must have been granted access to sequence ORD_SEQ

C. Column ORD_NO gets the next number from sequence ORD_SEQ whenever a row is inserted into ORD_ITEMS and no explicit value is given

for ORD_NO

D. Sequence ORD_SEQ cycles back to 1 after every 5000 numbers and can cycle 20 times

E. Sequence ORD_SEQ is guaranteed not to generate duplicate numbers

Correct Answer: BE

Community vote distribution

BC (80%) BE (20%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

i double checked this Question again.

i am sure B,C are correct

upvoted 25 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, agree
upvoted 3 times

  Sharif1 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

BC are correct.
upvoted 9 times

  mamadu Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BC

B&C are true.

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

A. If sequence ORD_SEQ is dropped then the default value for column ORD_NO will be NULL for rows inserted into ORD_ITEMS --> False, the
column is NOT NULL.
B. Any user inserting rows into table ORD_ITEMS must have been granted access to sequence ORD_SEQ --> True
C. Column ORD_NO gets the next number from sequence ORD_SEQ whenever a row is inserted into ORD_ITEMS and no explicit value is given for
ORD_NO --> True
D. Sequence ORD_SEQ cycles back to 1 after every 5000 numbers and can cycle 20 times --> False, it goes back to 1 after 1.000.000...
E. Sequence ORD_SEQ is guaranteed not to generate duplicate numbers --> False, having CYCLE in the create statement, duplicates will arrive after
the first cycle.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

B,C checked
upvoted 1 times

  477267 10 months, 2 weeks ago

BE
I tired to run the sequence again starting from one and giving max value 10 to check if duplicate value is inserted ,

But it complains as below

insert into ord_items (ITEM_NO,QTY,EXPIRY_DATE,ORD_NO)values (1,12,'03-MAR-23',ord_seq.NEXTVAL)
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00001: unique constraint (SYS.IT_PK) violated

So bC OF THE CONSTRAINY ,iT WILL NEVER BE DUPLICATED

upvoted 1 times

  Dbi 11 months, 1 week ago

For me B is false. You can insert into the table without having been granted access by not using the column's default value
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

BC is corrent
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

BC, Correct answers.
upvoted 2 times

  BM2000 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

B: GRANT SELECT ON my_user.my_seq TO another_user; —to give access to others

For E create sequence and table with smaller values:

CREATE sequence ord_seq

INCREMENT BY 1
START WITH 1
MAXVALUE 1000
CYCLE
CACHE 500;

CREATE TABLE ord_items (ord_no number(1) DEFAULT ord_seq.NEXTVAL NOT NULL, item_no number(3), PRIMARY KEY (ord_no, item_no));

select * from ord_items;

insert into ord_items values(default,1); — keep entering until it will not take any more, keep going after few errors
After getting values from 1 to 9 it will give this error
“value larger than specified precision allowed for this column”
Sequence never get the chance to CYCLE so E is correct in this scenario only.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

B, C for sure.
upvoted 1 times

  gabriel3600 2 years, 7 months ago

B and C
upvoted 1 times

  kawsar 2 years, 9 months ago

Is there any possibility D is right...Hence C and D are correct
upvoted 1 times

  escoletsgo1 3 years, 4 months ago

BC 100%
upvoted 7 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

BC are correct
ADE are wrong
upvoted 8 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

Wrong, A C are correct..
B is wrong, i tested it
upvoted 2 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

A is wrong dropping the sequence lead to ORA-02289 : sequence does not exists
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

BC are correct
ADE are wrong
upvoted 7 times
Question #19 Topic 1

Which three instance situations are possible with the Oracle Database server without multi-tenant? (Choose three.)

A. two or more instances on separate servers all associated with one database

B. one instance on one server associated with one database

C. one instance on one server associated with two or more databases on the same server

D. one instance on one server not associated with any database

E. one instance on one server associated with two or more databases on separate servers

Correct Answer: CDE

Community vote distribution

ABD (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

A, B and D.
upvoted 21 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, i agree
upvoted 2 times

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

A: RAC 2,3 or 4 nodes

B: Single instance (standalone) with database
C: one instance running multiple INDEPENDENT databases!!
D: Single instance (standalone) without database
E: absurd configuration!

corrects are A, B and D

upvoted 10 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

It helped me : https://asktom.oracle.com/pls/apex/f?p=100:11:0::::P11_QUESTION_ID:1631683800346891854
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

A - TRUE; Oracle RAC

B - TRUE; typical configuration for standalone databases
C - FALSE; valid relation between database and instance is 1:N
D - TRUE; standalone database in NOMOUNT/MOUNTED state
E - FALSE; see A
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 3 months, 3 weeks ago

correction: E - FALSE; see C
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

In my understanding, all the sites are doing the same thing. They post the same material with the same answers. At least here, we have a forum
for each answer where we can support each other with the correct ones.
upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: ABD

A, B, D
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,B,D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ioio 2 years, 9 months ago

A, B and D.
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e40540/startup.htm#CNCPT955
upvoted 1 times
Question #20 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the ORDER BY clause when used with a SQL statement containing a SET operator such as UNION? (Choose

two.)

A. Column positions must be used in the ORDER BY clause

B. Only column names from the first SELECT statement in the compound query are recognized

C. The first column in the first SELECT of the compound query with the UNION operator is used by default to sort output in the absence of an

ORDER BY clause

D. Each SELECT statement in the compound query must have its own ORDER BY clause

E. Each SELECT statement in the compound query can have its own ORDER BY clause

Correct Answer: BE

Community vote distribution

BC (83%) BE (17%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

B C are the corrects

upvoted 23 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

evidence ?
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

B & C is correct answer

upvoted 5 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

Yes!!!
B and C are correct
upvoted 4 times

  jagz3000 Most Recent  1 month ago

Selected Answer: BC

C. the maximum amount of CPU time allowed for a user's sessions before their account is locked

D. the ability to prevent a password from ever being reused

E. the number of password changes required within a period of time before a password can be reused

F. the number of days for which an account is locked after the configured number of login attempts has been reached

G. the maximum number of sessions permitted for a user before the account is locked

Correct Answer: ADEF

Community vote distribution

BDEF (57%) ABDE (29%) 14%

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

Correct Answer: ABEF

Wrong Answer: CDG
A: 1/24 is one hour, 1/96 is 15 minutes
B: INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
C: the account will not be locked, it can not exceed this limit
D: not possible so far
E:
PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX - defines the number of changes required before a password can be reused
PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME - Sets the number of days before which a password cannot be reused.
F: PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME
G: the account will not be locked, it can not exceed this limit
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

ADEF

A. the number of hours for which an account is locked after the configured number of login attempts has been reached -- [it accepts in days,you
can enter fraction of days to achieve hours].
B. the number of days for which an account may be inactive before it is locked [Inactive is not a state for an account]
C. the maximum amount of CPU time allowed for a user's sessions before their account is locked [account never get locked in such settings]
D. the ability to prevent a password from ever being reused [PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX]
E. the number of password changes required within a period of time before a password can be reused [PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME]
F. the number of days for which an account is locked after the configured number of login attempts has been reached [PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME]
G. the maximum number of sessions permitted for a user before the account is locked [account never get locked in such settings]
upvoted 12 times

  auwia 6 months ago

B, it's true:

INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
Specify the permitted number of consecutive days of no logins to the user account, after which the account will be locked. The minimum value
is 15 days. The maximum value is 24855. If you omit this clause, then the default is UNLIMITED.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-PROFILE.html#GUID-ABC7AE4D-64A8-4EA9-857D-BEF7300B64C3
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 4 months ago

This time i have to give you right ! LOL

Thx
upvoted 3 times

  Darkseid1231 7 months ago

B D E F because to lock an account after a configured number of login attempts is reached, the value is set in days, not hours. So A is wrong
upvoted 2 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

Not D, but B.
D - PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX and PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME cannot avoid to EVER reuse a password. You can set a max number of passwords
and days before you can reuse a password, but not forever.
B - Since 12.2 theres a new parameter The INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME profile parameter locks a user account that has not logged in to the
database instance in a specified number of days.

Users are considered active users if they log in periodically. The INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME timing is based on the number of days after the last
time a user successfully logs in.

Ref https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/12.2/dbseg/configuring-authentication.html#GUID-ED98E6DA-A30C-4052-
A343-B516CD641737
upvoted 3 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

But for D, there is this, speaking about PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX and PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME:

"If you specify a value for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password."

source: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_6012.htm#SQLRF01310
upvoted 5 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

I would say instead that E is wrong, since it doesn't define "the number of password changes required within a period of time" but the time
that has to pass before reusing the same password.

For this and what you all said before, I would go with A-B-D-F
upvoted 8 times

  Emperor11 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree if you set the PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX then you cannot reuse your password even if you change the
password all times that is required, you'll need to wait the time to use it again, A-B-D-F and hope for luck
upvoted 1 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

I agree with your analyse? E cannot be true. And D is in the documentation so A B D F
upvoted 1 times

  Chebas 1 year, 6 months ago

If you specify a value for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-PROFILE.html#GUID-ABC7AE4D-64A8-4EA9-857D-
BEF7300B64C3
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABDE

A - TRUE; PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME 3/24 = 3 hours

B - TRUE; INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
C - FALSE; RESOURCE=KERNEL, RESOURCE_NAME=CPU_PER_SESSION or CPU_PER_CALL allows to set limit of CPU usage, but user account is not
locked when limit is reached
D - TRUE; PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX, If you specify a value for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for
the other, then the user can never reuse a password.
E - TRUE; same parameters as those mentioned in D
F - FALSE; PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME ... see A ... this parameter is related to FAILED login attempts, not to all login attempts
G - FALSE; SESSIONS_PER_USER, if limit is reached by a user, the user is not locked, but prevented to establish a new connection.
upvoted 2 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

A is wrong cause PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME specifies the number of days NOT the number of hours for which the account is locked after the
specified number of failed login attempts
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

There is a confusion between A & F but if you look at the documentation the value for PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME is in days not hours.
upvoted 1 times

  Methio 7 months, 3 weeks ago

the answer is BDEF
upvoted 2 times

  j_tw 8 months, 3 weeks ago

ABDF
A : PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME
B : INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
C : false
D : PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX = UNLIMITED
E : ? 'within a period of time'?
F : PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME
G : false
upvoted 3 times

  piontk 10 months ago

Selected Answer: ABEF

ABEF is the correct

upvoted 1 times

  Tunglinfo9 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ABEF

A: password_lock_time: number of days after account is locked

you can use"alter profile xxx limit password_lock_time 5/24" it works
B: inactive_lock_time
E: password_reuse_time & password_reuse_max
F: password_lock_time, like the option A
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

I choose BDEF
upvoted 2 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

i choose BDEF
upvoted 2 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

i choose BDEF
upvoted 1 times

  daniel33 1 year, 5 months ago

Selected Answer: BDEF

I believe BDEF to be the correct answer. People are debating "B", however B is correct according to:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_6010.htm
"If you specify an integer for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password."

as the above pertains to parameters: PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX

upvoted 1 times

  OCP19c 1 year, 6 months ago

Correct Answers are: A, B, D, E
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: ABDE

Firstly, I have an issue with the answers, there are 5 correct ones and not 4.

A is correct. The time interval is not important here, but you can lock an account for a specified time when this threshold has been reached
(failed_login_attempts & password_lock_time).
B is correct. Can be set with the incative_account_time of the profile.
C is wrong. When the CPU limit has been reached the account is not locked, but rather the session receives either an ORA-02392 or an ORA-02393
errors.
D is correct. This can be done by setting a value for either password_reuse_time or password_reuse_max and unlimited for the other, then a user
can never reuse a password.
E is correct. Again we use the password_reuse_time and password_reuse_max parameters (must be used together to have any effect).
F is correct. It's essentially the same answer as option A, the only difference being the time interval.
G is wrong. Accounts are not locked when this threshold is reached, additional sessions are simply denied with error ORA-00018.
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree with your answers, except of F. Answer F is IMHO wrong, because it mentions all login attempts, not failed login attempts. "number of
login attempts"
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D,E,F is correct
upvoted 1 times

  krontar 2 years, 4 months ago

I think that we have 5 correct answers.
My guess is that this question is older than the "INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME " feature.
Correct answers are:
ABDEF
upvoted 2 times
Question #22 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about single-row functions? (Choose three.)

A. They can be used only in the WHERE clause of a SELECT statement

B. The argument can be a column name, variable, literal or an expression

C. The data type returned can be different from the data type of the argument

D. They can be nested to any level

E. They can accept only one argument

F. They return a single result row per table

Correct Answer: BCD

Community vote distribution

BCD (100%)

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

Correct choice is B C D.
single row function can be nested to any level.
upvoted 14 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

D is not correct, more than three nested functions return ora0935
upvoted 2 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

I had no such error in 11.2
select DECODE(COALESCE(NVL(ROUND(TRUNC(5)),4),3),2)1) from dual;
upvoted 2 times

  saidov1981 2 years, 9 months ago

statement correction:
select decode(coalesce(nvl(round(trunc(5)),4),3),5,5,1) from dual; -- or
select decode(coalesce(nvl(round(trunc(5)),4),3),2,1) from dual;
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BCD

A - FALSE; can be used after SELECT, in WHERE clause, in START WITH clause, in CONNECT BY clause and in HAVING clause
B - TRUE
C - TRUE; typically conversion functions, e.g. TO_CHAR, TO_DATE
D - TRUE
E - FALSE; they can accept more arguments, e.g. TO_DATE('2023-09-19 16:15','YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI')
F - FALSE; group functions return a single result per group, while single-row functions returns a result for each input value
upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BCD

B, C, D for sure
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,C,D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

BCDE is right for me.

E- We can use upper for only one and we can use CONCAT for more than two, isn't that correct?
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

Why not E? They can only accept one argument, they can also accept more. Is different when we use the word MUST.... I'm not a native English
speaker...
upvoted 1 times

  dbaclaudio 3 years ago

B,C,D
A - Incorrect -> Documentation: "can appear in select lists, WHERE clauses, START WITH and CONNECT BY clauses, and HAVING clauses."
B - Correct -> EXAMPLE: select lower(&data), lower(DUMMY), lower('TABLE'),LOWER(TO_DATE('12-JAN-08','DD-MONTH-RR')) from dual;
RESULT: 12-jan-21 x table 12-jan-08
C - Correct -> Like in length or months_between
D - Correct -> there's no limit in documentation. EXAMPLE: select instr(substr(decode(mod(6,4),4,'abcabcabc',1,'bcabcabca','cabcabcab'),4),'abc')
from dual;
RESULT: 2
E - Incorrect -> Functions like substr, accepts more than one parameter
F - Incorrect -> Here's a catch, documentation: "Single-row functions return a single result row for every row of a queried table or view" NOT
"...return a single result row per table"
upvoted 4 times

  thuto 1 year, 4 months ago

Thank you for Clarifying F...
upvoted 1 times

  elvegaa 3 years, 2 months ago

B C D & E seems right to me :\

I guess.. D is the most close to wrong, since i'm sure there's some kind of nesting limit, but this limit is not specified in oracle documentation.
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

There is no such limit for single-row functions, and E is certainly false: for instance, CONCAT is a single-row function and it accepts two
arguments.
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

C, D, and E
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

Sorry, B,C,D is the correct one
upvoted 2 times

  dkmraju 3 years, 3 months ago

Correct one B, C, F
upvoted 2 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

B & C & D is correct answer
upvoted 4 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

yes, D is also correct …

see Question 30 > https://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql_certificate/using_single_row_functions_questions.htm

upvoted 1 times

  GraceYu 3 years, 7 months ago

This is note regards single row function and aggregate function

https://oracledbars.blogspot.com/2018/01/using-conversion-functions-and.html.
Nesting Functions
Single-row functions can be nested to any level. • Nested functions are evaluated from the deepest level to the least deep level.

https://mahtodeepak05.wordpress.com/2014/12/17/aggregate-function-nesting-in-oracle/
Hence Two level Deep is the max you can go with nested aggregate functions in Oracle.
Logically that the way it should be, Third aggregation functions wont have any group to act on as previous aggregations functions “SUM” had
already produce singular output.
upvoted 2 times
Question #23 Topic 1

You want to use table compression suitable for OLTP that will:

1. Compress rows for all DML statements on that table

2. Minimize the overheads associated with compression

Which compression option is best suited for this?

A. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR QUERY LOW

B. ROW STORE COMPRESS BASIC

C. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR ARCHIVE LOW

D. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS FOR ARCHIVE HIGH

E. ROW STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED

Correct Answer: E

Reference:

https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/options/compression/advanced-compression-wp-12c-1896128.pdf

Community vote distribution

E (100%)

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

E is correct
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tables.htm#ADMIN-GUID-34D15DD1-0925-4C9A-BE8A-3EE91671E526
upvoted 9 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: E

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html#GUID-F9CE0CC3-13AE-4744-A43C-EAC7A71AAAB6
When you enable table compression by specifying ROW STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED, you enable Advanced Row Compression. Oracle Database
compresses data during all DML operations on the table. This form of compression is recommended for OLTP environments.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: E

Advanced row compression.

upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

E is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #24 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about space-saving features in an Oracle Database? (Choose two.)

A. Private Temporary Tables (PTTS) store metadata in memory only

B. An index created with the UNUSABLE attribute has no segment

C. If they exist for a session, Private Temporary Tables (PTTs) are always dropped at the next COMMIT OR ROLLBACK statement

D. An index that is altered to be UNUSABLE will retain its segment

E. A table that is truncated will always have its segment removed

Correct Answer: BC

Community vote distribution

AB (75%) AD (25%)

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

Correct should be A and B

C is incorrect as on the session level setting, it preserves the definition.
upvoted 13 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

i agree with AB
A - https://oracle-base.com/articles/18c/private-temporary-tables-18c
Oracle 18c introduced the concept of a private temporary table, a memory-based temporary table that is dropped at the end of the session or
transaction depending on the setup.
B - https://docs.oracle.com/html/E25494_01/indexes003.htm#CIHFIGDG
Beginning with Oracle Database 11g Release 2, the database does not create an index segment when creating an unusable index.
C - not always, depends on the setup of the table creation
upvoted 5 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

A - TRUE; PTT stores metadata and data in memory

B - TRUE; Release 19, SQL Reference, CREATE INDEX: When an index, or some partitions or subpartitions of an index, are created UNUSABLE, no
segment is allocated for the unusable object. The unusable index or index partition consumes no space in the database.
C - FALSE; Release 19, SQL Reference, CREATE TABLE: The ON COMMIT clause used with keywords PRESERVE DEFINITION creates a session-specific
table whose definition is preserved when the transaction commits.
D - FALSE; Release 19, SQL Reference, ALTER INDEX: The space allocated for an index or index partition or subpartition is freed immediately when
the object is marked UNUSABLE.
E - FALSE; elease 19, SQL Reference, TRUNCATE TABLE: Deallocates all space used by the removed rows except that specified by the MINEXTENTS
storage parameter - space specified by the MINEXTENTS parameter is not removed

[A]: https://gavinsoorma.com.au/knowledge-base/oracle-18c-new-feature-private-temporary-tables/
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

Well, D is correct. You can try:

create table teste(

id number,
id2 number);

create index idx_teste01 on teste(id);

create index idx_teste02 on teste(id2) unusable;

col segment_name for a15

select segment_name, segment_type, extents, blocks, bytes from dba_segments where segment_name in ('IDX_TESTE01', 'IDX_TESTE02');

You can see that the segments exist in dba_segments for the valid and the unusable index.
Another example is to switch the valid index to unusable and repeat the query. Also the segments still there.

alter index IDX_TESTE01 unusable;

col segment_name for a15
select segment_name, segment_type, extents, blocks, bytes from dba_segments where segment_name in ('IDX_TESTE01', 'IDX_TESTE02');
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: AB

A is correct. PTT's exist in memory only.

B is correct. Indexes created this way will not have a segment. Query user_segments.
C is wrong. PTT's will exist for the session if they are created with the ON COMMIT PRESERVE DEFINITION clause.
D is wrong. When an existing index is made unusable then the index segment is dropped.
E is wrong. Truncated tables will release the space that was used by the removed rows EXCEPT that which is specified by the MINEXTENTS storage
parameter.
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ioio 2 years, 9 months ago

A and B are correct.
E is incorrect:
TRUNCATE TABLE statement:
Deallocates all space used by the removed rows except that specified by the MINEXTENTS storage parameter
upvoted 1 times

  khalilshahin01 3 years, 4 months ago

my friend passed the exam and he Choose B&C and get wrong answer about space-saving

i will go for
AE if database 18c
or
BE if database 12c
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I am not sure about E, the wording is important here.

When truncating a table you can use the option REUSE STORAGE, f.e. TRUNCATE TABLE table1 REUSE STORAGE;

REUSE STORAGE specifies that all space currently allocated for the table or cluster remains allocated to it. Which means a table that is being
truncated has not always all it's segments removed!

I'd go with answers: A,B

upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

ama, any suggestion on correct answer please
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

I pick B,C
upvoted 1 times

  FayK 3 years, 5 months ago

Correct B &C.

Oracle 18c introduced the concept of a private temporary table, a memory-based temporary table that is dropped at the end of the session or
transaction depending on the setup.

Private temporary tables are dropped at the end of the session, Global temporary tables have their data definition preserved.
upvoted 1 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

so C is incorrect
Private Temporary Tables (PTTs) are ***NOT*** always dropped at the next COMMIT OR ROLLBACK statement because you can create PTTs with
ON COMMIT PRESERVE DEFINITION;
upvoted 3 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

what?
The ON COMMIT DROP DEFINITION clause, the default, indicates the table should be dropped at the end of the transaction, or the end of
the session.

see here https://oracle-base.com/articles/18c/private-temporary-tables-18c

upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

Exactly, as per that link also, you may choose "ON COMMIT PRESERVE DEFINITION" also. So You have a choice you may preserve or you
may drop.

So "C" is not true, as its not always dropped.

upvoted 4 times
Question #25 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the PMON background process? (Choose two.)

A. It registers database services with all local and remote listeners known to the database instance

B. It frees resources held by abnormally terminated processes

C. It records checkpoint information in the control file

D. It frees unused temporary segments

E. It kills sessions that exceed idle time

Correct Answer: AB

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14220/process.htm

Community vote distribution

BE (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

Should be B and E. A is not correct - "...LREG registers database services with all local and remote listeners...", in 12c and higher versions.
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, agree
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

A - FALSE; LREG
B - TRUE; Release 19, Database Concepts, 15 Process Architecture, Process Monitor Process (PMON) Group: The process monitor (PMON) detects
the termination of other background processes. If a server or dispatcher process terminates abnormally, then the PMON group is responsible for
performing process recovery.
C - FALSE; CKPT
D - FALSE; SMON
E - TRUE; Release 19, Database Concepts, 15 Process Architecture, Process Monitor Process (PMON) Group: CLMN periodically performs cleanup of
terminated processes, ... and detached network connections that have exceeded their idle timeout.
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 5 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

B and E is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

a) is done by LREG
b) is done by PMON process group
c) is done by CKPT
d) is done by SMON
e) is done by PMON process group
upvoted 4 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  abebeW 2 years, 7 months ago

AB
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14220/process.htm
upvoted 1 times

  LrnsTgh 2 years, 4 months ago

1z0-082 for Oracle Database 12cR2 or higher. agree with answering B & E.
answering A (register database) for Oracle 11g or lower version.
upvoted 1 times

  leozanon94 2 years, 4 months ago

We have to consider that the question is on PMON process and not PMON group (with PMON process, CLMN process and CLnn)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/cncpt/process-architecture.html#GUID-B5CA9579-53DB-442C-A85F-
F21FD334833A
So i think E is wrong for this reason.
The answer B is right.
Answer A could be right or wrong depending by Oracle version.

For me correct answers are: A, B and I think that this is an old question referenced to an old Oracle version (<= 12cR1). Idk.
Maybe during the exam the answers will be different.
upvoted 1 times

  Muhab 3 years, 5 months ago

AE is Answer

• Performs process recovery when a user process fails

– Cleans up the database buffer cache
– Frees resources that are used by the user process
• Monitors sessions for idle session timeout
upvoted 1 times

  Muhab 3 years, 5 months ago

sorry i mean BE
upvoted 4 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

Correct, Answer is BE.
upvoted 3 times
Question #26 Topic 1

In which three situations does a new transaction always start? (Choose three.)

A. when issuing a SELECT FOR UPDATE statement after a CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement was issued in the same session

B. when issuing a TRUNCATE statement after a SELECT statement was issued in the same session

C. when issuing a CREATE TABLE statement after a SELECT statement was issued in the same session

D. when issuing the first Data Manipulation Language (DML) statement after a COMMIT OR ROLLBACK statement was issued in the same

session

E. when issuing a CREATE INDEX statement after a CREATE TABLE statement completed successfully in the same session

F. when issuing a DML statement after a DML statement failed in the same session

Correct Answer: ADF

Community vote distribution

ADF (27%) AD (27%) BCE (18%) Other

  dotruonghan Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

ADE should be correct

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/transactions.html#GUID-7690181F-8293-47B9-ADC1-905BD9C3AF57
• A transaction begins when the first executable SQL statement is encountered. An executable SQL statement is a SQL statement that generates
calls to a database instance, including DML and DDL statements and the SET TRANSACTION statement.
• A transaction ends when any of the following actions occurs:
o A user issues a COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement without a SAVEPOINT clause.  Answer D
o A user runs a DDL command such as CREATE, DROP, RENAME, or ALTER. The database issues an implicit COMMIT statement before and after
every DDL statement. If the current transaction contains DML statements, then Oracle Database first commits the transaction and then runs and
commits the DDL statement as a new, single-statement transaction.
o SELECT do not have a transaction start/end. Check by command: SELECT XID AS "txn id", XIDUSN AS "undo seg", XIDSLOT AS "slot", XIDSQN AS
"seq", STATUS AS "txn status" FROM V$TRANSACTION;
upvoted 16 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

Spot on, I agree
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

A & D & F is correct answer

upvoted 12 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

why not A, D; E?
upvoted 5 times

  Marcello86CT 1 year, 6 months ago

DDL should just close the transaction with an implicit COMMIT. In this case the question is asking when a Transaction START , no when is
COMPLETED or CLOSED. So my opinion is that:

A Is correct , DML after a DDL

B not correct, TRUNACATE is a DDL and is executed after a select that is not a DML.
C not correct for the same reason of B
D is Correct because we have a DML after a commit so after the end of a transaction.
E is not Correct : DDL after DDL
F is correct : https://oracle-base.com/articles/10g/dml-error-logging-10gr2
By default, when a DML statement fails the whole statement is rolled back, regardless of how many rows were processed successfully before
the error was detected.
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BCE

A - FALSE; SELECT FOR UPDATE locks table rows, but do not start a transaction
B - TRUE; TRUNCATE is a single DDL command, so it starts a transaction
C - TRUE; CREATE TABLE is a single DDL command, so it starts a transaction
D - FALSE; typically, first DML command issued after COMMIT/ROLLBACK starts a transaction but it is not generally true. Only DML command that
makes an atomic change in the database starts a transaction.
E - TRUE; CREATE INDEX is a single DDL command, so it starts a transaction
F - FALSE; DML statement does not start a new transaction when not preceeded by COMMIT, ROLLBACK, DDL statement or new session
upvoted 2 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

the CREATE INDEX statement is now listed in the table, which means that it does start a new transaction in Oracle 19c and later
upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

ADF
E are two DDL statements after each other, each statement is a completed transaction, there is no active transaction after each statement. Since the
question is asking when a new transaction starts E is incorrect since there is no active transaction after the two statements. Tested in Oracle.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

Provided answer are corrects!

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/transactions.html#GUID-7690181F-8293-47B9-ADC1-905BD9C3AF57
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

A new transaction is always created after a DML statement is issued! Remember this! ;-)
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ACE

A - tested
C - DDL (always start new transaction)
E - DDL (always start new transaction)
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/10274-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-256-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 12 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

Oracle 19c documentation states a DDL command is performed as a single-statement transaction. See paragraph "End of a Transaction" at
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/transactions.html#GUID-510DF997-BA9C-4431-95EF-A0622881EC9C
However if I am requested to choose three answers, I choose those options that causes transaction ID is assigned. It can be printed with exec
dbms_output.put_line( dbms_transaction.local_transaction_id );
I tried all options and only A, D, F returned non empty transaction ID.
upvoted 1 times

  Marcello86CT 1 year, 6 months ago

Sorry Guys but i think that E is not Correct. Oracle shouldn't support Transactional DDL. DDL should just close the transaction with an implicit
COMMIT. In this case the question is asking when a Transaction START , no when is COMPLETED or CLOSED. So my opinion is that:

A Is correct , DML after a DDL

Then i would say : A , D , F

upvoted 2 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

Issue again, only two possible answers here.

A transaction implicitly begins with any operation that obtains a TX lock:

- When a statement that modifies data is issued (DML ONLY)
- When a SELECT ... FOR UPDATE statement is issued
- When a transaction is explicitly started with a SET TRANSACTION statement or the DBMS_TRANSACTION package

A is correct. A select for update clause obtains a transaction lock TX, which is one of the three conditions under which transactions will implicitly
begin.
B is wrong. A truncate statement is DDL, and DDL statements perform implicit commits after they are done. Commits ends transactions, they don't
start them
C is wrong. A create table statement is DDL, same issue as option B.
D is correct. DML statements start transactions.
E is wrong. A create index statement is DDL, same issue as option B and C.
F is wrong. When a DML statement fails it does not end a transaction, only commit or rollback (implicit or explicit) can do this. New DML
statements will simply continue in the context of the current transaction. This option is easily tested.
upvoted 3 times

  linhao 5 months, 3 weeks ago

F may be correct. First DML failed and the new transaction not start. The second DML start new transaction.
upvoted 1 times
  SantiBZ_07032022_1744 1 year ago
Right with you
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,C,E is correct
upvoted 2 times

  ozan_a 2 years, 5 months ago

A. when issuing a SELECT FOR UPDATE statement after a CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement was issued in the same session --> DDL auto commit
+ new transaction. true.
B. when issuing a TRUNCATE statement after a SELECT statement was issued in the same session --> truncate doesn't start a transaction. wrong.
C. when issuing a CREATE TABLE statement after a SELECT statement was issued in the same session --> whether have a transaction or not, a DDL
always create a transaction. true.
D. when issuing the first Data Manipulation Language (DML) statement after a COMMIT OR ROLLBACK statement was issued in the same session --
> a select doesn't create a transaction. wrong.
E. when issuing a CREATE INDEX statement after a CREATE TABLE statement completed successfully in the same session --> a DDL always create a
transaction. true.
F. when issuing a DML statement after a DML statement failed in the same session --> we need commit or rollback for a new transaction. wrong.

Answer : A,C,E
upvoted 2 times

  ozan_a 2 years, 5 months ago

Answer : A,C,E
upvoted 2 times

  ioio 2 years, 9 months ago

C D E are correct
C and E: Create Table and Create Index are DDL and a new single transaction is created anyway.
D: when a DML issued when no transaction is still active, a new transaction will started

Select for update is not a DML

Truncate is not starting a transaction
if a DML fails, the transaction still remains active
upvoted 2 times

  Fan 2 years, 9 months ago

E should be DDL after DDL , I don't konw what will happened? a new trans or not.
upvoted 1 times

  saif_alrwiliy 3 years, 4 months ago

A,D,F is correct answer
upvoted 3 times
Question #27 Topic 1

Examine the description of the SALES1 table:

SALES2 is a table with the same description as SALES1.

Some sales data is duplicated in both tables.

You want to display the rows from the SALES1 table which are not present in the SALES2 table.

Which set operator generates the required output?

A. INTERSECT

B. UNION ALL

C. UNION

D. SUBTRACT

E. MINUS

Correct Answer: E

Community vote distribution

E (100%)

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 1 month ago

E. MINUS
upvoted 7 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: E

E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 12 months ago

Selected Answer: E

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html#GUID-B64FE747-586E-
4513-945F-80CB197125EE
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

E is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #28 Topic 1

Your database instance is started with a PFILE.

Examine these parameters:

You want to increase the size of the buffer cache.

Free memory is available to increase the size of the buffer cache.

You execute the command:

SQL> ALTER SYSTEM SET DB_CACHE_SIZE=1024M;

What is the outcome?

A. The value is changed only in the PFILE and takes effect at the next instance startup

B. The value is changed for the current instance and in the PFILE

C. It fails because the SCOPE clause is missing

D. Change is applied to the current instance, but does not persist after instance restart

Correct Answer: D

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_2017.htm#SQLRF00902

Community vote distribution

D (67%) B (33%)

  adoptc94 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

Correct Answer: D, the change is applied in memory only, the change does not persist as the database can't write to the pfile

The default SCOPE option, when you start the instance using a PFILE, is MEMORY (as well as the only scope option you can use with a pfile). If
scope is omitted the default scope option is used instead. The SCOPE clause is optional and not mandatory when changing the value of a
parameter!

A is wrong, as the pfile is a read only file for the database so it can't write to it. Changes to the pfile have to be done manually by changing it
directly using f.e. vi on unix systems.

B is wrong, same reason as for why answer A is wrong

C is wrong, as mentioned above, when omitted the scope clause defaults to MEMORY when using a pfile.

Not related to that question but the more you know: When starting the database using a spfile you have three options for the scope (MEMORY,
SPFILE and BOTH). Default value is BOTH.
upvoted 18 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, agree. D is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes, the default is SCOPE=BOTH if a server parameter file was used to start up the instance, and the default is MEMORY if a text initialization
parameter file was used to start up the instance.
upvoted 1 times
Question #29 Topic 1

Which three Oracle database space management features will work with both Dictionary and Locally managed tablespaces? (Choose three.)

A. Oracle Managed Files (OMF)

B. Online table segment shrink

C. Online index segment shrink

D. Automatic data file extension (AUTOEXTEND)

E. Capacity planning growth reports based on historical data in the Automatic Workload Repository (AWR)

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

ADE (100%)

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 1 month ago

correct, A,D, and E

upvoted 8 times

  baeji 3 years ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T Highly Voted  1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

A. OMF implements an automatic file name and location option. This is done at file level and has nothing to do with how the tablespace is
"managed".
B is wrong. Segment shrink operations are only available with ASSM, which in turn requires LMTBS.
C is wrong. Same feature as option B.
D is correct. AUTOEXTEND is done at file level.
E is correct. Reports are always available through the AWR and has nothing to do with tablespace management type.
upvoted 5 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADE

A - TRUE; Release 19, Database Administrator’s Guide, 17.3.3.6 CREATE DATABASE Statement Using Oracle Managed Files: Examples
B - FALSE; Release 19, Database Administrator’s Guide, 19.3.3 Shrinking Database Segments Online; Shrink operations can be performed only on
segments in locally managed tablespaces with automatic segment space management (ASSM). Within an ASSM tablespace, all segment types are
eligible for online segment shrink except these: IOT mapping tables, Tables with rowid based materialized views,...
C - FALSE; see B
D - TRUE; no restriction for autoextension mentioned with DMT in Oracle documentation
E - TRUE; see D
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADE

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ADE

Online segment shrink only works whit local managed tablespaces and ASMM is activated.
upvoted 1 times
Question #30 Topic 1

You execute this command:

During the export operation, you detach from the job by using CTRL+C and then execute this command:

Export> STOP_JOB=immediate -

Are you sure you wish to stop the job ([yes]/no): yes

Which two statements are true about the job? (Choose two.)

A. You can no longer monitor it

B. You can reattach to it and monitor it

C. It is paused and can be resumed

D. It continues to run in the background

E. It terminates

Correct Answer: AE

Reference:

https://blog.oracle48.nl/killing-and-resuming-datapump-expdp-and-impdp-jobs/

Community vote distribution

BC (80%) AE (20%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

typo. B & C is correct answer.

upvoted 13 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B & C is correct. see the example which is done on 12c version

B. You can reattach to it and monitor it

C. It is paused and can be resumed
upvoted 9 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

It's related to a normal stop (without argument), immediate: destroy all :-) probably the log will continue to write for X time, but the process is
cancelled you can be sure! :-)
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BC

A - FALSE; the job can be attached and restarted at a later time with the START_JOB command. A KILL_JOB command performs non-reversible
termination of the job.
B - TRUE; see A
C - TRUE; see A
D - FALSE; it is completely stopped
E - FALSE; it is stopped, but not terminated. A KILL_JOB command terminates the job.

Release 19, Utilities; Part I Oracle Data Pump; 2.5.11 STOP_JOB; If the Data Pump control job table and dump file set are not disturbed when or after
the STOP_JOB command is issued, then the job can be attached to and restarted at a later time with the START_JOB command. To perform an
immediate shutdown, specify STOP_JOB=IMMEDIATE. A warning requiring confirmation will be issued. All attached clients, including the one
issuing the STOP_JOB command, receive a warning that the job is being stopped by the current user and they will be detached. After all clients are
detached, the process structure of the job is immediately run down. That is, the Data Pump control job process will not wait for the child processes
to finish their current tasks.
upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

A. You can no longer monitor it -- Semi-wrong, can be monitored if reattached.

B. You can reattach to it and monitor it -- Correct, STOP_JOB can be reattached and monitored
C. It is paused and can be resumed -- Correct, As per doc it can be resumed but some tasks may have to restarted.
D. It continues to run in the background -- Wrong, The job is stopped
E. It terminates -- Wrong, Terminates with KILL_JOB not STOP_JOB
B and C seems to be the most correct

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-data-pump-export-utility.html#GUID-1A2BF459-680D-4D2B-B35F-
9A3F4EE72530
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AE

Provided answer are corrects:

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-2BF78573-239C-4D56-8C40-B1F30F3E8609.htm#SUTIL953

To perform an immediate shutdown, specify STOP_JOB=IMMEDIATE. A warning requiring confirmation will be issued. All attached clients, including
the one issuing the STOP_JOB command, receive a warning that the job is being stopped by the current user and they will be detached. After all
clients are detached, the process structure of the job is immediately run down. That is, the master process will not wait for the worker processes to
finish their current tasks. There is no risk of corruption or data loss when you specify STOP_JOB=IMMEDIATE. However, some tasks that were
incomplete at the time of shutdown may have to be redone at restart time.
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

I choose BC
upvoted 1 times

  ESK 1 year, 2 months ago

I think it is AE, the STOP_JOB will effectively stop the export. It is resummable but the question asks what happens when the STOP_JOB=IMMEDIATE
option.
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

You have to run back from scratch.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  van2020 2 years, 4 months ago

"If the master table and dump file set are not disturbed when or after the STOP_JOB command is issued, then the job can be attached to and
restarted at a later time with the START_JOB command." https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-2BF78573-239C-4D56-8C40-
B1F30F3E8609.htm#SUTIL953
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i choose B and C for the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  dotruonghan 3 years, 5 months ago

Export> start_job
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

A is wrong because you can still be monitor & see the status of Job via attach=

correct is B & C.
upvoted 3 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

AC
B - it can be reattached, but it is no longer running, so it can’t be monitored in that meaning
D - wrong
E - KILL_JOB does that not STOP_JOB
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

A & B is correct answer

On 12c

Export>stop_job=immediate;

Export> start_job

. . exported "SSSSMS"."ABM_FACILITY_PREF_DET" 0 KB 0 rows

Job "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_FULL_01" stopped due to fatal error at Sat Jul 18 18:0 <<<<<<<<<<<<<this is error because stop_job=immediate;
Job SYS_EXPORT_FULL_01 has been reopened at Sat Jul 18 18:05:10 2020
ORA-39012: Client detached before the job started.
Job "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_FULL_01" stopped due to fatal error at Sat Jul 18 18:07:39 2020 elapsed 0 00:02:30
Job SYS_EXPORT_FULL_01 håas been reopened at Sat Jul 18 18:07:43 2020 <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<see job
are started again Export> start_job
Restarting "SYSTEM"."SYS_EXPORT_FULL_01": "system/********@aauat" directory=IMPDP1 dumpfile=aauat_full_%U..dmp logfile=aauat_full_..log
compression=all full=y parallel=4
. . exported "SSSSMS"."AWTM_STANDARD_XML" 0 KB 0 rows
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

.. ORA-39012: Client detached before the job started. ...
if the export startet and you perform the command "STOP_JOB=immediate" it also exits EXPORT> and you cant execute "start_job" !
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

i have to correct myself
if you reconnect "expdp system/oracle"
it continues ... thats new to me
upvoted 1 times

Question #31 Topic 1

In one of your databases, you create a user, HR, and then execute this command:

GRANT CREATE SESSION TO hr WITH ADMIN OPTION;

Which four actions can HR perform? (Choose four.)

A. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from other users

B. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from user HR

C. Log in to the database instance

D. Grant the CREATE SESSION privilege with ADMIN OPTION to other users

E. Execute DDL statements in the HR schema

F. Execute DML statements in the HR schema

Correct Answer: ABCD

Community vote distribution

ABCD (100%)

  Guhborges 9 months, 3 weeks ago

A.TRUE: SQL> revoke create session from g;
Revoke succeeded.
B. TRUE: SQL> revoke create session from hr;
Revoke succeeded.
C. TRUE: SQL> conn hr/hr@pdb3;
Connected.
D. TRUE: SQL> grant create session to hr with admin option;
Grant succeeded.
E. No make sense, you don't need this option to execute DDL
F. Same of letter E>
upvoted 1 times

  M_ORACLE_RU 11 months, 1 week ago

A. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from other users - ORA-01031: insufficient privileges - false.
B. Revoke the CREATE SESSION privilege from user HR – it works, true.
C. Log in to the database instance – true.
D. Grant the CREATE SESSION privilege with ADMIN OPTION to other users – true.
E. Execute DDL statements in the HR schema – false.
F. Execute DML statements in the HR schema – it works if somebody with appropriate rights creates some objects in hr’s schema. – so, it is also
true.
So, BCDF.
upvoted 3 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ABCD

ABCD is right
upvoted 2 times

  crucinal1 1 year, 4 months ago

Selected Answer: ABCD

ABCD right
upvoted 3 times
Question #32 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the WHERE and HAVING clauses in a SELECT statement? (Choose two.)

A. Aggregating functions and columns used in HAVING clauses must be specified in the SELECT list of a query

B. WHERE and HAVING clauses can be used in the same statement only if applied to different table columns

C. The HAVING clause can be used with aggregating functions in subqueries

D. The WHERE clause can be used to exclude rows before dividing them into groups

E. The WHERE clause can be used to exclude rows after dividing them into groups

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  NiciMilo Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

C & D are correct

upvoted 27 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree, CD is the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

32
A - FALSE; there can be different aggregation function after SELECT and in HAVING clause; e.g. SELECT deptno, MIN(msal) AS "Lowest salary" FROM
employees GROUP BY deptno HAVING MAX(msal) > 4000;
B - FALSE; same columns can be used in WHERE and HAVING clause; e.g. SELECT deptno, MIN(msal) AS "Lowest salary" FROM employees WHERE
msal<1000 GROUP BY deptno HAVING MIN(msal) < 1400;
C - TRUE; HAVING can be used in subqueries, e.g. SELECT empno, deptno, msal FROM employees WHERE msal < (SELECT MIN(msal) AS "Lowest
salary" FROM employees GROUP BY deptno HAVING MIN(msal) > 1200);
D - TRUE; first rows are filtered, then group functions are applied to remaining rows
E - FALSE; see D
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months, 1 week ago

B & D is correct one
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

A & D is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

A is wrong … look at this example :

select file#,avg(rfile#) from v$datafile Group by file# having Count(TS#) >0

file# avg(rfile#)
-----------------------
11
66
55
8 1024
33
7 10
upvoted 6 times
Question #33 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about UNDO and REDO? (Choose two.)

A. The generation of UNDO generates REDO

B. DML modifies Oracle database objects and only generates UNDO

C. The generation of REDO generates UNDO

D. DML modifies Oracle database objects and only generates REDO

E. DML modifies Oracle database objects and generates UNDO and REDO

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AE (50%) CE (29%) AC (21%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I would say A is correct - "Whenever we do insert in the database, it does following things:
- Insert the row in the buffer
- generate the undo in the buffer
- Write the redo changes i.e insert rows in redo logs
- Write the redo changes for undo segments in the redo logs.
So A and E should be correct answers.
upvoted 21 times

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

AE
https://www.experts-exchange.com/articles/13880/UNDO-AND-REDO-IN-ORACLE.html
… undo is stored in redo logs also. During roll forward phase of instance/media recovery, as changes (redo in redo logs) are applied to datafiles,
undo stored in redo logs is used to generate undo segments. These segments are subsequently used to rollback uncommitted changes during
rollback phase of instance/media recovery.
upvoted 11 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AE

A - TRUE; The redo is the capture of *everything* that ever happens in your database. Writing information to undo is a change to the database,
hence it needs to go into redo., https://asktom.oracle.com/pls/apex/f?p=100:11:::::P11_QUESTION_ID:9545686800346340839
B - FALSE; every DML modifies/generates both UNDO and REDO
C - FALSE; If the generation of REDO caused the generation of UNDO and at the same time the answer A was valid, the database would loop in the
generation of UNDO/REDO changes.
D - FALSE; see B
E - TRUE; see B
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

By exclusion provided answer are corrects:

DDL (Alter, create, drop, rename, truncate, comment) modify DB objects and not DML (select, insert, update, delete, and merge).
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AE

A) correct: REDO is generated at every change, even UNDO change. This can be read in Oracle doc "Redo entries record data that you can use to
reconstruct all changes made to the database, including the undo segments." https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-
database/19/admin/managing-the-redo-log.html#GUID-4625A35C-EF8A-4A9E-8D19-829C1A665A34
B) wrong: that would cause Oracle does not follow ACID
C) wrong: if A is correct, that would generates neverending generation of both UNDO and REDO
D) wrong: without generating UNDO a ROLLBACK of uncommited changes cannot be performed
E) correct: with UNDO a ROLLBACK can be performed and with REDO an instance recovery can be performed
upvoted 1 times

  trgbighero 1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

I choose AE
upvoted 2 times

  Chebas 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AC

DML does not modify Oracle database objects hence this exclude B,D and E. Correct answer is AC
upvoted 2 times
  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: CE

A is wrong. Not all UNDO generates REDO. When temp_undo_enabled parameter is set to true then UNDO is stored in the temporary tablespace
and does not generate REDO.
B is wrong. DML by default generates both UNDO and REDO.
C is correct. All REDO entries must have associated UNDO segments, which both are needed for consistent instance recovery.
D is wrong. Same as answer B.
E is correct. Same as answer B.
upvoted 4 times

  josue1 1 year, 6 months ago

"The database records undo changes in the redo log. But not temp writes.
So if you use temporary tables, setting this to true reduces your redo"
https://asktom.oracle.com/pls/apex/asktom.search?tag=temp-undo-enabled-parameter
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

AE sounds correct
upvoted 1 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

a) true: changes in undo has to be stored in the redo, so during instance recovery the undo can be reconstructed in order to rollback transactions
b) false: see above
c) false
d) false: dml has to generate undo, so transaction can be rolled back
e) true: dml generates undo, which in turn generates redo
upvoted 3 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,E is correct
upvoted 3 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

I think C and E
upvoted 1 times
Question #34 Topic 1

The SCOTT/TIGER user exists in two databases, BOSTON_DB and DALLAS_DB, in two different locations.

Each database has a tnsnames.ora file defining DALLAS_DB as a service name.

Examine this command:

CREATE DATABASE LINK dblink1 CONNECT TO scott IDENTIFIED BY tiger USING 'dallas_db';

How do you execute the command so that only SCOTT in BOSTON_DB can access the SCOTT schema in DALLAS_DB?

A. as SCOTT in DALLAS_DB

B. as SCOTT in BOSTON_DB

C. as SCOTT in BOSTON_DB and SYS in DALLAS_DB

D. as SYS in both the databases

E. as SCOTT in both the databases

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/ds_concepts002.htm#ADMIN12085
Database links are either private or public. If they are private, then only the user who created the link has access; if they are public, then all
database users have access.

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_5006.htm#SQLRF01205
upvoted 12 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

B is correct.
upvoted 6 times

  Phat 3 years ago

agree. if Scott create the link, only Scott can use it. to access dallas_db from boston_db, Scoot has to create the private link from boston_db.
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

A - FALSE; source database is BOSTON_DB, in that db the database link must be created
B - TRUE; source database is BOSTON_DB and owner is SCOTT => private database link is created
C - FALSE; correct private dblink is created, but also SYS in DALLAS_DB can access to SCOTT schema
D - FALSE; both db links are accessible only to SYS users in both databases
E - FALSE; both SCOTT in BOSTON_DB and SCOTT in DALLAS_DB can access SCOTT schema in DALLAS_DB
upvoted 1 times

  Hell3n 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/ds_concepts002.htm#ADMIN12085
upvoted 1 times

  alan_resende 1 year, 1 month ago

I think B is correct.
You must execute the statement connected to scott in boston_db to create a private db link. so, to access scott schema in dallas_db.
upvoted 1 times

  Minoro 1 year, 1 month ago

Db link was created at SCOTT/BOSTON_DB, So scott/Boston_db can access Scott/Dallas_db, using dblink @db_link ... and scott/Boston_db can
access the objects due to it is the owner ...
Letter E ... Scott in both databases
upvoted 1 times

  Minoro 1 year, 1 month ago

can access the SCOTT schema in DALLAS_DB?

upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Firstly, there is no reference to Scott's permissions, so we have to assume that Scott has the ability to create the DB Link.

A is wrong. DALLAS_DB is the target, so the link has to be created from the source which is BOSTON_DB.
B is correct. Source and target is correct and this has to be a private link only accessible to Scott.
C is wrong. This link is one-directional and only needs to be done from BOSTON_DB.
D is wrong. DB Links created by SYS becomes publicly available, we only want Scott to access this link.
E is wrong. Just silly, we don't need a DB Link from a database to itself.
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Rivaldo11 3 years, 6 months ago

How do you know that user SCOTT lacks "create database link" privilege? I would say B.
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

this is the script for scott Schema...

https://github.com/oracle/dotnet-db-samples/blob/master/schemas/scott.sql

i didn't find any create database link priveleges!

upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

But if you create the DBLINK as SYS schema, SCOTT cannot access it. I think the question is not about the privileges of the schema, which is
more in a hypothetical situation where the privilege is there, while rather on the functioning of dblinks.
upvoted 2 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

ama, D is correct?
upvoted 2 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

B is correct? any suggestion
upvoted 4 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

easy, SCOT User lacks the "create database link" privilege
so B is wrong!
upvoted 1 times

  ESK 1 year, 2 months ago

They don't indicate the rights SCOTT has, i therefore don't think they have any bearing on the question. I think it is about how the the link is
created though.
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

agree, B is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #35 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the DESCRIBE command? (Choose three.)

A. It displays the PRIMARY KEY constraint for any column or columns that have that constraint

B. It can be used from SQL Developer

C. It displays the NOT NULL constraint for any columns that have that constraint

D. It can be used to display the structure of an existing view

E. It displays all constraints that are defined for each column

F. It can be used only from SQL*Plus

Correct Answer: CDF

Community vote distribution

BCD (100%)

  husseinyounes Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

BCD is the correct ans

upvoted 19 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

But F is also definitely true.
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

Sorry my mistake, I didn't read "only". BCD it is :)
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

BCD are correct
upvoted 6 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: BCD

A - FALSE; describe displays only NOT NULL constraint

B - TRUE;
C - TRUE; see A
D - TRUE; e.g. DESC user_cons_columns;
E - FALSE; dictionary views USER_CONS_COLUMNS, ALL_CONS_COLUMNS and DBA_CONS_COLUMNS shows constraints, not DESCRIBE
F - FALSE; it can be used from SQL Developer
upvoted 1 times

  Tsie 7 months, 3 weeks ago

BCD is correct
upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: BCD

B C D are correct
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 3 months ago

Selected Answer: BCD

BCD are correct

upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,C,D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  tko86 3 years, 6 months ago

It can be used in SQL developer as well as SQL Plus. I tried it as well.
upvoted 4 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

I use describe comand in sqldeveloper, i guess the answers are not totaly right
upvoted 4 times
Question #36 Topic 1

Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:

For customers whose income level has a value, you want to display the first name and due amount as 5% of their credit limit. Customers whose

due amount is null should not be displayed.

Which query should be used?

A. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level IS NOT NULL AND

due_amount IS NOT NULL;

B. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level != NULL AND

cust_credit_level !=NULL;

C. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level <> NULL AND due_amount

<> NULL;

D. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level != NULL AND due_amount !=

NULL;

E. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level IS NOT NULL AND

cust_credit_limit IS NOT NULL;

Correct Answer: E

Community vote distribution

E (75%) A (25%)

  Borislone Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

E is correct
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

I agree
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: E

A - FALSE; returns error 'ORA-00904: "DUE_AMMOUNT": invalid identifier'. Conditions in WHERE clause are evaluated before column names
between SELECT and FROM, so expression alias DUE_AMMOUNT is not known and error is returned.
B - FALSE; != is not a valid operator for handling with NULL values. No rows are returned when this operator is used.
C - FALSE; <> is not a valid operator for handling with NULL values. No rows are returned when this operator is used.
D - FALSE; same asnwer as B
E - TRUE; IS NOT NULL is a valid operator, it is applied on both cust_income_level column and cust_credit_limit column. The other column is a
source for computate DUE_AMMOUNT value. When a value of cust_credit_limit is NULL, then also DUE_AMMOUNT is null and therefore the
appropriate row is not displayed.
upvoted 2 times

  zouve 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A. SELECT cust_first_name, cust_credit_limit * .05 AS DUE_AMOUNT FROM customers WHERE cust_income_level IS NOT NULL AND due_amount IS
NOT NULL;

This query selects the cust_first_name and calculates the DUE_AMOUNT as 5% of the cust_credit_limit from the customers table. The WHERE clause
filters the rows to include only those where the cust_income_level is not null and the due_amount is not null. This means that only customers
whose income level has a value and whose due amount is not null will be displayed in the result.
upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: E
E is correct , IS NULL/IS NOT NULL is used to compare nulls (discard B,C,D),and due_amount is a alias columns cannot be used in where ( discard A)
, only posible option is E
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

E, You can only filter by NULL using 'IS NULL' or 'IS NOT NULL'.
upvoted 2 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

there is not due_amount in the table. So E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  brolem 2 years, 4 months ago

A is the correct answer. E does not address the fact that customer's with a due_amount of null should not be displayed
upvoted 2 times

  LrnsTgh 2 years, 4 months ago

it is impossible WHERE clause used alias column. A is wrong.
upvoted 4 times
Question #37 Topic 1

The INVOICE table has a QTY_SOLD column of data type NUMBER and an INVOICE_DATE column of data type DATE.

NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-RR.

Which two are true about data type conversions involving these columns in query expressions? (Choose two.)

A. CONCAT (qty_sold, invoice_date) : requires explicit conversion

B. invoice_date = '15-march-2019' : uses implicit conversion

C. invoie_date > '01-02-2019' : uses implicit conversion

D. qty_sold BETWEEN '101' AND '110' : uses implicit conversion

E. qty_sold = '0554982' uses implicit conversion

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BD (78%) DE (22%)

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

A. CONCAT (qty_sold, invoice_date) : requires explicit conversion

B. invoice_date = '15-march-2019' : uses implicit conversion
C. invoie_date > '01-02-2019' : uses implicit conversion
D. qty_sold BETWEEN '101' AND '110' : uses implicit conversion
E. qty_sold = '0554982' uses implicit conversion

ABDE - producing no errors

BDE - are the correct ones
upvoted 8 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

B is wrong, it is in the wrong format, the NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-RR, and the answer B the date is set to DD-MONTH-YYYY
upvoted 1 times

  ioio Highly Voted  2 years, 9 months ago

sorry but you are wrong.

Oracle always converts string to number and string to date.

VARCHAR → NUMBER
VARCHAR → DATE
only D and E are correct.

as the NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-RR then B and C can not use implicit conversion because the showed dates are not in defined NLS
format.
A is also incorrect
upvoted 8 times

  leozanon94 2 years, 4 months ago

Right, i agree.

A is false cause CONCAT doesn't require explicit conversion.

B is false cause it gives to me error ORA-00933 is not the correct format (should be 15-MAR-2019)
C is false cause the month is not valid
D and E are true!
upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow Most Recent  4 months ago

B,D,E are correct

upvoted 1 times

  sheilawu 3 months, 1 week ago

HEY it's only 2 answers but you have 3
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

Provided answer are corrects, but in the exam the E answer is formulated like this:
E. qty_sold = "˜0554982' : requires explicit conversion
As it is written now, it is also a plausible case. So be careful in the exam which are answer are provided!
upvoted 4 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

with NLS_DATE_FORMAT = DD-MON-RR you must use '15-march-19' not '15-march-2019', so B is incorrect.
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/21058-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-39-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/21058-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-39-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  FelipeC 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

BDE , All tested on 19c

upvoted 1 times

  Tunglinfo9 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: DE

A: select concat(2,'30-NOV-22') from dual; -- 230-NOV-22 implicit conversion

B: select to_char(sysdate,'DD-month-RR') from dual; -- need explicit conversion
C: select to_char(sysdate,'DD-mm-RR') from dual; -- need explicit conversion
D: select * from employees where employee_id between '101' and '110'; -- employee_id is NUMBER datatype, it may use implicit conversion
E: like D option
upvoted 1 times

  saimmuz 1 year, 3 months ago

BDE are correct
select salary from employees where salary between '2000' and '3000';
select salary from employees where salary = '012008';
select start_date from job_history where start_date = '24-march-2006';
upvoted 2 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Again a question with 3 correct answers and not two. Assuming that the values supplied in answers D and E should read '101' AND '110', and
'0554982' respectively (we have seen "mistakes" like this on the site before), the we can easily test the options against the sample HR schema. I
tested all the options against Oracle 12.2.0.1.

A is wrong. Oracle performs implicit conversion here.

B is correct. Implicit conversion does work here. The supplied date format is DD-month-YYYY, it is close enough to the default DD-MON-RR, which
allows Oracle to do the conversion.
C is wrong. Oracle cannot perform implicit conversion here. The supplied format is DD-MM-YYYY, the MONTH portion of the format causes the
issue here, it is supplied in a number format where the default MON format requires a text based value. Error ORA-01843: not a valid month is
returned.
D is correct. Oracle will convert the supplied values of 101 and 110 into number format to match the data type of the column.
E is correct. Oracle will convert the supplied value into a number format to match the data type of the column. The preceding 0 will also be
dropped after conversion.
upvoted 3 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

D,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  escoletsgo1 3 years, 3 months ago

BD is the answer
upvoted 5 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

Is that a type in D and E as they are not quoted properly
upvoted 2 times
Question #38 Topic 1

Which three are types of segments in an Oracle Database? (Choose three.)

A. undo

B. index

C. stored procedures

D. sequences

E. tables

F. clusters

Correct Answer: BEF

Reference:

http://www.adp-gmbh.ch/ora/concepts/segments.html

Community vote distribution

BEF (60%) ABE (40%)

  ogdru Highly Voted  2 years, 10 months ago

1.User Segments
-Table, table partition, or table cluster
-LOB or LOB partition
-Index or index partition
2.Temporary Segments
3.Undo Segments
Ref: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html#GUID-7DA83E64-9FF1-45A7-A9AC-
D4997DDE0866
A B E F should be correct??
upvoted 11 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

I agree with A B E F, so this question is impossible, because they need only three
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

BEF
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/refrn/DBA_SEGMENTS.html#GUID-7BF4F8C7-1917-4532-B048-C044E17A1754
upvoted 6 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  lahiruwic Most Recent  2 weeks, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: BEF

SQL> select distinct SEGMENT_TYPE from dba_segments;

SEGMENT_TYPE
------------------
INDEX
CLUSTER
TABLE PARTITION
LOBINDEX
TABLE SUBPARTITION
SYSTEM STATISTICS
LOBSEGMENT
INDEX PARTITION
ROLLBACK
TABLE
LOB PARTITION
NESTED TABLE
TYPE2 UNDO
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BEF

Undo are called Rollback segments, so correct is ΒEF

upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABE

A, B, and E the correct answers.

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

B, E, and F are correct.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

I'm sorry I was wrong, provided answer are corrects.
upvoted 1 times

  FelipeC 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABE

ABEF - All tested on 19c

upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Again a question with four possible answers and not three.

select the distinct segment_type from dba_segments to get a list of all the segment types.

A is correct.
B is correct.
C is wrong.
D is wrong.
E is correct.
F is correct.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/DBA_SEGMENTS.html#GUID-7BF4F8C7-1917-4532-B048-C044E17A1754
upvoted 4 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

Segment types
There are 11 types of segments in Oracle 10g:
table
table partition
index
index partition
cluster
rollback
deferred rollback
temporary
cache
lobsegment
lobindex
These types can be grouped into four segment classes:
data segments: table and cluster
index
rollback
temporary data
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,E,F is correct
upvoted 1 times

  brolem 2 years, 4 months ago

From the Oracle 19c documentation:
User Segments

A single data segment in a database stores the data for one user object.

There are different types of segments. Examples of user segments include:

Table, table partition, or table cluster

LOB or LOB partition

Index or index partition

Each nonpartitioned object and object partition is stored in its own segment. For example, if an index has five partitions, then five segments
contain the index data.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html#GUID-EFB292CB-87EA-42AA-808C-
BD85E540BACC
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

AEF is correct
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

A is also correct

Taken from the Oracle Administrators Workshop Study Guide:

The different types of segments include:

- Table and cluster
- Index
- Undo
- Temporary
upvoted 3 times

  Phat 2 years, 10 months ago

From Oracle 9i, undo is managed by undo tablespace, and not with rollback segment anymore. Hence we have rollback segment, but not undo
segment.
upvoted 4 times

  jonsnoow 12 months ago

Undo segment: Oracle Database 19c maintains information to reverse changes made to the database.
This information consists of records of the actions of transactions, collectively known as undo. Undo is stored in undo segments in an undo
tablespace.
upvoted 1 times
Question #39 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the results of using the INTERSECT operator in compound queries? (Choose two.)

A. Column names in each SELECT in the compound query can be different

B. The number of columns in each SELECT in the compound query can be different

C. Reversing the order of the intersected tables can sometimes affect the output

D. INTERSECT returns rows common to both sides of the compound query

E. INTERSECT ignores NULLs

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

AD (100%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

I think A D
upvoted 19 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

D yes but A no!

The reason why B is wrong is Illustrated here: in case of two compound Statements : The number and the order of columns must be the same in
the two queries.
https://www.oracletutorial.com/oracle-basics/oracle-intersect/
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

The number has to be the same but the names can be different. In that page you linked, in fact, I see no reference to the fact that the names
must be the same, even though they are in the example.
upvoted 3 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

A & D is correct one
upvoted 9 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

A - TRUE; Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 9 SQL Queries and Subqueries, The UNION [ALL], INTERSECT, MINUS Operators; The corresponding
expressions in the select lists of the component queries of a compound query must match in number and must be in the same data type group
(such as numeric or character). => column names can be different, important is a datatype
B - FALSE; see A, there's a mention: The corresponding expressions in the select lists of the component queries of a compound query must match
in number ...
C - FALSE; Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 4 Operators, Set Operators; All distinct rows selected by both queries => order is not important
D - TRUE; see C
E - FALSE; https://blog.jooq.org/how-to-use-sql-intersect-to-work-around-sqls-null-logic/ Like UNION or EXCEPT (MINUS) in Oracle, as well as
SELECT DISTINCT, these set operations handle two NULL values as NOT DISTINCT. Yes, they’re not equal but also not distinct.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

If you read fast the A looks like False, but if you get the particular "column name" then it's easy to say True. My final answers: A, D.
upvoted 1 times

  josue1 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

-> example tables t1 and t2 in 19.3.

SQL> select * from t1 /*rows: 1,2,3,null*/;

N
----------
1
2
3

4 rows selected.
SQL> select * from t2 /*rows: 2,null*/;

NN
----------
2

2 rows selected.

--> Test A, D and E.

SQL> select n from t1
2 intersect
3 select nn from t2;

N
----------
2

2 rows selected.

--> Test B
SQL> select n, n from t1
2 intersect
3 select nn from t2;
select n, n from t1
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01789: query block has incorrect number of result columns

--> Test C
SQL> select nn from t2
2 intersect
3 select n from t1;

NN
----------
2

2 rows selected.

Summary:
A. Column names in each SELECT in the compound query can be different --> True
B. The number of columns in each SELECT in the compound query can be different --> False
C. Reversing the order of the intersected tables can sometimes affect the output --> False
D. INTERSECT returns rows common to both sides of the compound query --> True
E. INTERSECT ignores NULLs --> False
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

A is correct. Column names in a compound query is not important, column data types are as well as the number of columns.
B is wrong. Compound queries must have the same amount of columns in each of the query blocks.
C is wrong. Intersect shows rows that are common to both queries so the order of the query blocks do not matter.
D is correct. This is the purpose of the INTERSECT operator.
E is wrong. NULLS are processed in SET queries.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Sharif1 3 years, 5 months ago

A, D are correct.
upvoted 6 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

AD are correct
https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/8224-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-239-discussion/
upvoted 6 times
Question #40 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about single row functions? (Choose two.)

A. MOD : returns the quotient of a division operation

B. FLOOR : returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to a specified number

C. TRUNC : can be used with NUMBER and DATE values

D. CONCAT : can be used to combine any number of values

E. CEIL : can be used for positive and negative numbers

Correct Answer: AC

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/sqlrf/Single-Row-Functions.html#GUID-B93F789D-B486-49FF-B0CD-

0C6181C5D85C

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

A is wrong. A quotient is the result of a division operation. MOD returns the remainder of n2 divided by n1.
B is wrong. FLOOR returns the largest integer equal to or less than n.
C is correct. The TRUNC (number) function returns n1 truncated to n2 decimal places. The TRUNC (date) function returns date with the time portion
of the day truncated to the unit specified by the format model fmt.
D is wrong. CONCAT returns char1 concatenated with char2. Both char1 and char2 can be any of the data types CHAR, VARCHAR2, NCHAR,
NVARCHAR2, CLOB, or NCLOB.
E is correct. Not clearly documented but implied with: "This function takes as an argument any numeric data type". Negative numbers are still
numbers.
upvoted 2 times

  Aldo_7 1 year, 1 month ago

an example of ceil with negative numbers is correct.

SQL> SELECT id, value,CEIL(value) FROM myTable

ID VALUE CEIL(VALUE)
---------- ---------- -----------
199
2 2.11 3
3 3.44 4
4 -4.21 -4
5 10 10
633
7 -5.88 -5
8 123.45 124
9 98.23 99

9 rows selected.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

It's amusing how the link in the alleged solution is correct, but the given solution is wrong. MOD returns the remainder of course.

I agree with C & E

upvoted 2 times
Question #41 Topic 1

The EMPLOYEES table contains columns EMP_ID of data type NUMBER and HIRE_DATE of data type DATE.

You want to display the date of the first Monday after the completion of six months since hiring.

The NLS_TERRITORY parameter is set to AMERICA in the session and, therefore, Sunday is the first day on the week.

Which query can be used?

A. SELECT emp_id, ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), NEXT_DAY('MONDAY') FROM employees;

B. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), 'MONDAY') FROM employees;

C. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(MONTHS_BETWEEN(hire_date, SYSDATE), 6) FROM employees;

D. SELECT emp_id, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(hire_date, 6), 1) FROM employees;

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I double checked this Question, B is correct !

the Setting of NLS_TERRITORY changed the behavior

upvoted 15 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  saif_alrwiliy Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

"The NLS_TERRITORY parameter is set to AMERICA in the session and, therefore, Sunday is the first day of the week."
1 is Sunday in that case.
Correct answer is B.
upvoted 10 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Today is 24.06.2020...

SQL> alter session set nls_date_format='DD.MM.YYYY';

Session wurde geandert.

SQL>
SQL>
SQL> select sysdate, NEXT_DAY(ADD_MONTHS(sysdate, 6), 1) from dual;

SYSDATE NEXT_DAY(A
---------- ----------
24.06.2020 28.12.2020

The first Monday after six months is 28.12.2020 > so correct answer must be D
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years, 1 month ago

But if your NLS_TERRITORY is 'AMERICA' and your week starts with sunday, it will give you the wrong result.

For me, this works until i leave the territory as ITALY but, when I set it to AMERICA like the question states, it's wrong while 'MONDAY' works.
upvoted 1 times
Question #42 Topic 1

The ORCL database has RESUMABLE__TIMEOUT = 7200 and DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION = FALSE

User U1 has a 1 MB quota in tablespace DATA.

U1 executes this command:

SQL> CREATE TABLE t1 AS -

(SELECT object_name, sharing, created

FROM dba_objects);

U1 complains that the command is taking too long to execute.

In the alert log, the database administrator (DBA) finds this:

2017-03-06T12:15:17.183438+05:30

statement in resumable session 'User U1(136), Session 1, Instance 1' was suspended due to ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace

'DATA'

Which are three actions any one of which the DBA could take to resume the session? (Choose three.)

A. Add a data file to DATA

B. Drop other U1 objects in DATA

C. Increase U1's quota sufficiently in DATA

D. Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE

E. Grant UNLIMITED TABLESPACE to U1

F. Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA

Correct Answer: BCE

Community vote distribution

BCE (83%) BCF (17%)

  elcaso34 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I think BCE

Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE, when creating the table you are already inserting rows as select, therefore the segment has already
been created the D is not.

Configure Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA, if you have 1M quota it will not work.
upvoted 18 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION is Default TRUE.
it doesnt make Change at all. so this Option is wrong and wont solve the problem
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

He didn't said that DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION would help. And it wouldn't but not for the reason you're saying: in the question is
written that the parameter is set at FALSE in this case. The reason for which it wouldn't help is that, with a CREATE AS SELECT, the first row is
inserted immediately, so the segment is also created. That could have helped in the case of a normal create table.
upvoted 3 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

BCE,

A. Add a data file to DATA -- Won't help as problem is quota to user not the space
B. Drop other U1 objects in DATA -- Will help as it will reduce the used space from quota for that user
C. Increase U1's quota sufficiently in DATA -- Will help.
D. Set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION to TRUE -- Won't help, segments has to be created as its CTAS
E. Grant UNLIMITED TABLESPACE to U1 -- Will help.
F. Set AUTOEXTEND ON for data files in DATA -- Won't help as problem is quota to user not the space
upvoted 11 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: BCE

A - false; the problem (user quota exceeded) persists when any number of datafiles is added because user quota is not related to free space in the
tablespace DATA
B - true; dropping user objects decreases occupied space
C - true; increasing a user quota allows session to continue in segment allocation for table t1
D - false; the table t1 is created with CTAS, therefore is filled with data at the time of creation, table segments are allocated at the time of creating
the table and segment allocation deferment is not used
E - true; when UNLIMITED TABLESPACE is granted to a user, any quotas are ignored, therefore the restriction "space quota exceeded" ceases to
apply
F - false; user quota is not related to free space in tablespace DATA. Even if the datafiles were huge and almost empty, the user quota would still
prevent the data of table t1 from being written.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BCE

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

Selected Answer: BCE

BCE
No matter how big the DATA datafile will be, U1 Only have 1MB quota at DATA datafile. So, adding a new datafile or setting autoextend on is not
an important thing to solve this problem. We should do something regards to U1's quota.
upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: BCE

B C E correct
upvoted 1 times

  Xhost 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BCF

I would say B, C, F!
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: BCE

The DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION = FALSE was added to the question to throw you off. DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION set to TRUE will only
delay the allocation of the first extent (thus creating the segment) until the first row is inserted into the table.

The issue here is simply space required for table creation vs quota allocated to the user.

Answers can only be B, C and E.

upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

I guess B C E too.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,C,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 5 months ago

CDE is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

i think the answer is BCE
upvoted 1 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

B CE . D may help you get the table created but may fail while inserting.
Also the question says " Any of the options should resolve the issue." B is not ideal but given the options that we have it is one of the solutions that
work.
upvoted 4 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

ORA-01536 space quota exceeded for tablespace ‘string’
Cause: The space quota for the segment owner in the tablespace has been exhausted and the operation attempted the creation of a new segment
extent in the tablespace.
Action: Either drop unnecessary objects in the tablespace to reclaim space or have a privileged user increase the quota on this tablespace for the
segment owner
upvoted 3 times

  Sharif1 3 years, 5 months ago

so BCE seems to be the right answers.
upvoted 8 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I'd also go with BCE
as elcaso34 mentioned, your're not only creating the table but you're also inserting rows at the same time, so setting
deferred_segment_creation to true won't help as rows are inserted therefore segments will be allocated which use up quota

While B isn't really something I'd recommend it still would resume the session if enough quota is available again.
upvoted 2 times
  SimoneF 3 years ago
Yes, I agree on BCE
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

i think CDE … dropping existing objects is never a choice to solve a Problem! so B is false
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

It's probably not something you would do without consulting with the owner of the objects, or at least without knowing that it's disposable
data. But it is indeed a course of action that would resume the session. Hence, it's a correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

I think BCD
upvoted 1 times
Question #43 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the Oracle Data Dictionary? (Choose three.)

A. Data dictionary views are created by joins of dictionary base tables and DBA-defined tables

B. The data dictionary is created and maintained by the database administrator

C. Views with the same name but different prefixes, such as CDB, DBA, ALL and USER, reference the same base tables from the data

dictionary

D. Base tables can be queried directly

E. It is owned by the SYSTEM user

F. Usernames of all users including database administrators are stored in the data dictionary

Correct Answer: CDF

Community vote distribution

CDF (100%)

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

CDF - correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28318/datadict.htm#CNCPT1210
SYS, Owner of the Data Dictionary
upvoted 11 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 3 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: CDF

A - false; data dictionary views are based only on dictionary base tables, not on DBA-defined tables
B - false; data dictionary is created and maintained by the Oracle database server
C - true; Oracle Database Workshop: "Generally, each view is a subset of the higher-privileged view set, row-wise and column wise."
D - true; SELECT * FROM dual; or SELECT * FROM ts$;
E - false; owner is SYS, tablespace is SYSTEM
F - true; usernames are stored in USER$ base table, they are accessible typically with DBA_USERS dictionary view
upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: CDF

C D F are correct
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: CDF

A is wrong. "DBA_defined tables" does not fit here. Dictionary views are based on system base tables only.
B is wrong. Internally created and managed by the Oracle server.
C is correct. They all have to reference the same base tables, they only display filtered rowsets from these tables.
D is correct. You can query these tables, however not recommended as data is stored in a cryptic format. Consider logging in as the SYS user, since
you "own" the tables you can select from them. And as DBA you can grant select on any table in any schema to any user. This is a permission
(ownership) issue and not a data format issue.
E is wrong. Owned by the SYS user, stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
F is correct. All user's usernames are stored in the dictionary and are queries via DBA_USERS.
upvoted 3 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

GUYS, the correcly answer are ACDF

A- User-Accessible Views
The views that summarize and display the information stored in the base tables of the data dictionary. These views decode the base table data into
useful information, such as user or table names, using joins and WHERE clauses to simplify the information. Most users are given access to the
views rather than the base tables.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14220/datadict.htm
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 3 months ago

Sorry,

A-C-F
We are not able to display all base table, most of the data is stored in a cryptic format
upvoted 1 times
  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago
ACF is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

A is wrong: they are certainly not joins of tables defined by the database administrator (DBA), they are joins of system tables
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

D is wrong. Base Tables
The underlying tables that store information about the associated database. Only Oracle should write to and read these tables. Users rarely access
them directly because they are normalized, and most of the data is stored in a cryptic format.
upvoted 1 times

  ioio 2 years, 9 months ago

CDF - correct

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/data-dictionary-and-dynamic-performance-views.html#GUID-6F1EA52F-
C3AF-407C-B4FA-AE8C8651055E
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Correct answers: C,E,F
upvoted 2 times
Question #44 Topic 1

In one of your databases, the user HR has the password HRMGR.

You want to connect to a database instance whose listener listens on port 1531 by using this statement:

CONNECT HR/HRMGR@orcl -

No name server is used.

Which statement is true about ORCL?

A. It must be the value of the SERVICE_NAMES parameter on the client side

B. It must resolve to a valid connect descriptor in the server's tnsnames.ora file

C. It must resolve to a valid connect descriptor in the client's tnsnames.ora file

D. It must be the name of the database to whose instance HR wishes to connect

E. It must be the name of the server running the database to whose instance HR wishes to connect

Correct Answer: E

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

It should be C.
upvoted 23 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I agree correct answer should be C
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  raferen10 Most Recent  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  OCP19c 1 year, 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

It's Answer C
upvoted 2 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: C

A is wrong. SERVICE_NAMES is an instance parameter on server side.

B is wrong. The connect descriptor must be accessible to the client and therefore cannot be on the server side.
C is correct. Service name resolution must happen at client side so we need a local TNSNAMES.ORA file with the appropriate connect descriptor.
D is wrong. You never connect to a database, but rather to a database instance via a service.
E is wrong. The server name has nothing to do with the service.
upvoted 3 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

E - correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E17781_01/server.112/e18804/connecting.htm#ADMQS142
username/password@[//]host[:port][/service_name]
CONNECT system/[email protected]/XE
upvoted 3 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

"port (optional) is the TCP port number on which the Oracle Net listener is listening. If not specified, the default port number 1521 is assumed."

So you cannot use that syntax in this case, since it would try to connect on port 1521 while the listener, as per question, is configured to listen
on port 1531.

C is correct because "Name server" is referred to the record in a DNS but it doesn't change the fact that the tns must point to the correct server,
either using an IP or direct resolution of the address via hosts file.
upvoted 5 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #45 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about views used for viewing tablespace and datafile information? (Choose two.)

A. Tablespace free space can be viewed in V$TABLESPACE

B. V$TABLESPACE displays information that is contained in the controlfile about tablespaces

C. V$TABLESPACE displays information about tablespaces contained in the data dictionary

D. Tablespace free space can be viewed in DBA_TABLESPACES

E. A datafile can be renamed when the database is in MOUNT state and the new file name is displayed when querying DBA_DATA_FILES after

the database is opened

Correct Answer: BE

B & E are the right answers.
B: v$tablespace gets infromation from control file as per article shared by SimoneF
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14237/dynviews_2156.htm#REFRN30277
E: since all DBA_* dictionaries are not accessible until DB is opened
upvoted 4 times

  batavo27 3 years, 2 months ago

Answer C.
SQL> select * from v$tablespace;

TS# NAME INC BIG FLA ENC CON_ID

---------- ------------------------------ --- --- --- --- ----------
1 SYSAUX YES NO YES 1
0 SYSTEM YES NO YES 1
2 UNDOTBS1 YES NO YES 1
4 USERS YES NO YES 1
3 TEMP NO NO YES 1
0 SYSTEM YES NO YES 2
1 SYSAUX YES NO YES 2
2 UNDOTBS1 YES NO YES 2
3 TEMP NO NO YES 2
0 SYSTEM YES NO YES 3
1 SYSAUX YES NO YES 3
Have some informations about the data files
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Answer C doesn't speak about data files thought, but states that v$tablespace view would get data from the data dictionary. That's not true and
the view actually gets data from the controlfile, as stated in answer B which is correct:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14237/dynviews_2156.htm#REFRN30277
upvoted 1 times

  batavo27 3 years, 2 months ago

B and C is correct. TO rename the datafile, database needs is open state.
SQL> alter tablespace teste10
2 rename datafile '/u02/oradata/ORCL/teste10.dbf'
3 to '/u02/oradata/ORCL/teste11.dbf';
alter tablespace teste10
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01109: database not open
upvoted 3 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

sorry, it should be B E the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Was the database in mount? Because E is true and C is definitely wrong:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14237/dynviews_2156.htm#REFRN30277
upvoted 2 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

B, E should be correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #46 Topic 1

Examine the description of the PROMOTIONS table:

You want to display the unique promotion costs in each promotion category.

Which two queries can be used? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT promo_cost, promo_category FROM promotions ORDER BY by 1;

B. SELECT DISTINCT promo_cost || ' in ' || DISTINCT promo_category FROM promotions ORDER BY 1;

C. SELECT DISTINCT promo_category || ' has ' || promo_cost AS COSTS FROM promotions ORDER BY 1;

D. SELECT promo_category, DISTINCT promo_cost FROM promotions ORDER BY 2;

E. SELECT DISTINCT promo_category, promo_cost FROM promotions ORDER BY 1;

Correct Answer: DE

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C & E is correct answer

upvoted 17 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

B is wrong. DISTINCT can be used only once in a select clause at the beginning.
C is correct.
D is wrong. DISTINCT can be used only once in a select clause at the beginning.
E is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  casfdsaf 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: CE

ce right
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: CE

c & e for sure

upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C,E is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #47 Topic 1

In the ORCL database, UNDOTBS1 is the active undo tablespace with these properties:

1. A size of 100 MB

2. AUTOEXTEND is off

3. UNDO_RETENTION is set to 15 minutes

4. It has RETENTION GUARANTEE

UNDOTBS1 fills with uncommitted undo 10 minutes after the database opens.

What will happen when the next update is attempted by any transaction?

A. It succeeds and the generated undo is stored in SYSTEM.

B. It fails and returns the error message ‫ג‬€ORA-30036: unable to extend segment by 8 in undo tablespace 'UNDOTBS1'‫ג‬€.

C. It succeeds and the least recently written undo block of UNDOTBS1 is overwritten by the generated undo.

D. It succeeds and the generated undo is stored in SYSAUX.

E. It succeeds and the least recently read undo block of UNDOTBS1 is overwritten by the generated undo.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

It should be B.
upvoted 26 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  fgdgdfg Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B. To guarantee the success of long-running queries or Oracle Flashback operations, you can enable retention guarantee. If retention guarantee is
enabled, the specified minimum undo retention is guaranteed; the database never overwrites unexpired undo data even if it means that
transactions fail due to lack of space in the undo tablespace. If retention guarantee is not enabled, the database can overwrite unexpired undo
when space is low, thus lowering the undo retention for the system. This option is disabled by default.
upvoted 7 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

A - false; if UNDO tablespace UNDOTBS1 is active, undo records are stored in it, not in SYSTEM
B - true; database cannot extend UNDO tablespace due to AUTOEXTEND OFF and cannot rewrite old UNDO records due to RETENTION
GUARANTEE
C - false; undo records cannot be overwritten due to UNDO_RETENTION and RETENTION GUARANTEE settings
D - false; see A
E - false; see C
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

I did not understand why the answer is B?
upvoted 2 times

  ioio 2 years, 9 months ago

in fact it is an interesting question!
it is C:

The UNDO_RETENTION parameter can only be honored if the current undo tablespace has enough space. If an active transaction requires undo
space and the undo tablespace does not have available space, then the system starts reusing unexpired undo space. This action can potentially
cause some queries to fail with a "snapshot too old" message.

For AUTOEXTEND undo tablespaces, the system retains undo for at least the time specified in this parameter, and automatically tunes the undo
retention period to satisfy the undo requirements of the queries. For fixed- size undo tablespaces, the system automatically tunes for the maximum
possible undo retention period, based on undo tablespace size and usage history, and ignores UNDO_RETENTION unless retention guarantee is
enabled.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html#GUID-D238E854-A2C5-463E-A146-31F61300124E
upvoted 1 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

Your quote only applies to unexpired undo space. In our case the undo is active and that cannot be reused by another transaction.
C is the wrong answer, B is the correct.
upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

Its a tricky question. To me answer should be C.
The undo_retention parameter is ignored for a fixed size undo tablespace.
The database may overwrite unexpired undo information when tablespace space becomes low.

Go to this link and search this: "The following points explain the exact impact of the UNDO_RETENTION parameter on undo retention"

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14231/undo.htm
upvoted 6 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I think you might be right!
Retention Guarantee enforces unexpired undo to be retained for the specified undo retention, but as undo retention is ignored for fixed size
undo tablespaces, unexpired undo can be overwritten to support new transactions
But my issue with this question is, that it states that the undo tablespace is filled with uncommited undo, which means that it is active undo
which will never be overwritten right? Only unexpired & expired undo may be overwritten to support new transations
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Please ignore my previous comment, I was just confused at that time

Answer C is 100% wrong!

While it is true, that the undo retention will be ignored for fixed size undo tablespaces, it won't be ignored if retention guarantee is enabled!
Source: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14237/initparams222.htm#REFRN10225
For fixed- size undo tablespaces, the system automatically tunes for the maximum possible undo retention period, based on undo
tablespace size and usage history, and ignores UNDO_RETENTION !!!unless retention guarantee is enabled.!!!

So the correct answer for this question is B!

upvoted 4 times
Question #48 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the rules of precedence for operators? (Choose two.)

A. The concatenation operator | | is always evaluated before addition and subtraction in an expression

B. NULLS influence the precedence of operators in an expression

C. The + binary operator has the highest precedence in an expression in a SQL statement

D. Arithmetic operators with equal precedence are evaluated from left to right within an expression

E. Multiple parentheses can be used to override the default precedence of operators in an expression

Correct Answer: CE

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/operators001.htm

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  husseinyounes Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

DE is correct
upvoted 20 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: DE

de is right
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

D,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 4 months ago

C & E is correct.

+ has the higher precedence.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/About-SQL-Operators.html#GUID-FEF44762-F45C-41D9-B380-
F6A61AD25338
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 1 year, 11 months ago

D & E :)
upvoted 1 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

No, in this case is + binary (not unary operator)
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

D and E are obviously correct BUT, since this was too strange of a mistake to be true, I went and review the precedence rules, finding out
something I honestly forgot or ignored altogether:
"+" IS, actually, the operator with the highest precedence, together with "-", yet only when they're used a unary operators "identity" and
"negation".
For example, in a simple operation +X*Y, the "+" is the first operator evaluated.

As a binary operator it still comes, obviously, after multiplication and division, I've just been thinking that in a similar question where they could
state "unary", I could have easily been tricked overlooking that simple detail.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a85397/operator.htm#997667
upvoted 4 times

  Joejoel 2 years, 1 month ago

please check on the same link.

Precedence Example
In the following expression, multiplication has a higher precedence than addition, so Oracle first multiplies 2 by 3 and then adds the result to 1.

1+2*3
upvoted 1 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

SimoneF is talking about the + unary operator, and of course he is right about it. You on the other hand talking about the + binary operator.
upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

DE is obviously right answers
upvoted 3 times

  Trowa 3 years, 5 months ago

DE are correct.

Precedence
Precedence is the order in which Oracle evaluates different operators in the same expression. When evaluating an expression containing multiple
operators, Oracle evaluates operators with higher precedence before evaluating those with lower precedence. Oracle evaluates operators with
equal precedence from left to right within an expression.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a85397/operator.htm
upvoted 6 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

D E i think
upvoted 5 times
Question #49 Topic 1

In one of your databases, user KING is:

1. Not a DBA user

2. An operating system (OS) user

Examine this command and its output:

What must you do so that KING is authenticated by the OS when connecting to the database instance?

A. Set OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX to OPS$

B. Have the OS administrator add KING to the OSDBA group

C. Grant DBA to KING

D. Unset REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE

E. Alter user KING to be IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

E (100%)

  Sharif1 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

Correct answer is E, os user must be identified externally.

upvoted 17 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

oh yea E is correct!
upvoted 5 times

  Muhab Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

The Answer should be A .

Ref : https://oracle-base.com/articles/misc/os-authentication
upvoted 5 times

  Schmeili 3 years, 4 months ago

when you read https://oracle-base.com/articles/misc/os-authentication E is correct...
upvoted 4 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Agreed
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: E

A - false; in that case both db user and OS user must have name OPS$KING
B - false; it would grant DB user DBA role, but login would not succeeded because the user is not identified externally
C - false; user KING is not in DBA group
D - false; REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE must be used to enable user login
E - true; when user is IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY, it can login with OS authentication
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 5 months ago

Correct Answer is D, REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE=NONE Oracle ignores any password file. Therefore, privileged users must be authenticated
by the operating system.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: E

The base! :-) part III

upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: E

E is correct.
upvoted 2 times
  ryuah 2 years ago
E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  saadkhan45 2 years, 1 month ago

REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE: NONE

NONE: Instructs the Oracle system not to use password files, and the login of privileged users is authenticated by the operating system.

NONE Oracle ignores any password file. Therefore, privileged users must be authenticated by the operating system.

NONE

Oracle ignores any password file. Therefore, privileged users must be authenticated by the operating system.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B14117_01/server.101/b10755/initparams176.htm
https://titanwolf.org/Network/Articles/Article?AID=cf58b9e3-cc76-4fe0-b7c2-3073595bc869
upvoted 1 times

  saadkhan45 2 years, 1 month ago

So, Correct Answer: D
upvoted 1 times

  ofranco 2 years, 3 months ago

Agree with A
upvoted 1 times

  eddkzew 3 years ago

E is the correct one:
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/network.102/b14266/admnauth.htm#i1006459
Creating a User Who Is Authenticated Externally
The following statement creates a user who is identified by Oracle and authenticated by the operating system or a network service. This example
assumes that OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX = "".

CREATE USER scott IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY;

Using CREATE USER ... IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY, you create database accounts that must be authenticated by the operating system or network
service. Oracle will then rely on this external login authentication when it provides that specific operating system user with access to the database
resources of a specific user.
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

B is the correct one.
Members of OSDBA group are granted the SYSDBA system privileges to administer the database.
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

But King is NOT a DBA user, as per stated in the question, and I assume is a requirement to leave that unchanged. So you don't allow a user the
DBA role (even worse actually, it would SYSDBA) just for it to be able to connect to the database.

E is the most correct if you want to allow the user to be authenticated by OS without changing its role.
upvoted 3 times

  mberrios 3 years, 2 months ago

Correct is E
upvoted 5 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

I think answer should be A.
Because unless you set OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX you can't have this user created on database which can identified externally.

And when you have OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX set to OPS$ (eg) , you need to alter OPS$KING to identified externally not to KING.
upvoted 4 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

A - ist wrong
a prefix can be empty, it is not necessary to set it back to default OPS$
upvoted 5 times
Question #50 Topic 1

View the Exhibits and examine the structure of the COSTS and PROMOTIONS tables.

You want to display PROD_IDS whose promotion cost is less than the highest cost PROD_ID in a promotion time interval.

Examine this SQL statement:

Exhibit 1.

Exhibit 2.

What will be the result?

A. It gives an error because the ALL keyword is not valid

B. It gives an error because the GROUP BY clause is not valid

C. It executes successfully but does not give the required result

D. It executes successfully and gives the required result

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  ioio Highly Voted  2 years, 9 months ago

the correct answer is C but so far nobody explained the correct reason!

the issue here is not the ALL operator but the last line of the query:

(promo_end_date - promo_begin_date) is returning the number of days which the promotion was running, but no interval, which is requested by
the question. so logically the query is not generating desired output.
upvoted 7 times

  yukclam9 2 years, 9 months ago

dear ioio, you are right with the returned data type. however I see the promotion time interval as time difference between promotion, so it is
more of a logical concept rather than requirement on data type.
upvoted 2 times
  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 3 months ago

C- correct answer
display PROD_IDS whose promotion cost is less than the highest cost PROD_ID

WHERE promo_cost < ALL

(SELECT MAX(promo_cost)
FROM promotions
GROUP BY (promo_end_date - promo_begin_date)));

“< ALL …” here is the mistake, if the next selection returns not only one max value, it returns the wrong, maybe even an empty result
upvoted 5 times

  kaz40 Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

C must be correct. D would be correct with WHERE promo_cost < ANY

upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

A - false; keyword ALL is valid, it is used in Group Comparison Conditions, see Oracle doc: Oracle Database, Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 6
Conditions, Comparison Conditions
B - false; GROUP BY clause is valid, it is used with Aggregate Functions, see Oracle doc: Oracle Database, Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 7
Functions, Aggregate Functions: C - false; The query gives required results. The most inner query returns maximum promotional costs within
groups formed with all promotions with same duration in days. The inner query which starts SELECT promo_id returns those ID of promotions,
which costs is smaller than any maximum costs returned with the most inner query. The outer query returns those product IDs, which have the
promo_id returned with the previous query. There must be some promo_cost which is smaller than any maximum promo_cost within groups. Only
in that case the query returns some rows.
D - true; see C
upvoted 1 times

  Lydia1054 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I think both C and D can be right, and it depends on the data:
1. Get the result: Two promotion data that have the same period but with different cost, and one cost has the minimum cost of all promotions.
>> if set the data like this:
1-$5000-period 10 days/ 2- $3000-period 15 days/ 3- $2500- period 30 days/ 4-$3500-period 30 days
>> We can get the ALL list of ($5000, $3000, $3500), and $2500 will be left to the group but this cost is meet the < ALL situation and the related
product ID will show up in the end.

2. No result in the end:

If the example above change the third data to $3000, then we can still get the same ALL list ($5000, $3000, $3500) but there are no other cost that
is less than the cost in the list. Therefore, we get no results.
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

D D D IS CORRECT
upvoted 1 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

CORRECT C , executing success but not giving expected answer
upvoted 1 times

  J4vi 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I see no errors here

upvoted 1 times

  hadiwuu 1 year ago

who give the suggested anwer? why are all of it are wrong?
upvoted 1 times

  Zairlam 1 year, 10 months ago

I have recreated the tables and inserted some random data on them and tested the query.

The correct answer is C:

When you run

select prod_id from costs where prod_id in
(select prod_id from promotions where promo_cost < all
(select max(promo_cost) from promotions group by (promo_end-promo_begin)));

The query does go through but returns no results.

When you run the same query without the group by part you get the expected results (prod_id 2 had the highest promo_cost)

PROD_ID
1
3
4
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 1 year, 12 months ago

sry D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  EIYA 2 years ago

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  ogdru 2 years, 10 months ago

<ALL: less than the lowest value returned by subquery.
<ANY: less than the highest value returned by subquery.
upvoted 5 times

  Shakhzod1999 11 months ago

<ALL: less than the highest value returned by subquery.
<ANY: less than the lowest value returned by subquery.
upvoted 1 times

  Fan 2 years, 9 months ago

thank you.
upvoted 1 times

  Phat 3 years ago

so what is the correct answer ???
upvoted 2 times

  sseet40 3 years ago

The correct answer is D.
<ALL means that The value must be smaller than the smallest value in the list to evaluate to TRUE
upvoted 4 times

  mberrios 3 years, 2 months ago

c - correct
upvoted 2 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I'd suggest answer A, but I am not completely sure!
upvoted 3 times
Question #51 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLES? (Choose three.)

A. A TRUNCATE command issued in a session causes all rows in a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE for the issuing session to be deleted.

B. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows inserted by a session are available to any other session whose user has been granted select on the

table.

C. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE space allocation occurs at session start.

D. Any GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows existing at session termination will be deleted.

E. A GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE'S definition is available to multiple sessions.

F. A DELETE command on a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE cannot be rolled back.

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

ADE (100%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

A D E i think the correct answers

upvoted 21 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADE

A - true; TRUNCATE command works in the same way for GTT as for standard tables, it removes all rows. However it is not recommended, because
GTT are cleaned at the end of the transaction or the session.
B - false; from CREATE TABLE documentation: The data in a temporary table is visible only to the session that inserts the data into the table.
C - false; from documentation: Space is allocated for the table segment at the time of the first DML operation on the table.
D - true; from documentation: A session becomes unbound to a temporary table with a TRUNCATE statement or at session termination, or, for a
transaction-specific temporary table, by issuing a COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement.
E - true; from documentation: Specify GLOBAL TEMPORARY to create a temporary table, whose definition is visible to all sessions with appropriate
privileges.
F - false; no mention in documentation about non-standard consequence of DELETE command for GTT. Documentation mentions ROLLBACK.
upvoted 1 times

  Xjackfbo 10 months ago

Only D & E are correct

B tested and couldn't see the data

A & F are not valid in case I create the GTT with a clause ON COMMIT PRESERVE in the end of the creation
C is wrong as Franky_T said
upvoted 2 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Once again a question with four correct answers and not three.

A is correct. Can be easily tested. The default behavior for the ON COMMIT action is to delete rows if no hold-able cursor is open on the table. A
TRUNCATE (DDL) performs an implicit COMMIT which closes any open cursor in the session.
B is wrong. You can grant other users SELECT privilege on your own GTT, but even if you do so the other user cannot see it. Can be easily tested.
C is wrong. GTT space allocation (TEMP tablespace) occurs when it's created and not when the session starts.
D is correct. The GTT exists at session level.
E is correct. GTT's metadata is stored on disk and visible to all sessions, GTT's data however is session specific.
F is correct. Can be easily tested. ON ROLLBACK DELETE ROWS is the default behavior for the NOT LOGGED option, thus removing all rows from a
GTT when a ROLLBACK command is issued in the session.
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

D E F are correct answers.
upvoted 2 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

At the termination of the session the rows are deleted but the table still exists:

SQL> INSERT INTO temp1(id,description)

VALUES(1,'Transaction specific global temp table');
2
1 row created.

SQL>
SQL> select * from TEMP1;

ID
----------
DESCRIPTION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
Transaction specific global temp table

SQL> exit
Disconnected from Oracle Database 19c Enterprise Edition Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production
Version 19.3.0.0.0
[oracle@localhost ~]$ sqlplus system/oracle

SQL*Plus: Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production on Wed Apr 6 00:41:30 2022

Version 19.3.0.0.0

Copyright (c) 1982, 2019, Oracle. All rights reserved.

Last Successful login time: Wed Apr 06 2022 00:40:47 -04:00

Connected to:
Oracle Database 19c Enterprise Edition Release 19.0.0.0.0 - Production
Version 19.3.0.0.0

SQL> select * from TEMP1;

no rows selected

SQL>
upvoted 1 times

  Aramazd 1 year, 9 months ago

A delete from temp table cannot be rolled back:
SQL> select * from TEMP1;

ID
----------
DESCRIPTION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
Transaction specific global temp table

SQL> delete from temp1;

1 row deleted.

SQL> select * from TEMP1;

no rows selected

SQL> rollback;

Rollback complete.

SQL> select * from TEMP1;

no rows selected

SQL>
upvoted 1 times

  josue1 1 year, 6 months ago

SQL> create global temporary table tmp_t (n integer) on commit preserve rows;

Table created.

SQL>
SQL> insert into tmp_t values(1);

1 row created.

SQL> commit;

Commit complete.

SQL> select * from tmp_t;

N
----------
1

SQL> delete from tmp_t;

1 row deleted.

SQL> rollback;
Rollback complete.

SQL> select * from tmp_t;

N
----------
1
upvoted 2 times

  casfdsaf 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

ADE correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D,E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ogdru 2 years, 10 months ago

F is true
SQL> select * from gtt1;

ID
----------
1

1 row selected.

SQL> delete from gtt1;

1 row deleted.

SQL> select * from gtt1;

no rows selected

SQL> rollback;

Rollback complete.

SQL> select * from gtt1;

no rows selected
upvoted 1 times

  _gio_ 2 years, 3 months ago

but if you write a savepoint it works....
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

BCF - are definitly WRONG
upvoted 1 times

  saif_alrwiliy 3 years, 4 months ago

A. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows inserted by a session are available to any other session whose user has been granted select on the table ->
FALSE, you cant view data from other session
B. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE space allocation occurs at session start. -> AT First dml sentence, then space is allocated ¿false?
C. A DELETE command on a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE cannot be rolled back. -> Depends. If you create with on commit preserve rows, you can
rollback and commit. -> FALSE
D. A GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE's definition is available to multiple sessions. -> Yes, with the appropiate permisions ¿TRUE?
E. Any GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows existing at session termination will be deleted. -> TRUE
F. A TRUNCATE command issued in a session causes all rows in a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE for the issuing session to be deleted. -> TRUE,
truncate delete rows from table

¿D,E,F?
Very well presented explanations from Primisser
https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/8895-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-298-discussion/
upvoted 3 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

why is E correct?
Reference:

"Other users do not need the same table structure."

"Multiple connections can define declared global temporary tables with the same name"

https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.8.3.0/ref/rrefdeclaretemptable.html
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

Global temporary Tables are permanent tables created and available to users.
only the data in the table is private to the user who inserted into it.
so the Definition (DDL) is available to multiple sessions
upvoted 1 times

Question #52 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about trace files produced by the Oracle Database server? (Choose two.)

A. They can be written by server processes

B. Trace files are written to the Fast Recovery Area (FRA)

C. They can be written by background processes

D. All trace files contain error information that require contacting Oracle Support

E. Trace file names are based on the database name concatenated with a sequential number

Correct Answer: AC

Reference:

https://gerardnico.com/db/oracle/trace_file

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  GraceYu Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

AC
https://docs.oracle.com/html/E25494_01/monitoring001.htm

Each server and background process can write to an associated trace file. When an internal error is detected by a process, it dumps information
about the error to its trace file. Some of the information written to a trace file is intended for the database administrator, and other information is
for Oracle Support Services. Trace file information is also used to tune applications and instances.
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

A - true; Oracle documentation: Each server and background process can periodically write to an associated trace file.
B - false; Oracle documentation: The ADR base can contain multiple ADR homes, where each ADR home is the root directory for all diagnostic data
—traces, dumps, the alert log, and so on—for an instance of an Oracle product or component.
C - true; see answer A
D - false; Oracle documentation: Each server and background process can periodically write to an associated trace file. The files contain information
on the process environment, status, activities, and errors.
E - false; database name does not need to be same as SID; Oracle documentation: Typically, database background process trace file names contain
the Oracle SID, the background process name, and the operating system process number. An example of a trace file for the RECO process is
mytest_reco_10355.trc.
upvoted 1 times

  casfdsaf 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: AC

AC correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,C is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #53 Topic 1

You need to calculate the number of days from 1

January 2019 until today.

Dates are stored in the default format of DD-MON-RR.

Which two queries give the required output? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT TO_CHAR(SYSDATE, 'DD-MON-YYYY') 01' "€‫ג‬-JAN-2019' FROM DUAL;

B. SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE 01' "€‫ג‬-JAN-2019') FROM DUAL;

C. SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE ‫ג‬€" TO_DATE('01/JANUARY/2019')) FROM DUAL;

D. SELECT TO_DATE(SYSDATE, 'DD/MONTH/YYYY') 01' "€‫ג‬/JANUARY/2019' FROM DUAL;

E. SELECT SYSDATE ‫ג‬€" TO_DATE('01-JANUARY-2019') FROM DUAL;

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

  nautil2 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CE

A - false; query <SELECT TO_CHAR(sysdate,'DD-MON-YYYY') - '01-JAN-2019' FROM dual;> returns ORA-01722: invalid number
B - false; query <SELECT ROUND(sysdate - '01-JAN-2019') FROM dual;> returns ORA-01722: invalid number
C - true; query <SELECT ROUND(sysdate - TO_DATE('01/JANUARY/2019')) FROM dual;> returns number of days as natural number
D - false; query <SELECT TO_DATE(sysdate,'DD/MONTN/YYYY') - '01/JANUARY/2019' FROM dual;> returns ORA-01821: date format not recognized
E - true; query <SELECT sysdate - TO_DATE('01/JANUARY/2019') FROM dual;> returns number of days as floating number
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 2 weeks ago

The Answer: C, E
The dates in the select '01-jan-2019' have to be converted with To_Date
upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The Options should be:

A. SELECT TO_CHAR (SYSDATE, ‘DD-MON-YYYY’) – ’01-JAN-2019’ FROM DUAL;

B. SELECT ROUND (SYSDATE – ’01-JAN-2019’) FROM DUAL;
C. SELECT ROUND (SYSDATE – TO_DATE(‘01/JANUARY/2019’)) FROM DUAL;
D. SELECT TO_DATE (SYSDATE, ‘DD/MONTH/YYYY’) – ‘01/JANUARY/2019’ FROM DUAL;
E. SELECT SYSDATE – TO_DATE (’01-JANUARY-2019’) FROM DUAL;

C and E are correct

upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CE

SELECT TO_CHAR(SYSDATE, 'DD-MON-YYYY') - '01-JAN-2019' FROM DUAL; [Error] Execution (16: 44): ORA-01722: numero non valido;
SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE - '01-gen-2019') FROM DUAL; [Error] Execution (16: 44): ORA-01722: numero non valido;
SELECT ROUND(SYSDATE - TO_DATE('01/gen/2019')) FROM DUAL; 1576;
SELECT TO_DATE(SYSDATE, 'DD/MONTH/YYYY') - '01/gennaio/2019' FROM DUAL; [Error] Execution (16: 44): ORA-01722: numero non valido;
SELECT SYSDATE - TO_DATE('01-gennaio-2019') FROM DUAL; 1575,681400462962962962962962962962962963
upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow 1 year, 4 months ago

C and E
upvoted 2 times
Question #54 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the DUAL table? (Choose two.)

A. It can be accessed only by the SYS user

B. It consists of a single row and single column of VARCHAR2 data type

C. It can display multiple rows but only a single column

D. It can be used to display only constants or pseudo columns

E. It can be accessed by any user who has the SELECT privilege in any schema

F. It can display multiple rows and columns

Correct Answer: AB

Reference:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DUAL_table

Community vote distribution

BF (44%) BE (33%) EF (22%)

  Sharif1 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B and F are correct answers.

F is correct :
SQL> SELECT level, sysdate
2 FROM dual
3 CONNECT BY
4 level <= 4;

LEVEL SYSDATE
---------- ---------
1 06-AUG-20
2 06-AUG-20
3 06-AUG-20
4 06-AUG-20

It can return multple rows and columns.

D is wrong, you just create a brand new user and do not grant any privilege but still it can select dual table.
upvoted 19 times

  AnimeshOracle 1 year, 8 months ago

F is incorrect because Dual has only one column. Here in your example what you are doing is a projection of multiple column through select
statement which can be done in any table even though the table has limited number of columns.
upvoted 1 times

  AnimeshOracle 1 year, 8 months ago

B,E seems to be more correct options.
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Thank you, I got to F by exclusion but I was having some trouble finding a good example of a case in which it returned multiple rows.
upvoted 4 times

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

B E https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/queries009.htm
upvoted 11 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

E seems wrong, i would choose A and D
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

sorry i mean, B & D
upvoted 5 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

D is incorrect

"Alternatively, you can select a constant, pseudocolumn, or ***expression*** from any table"
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

well, then B, F seems fine
upvoted 1 times

  Trowa 3 years, 5 months ago

BD are the correct answers.

https://stackoverflow.com/questions/50212079/is-it-possible-to-have-multiple-rows-with-select-from-dual
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BF

A - false; DUAL is a table automatically created by Oracle Database along with the data dictionary. DUAL is in the schema of the user SYS but is
accessible by the name DUAL to all users. Source: Oracle documentation - Oracle Database, Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 9 SQL Queries
and Subqueries, Selecting from the DUAL Table
B - true; single column DUMMY with datatype VARCHAR2(1) and value 'X'
C - false; query SELECT sysdate, sysdate FROM dual;
D - false; Alternatively, you can select a constant, pseudocolumn, or expression from any table, but the value will be returned as many times as
there are rows in the table. Source: same as mentioned in answer A
E - false; GRANT SELECT any table is not necessary to query DUAL table. Newly created user is not granted with any SELECT privilege, however
he/she can query any own object and table DUAL.
F - true; example SELECT with multiple row and column output is SELECT sysdate,sysdate+1 FROM dual CONNECT BY LEVEL <= 5;
upvoted 1 times

  ismoil 2 months, 3 weeks ago

If I run
desc dual;
Name Null Type
----- ---- -----------
DUMMY VARCHAR2(1)
upvoted 1 times

  ismoil 2 months, 3 weeks ago

So answer is B E
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 4 weeks ago

The correct answer is A,B.
the dual table has only one row, it is accessed with the user sys and the column is of type varchar2 .
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BE

BE for me
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 4 months, 2 weeks ago

DUAL is a table automatically created by Oracle Database along with the data dictionary.
DUAL is in the schema of the user SYS but is accessible by the name DUAL to all users. It has one column, DUMMY, defined to be VARCHAR2(1),
and contains one row with a value X.
Selecting from the DUAL table is useful for computing a constant expression with the SELECT statement. Because DUAL has only one row, the
constant is returned only once.
Alternatively, you can select a constant, pseudocolumn, or expression from any table, but the value will be returned as many times as there are
rows in the table.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BE

A. It can be accessed only by the SYS user --> False, anybody can select from dual.
B. It consists of a single row and single column of VARCHAR2 data type. --> True
C. It can display multiple rows but only a single column. --> False, only 1 single row and column (by default: select * from dual)
D. It can be used to display only constants or pseudo columns. --> False, Expression too.
E. It can be accessed by any user who has the SELECT privilege in any schema. --> True
F. It can display multiple rows and columns. False, 1 row/column only.
upvoted 1 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Answers should be BE
upvoted 1 times

  Emperor11 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BF

I correct myself B and F are correct because when you give the create session to any user, he is capable to select the dual table without give that
exactly permission.
upvoted 1 times

  Emperor11 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

B and E are 100% correct.

"DUAL is a table automatically created by Oracle Database along with the data dictionary. DUAL is in the schema of the user SYS but is accessible
by the name DUAL to all users. It has one column, DUMMY, defined to be VARCHAR2(1), and contains one row with a value X."
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/queries009.htm#SQLRF20036
upvoted 1 times

  Emperor11 10 months, 2 weeks ago

B and E are 100% correct.

  chenwen 1 year, 8 months ago

B,E IS CORRECT
upvoted 2 times

  casfdsaf 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: EF

I THINK EF
upvoted 2 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BF

B , F are correct.
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,F is correct
upvoted 2 times

  dummydba 2 years, 7 months ago

B is correct as you guys explained here. And the other one should be E.
E. It can be accessed by any user who has the select privilege in any schema.
Any schema owner can select data from its own tables. so that argument is valid here.
upvoted 2 times

  hp9000 2 years, 11 months ago

We agree on B, what's the second right answer?
upvoted 1 times

  Phat 2 years, 10 months ago

D as Sharif1 explained.
upvoted 1 times
Question #55 Topic 1

Which four statements are true regarding primary and foreign key constraints and the effect they can have on table data? (Choose four.)

A. A table can have only one primary key but multiple foreign keys

B. A table can have only one primary key and one foreign key

C. The foreign key columns and parent table primary key columns must have the same names

D. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to remain in the child table at the time the parent row is deleted

E. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to be deleted automatically from the child table at the time the parent row is deleted

F. Only the primary key can be defined at the column and table level

G. Primary key and foreign key constraints can be defined at both the column and table level

Correct Answer: ACEG

Community vote distribution

ADEG (83%) ADEF (17%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

ADEG i think
upvoted 26 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

How is D possible?
upvoted 1 times

  nhsang 3 years, 5 months ago

In the relational 1-0, you can use ON DELETE SET NULL to keep child-records, but child-keys will be updated to NULL.
upvoted 5 times

  ama 3 years, 4 months ago

this means that D is wrong
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

No because the child row stays, just some of its values are nullified.
upvoted 3 times

  renzoku 2 years, 10 months ago

But you can be achieved by disabling the FK constraint and re enabling with no validate clause after performing delete on parent
table.
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

ADEG in my opinion too...

A. A table can have only one primary key but multiple foreign keys --> For sure
B. A table can have only one primary key and one foreign key --> There is no such restrictions
C. The foreign key columns and parent table primary key columns must have the same names --> There is no such restriction.
D. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to remain in the child table at the time the parent row is deleted --> Can be achieved by
disabling the FK constraint and re enabling with no validate clause after performing delete on parent table.
E. It is possible for child rows that have a foreign key to be deleted automatically from the child table at the time the parent row is deleted -->
CASCADE option
F. Only the primary key can be defined at the column and table level --> No such restrictions
G. Primary key and foreign key constraints can be defined at both the column and table level --> True.
upvoted 16 times

  LrnsTgh 2 years, 4 months ago

might correct A, B (can have), D, E, G
wrong C ("Must"), F (PK,FK, UQ, CK defined at column and table level. only not null in column level).

I vote ADEG
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADEG

A - true; quote1: A table or view can have only one primary key., quote2: You can define multiple foreign keys in a table or view.
B - false; see quote2 in answer A
C - false; example, when names of FK columns and parent table columns are different: ALTER TABLE employees2 ADD CONSTRAINT fk_dept2
FOREIGN KEY (dept_id) REFERENCES departments2(id);
D - true; example: ALTER TABLE employees ADD CONSTRAINT fk_dept FOREIGN KEY (dept_id) REFERENCES departments (id) ON DELETE SET NULL;
perform INSERT(s) into employees with dept_id=17; DELETE FROM departments WHERE dept_id=17;
E - true; example: ALTER TABLE employees ADD CONSTRAINT fk_dept FOREIGN KEY (dept_id) REFERENCES departments (id) ON DELETE CASCADE;
F - false; Either primary key, unique constraint, foreign key or check contraints can be defined on both table and column levels.
G - true; see answer F
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 2 months, 1 week ago

quotes originate in following sources:
A - Oracle documentation: Database > Oracle > Oracle Database > Release 19 > SQL Language Reference > 8 Common SQL DDL Clauses >
constraint
F,G - Oracle documentation: Database > Oracle > Oracle Database > Release 19 > SQL Language Reference > 12 SQL Statements: ALTER
SYNONYM to COMMENT > ALTER TABLE
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADEG

A - true; You can define multiple foreign keys in a table or view.

B - false; see A
C - false; a foreign key needn't be based on a primary key, it can be based on unique key, therefore its columns can have different names.
D - true; parent row can be deleted, but parrent column cannot be deleted (ORA-12992: cannot drop parent key column)
E - true; foreign key must be defined with ON DELETE CASCADE clause
F - false; not only primary key, but also other constraints can be defined both on table level and column level, e.g. CREATE TABLE a (b NUMBER
UNIQUE) or CREATE TABLE a (b NUMBER, UNIQUE(b))
G - true; e.g. CREATE TABLE child (a number, b number REFERENCES parent(c)) or CREATE TABLE CHILD (a number, b number, FOREIGN KEY
(parent_id) REFERENCES parent(c))

Source:
A,B,C Oracle documentation: Oracle Database, Release 19, SQL Language Reference, 8 Common SQL DDL Clauses, constraint
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 4 weeks ago

The correct answers are A,C,E,G
The D is not correct because for referential integrity it does not allow you to delete rows from the parent table and leave related rows in the child
tables.
The E is correct because effectively when you delete rows from the parent table and you specify on delete cascade in the delete statement, it will
delete the related rows in the child tables. If it is not specified, it does not allow deleting records from the parent table if you have related records.
upvoted 2 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: ADEG

AEG are for sure right

BFC are definitely wrong so i believe ADEG is the right combination
upvoted 1 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

ADEG are true ,
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 1 year, 7 months ago

Selected Answer: ADEG

good choice
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

ADEG, without a shadow of doubt, just common DB knowledge.
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: ADEG

A is correct. The only restriction is on the PK, a table can have only one. No restrictions exist on the number of FK's a table may have.
B is wrong. Tables may have many foreign keys in them, it all depends on the db's relational model.
C is wrong. The DB does not care about column names, only data type, size and contents of the PK and FK.
D is correct. The FK must be created with the ON DELETE SET NULL option. Without this option ORA-02292 will be raised when attempting to
delete a row from the parent table that has child record.
E is correct. The FK must be created with ON DELETE CASCADE option. Without this option ORA-02292 will be raised when attempting to delete a
row from the parent table that has child record.
F is wrong. The only constraint that has to be defined inline (column level) is NOT NULL.
G is correct. The only constraint that has to be defined inline (column level) is NOT NULL.
upvoted 1 times

  casfdsaf 1 year, 10 months ago

Selected Answer: ADEF

adeg is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D,E,G is correct
upvoted 2 times

  LongHi 2 years, 1 month ago

ADEG correct
upvoted 1 times

  LongHi 2 years, 1 month ago

D: using ON DELETE cascade
F: using on delete set null
upvoted 1 times

  LongHi 2 years, 1 month ago

sorry error typo: E: using on delete set null
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

ACEG is correct answer
upvoted 4 times
Question #56 Topic 1

Examine the description of the EMPLOYEES table:

Which query is valid?

A. SELECT dept_id, AVG(MAX(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

B. SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

C. SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id, join_date;

D. SELECT dept_id, MAX(AVG(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

C (75%) B (25%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C is correct answer
upvoted 23 times

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

I think C
upvoted 9 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

A - false; returns error ORA-00937: not a single-group group function; first occurence of dept_id is marked as the cause of the error
B - false; returns error ORA-00979: not a GROUP BY expression; join_date is marked as the cause of the error
C - true; columns mentioned between SELECT and FROM keywords are also mentioned after GROUP BY clause
D - false; same as answer A
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

I see only B as invalid query, probably the question is wrong and it should be:

Which query is INvalid?

upvoted 1 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  FelipeC 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

A (FALSE). SELECT dept_id, AVG(MAX(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

select DEPARTMENT_ID, AVG(MAX(SALARY)) from EMPLOYEES group by DEPARTMENT_ID;
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00937: not a single-group group function

B (FALSE). SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

select DEPARTMENT_ID, HIRE_DATE,sum(salary) from EMPLOYEES group by DEPARTMENT_ID
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00979: not a GROUP BY expression

C (TRUE). SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id, join_date;
SQL> select DEPARTMENT_ID, HIRE_DATE,SUM(SALARY) from EMPLOYEES group by DEPARTMENT_ID , HIRE_DATE;

DEPARTMENT_ID HIRE_DATE SUM(SALARY)

------------- --------- -----------
60 25-JUN-05 4800

D (FALSE). SELECT dept_id, MAX(AVG(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id;

SELECT DEPARTMENT_ID , MAX(AVG(salary)) FROM employees GROUP BY DEPARTMENT_ID
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-00937: not a single-group group function
upvoted 2 times

  OCP19c 1 year, 3 months ago

C is correct answer
B is wrong answer, because not working!
But why not A not ?
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

A and D are wrong simply because we cannot use nested group functions while grouping by any specific column, we should use the whole table
as one group (by not using a group by clause) otherwise the query would not make sense.
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

C, by testing on OE DB sample.
upvoted 1 times

  Franky_T 1 year, 8 months ago

Selected Answer: C

A is wrong. When using nested aggregate functions you are not allowed to display any additional column(s) other than the nested aggregate
function.
B is wrong. Missing the join_date column in the GROUP BY clause. The rule states: "Any column in the select list that's not part of an aggregate
function MUST BE in the group by clause".
C is correct.
D is wrong. Same issue as with option A.
upvoted 2 times

  Sankar1406 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C for sure
upvoted 1 times

  sagartake 1 year, 9 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

C, in B there is a missing column in the group by clause.
upvoted 2 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Taush 2 years, 3 months ago

I created the same table with same data type: Option A and B gave errors while C and D gave the same output.
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 4 months ago

C is the correct answer:

SELECT dept_id, join_date, SUM(salary) FROM employees GROUP BY dept_id, join_date;

All options with non-groupable functions need to be added in GROUP BY.

upvoted 1 times
Question #57 Topic 1

What is true about non-equijoin statement performance? (Choose two.)

A. Table aliases can improve performance

B. The BETWEEN condition always performs better than using the >= and <= conditions

C. The join syntax used makes no difference to performance

D. The BETWEEN condition always performs less well than using the >= and <= conditions

E. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  khalilshahin01 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

Dear all,
AC is correct answer for sure
i faced this question in 1z0-071 exam and i select AC and got correct answers :)
Regards.
upvoted 18 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

A and C.

There's no performance benefit or hit by using ANSI joins rather than traditional joins, but by using ANSI joins, your queries are more portable
between DBMS platforms, and they're a bit easier to read.

Thin its A and C. any evidence for E?
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 4 months ago

E is correct… check this> https://stackoverflow.com/questions/58476906/1z0-071-oracle-exam-question-which-answers-is-correct

so i bet on A, E
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

B & C looks close answers
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

A, E !!!
upvoted 1 times

  dotruonghan 3 years, 5 months ago

A is correct
https://orawiss.wordpress.com/table-alias-speed-up-database-access/
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

B & E is correct one
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

can you Elaborate more ? is this a guess or you have evidence?
upvoted 1 times
Question #58 Topic 1

In your data center, Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is used for all databases.

All tablespaces are smallfile tablespaces.

SALES_Q1 is a permanent user-defined tablespace in the SALES database.

Examine this command which is about to be issued by a DBA logged in to the SALES database:

ALTER TABLESPACE sales_q1 ADD DATAFILE;

Which are two actions, either one of which you could take to ensure that the command executes successfully? (Choose two.)

A. Ensure that DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST and DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST each specify with at least 50 Mb of available space.

B. Specify a path in the DATAFILE clause of the command specifying a location with at least 100M of available space.

C. Ensure that DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST specifies a location with at least 100 Mb of available space.

D. Add the AUTOEXTEND ON clause with NEXT set to 100M.

E. Ensure that DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST and DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST each specify locations with at least 50 Mb of available space.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BC (100%)

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

BC are the correct one

https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/oracle-managed-files
- Files typically have a default size of 100M
- if OMF is used you do not need to specify a path for the new created datafile
BUT
we have to "ensure that the command executes successfully"
so we need a location with at least 100 MB free space and we can ensure that with B or C
upvoted 12 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

really? if my database using OMF i should not add a path for the datafile.
The Database will do that for me !
upvoted 4 times

  Phat 2 years, 10 months ago

yes, db does that for you, but if you want to specify the path, it also fine.
upvoted 2 times

  Chansi Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Correct answers are B,C

Answers A and E are false as OMF defaults to a file size of at least 100MB

As for answer D, you can omit the AUTOEXTEND clause, the database will use the default value of AUTOEXTEND UNLIMITED instead. Using
AUTOEXTEND ON won't ensure that the command executes successfully, as the file will be autoextensible either way.

So the only possible answers left are B and C.

upvoted 5 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

Here the evidence that D is correct

Very unfortunately, the default AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT size is 1 Database block (based on the blocksize of the tablespace). But if you create your
Tablespace using OMF (i.e. where "db_create_file_dest" is configured), then Oracle defaults the initial size to 100MB and *also* defaults the
AUTOEXTEND to ON with a of 100MB !
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

I think what you just quoted actually disproves D: if the autoextend is already automatically set ON with a next extent of 100M, then giving the
exact same option wouldn't change anything and especially wouldn't help ensuring that the statement completes correctly.
upvoted 3 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

Well,

first of all OMF is in use so no Need to specify a path for the new created datafile.

Correct answers must be C, D

https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/oracle-managed-files
upvoted 3 times

  Fan 2 years, 9 months ago

Oracle Managed Files (OMF) is used, so no need to specify a datafile location.
upvoted 2 times
Question #59 Topic 1

Examine this command and some partial output:

Why does the DB01.abc.com service show unknown status?

A. The service DB01.abc.com is dynamically registered

B. The LOCAL_LISTENER database parameter is not set to a service name that refers to LISTENER_1

C. The service DB01.abc.com is statically registered

D. The listener is not listening on the default port 1521

E. The SID_LIST_LISTENER section is not contained in the LISTENER.ORA file

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C is correct answer.
upvoted 23 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Good hint,

An UNKNOWN status means that the instance is registered statically (with a SID_LIST) in the listener. ora file rather than dynamically with service
registration. Therefore, the database status is "not known" to the listener.
upvoted 4 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

59
A - false; if a service is registered dynamically, its status handler is either READY, RESTRICTED or BLOCKED. UNKNOWN handler refers to static
service registration
B - false; LOCAL_LISTENER parameter can be set regardless static or dynamic registration is used
C - true; service is registered statically using SID_LIST keyword in the config file listener.ora
D - false; listener port does not affect status handler
E - false; when SID_LIST_LISTENER is contained in listener.ora file, statical service registration is configured
upvoted 1 times

  lps0530 12 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  XhostSI 1 year, 11 months ago

C is the answer!
upvoted 1 times

  ofranco 2 years, 3 months ago

Agree, it is C
upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

Its C without doubt.
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 4 months ago

and D? the picture shows port 1562?
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 4 months ago

please forget my comment. totally agree the correct is C
upvoted 1 times
Question #60 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the tools used to configure Oracle Net Services? (Choose three.)

A. The Oracle Net Configuration Assistant is only used when running the Oracle installer

B. Oracle Net Manager can be used to centrally configure listeners on any database server target

C. The lsnrctl utility requires a listener.ora file to exist before it is started

D. Oracle Net Manager can be used to locally configure naming methods on a database server

E. Enterprise Manager Cloud Control can be used to centrally configure listeners on any managed database server

F. Enterprise Manager Cloud Control can be used to centrally configure net service names for any database server target

Correct Answer: BDE

Community vote distribution

DEF (100%)

  GraceYu Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

DEF
Oracle Net Manager to locally control and Enterprise Manager Cloud Control to centrally control.
upvoted 15 times

  dotruonghan Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

Answer: D,E,F

Explanation:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/netag/introducing-oracle-net-services.html#GUID-6B1F0584-887D-4D2A-B982-
40ACF15DF985
• Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control combines configuration functionality across multiple file systems, along with listener administrative
control to provide an integrated environment for configuring and managing Oracle Net Services.
• Oracle Net Manager provides configuration functionality for an Oracle home on a local client or server host.
upvoted 8 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DEF

A - false; netca can be run independently on the Oracle Installer

B - false; Oracle Net Manager can be used to configure listeners on the local server or server host
C - false; there need not exist the listener.ora file before lsnrctl utility is started
D - true; see answer B
E - true; EM Cloud Control: All the systems and services including enterprise application systems, databases, hosts, middleware application servers,
listeners, and so on, are easily managed from one central location.
F - true; see answer E

Source:
B - Oracle database documentation: "Oracle Net Manager supports configuration of connect descriptors in a local tnsnames.ora file or directory
server."
E - Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control 13.5 documentation
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Selected Answer: DEF

Provided answer are wrong.

ref.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/netag/managing-oracle-net-services.html#GUID-1F145906-24CC-4A63-86FD-
31776C022209
upvoted 1 times

  mikimiki01 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer: DEF
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: DEF

As comments below
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 5 months ago

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Marcello86CT 1 year, 6 months ago

Oracle Net Configuration Assistant is a post installation tool so i think that A is Wrong
upvoted 1 times

Question #61 Topic 1

Which two statements are true regarding the UNION and UNION ALL operators? (Choose two.)

A. Duplicates are eliminated automatically by the UNION ALL operator

B. The number of columns selected in each SELECT statement must be identical

C. The names of columns selected in each SELECT statement must be identical

D. The output is sorted by the UNION ALL operator

E. NULLS are not ignored during duplicate checking

Correct Answer: BE

Community vote distribution

BE (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

B & E is correct answer

upvoted 20 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  dotruonghan Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

BE is correct answer
upvoted 7 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

A - false
B - true
C - false
D - false
E - true

Sources:
Oracle Documentation: Database > Oracle > Oracle Database > Release 19 > SQL Language Reference > 9 SQL Queries and Subqueries > a) The
UNION [ALL], INTERSECT, MINUS Operators, b) Sorting Query Results
A The UNION ALL operator does not eliminate duplicate selected rows
B,C The corresponding expressions in the select lists of the component queries of a compound query must match in number and must be in the
same data type group (such as numeric or character).
D For compound queries containing set operators UNION, INTERSECT, MINUS, or UNION ALL, the ORDER BY clause must specify positions or
aliases rather than explicit expressions. Also, the ORDER BY clause can appear only in the last component query. The ORDER BY clause orders all
rows returned by the entire compound query.
upvoted 1 times

  babyjaan 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

B & E CORRECT ANSWER

upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

B,E is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

B - E is correct!
upvoted 1 times

  Oye 3 years, 1 month ago

B and E
upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

B and E guys.
upvoted 1 times
Question #62 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)? (Choose two.)

A. The ADR base defaults to $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin if neither DIAGNOSTIC_DEST nor ORACLE_BASE is set

B. The ADR base defaults to $ORACLE_HOME/dbs if the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter and the ORACLE_BASE environment variable are not

set

C. It supports diagnostics for Automatic Storage Management (ASM)

D. It supports diagnostics for Oracle Clusterware

E. It is held inside an Oracle database schema

Correct Answer: AE

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/install.112/e27508/admin.htm

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  elcaso34 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I think C D.

The database, Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), the listener, Oracle Clusterware, and other Oracle products or components
store all diagnostic data in the ADR.

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11260
upvoted 20 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Sharif1 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

yes elcaso34 is correct, options C and D are correct.

upvoted 11 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

A - false; default value for DIAGNOSTIC_DEST: If $ORACLE_BASE is not set, then derived from ORACLE_BASE as set by the Oracle Universal Installer.
If ORACLE_BASE is not set, then $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/log is used.
B - false; see answer A
C - true; Beginning with Oracle Database 11g and later releases, Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), and other Oracle Database
products or components store all diagnostic data in the ADR.
D - true; Review this content to understand clusterware-specific aspects of how Oracle Clusterware uses ADR.
E - false; data are not held inside an Oracle database schema

Sources:
A, B - Oracle documentation: 1.108 DIAGNOSTIC_DEST
C - Oracle documentation: 21.2 Definitions for Oracle Database ADRC
D - Oracle documentation: J Troubleshooting Oracle Clusterware
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct answers are: A, E

If this parameter is omitted or left null, then the database sets DIAGNOSTIC_DEST upon startup as follows:

If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is set, then DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to the directory designated by ORACLE_BASE.

If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is not set, then DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to ORACLE_HOME/log

Following the url indicated by the correct answer of exam topic. We understand this is the same for Oracle 19
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

By exclusion:
A and B are wrong because the default path is ORACLE_HOME/log for this case:
The ADR root directory is known as ADR base. Its location is set by the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter. If this parameter is omitted or
left null, the database sets DIAGNOSTIC_DEST upon startup as follows:
- If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is set, DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to the directory designated by ORACLE_BASE.
- If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is not set, DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to ORACLE_HOME/log.
E is wrong because:
The Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) is a directory structure that is stored outside of the database. It is therefore available for problem
diagnosis when the database is down.
ref.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/12.2/admin/managing-diagnostic-data.html#GUID-C78CCAD4-732B-4B14-9C6B-
D47AC2A99E30
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

answer is CD
upvoted 1 times

  mikimiki01 8 months, 2 weeks ago

answer is C and D
upvoted 1 times

  brolem 2 years, 3 months ago

A, B - Wrong: The ADR root directory is known as the ADR base. Its location is set by the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter. If this
parameter is omitted or left null, the database sets DIAGNOSTIC_DEST upon startup as follows: If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is set,
DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to SORACLE_BASE. If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is not set, DIAGNOSTIC_DEST is set to SORACLE_HOME/log.

C - Correct: For example, in an Oracle Real Application Clusters environment with Oracle ASM, each database instance, Oracle ASM instance, and
listener has an ADR home.

D - Correct: Oracle Clusterware uses ADR and has its own Oracle home and Oracle base.

E - Wrong: The Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) is a directory structure that is stored outside of the database. It is therefore available for
problem diagnosis when the database is down.

From <https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/diagnosing-and-resolving-problems.html#GUID-951A06EE-DDF7-
4C2A-B0BB-B24418BB2E33>
upvoted 5 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

The ADR root directory is known as the ADR base. Its location is set by the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter. If this parameter is omitted
or left null, the database sets DIAGNOSTIC_DEST upon startup as follows:

If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is set, DIAGNOSTIC_DEST iS set to SORACLE_BASE.

If environment variable ORACLE_BASE is not set, DIAGNOSTIC_DEST iS set to SORACLE_HOME/log.
upvoted 3 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

I think A D
upvoted 1 times
Question #63 Topic 1

You want to apply the principle of Least Privilege in all your live databases.

One of your requirements is to revoke unnecessary privileges from all users who have them using Privilege Analysis.

Which three types of analyses can be done using the DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE package? (Choose three.)

A. analysis of all privileges used by all users including administrative users in the database

B. analysis of all privileges used by all users but excluding administrative users in the database

C. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects that they did not use

D. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects that they did use

E. analysis of privileges granted directly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role

F. analysis of privileges granted indirectly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role

Correct Answer: ACF

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ARPLS/d_priv_prof.htm#ARPLS74328

Community vote distribution

BEF (50%) CDF (50%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

i would say B, E , F are correct!

upvoted 19 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Yema 2 years, 10 months ago

I agree also

http://dbaparadise.com/2019/02/7-steps-to-setup-privilege-analysis/
upvoted 1 times

  Fw1z 2 years, 6 months ago

b is wrong only SYS!!!!!!
upvoted 2 times

  guretto Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

SYS, SYSTEM, SYSBACKUP, SYSDG, SYSKM, SYSRAC, SYSMAN, and DBSNMP are administrative users as reported in 19c Database Administrator’s
Guide, Par. 7.5 (Predefined User Accounts):
Furthermore (19c Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
given that DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE.CREATE_CAPTURE "Analyzes all privilege use, except privileges used by the SYS user.", it follows that A
cannot be right since SYS is included in "administrative users"
The DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE works on database, role and context level. Therefore B is right and C, D are not.
E, F are right as "When using role-based analysis for the CREATE_CAPTURE procedure, privilege use is analyzed even if the privilege is indirectly
granted to the specified role."
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BEF

https://www.databasejournal.com/oracle/oracle-database-12c-new-privilege-management-features/
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CDF

Provided answer are wrong.

C, D, and F the correct answer, everything described here:

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/arpls/DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE.html
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

A says: " including administrative users". The definition of administrative users is here: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMQS/GUID-
CF1CD853-AF15-41EC-BC80-61918C73FDB5.htm#ADMQS12003

So as SYS is excluded from the analysis, I can say A is wrong.

upvoted 1 times

  XhostSI 1 year, 11 months ago

A. An undo segment may be used by multiple transactions simultaneously - True
B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment - True (undo segment act as a
circular buffer)
C. Undo segments have a minimum of three extents - False (each segment has a minimum of two extents)
D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment - True (Undo tablespace are locally managed with auto
extent allocation )
E. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously - False
F. Undo segments must be stored in a BIGFILE tablespace - False
G. Undo segments must be stored in a SMALLFILE tablespace - False (DBCA automatically creates a smallfile undo tablespece, but it can be
configured as bigfile table space as well)
So correct answers are: A, B, D
upvoted 1 times

  hadiwuu 8 months ago

HOLD UP!
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

A - E - F CORRECT!!!!

A - Right - We can analyze the administrative user, the oracle just excludes the SYS user
B - Wrong, oracle does not delete administrative user, like question A, only SYS user
C - Wrong - We cannot analyze the permission of the scheme itself
D - Wrong - We cannot analyze the privilege of our schema
E - Right - we can analyze the permission that was given directly.
F - Right - we can analyze the permission that was given indirectly.
upvoted 4 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

sorry BEF is definitely correct
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

the correct answer is AEF
upvoted 2 times

  nobody347 2 years, 6 months ago

Anybody have answer for this question after exam?
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

we can analyze all users except SYS, i dunno but answer B saying all users except administrative Users!

You cannot analyze the privileges of the SYS user.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/dbseg/performing-privilege-analysis-find-privilege-use.html#GUID-AD683DDB-
D345-4702-B1F4-37B79F276B66
upvoted 3 times

  KtNow 3 years ago

administrative users - SYS, SYSTEM.
DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE Analyzes all privilege use, except privileges used by the SYS (ONLY SYS!!!!!)
DEF sounds right
upvoted 3 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

You are wrong bout the user SYSTEM, we can't analyze only the user SYS

SQL> BEGIN
DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE.CREATE_CAPTURE(
name =>
'validando_permissao',
description => 'Analyzes system
privilege use',
type =>
DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE.G_CONTEXT,
condition =>
'SYS_CONTEXT(''USERENV'',
''SESSION_USER'')=''system''');
END;
/ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.

upvoted 1 times

  leozanon94 2 years, 4 months ago

DEF sounds right also for me.

A and B: are false for administrative users.

C: is false cause this procedure doesn't analyze privileges not used.
D: is true cause you can set the type as G_DATABASE --> : "Captures all privilege use in the database, except privileges used by the SYS user."
So including privileges in own schema.
E and F are true cause it analyzes privileges directly and indirectly
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/arpls/DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE.html#GUID-8E855D12-AF7B-4995-878B-
B954FA92FF08
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

C, D are wrong!
Privileges in own Schema can not be analyzed!
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

DEF - i think
Database privilege analysis enables you to create a policy that records the usage of system and object privileges that have been granted to users.
You then can determine the privileges that your users are using and not using. From there, you can revoke any unused privileges, thereby reducing
the number of excess privilege grants for users.
C- you can analize only used privileges, but then determine the unsued privileges
F - When using role-based analysis for the CREATE_CAPTURE procedure, privilege use is analyzed even if the privilege is indirectly granted to the
specified role.
upvoted 2 times

  Sharif1 3 years, 5 months ago

The option B seems to be more close. The answer is given in the same link.
Analyzes all privilege use, except privileges used by the SYS user.
So the options which are correct seems to be B C F.
upvoted 2 times
Question #64 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about undo segments and the use of undo by transactions in an Oracle database instance? (Choose three.)

A. An undo segment may be used by multiple transactions simultaneously

B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extend of the undo segment

C. Undo segments have a minimum of three extents

D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment

E. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously

F. Undo segments must be stored in a BIGFILE tablespace

G. Undo segments must be stored in a SMALLFILE tablespace

Correct Answer: ADG

Community vote distribution

ABD (75%) ADE (25%)

  adoptc94 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

F and G are both false!

While the default is smallfile you can also create a bigfile undo tablespace which means both smallfile and bigfile are possible for undo tablespaces

E is also false as each transaction is assigned to only one undo segment, but an undo segment can service more than one transaction at a time ->
A is right

Which leaves us with B,C,D as possible answers.

B and D are true -> taken from the Oracle Administrator Workshop Studyguide: Transactions and Undo Data (14 - 5): If an extent fills up and more
space is needed, the transaction acquires that space from the next extent in the segment. After all extents have been consumed, the transaction
either wraps around back into the first extent or requests a new extent to be allocated to the undo segment (supporting answers B and D)

The right answers for this question are: A,B,D

I would also say that C is false as I am pretty sure that UNDO segments have a minimum of 2 extents (and not 3 extents) to support the circular use
of undo segments and this can be achieved by a minimum of 2 extents
upvoted 17 times

  tlcecertified 3 years, 2 months ago

C is correct, in 19c, any simple transaction (e.g. updating only 1 field of 1 record) would generate 3 extents, you can observe the number of
extent_id in dba_undo_extents view to justify this.

my test script

set transaction name 'testforanswerc';

update dual set dummy = 'y';

select
r.name "RBS name",
t.used_ublk "Undo blocks",
t.used_urec "Undo recs"
from
v$session s,
v$transaction t,
v$rollname r
where
t.addr = s.taddr
and
r.usn = t.xidusn;

SELECT SEGMENT_NAME, EXTENT_ID FROM DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS WHERE SEGMENT_NAME='<what you found from above r.name column>'
rollback;
upvoted 2 times

  ogdru 2 years, 10 months ago

SQL> create undo tablespace undotbs02;

Tablespace created.

SQL> select distinct tablespace_name, extent_id from dba_undo_extents order by 1,2;

TABLESPACE_NAME EXTENT_ID
------------------------------ ----------
UNDOTBS02 0
UNDOTBS02 1
upvoted 4 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

I think it should be A D G
upvoted 5 times

  nautil2 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

A - true; query SELECT addr,xidusn,start_time FROM v$transaction ORDER BY xidusn; can return multiple ADDR (address of the transaction state
object) for a single XIDUSN (undo segment number)
B - true; when an extent (within a segment) is filled up, a transaction either wraps around back into the first extent, or requests a new extent to be
allocated
C - false; an undo segment can be formed of a single (one) extent. One extent is the total minimum.
D - true; see answer B
E - false; when a transaction starts, it is assigned to only one undo segment
F - false; a command CREATE SMALLFILE UNFO TABLESPACE tablespace_name; is valid
G - false; a command CREATE BIGFILE UNFO TABLESPACE tablespace_name; is valid

Sources:
F, G - Oracle Database 19c Documentation: SQL Language Reference > 15 SQL Statements: CREATE SEQUENCE to DROP CLUSTER > CREATE
TABLESPACE
upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

A. An undo segment may be used by multiple transactions simultaneously

Correct - "Multiple active transactions can write concurrently to the same undo segment or to different segments."

B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extend of the undo segment
Correct - If the 1st extent is full then the next extent will be used and overwritten if it contains unactive undo.

C. Undo segments have a minimum of three extents

Wrong - No documentation about minimum number of extents.

D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment
Correct, AUTOEXTEND Option with Automatic UNDO management allows extension of UNDO.

E. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously

Wrong - Documentation says a transaction may use multiple extents simultaneosly not segments.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html#GUID-BB42D7D8-2C93-4F5B-B0C1-
6361AEEF4B37

F. Undo segments must be stored in a BIGFILE tablespace

G. Undo segments must be stored in a SMALLFILE tablespace
Wrong - Can be either Bigfile or Smallfile, smallfile is the default.

A B D are correct I think

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADE

A. An undo segment may be used by multiple transactions simultaneously --> True

B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extend of the undo segment. --> False, an undo that
represents active transactions will not be overwritten by a wrap. Of course it will after the transition finished and undo retention timeout expired.
C. Undo segments have a minimum of three extents. --> False, There is no link about that, probably is false. For people trying to demonstrate by
SQL plus, I recommend to simulate a case when only 1 or 2 segment are free for extension... I'm sure oracle will extend the necessary and put data
safe.
D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment. --> True
E. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously. -->True
F. Undo segments must be stored in a BIGFILE tablespace. --> clearly False
G. Undo segments must be stored in a SMALLFILE tablespace. --> Clearly False
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ABD

ABD is correct
upvoted 1 times

  XhostSI 1 year, 11 months ago

  Schmeili 3 years, 4 months ago

seems to be A, D, G

A because of:
Multiple active transactions can write concurrently to the same undo segment or to different segments. For example, transactions T1 and T2 can
both write to undo segment U1, or T1 can write to U1 while T2 writes to undo segment U2.
upvoted 3 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

Correct Answer: CDG
Wrong Answer: ABEF
I could not complete verify C, but in my DB it seems to be the default size on creation, i have not tried to minimize them

UNDO segments are used in a circular fashion. If there are ten UNDO segments, the first transaction uses the first UNDO segment, the second
transaction uses the second UNDO segment, and the eleventh transaction circles back to the first UNDO segment. Once a transaction starts in an
UNDO segment, it must finish in that segment.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

are you really sure that C is correct!!!!???

look below

SQL> select segment_name,count(EXTENT_ID) from dba_undo_extents group by segment_name;

SEGMENT_NAME COUNT(EXTENT_ID)
------------------------------ ----------------
_SYSSMU11_3443795589$ 24
_SYSSMU6_1437887270$ 22
_SYSSMU135_1421094332$ 2
_SYSSMU161_3597468454$ 2
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

you are right C is wrong
A is the correct one
https://coggle.it/diagram/WuHx64lXs-uDQScg/t/managing-undo-data
https://www.coursehero.com/file/p5uvnu8/10-6-Transactions-and-Undo-Data-Each-transaction-is-assigned-to-only-one-undo/
it's hidden in the course material
So i also go with ADG
upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

G is wrong
you can ether Changing the Datafiles for an Undo Tablespace to a Fixed Size in 12c

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMQS/GUID-D42E755D-4B5E-48E5-8D73-8356907DD86C.htm#ADMQS12465
upvoted 1 times
Question #65 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about Enterprise Manager Database Express? (Choose two.)

A. It is available only when the database is open

B. It can be used to perform database recovery

C. The same port number can be used for Database Express configurations for databases on different hosts

D. It can be used to switch a database into ARCHIVELOGMODE

E. The same port number can be used for multiple Database Express configurations for multiple databases on the same host

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  dbaclaudio Highly Voted  3 years ago

Correct Answers:
A and C
A - Correct -> to startup the enterprise manager database express, the database have to be in open state
B - Incorrect -> to perform a full recovery, the database has to be in mount state, and EM express not work if database is not in open state
C - Correct -> since they are in different hosts, you can use the same port for then (default 5500)
D - Incorrect -> to switch a database to ARCHIVELOGMODE the database need to be in mount state (like B answer)
E - Incorrect -> the same port cannot be used in the same time for different services in the same host (here a basic of tcp/ip protocol)
If need more reference:
EM Express (Chapter 3.3)
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admqs/2-day-dba.pdf

ARCHIVELOGMODE (Chapter 12.3.2)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/database-administrators-guide.pdf
upvoted 12 times

  avanand Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

Whats wrong with A and C.

And if A is correct how can D be correct?

upvoted 8 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

The correct answers are A and C
upvoted 9 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

A, B are correct!

EM Express is available only when the database is open. This means that EM Express cannot be used to start up the database. Other operations that
require that the database change state, such as enable or disable ARCHIVELOG mode, are also not available in EM Express.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

Sorry, A and C are corrects, because Database Recovery requires sometimes changing the DB state
upvoted 13 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

A E https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/manageability/emx-intro-1965965.html
upvoted 1 times

  elcaso34 3 years, 7 months ago

OEM Database Express is designed to manage only one database, and is intended for
database administrators. When you invoke Database Express, you will be prompted for a
username and password to connect to the database. You should provide a user account that
has administrative privileges.
upvoted 1 times
  ama 3 years, 6 months ago
E is wrong…

Use the PL/SQL procedure DBMS_XDB_CONFIG.SETHTTPSPORT to set the HTTPS port for EM Express for the database to a port that is not in
use. This will update the HTTPS port in the xdbconfig.xml file in the Oracle XML DB Repository. You must connect as SYS / AS SYSDBA to run the
procedure.

so you Need to use a port that is not in use

upvoted 1 times
Question #66 Topic 1

Table EMPLOYEES contains columns including EMPLOYEE_ID, JOB_ID and SALARY.

Only the EMPLOYEE_ID column is indexed.

Rows exist for employees 100 and 200.

Examine this statement:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. Employee 100 will have SALARY set to the same value as the SALARY of employee 200

B. Employee 200 will have JOB_ID set to the same value as the JOB_ID of employee 100

C. Employee 200 will have SALARY set to the same value as the SALARY of employee 100

D. Employee 100 will have JOB_ID set to the same value as the JOB_ID of employee 200

E. Employees 100 and 200 will have the same JOB_ID as before the update command

F. Employees 100 and 200 will have the same SALARY as before the update command

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AD (100%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

A D the correct options

upvoted 28 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

A & D is correct
upvoted 13 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

Provided answer are wrong.

The base! :-) Part IV
upvoted 1 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

AD are correct
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

AD, Employee 100 will have Employee 200 data ...
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: AD

A D the correct!
upvoted 1 times
Question #67 Topic 1

Which two are true about a SQL statement using SET operators such as UNION? (Choose two.)

A. The data type group of each column returned by the second query must match the data type of the corresponding column returned by the

first query.

B. The number, but not names, of columns must be identical for all SELECT statements in the query.

C. The data type of each column returned by the second query must exactly match the data type of the corresponding column returned by the

first query.

D. The names and number of columns must be identical for all SELECT statements in the query.

E. The data type of each column returned by the second query must be implicitly convertible to the data type of the corresponding column

returned by the first query.

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

A B are the correct options

upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

reference https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html#GUID-
B64FE747-586E-4513-945F-80CB197125EE
upvoted 1 times

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I would also say A and B - "...Tables must have the same number of columns presented in the same order. In addition, the data type of the
corresponding column must be in the same data type group such as number or character..."
upvoted 6 times

  Hell3n Most Recent  4 months, 1 week ago

why not E?
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 2 weeks ago

I think B, C
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

I was confused with C and A since A. mentions "data type group".
i can confirm that a CHAR can be matched with VARCHAR2.
ans is A B
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

A and B are correct

upvoted 2 times

  fthusa 7 months, 3 weeks ago

AB correct
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AB

A , B is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  avanand 3 years, 4 months ago

A and B are correct.
For SET operator, Data type group should be matched.
For example, a NUMBER column in first query can be UNIONed with INTERGER column in second query.
upvoted 3 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

C & E is correct answer
upvoted 1 times
Question #68 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about time zones, date data types, and timestamp data types in an Oracle database? (Choose three.)

A. The CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function returns data without time zone information

B. A TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIMEZONE data type column is stored in the database using the time zone of the session that inserted the row

C. A TIMESTAMP data type column contains information about year, month, and day

D. The DBTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)

E. The SESSIONTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

BDE (100%)

  SimoneF Highly Voted  3 years ago

C D E:
"TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE is another variant of TIMESTAMP that is sensitive to time zone information. It differs from TIMESTAMP WITH
TIME ZONE in that data stored in the database is normalized to the database time zone, and the time zone information is not stored as part of the
column data. When a user retrieves the data, Oracle returns it in the user's local session time zone."

So, the data is stored with the DB Timezone, even if it's retrieved with the session timezone.
A is clearly wrong by example, so the rest are true. With D and E we can also have an easy sample, while for C, which is apparently the most
ambiguous, I agree with whom was saying that the TIMESTAMP data type contains indeed informations about day, month and year, and in the
answer is never stated that they are the only ones present. So as it's put, it's definitely right.

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NLSPG/ch4datetime.htm#GUID-CD2954CE-45E2-4938-A599-CCB96879510F
upvoted 9 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BDE

Provided answers are wrong, by exclusion:

A. The CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function returns data without time zone information -->False, it is returned.
B. A TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIMEZONE data type column is stored in the database using the time zone of the session that inserted the row
C. A TIMESTAMP data type column contains information about year, month, and day --> False, incomplete sentence.
D. The DBTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)
E. The SESSIONTIMEZONE function can return an offset from Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)
upvoted 1 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

C is wrong. The TIMESTAMP datatype is an extension of the DATE datatype. It stores a year, month, day, hour, minute, and second values. It also
stores fractional seconds, which are not stored by the DATE datatype.
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch4datetime.htm#:~:text=The%20TIMESTAMP%20datatype%20is%20an,stored%20by%2
0the%20DATE%20datatype.
upvoted 1 times

  MCzombie 3 years ago

(CDE) IAM SURE!!
upvoted 3 times

  heaaa 3 years, 1 month ago

B IS wrong.
TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE Data Type
TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE is another variant of TIMESTAMP. It differs from TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE as follows: data stored in the
database is normalized to the database time zone, and the time zone offset is not stored as part of the column data.
so session time zone must transform .
upvoted 2 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

B, is only right if you supply the offset . Here is the test . Still B ? any thoughts?

alter session set time_zone='-7:00';

SQL> desc test3
Name Null? Type
----------------------------------------- -------- ----------------------------
ID NUMBER
TIMES1 TIMESTAMP(6) WITH LOCAL TIME
ZONE

insert into test3 values (8, TIMESTAMP '2020-07-01 2:00:00 -8:00');

insert into test3 values (9,TIMESTAMP '2020-07-01 2:00:00');

SQL> select id,times1 from test3 where id in (8,9);

ID
----------
TIMES1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
01-JUL-20 03.00.00.000000 AM

9
01-JUL-20 02.00.00.000000 AM
upvoted 2 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

B - ... column is stored in the database ***using*** the time zone ...
in the first insert you are overwriting the offset
the second insert uses your session offset
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

i still believe B, D, E are correct..

C is wrong because The TIMESTAMP data type allows you to store date and time data including year, month, day, hour, minute and second.
upvoted 4 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I don't see any issue with answer C!
While it does also store hour, minute and seconds the answer doesn't state that it ONLY stores year, month and day - it does contain it which is
true.

I'd go with C,D,E

upvoted 8 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

You cannot exclude B, sentence C is incomplete, so it's false.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

D is correct > SQL> select DBTIMEZONE from dual;

DBTIME
------
+01:00
upvoted 2 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

Correct Answer: BCD
Wrong Answer: AE

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NLSPG/ch4datetime.htm#NLSPG004

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
Returns the current date and time in the session time zone as a TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE value

select CURRENT_TIMESTAMP from dual;

-- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
-- 28-JUL-20 09.56.37.618148000 AM AMERICA/LOS_ANGELES

DBTIMEZONE
Returns the value of the database time zone. The value is a time zone offset or a time zone region name

SESSIONTIMEZONE
Returns the value of the current session's time zone
SELECT sessiontimezone FROM DUAL;
-- SESSIONTIMEZONE
-- America/Los_Angeles

B is driving me crazy, but AE are wrong, so ...

upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

also agree BCD
E returns the timezone name NOT the offset.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

but in one of my database the sessiontimezone Returns this:

SQL> select SESSIONTIMEZONE from dual;

SYSTIMESTAMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
01.07.20 11:49:00,748290 +02:00
upvoted 2 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

A is wrong It's local_timezone

B is wrong, it depend of the function used to insert

C is not "only" it can contain more information. => true

D true see documentation.

SESSIONTIMEZONE returns the time zone of the current session. The return type is a time zone offset (a character type in the format
'[+|-]TZH:TZM') or a time zone region name, depending on how the user specified the session time zone value in the most recent ALTER
SESSION statement.

E true see documentation

DBTIMEZONE returns the value of the database time zone. The return type is a time zone offset (a character type in the format
'[+|-]TZH:TZM') or a time zone region name, depending on how the user specified the database time zone value in the most recent CREATE
DATABASE or ALTER DATABASE statement.

SO C,D,E
upvoted 2 times
Question #69 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about inner and outer joins? (Choose three.)

A. A full outer join returns matched and unmatched rows

B. An inner join returns matched rows

C. Outer joins can only be used between two tables per query

D. A full outer join must use Oracle syntax

E. Outer joins can be used when there are multiple join conditions on two tables

F. A left or right outer join returns only unmatched rows

Correct Answer: ABE

Community vote distribution

ABE (100%)

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

I think A B E
upvoted 18 times

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 2 months ago

i think A, B, E is the correct answer

E. Outer joins can be used when there are multiple join conditions on two tables
can be like following query :
- select * from table a left join table1 b on a.col1 = b.col1 and a.col2=b.col2;
upvoted 6 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ABE

The three statements that are true about inner and outer joins are:

A. A full outer join returns matched and unmatched rows.

B. An inner join returns matched rows.
E. Outer joins can be used when there are multiple join conditions on two tables.
The other statements are false:

C. Outer joins can only be used between two tables per query. Outer joins can be used between any number of tables per query.
D. A full outer join must use Oracle syntax. Full outer joins can be implemented in any SQL database, not just Oracle.
F. A left or right outer join returns only unmatched rows. A left or right outer join returns all rows from the left or right table, respectively, even if
there are no matching rows in the other table.
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

A, B , E is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  ryuah 2 years ago

A,B,E is correct
upvoted 2 times

  krontar 2 years, 3 months ago

ABE

F is wrong. To be true It should be "FULL outer join".

Left outer (only rows from the left table)
Right outer (only rows from the right table)
upvoted 1 times

  krontar 2 years, 3 months ago

F. A left or right outer join returns only unmatched rows
To be TRUE it should be
"F. A left or right outer join returns only unmatched rows FOR THE JOINED TABLE"
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

A B E, no doubts for me here.
upvoted 5 times

  escoletsgo1 3 years, 4 months ago

F is wrong guys. How can a left or right join 'ONLY" return unmatched rows?
ABE is the answer.
upvoted 4 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

A,B, F
upvoted 1 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

Why F? i think E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

because F : LEFT JOIN returns only unmatched rows from the left table. RIGHT JOIN returns only unmatched rows from the right table.

https://mode.com/sql-tutorial/sql-outer-joins/
upvoted 2 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

F is wrong!! A left join returns all rows from the left table and rows from the right table where the join condition is met! Left or Right Joins
DO NOT return only unmatched rows!
So if we have table1 (left table) and table2 (right table): The left join would return all records from table1 and only those records from
table2 that intersect with table1.

I would go with answers: A,B,E

upvoted 6 times

  Yema 2 years, 10 months ago

ama is correct. I read his reference.

There are a few types of outer joins:

LEFT JOIN returns only unmatched rows from the left table.
RIGHT JOIN returns only unmatched rows from the right table.
FULL OUTER JOIN returns unmatched rows from both tables.
upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

F is wrong
it's not "ONLY"
- Right Outer Join returns all the rows from the table on the right and columns of the table on the left is null padded.

- Left Outer Join returns all the rows from the table on the left and columns of the table on the right is null padded.

https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/difference-between-left-right-and-full-outer-join/
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

A & B & F is correct answer
upvoted 4 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

F is wrong
it's not "ONLY"
- Right Outer Join returns all the rows from the table on the right and columns of the table on the left is null padded.

- Left Outer Join returns all the rows from the table on the left and columns of the table on the right is null padded.

https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/difference-between-left-right-and-full-outer-join/
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

The left outer join returns a resultset table with the matched data from the two tables and then the remaining rows of the left table and null
from the right table's columns.
upvoted 1 times
Question #70 Topic 1

Examine this description of the TRANSACTIONS table:

Which two SQL statements execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT customer_id AS ‫ג‬€CUSTOMER-ID‫ג‬€, transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 ‫ג‬€DUES‫ג‬€ FROM transactions;

B. SELECT customer_id AS ‫ג‬€CUSTOMER-ID‫ג‬€, transaction_date AS ‫ג‬€DATE‫ג‬€, amount + 100 DUES FROM transactions;

C. SELECT customer_id AS CUSTOMER-ID, transaction_date AS TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 ‫ג‬€DUES AMOUNT‫ג‬€ FROM transactions;

D. SELECT customer_id CUSTID, transaction_date TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 DUES FROM transactions;

E. SELECT customer_id AS 'CUSTOMER-ID', transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 'DUES AMOUNT' FROM transactions;

Correct Answer: BD

  zouve 5 months, 1 week ago

A. SELECT customer_id AS "CUSTOMER-ID", transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 "DUES" FROM transactions;
B. SELECT customer_id AS "CUSTOMER-ID", transaction_date AS "DATE", amount + 100 DUES FROM transactions;
C. SELECT customer_id AS CUSTOMER-ID, transaction_date AS TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 "DUES AMOUNT" FROM transactions;
D. SELECT customer_id CUSTID, transaction_date TRANS_DATE, amount + 100 DUES FROM transactions;
E. SELECT customer_id AS ‘CUSTOMER-ID’, transaction_date AS DATE, amount + 100 ‘DUES AMOUNT’ FROM transactions;
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months ago

Yes BD is okay
upvoted 1 times

  Givin 1 year, 2 months ago

BD - Correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #71 Topic 1

The CUSTOMERS table has a CUST_CREDIT_LIMIT column of data type NUMBER.

Which two queries execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;

B. SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;

C. SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

D. SELECT TO_CHAR(NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available')) FROM customers;

E. SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit, TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

A) SELECT NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;

B) SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available') FROM customers;
C) SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;
D) SELECT TO_CHAR(NVL(cust_credit_limit * .15, 'Not Available')) FROM customers;
E) SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit, TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

Correct C & E.
upvoted 16 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

YES C & E
upvoted 3 times

  Ekos 3 years, 2 months ago

correct, C & E
upvoted 3 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CE

C. SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

This query will return the value of the cust_credit_limit column multiplied by 0.15, converted to a character value, if the cust_credit_limit column is
not null. Otherwise, it will return the string 'Not Available'.

E. SELECT NVL2(cust_credit_limit, TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), 'Not Available') FROM customers;

This query will return the value of the cust_credit_limit column if it is not null. Otherwise, it will return the value of the expression
TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15), converted to a character value. If the expression TO_CHAR(cust_credit_limit * .15) is null, the NVL2() function will
return the string 'Not Available'.
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

I don't know why not A ?
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Implicit cast is never easy to understand on fly, so oracle (and many others) recommend to try to avoid them.
upvoted 1 times

  XhostSI 1 year, 10 months ago

Adopted to HR Schema:
SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(commission_pct * .15), 'Not Available') FROM employees;
SELECT NVL2(commission_pct, TO_CHAR(commission_pct * .15), 'Not Available') FROM employees;
Correct answers: C, E
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

C , D are corrects!
upvoted 1 times

  amorimleandro 3 years, 6 months ago

Nope, C, E are correct. You cannot convert all the function NVL in D, because its result is an error. But, in E, we have a similar situation as in C.
upvoted 2 times

  LrnsTgh 2 years, 4 months ago

D has no different with A. they aren't correct.
upvoted 1 times
Question #72 Topic 1

Which statement is true about aggregate functions?

A. Aggregate functions can be nested to any number of levels

B. The AVG function implicitly converts NULLS to zero

C. Aggregate functions can be used in any clause of a SELECT statement

D. The MAX and MIN functions can be used on columns with character data types

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

D is correct
upvoted 19 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The only statement that is true about aggregate functions is:

D. The MAX and MIN functions can be used on columns with character data types

The other statements are false:

A. Aggregate functions can be nested to any number of levels - Aggregate functions can be nested to a maximum depth of 15 levels.
B. The AVG function implicitly converts NULLS to zero - The AVG function ignores NULLS when calculating the average.
C. Aggregate functions can be used in any clause of a SELECT statement - Aggregate functions can only be used in the SELECT clause and the
GROUP BY clause of a SELECT statement.
Aggregate functions are functions that perform calculations on groups of rows. Some common aggregate functions include COUNT(), SUM(),
AVG(), MAX(), and MIN().

Aggregate functions can be used to calculate a variety of statistics, such as the total number of rows in a table, the average value of a column, or
the highest value in a column.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answer is D It is true that MAX and MIN can be used with character data types.
B is incorrect because AVG ignores NULL values
C is incorrect because aggregate functions cannot be used in any clause of the select. That is, they are used with SELECT statements that select
many rows, scan a set of rows, and return a single response for all of them.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

d is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Lingy 1 year, 1 month ago

A is wrong.
Aggregates are not allowed on an outer query.
D is correct
MAX is allowed only on expressions that evaluate to built-in data types (including CHAR, VARCHAR, DATE, TIME, CHAR FOR BIT DATA, etc.).
https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.6.2.1/ref/rrefsqlj27781.html#:~:text=MAX%20is%20an%20aggregate%20function,BIT%20DATA%2C%20etc.).
https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.6.2.1/ref/rrefsqlj33923.html#rrefsqlj33923
upvoted 2 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

D is correct. Max level aggregate functions is 2.
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

A is wrong. I think the correct is D
upvoted 2 times
Question #73 Topic 1

Your database instance was shut down normally and then started in NOMOUNT state. You then execute this command:

ALTER DATABASE MOUNT;

Which two actions are performed? (Choose two.)

A. The online redo logs are opened

B. The online data files are opened

C. The alert log records the execution details

D. The Oracle background processes are started

E. The initialization parameter file is read

F. The control file is read

Correct Answer: DF

Community vote distribution

CF (100%)

  baeji Highly Voted  3 years ago

A. The online redo logs are opened - OPEN

B. The online data files are opened - OPEN
C. The alert log records the execution details - MOUNT
D. The Oracle background processes are started - NOMOUNT
E. The initialization parameter file is read - NOMOUNT
F. The control file is read - MOUNT
upvoted 18 times

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

E and D are during NOMOUNT stage, A and B are during OPEN stage, so correct answer should be C and F.
upvoted 15 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

i agree with CF
http://facedba.blogspot.com/2014/07/oracle-database-startup-stages-and.html
upvoted 7 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree with CF
upvoted 2 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CF

When you execute the ALTER DATABASE MOUNT command, the following two actions are performed:

The control file is read. The control file contains information about the database, including the names and locations of the data files and redo log
files.
The online data files are opened. The online data files contain the data for the database.
The other actions are not performed when you execute the ALTER DATABASE MOUNT command:

The online redo logs are opened. The online redo logs are used to record changes to the database. They are not opened until you execute the
ALTER DATABASE OPEN command.
The Oracle background processes are started. The Oracle background processes are responsible for managing the database. They are started when
you execute the STARTUP command.
The initialization parameter file is read. The initialization parameter file contains configuration parameters for the database. It is read when you start
the Oracle instance.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree C and F
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: CF

CF is correct
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

Initialization parameters are read and Oracle background processes are started in NOMOUNT mode.
The control file is read , alert log records the execution details along with trace files starts in MOUNT mode because the control file is read at this
stage.
Redo logs and datafiles are opened after OPEN mode.
E,D 100%
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

I mean CF lol
upvoted 1 times
Question #74 Topic 1

Which two are true about shrinking a segment online? (Choose two.)

A. It is not possible to shrink either indexes or Index Organized Tables (IOTs)

B. It always eliminates all migrated rows if any exist in the table

C. To shrink a table it must have a PRIMARY KEY constraint

D. To shrink a table it must have a UNIQUE KEY constraint

E. To shrink a table it must have row movement enabled

F. It must be in a tablespace that uses Automatic Segment Space Management (ASSM)

Correct Answer: CE

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_3001.htm

Community vote distribution

EF (100%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

E & F is correct one

upvoted 20 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

i agree
upvoted 5 times

  leozanon94 2 years, 7 months ago

i agree, but during exam what did you chose?
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree E & F is the correct answer
upvoted 4 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: EF

The two statements that are true about shrinking a segment online are:

E. To shrink a table it must have row movement enabled

F. It must be in a tablespace that uses Automatic Segment Space Management (ASSM)

The other statements are false:

A. It is not possible to shrink either indexes or Index Organized Tables (IOTs) - It is possible to shrink indexes and IOTs, but it is more complex than
shrinking a table.
B. It always eliminates all migrated rows if any exist in the table - Shrinking a segment does not always eliminate all migrated rows. Only migrated
rows that are no longer referenced by any other rows will be eliminated.
C. To shrink a table it must have a PRIMARY KEY constraint - It is not necessary for a table to have a PRIMARY KEY constraint to be shrunk.
D. To shrink a table it must have a UNIQUE KEY constraint - It is not necessary for a table to have a UNIQUE KEY constraint to be shrunk.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree E,F
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: EF

E and F correct for me.

upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: EF

EF is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #75 Topic 1

Examine these commands:

Which two statements are true about the sqlldr execution? (Choose two.)

A. It overwrites data in EMP with data in EMP.DAT

B. It uses the database buffer cache to load data

C. It generates a log that contains control file entries, which can be used with normal SQL*Loader operations

D. It generates a sql script that it uses to load data from EMP.DAT to EMP

E. It appends data from EMP.DAT to EMP

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C & E are correct - ..."SQL*Loader express mode generates a log file that includes a SQL*Loader control file. The log file also contains SQL scripts
for creating the external table and performing the load using a SQL INSERT AS SELECT statement. Neither the control file nor the SQL scripts are
used by SQL*Loader express mode. They are made available to you in case you want to use them as a starting point to perform operations using
regular SQL*Loader or standalone external tables; the control file is for use with SQL*Loader, whereas the SQL scripts are for use with standalone
external tables operations."
upvoted 28 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 3 times

  Oracle2020 Most Recent  4 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree C,E
why examtopic answers wrong?
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CE

C and E are correct, wrong are:

A. SQL*Loader doesn't overwrite existing data in a table unless specified with the REPLACE option in the control file.

B. SQL*Loader uses direct path load method that bypasses the buffer cache and writes data blocks directly into the data files.

D. SQL*Loader doesn't generate a SQL script that it uses to load data. The loading operation is controlled by a control file, which is a text file that
contains data loading instructions.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CE

C & E are correct

upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

CD is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Datajimm 1 year, 10 months ago

D is not correct.
It is true, that is generates a script, but "Neither the control file nor the SQL scripts are used by SQL*Loader express mode." while answer D
states "...that it uses to load data..."

Source: https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-sql-loader-express-mode.html#GUID-0F35B551-861B-
450D-8BF3-2312893A67D7
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

This is tricky Question, as the Oracle documentation states:
A conventional Path insert takes the data in the source file and constructs Basic insert Statements using the individual source data as bind variables,
These Statements are then then run against the table and data is inserted, the data is read into the Buffer Cache.
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

D & E is correct answer
upvoted 2 times
Question #76 Topic 1

A script abc.sql must be executed to perform a job.

A database user HR, who is defined in this database, executes this command:

$ sqlplus hr/hr@orcl @abc.sql

What will happen upon execution?

A. The command succeeds and HR will be connected to the orcl and abc.sql databases

B. The command succeeds and HR will be connected to the orcl database instance, and the abc.sql script will be executed

C. The command fails because the script must refer to the full path name

D. The command fails and reports an error because @ is used twice

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (80%) C (20%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B looks OK the answer?

upvoted 15 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, i agree
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

yes B is correct
upvoted 7 times

  Lalala8 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

The correct answer is B. The command succeeds and HR will be connected to the orcl database instance, and the abc.sql script will be executed.

The sqlplus command is used to connect to an Oracle database and execute SQL statements. The @ symbol is used to specify a script file to be
executed.

In the command $ sqlplus hr/hr@orcl @abc.sql, the user HR is connecting to the orcl database instance and specifying the abc.sql script to be
executed.

The command will succeed and HR will be connected to the orcl database instance and the abc.sql script will be executed.
upvoted 1 times

  doyinbare 4 months, 1 week ago

B is correct. I tried it in my personal environment and it worked. What happens is that the hr user connects to the orcl instance and then executes
the sql script successfully.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answer is B, this time I agree with the one indicated.
upvoted 1 times

  Oracle2020 4 months, 3 weeks ago

la respuesta correcta es la B, esta vez coincido con la indicada.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

C is correct. orcl is a host not database instance
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

You are wrong!!!!
upvoted 2 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

Yeah, on this case you're wrong
upvoted 1 times
Question #77 Topic 1

Which three statements are true regarding indexes? (Choose three.)

A. A UNIQUE index can be altered to be non-unique

B. A SELECT statement can access one or more indices without accessing any tables

C. A table belonging to one user can have an index that belongs to a different user

D. An update to a table can result in updates to any or all of the table's indexes

E. When a table is dropped and is moved to the RECYCLE BIN, all indexes built on that table are permanently dropped

F. An update to a table can result in no updates to any of the table's indexes

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

BDF (75%) BCF (25%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

B, C, F
upvoted 11 times

  Phat 2 years, 11 months ago

I would select BCF
upvoted 2 times

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

so in my opinion , B & C & D are correct!

upvoted 7 times

  MCzombie 3 years ago

agreed!
upvoted 2 times

  zouve Most Recent  5 months ago

Selected Answer: BDF

regarding C the owner of the table must grant the INDEX privilege on the table to another user allowing that user to create an index on the table.
In general, it is best practice to keep tables and indexes owned by the same user. This will help to ensure the security of your data.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BDF

A. A UNIQUE index can be altered to be non-unique --> False

B. A SELECT statement can access one or more indices without accessing any tables. True
C. A table belonging to one user can have an index that belongs to a different user --> False, schema is still the owner.
D. An update to a table can result in updates to any or all of the table's indexes. True, it depends if the update goes on column with index or
without.
E. When a table is dropped and is moved to the RECYCLE BIN, all indexes built on that table are permanently dropped. --> False, indexes will follow
the table.
F. An update to a table can result in no updates to any of the table's indexes. True, you do an update on a single column that has no index.
upvoted 2 times

  jonsnoow 3 months, 4 weeks ago

C is OK. Here is the test.
As sys user grant:
GRANT CREATE ANY INDEX TO HR;

As hr user:
CREATE INDEX cust_first_name_idx ON oe.customers (cust_first_name);
Index CUST_FIRST_NAME_IDX created.

As user sys:

SELECT D.OWNER, D.table_owner, D.table_name FROM dba_indexes D WHERE D.index_name = 'CUST_FIRST_NAME_IDX';

"OWNER" "TABLE_OWNER" "TABLE_NAME"

"HR" "OE" "CUSTOMERS"
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 6 months, 4 weeks ago

B is right, when you use a Fast Full Index Scan.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/indexes-and-index-organized-tables.html#GUID-2C8A7262-DEBE-4932-
8EFB-64E61AD041C1
upvoted 1 times

  Marcello86CT 1 year, 6 months ago

For Me is B , E and F
A. is wrong ,because i have to drop the index and then create it again
B. is correct since Index are phisically and logically indipendent from data to which they refer
C. is Wrong , Index are schema object so is not possible that a table on a schema use an index created on another schema.
D is wrong , it follow B. Indexes are independent from data they just speed up the retrieve process.
E. is Correct , when we drop a table then its indexes are dropped as well
F. is correct due to its logical and physical indipendent nature then an update can result in a no update on any indexes of a table.
upvoted 2 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BCF

B, C, F are correct
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 3 months ago

The Answer should be BDE.
C is missing the "Not" making it incorrect.
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

I think the biggest confusion here is given by option D.
While A is false (can't change the uniqueness of an index) as E (Indexes of a dropped table are moved to the recycled bin if enabled)

B is true if you select more indexed columns on different indexes and no unindexed columns.
C is true for sure cause it's possible, given the right privileges, to create an index as schema X on a table owned by schema Y.
F Is true cause no index may be updated, if you update a non-indexed column and the row address is unchanged

D also sounds right, I think the key might be in the phrasing here: if it's intended that the update of any or all indexes are the only possible
outcome of a table update, then it would in fact be false. Otherwise, as someone else noted, I also suspect that more answers may be right, even
though you only have to select three.
upvoted 4 times

  gbab1792 3 years ago

C D E is correct
upvoted 1 times

  MartinY 3 years, 2 months ago

BCF is correct
B: index-only scan
C: global temporary table
F: changing the non-index column
upvoted 2 times

  rosiiieee 3 years, 4 months ago

So what is the EXACT ANSWER? I think CDE... I saw this question when i study 1z0-071 test, but after i see these discusses, i cannot have confidence
about my answer...
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 4 months ago

Be careful with the exam. I had this question but with a small detail:
one of answer was: very similar to C but "cannot" instead of "can"
C A table belonging to one user can have an index that belongs to a different use
(my exam) A table belonging to one user cannot have an index that belongs to a different use

So you must study a lot. To study this dump is not enought

upvoted 3 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

Thx
so BDF is right
and C is maybe missing the "not" which would make it to a wrong answer
upvoted 3 times

  Phat 2 years, 11 months ago

if this is changed in the question, so I guess the final answer is BDF.
upvoted 2 times

  BananaSlug 3 years, 5 months ago

ACE

A - True: To view all indexes, you can simply type: SELECT * FROM all_indexes;

B - False: "when rows are inserted or deleted, all indexes on the table must be updated as well. Also, when a column is updated, all indexes that
contain the column must be updated." - https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10501_01/server.920/a96521/indexes.htm
upvoted 1 times

  BananaSlug 3 years, 5 months ago

C - True: "To create an index in another schema, you must have CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege. Also, the owner of the schema to contain
the index must have either space quota on the tablespaces to contain the index or index partitions, or UNLIMITED TABLESPACE system
privilege." - https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a76956/indexes.htm
upvoted 1 times

  BananaSlug 3 years, 5 months ago

D - False: All answers on Stack Overflow say the only way to do this is to first drop the unique index and recreate it as non-unique. -
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/11979152/oracle-database-converting-unique-index-to-non-unique-one

E - True: (same as B) "when rows are inserted or deleted, all indexes on the table must be updated as well. Also, when a column is updated,
all indexes that contain the column must be updated." - https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10501_01/server.920/a96521/indexes.htm
upvoted 1 times

  BananaSlug 3 years, 5 months ago

F - False: "If you dropped a table, and recovered it back from the recycle bin, what happens to its indexes? Are all indexes recovered back
automatically? The answer is that all indexes will be recovered, if you recover a dropped table from the recycle bin. However, the indexes'
names will not be the original names." - http://dba.fyicenter.com/faq/oracle/Recovered-Table-with-Index.html
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

AE - wrong that i agree
D - correct i agree too
F - if i update a non indexed column and the row does not change the position in the datafile (because the updated value uses the same amount of
space) the index should not be touched right?
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

You are correct that updating an non-indexed column will not cause changes to the Indexes, probably F should be picked instead D

what you thinK?

upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

again here is the evidence that F correct and D is wrong

When rows are inserted or deleted, all indexes on the table must be updated. When a column is updated, all indexes on the column must be
updated.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B12037_01/appdev.101/b10795/adfns_in.htm

so final answers should be B, C , F

Thx
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

E - is not entirely true, you can’t recover it, but it still remains in the recycle bin and you have to drop it to recreate an index with the same
name on the column again - so what means “permanently dropped”?
B - https://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/server.817/a76992/ch6_acce.htm
If all columns selected by a query are in a composite index, then Oracle can return these values from the index without accessing the
table.
Using Bitmap Access Plans on Regular B*-tree Indexes
Note: This statement is executed by accessing indexes only, so no table access is necessary.
My tendency goes to BCD
I thing EF may also be possible, F more likely than E
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

I would also suggest: BCD
Especially for D Oracle says following:
The database automatically maintains and uses indexes after they are created. The database also automatically reflects changes to
data, such as adding, updating, and deleting rows, in all relevant indexes with no additional actions required by users. Retrieval
performance of indexed data remains almost constant, even as rows are inserted. However, the presence of many indexes on a table
degrades DML performance because the database must also update the indexes.
Source: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e40540/indexiot.htm#CNCPT1895

But F seems also like it's true, just like you mentioned if someone updates only non indexed columns in the table, there shouldn't be
any changes done to the index.

I am confused as to what the right answers are for sure - is it possible that out of the 6 choices 4 are right, but you only have to
choose 3 of them?
upvoted 3 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

E is wrong >

What Is the Recycle Bin?

The recycle bin is actually a data dictionary table containing information about dropped objects. Dropped tables and any associated objects such
as indexes, constraints, nested tables, and the likes are not removed and still occupy space. They continue to count against user space quotas, until
specifically purged from the recycle bin or the unlikely situation where they must be purged by the database because of tablespace space
constraints.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

C is correct >

To create an index in another schema, you must have CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege. Also, the owner of the schema to contain the index
must have either the UNLIMITED TABLESPACE system privilege or space quota on the tablespaces to contain the index or index partitions.
upvoted 2 times

Question #78 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about Oracle synonyms? (Choose three.)

A. A synonym cannot be created for a PL/SQL package

B. A synonym can be available to all users

C. A SEQUENCE can have a synonym

D. A synonym created by one user can refer to an object belonging to another user

E. Any user can drop a PUBLIC synonym

Correct Answer: BCD

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_7001.htm

Community vote distribution

BCD (100%)

  NiciMilo Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

B, C and D
upvoted 19 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree, B, C, and D is the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  Kuraudio Most Recent  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: BCD

BCD is correct
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

B , C , D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14200/statements_7001.htm
Public synonyms are accessible to all users.
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28286/statements_9002.htm#SQLRF01805
To drop a private synonym, either the synonym must be in your own schema or you must have the DROP ANY SYNONYM system privilege.
To drop a PUBLIC synonym, you must have the DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege.
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

E is wrong!!!!!!!!!!!

To drop a PUBLIC synonym, you must have the DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege
upvoted 3 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

B & D & E is correct answer
upvoted 2 times
Question #79 Topic 1

View the Exhibit and examine the structure of the PRODUCTS table.

Which two tasks require subqueries? (Choose two.)

A. Display the number of products whose PROD_LIST_PRICE is more than the average PROD_LIST_PRICE

B. Display suppliers whose PROD_LIST_PRICE is less than 1000

C. Display products whose PROD_MIN_PRICE is more than the average PROD_LIST_PRICE of all products, and whose status is orderable

D. Display the total number of products supplied by supplier 102 which have a product status of obsolete

E. Display the minimum PROD_LIST_PRICE for each product status

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 1 month ago

i agree, A & C is the correct answer

upvoted 11 times

  mamadu Most Recent  6 months ago

True A & C
A. select * from products where PROD_LIST_PRICE > (select AVG(PROD_LIST_PRICE) from products);
B. select SUPPLIER_ID from products where PROD_LIST_PRICE < 1000;
C. select * from products where PROD_LIST_PRICE > (select AVG(PROD_LIST_PRICE) from products) and PROD_STATUS = 'orderable';
D. select * from products where SUPPLIER_ID = 102 and PROD_STATUS = 'obsolete';
E. select MIN(PROD_LIST_PRICE) from products group by PROD_STATUS;
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AC

A e C is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

AC, correct answer by testing.
upvoted 1 times

  iamajavacompiler 2 years, 8 months ago

Why is D wrong?
upvoted 1 times

  leozanon94 2 years, 7 months ago

Select * from products where supplier_id = 102 And prod_status = 'obsolete';
upvoted 3 times
Question #80 Topic 1

The SALES_Q1 and USERS tablespaces exist in one of your databases and TEMP is a temporary tablespace.

Segment creation is not deferred.

You execute this command:

Which three statements must be true so that the SALES user can create tables in SALES_Q1? (Choose three.)

A. The sales user must have a quota on the TEMP tablespace

B. The sales user must have a quota on the SALES_Q1 tablespace to hold the initial extends of all tables they plan to create in their schema

C. The sales user must have been granted the CREATE SESSION privilege

D. The sales user must have their quota on the users tablespace removed

E. The sales user must have a quota on the SALES_Q1 tablespace to hold all the rows to be inserted into any table in their schema

F. The sales user must have been granted the CREATE TABLE privilege

Correct Answer: BDF

Community vote distribution

BCF (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

B, C and F
upvoted 24 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

BDF
https://blogs.oracle.com/sql/how-to-create-users-grant-them-privileges-and-remove-them-in-oracle-database

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/users.htm#DBSEG002
You can assign each user a tablespace quota for any tablespace, except a temporary tablespace.
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Why would D be right?
The database checks the users quota in the tablespace that he wants to create the object in. Having quota in another tablespace isn't any
issue so why would you need to remove the quota from tablespace users to be able to create objects in tablespace sales_q1?

The right answers are:

B -> The user need quota in the tablespace he wants to create the object (sales_q1)
C -> User needs to be able to create a session (login in) to the database to create objects in the first place
F -> User needs to have the right privilege to create the object (in this case a table)

D is complete nonsense given the question and won't help in any way to create objects in sales_q1 tablespace
upvoted 4 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

Sorry
BCF of course
upvoted 2 times

  RaNik69 Most Recent  7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BCF

BCF are correct

upvoted 1 times

  Rcravi 1 year, 10 months ago

Correct - CEF

A - you cant assign quota on TEMP tablespace

B - you do not need any quota for creating table in any tablespace
D - is wrong as you are not creating table in users, so this is not concerning to the question

Correct -
C,F - these are the basic privileges required.
E - For holding the data, quota is required.
upvoted 1 times

  Rcravi 1 year, 10 months ago

Update/correction
E - is correct when asked for inserting the data. So E is wrong for this question

B- is correct when deferred_segment_creation is set to FALSE, you need quota on sales_Q1 tablespace.

correct answers are B C and F.

upvoted 3 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

C,E,F is the correct answer.
b is wrong. we dont need any initial extents when we create table. the segments are needed when we start insert the data.
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Read the question again: it clearly states "Segment creation is not deferred." exactly to prevent this objection.
And E is false anyway, cause the question also asks for the requirements for the creation of the tables, not for their population.
upvoted 1 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Sorry one more thing: E is also false cause SALES_Q1 is not the only tablespace where sales has quota, so we don't know if all the tables in that
schema will reside there or on USERS. So, SALES_Q1 doesn't necessarily have to be as big as all the data that the schema will have.
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

BCF is correct
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/users.htm#DBSEG99778
When you create a new user account, you should enable this user to access the database
upvoted 3 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

Isn't it CEF ? What if the user is executing Create as Select so just B won't work rt ?
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

There are two problems with E:
first and most notably, user sales can (and not randomly, does) have quota on other tablespaces, so not all of his tables have to reside on
SALES_Q1.

Second, the question asks what's necessary for the user to be able to create tables. To create a select, meaning creating and filling them, is not a
necessary requirement. Even if the space wouldn't be necessary to insert all the data, to be enough for hosting the initial extents would satisfy
the minimum requirement, which is to create the tables (hence, the structure) to begin with.
upvoted 1 times
Question #81 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about table data storage in an Oracle Database? (Choose three.)

A. Data block headers contain their own Data Block Address (DBA)

B. A table row piece can be chained across several database blocks

C. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in different database blocks

D. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in the same block

E. Data block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block

F. Index block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block

Correct Answer: BCE

Reference:

https://books.google.com.pk/books?

id=lNtVjrmbzckC&pg=PA267&lpg=PA267&dq=Multiple+row+pieces+from+the+same+row+may+be+stored+in

+different+database

+blocks&source=bl&ots=lEIhFe2Q52&sig=ACfU3U1TETJPy194pARxfIJ5ROaQdySCMQ&hl=en&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwivveLa97_mAhWOzaQKHahY

AVEQ6AEw

AnoECAoQAQ#v=onepage&q=Multiple%20row%20pieces%20from%20the%20same%20row%20may%20be%20stored%20in%20different%20data

base%

20blocks&f=false

Community vote distribution

ACD (50%) ABC (33%) ADE (17%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

I would say A, B, C are correct!

upvoted 12 times

  baeji 3 years ago

agreed A, B, C are correct
upvoted 2 times

  zouve Most Recent  4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABC

After reviewing this https://antognini.ch/2016/10/whats-the-difference-between-row-migration-and-row-chaining/

upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ACD

A. Data block headers contain their own Data Block Address (DBA) - True
B. A table row piece can be chained across several database blocks - Wrong, a row may be stored in multiple row pieces which are then chained
across several database blocks. The row is chained not the row piece.
C. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in different database blocks - True
D. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in the same block - True
E. Data block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block - Wrong
F. Index block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block - Wrong
"As the database fills a data block from the bottom up, the amount of free space between the row data and the block header decreases." No
mention of middle of the block anywhere in the Oracle Docs.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/tables-and-table-clusters.html#GUID-37546C88-24EE-47BE-8662-
A9CED99BB90F
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

A. Data block headers contain their own Data Block Address (DBA) --> True
B. A table row piece can be chained across several database blocks. --> False, it's not "database block", it's "data block"
C. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in different database blocks. --> False, it's not "database block", it's "data block"
D. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in the same block --> True
E. Data block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block --> True, in the oracle official guide (online) there many pictures showing
the "data block" and the free space is always included between header and data stored.
F. Index block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block. --> False, "index block" does not exists, it is "data block with type table or
index, or cluster".
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ACD

A, C, and D sounds better to me.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Please ignore this comment.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABC

D is false in 19c because there is no more limitation about the number of "intra-block" columns. This is an example for 400 columns

declare
l_txt long;
begin
l_txt := 'create table t (c0 varchar2(20)';
for i in 1 .. 400
loop
l_txt := l_txt || ', c' || i || ' varchar2(20)';
end loop;
l_txt := l_txt || ') ' ;
execute immediate l_txt;
end;
/

select count(dbms_rowid.ROWID_BLOCK_NUMBER(rowid)) BLOCK_NUMBER from t;

BLOCK_NUMBER
------------
0

declare
v_txt varchar2(4000);
begin
v_txt := 'insert into t values ( 0';
for i in 1 .. 400
loop
v_txt := v_txt || ', ' || i ;
end loop;
v_txt := v_txt || ') ' ;
execute immediate v_txt;
commit;
end;
/

select count(dbms_rowid.ROWID_BLOCK_NUMBER(rowid)) BLOCK_NUMBER from t;

BLOCK_NUMBER
------------
1

so I think the right answers are a (for sure), b, c (for sure)

upvoted 1 times

  calibre_04 1 year, 2 months ago

A. Data block headers contain their own Data Block Address (DBA) ==> Yes
B. A table row piece can be chained across several database blocks ==> No, ROWS are chained not ROW PIECE
C. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in different database blocks ==> Yes (Row chaining)
D. Multiple row pieces from the same row may be stored in the same block ==> Yes (Intra-block chaining e.g. table with more than 255 columns)
E. Data block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block ==> NO
F. Index block free space is always contiguous in the middle of the block ==> NO
upvoted 2 times

  emburria 1 year, 11 months ago

A, C, D. B is not correct. A row can be chained, but not a row piece...if so, then is another piece
upvoted 3 times

  flaviogcmelo 2 years, 8 months ago

A,B and C.
https://antognini.ch/2016/10/whats-the-difference-between-row-migration-and-row-chaining/
upvoted 1 times

  yukclam9 2 years, 8 months ago

I dont think B is correct - the most granular unit of row is a single row piece. row piece can not be chained. a row can be chained by multiple row
pieces + pointers.
upvoted 2 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

B is correct :
Simply put, chained rows happen when a row is too big to fit into a single database block. Chained rows usually result from an insert. For
example, if the blocksize for the database is 4 kilobytes and there is an 8 kilobyte row to be inserted, Oracle will break the data into pieces and
store it in 3 different blocks that are chained together. There is forwarding information available to allow the database to collect all of the bits of
chained row information from multiple blocks.
http://www.dba-oracle.com/t_identify_chained_rows.htm
upvoted 1 times

  Phat 2 years, 11 months ago

so what is the final answers for this?
upvoted 3 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

The Oracle block header contains the following:
http://www.dba-
oracle.com/t_data_block_format.htm#:~:text=The%20header%20of%20a%20data,and%20a%20%22variable%22%20area.&text=The%20data%20bl
ock%20address.,displacement%20into%20the%20data%20file).
A fixed-size block header.

A block directory.

The interested transaction list (ITL).

Space management information.

The data block address.

upvoted 2 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

The header contains general block information, such as the block address and the type of segment (for example, data or index).
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10501_01/server.920/a96524/c03block.htm#:~:text=The%20header%20contains%20general%20block,example%2C%2
0data%20or%20index).
upvoted 1 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

Right answers: A,B,C

E and F are false because the free space of a block gets fragmented over time as data is added and removed from it -> this is called fragmentation
(meaning the free space is not contiguous anymore). If the free space of a block is fragmented to a point where no new rows can be inserted, the
free space is coalesced by the oracle server so that it's contiguous again and can be used for inserts or updates.

Coalescing free blocks doesn't change the actual size of free space in the block.

For why answer D is wrong, I am not completely sure but I guess that you wouldn't store a row as multiple row pieces in one block. If you can fit
the whole row into a single block than it would be stored there as a single row piece and not multiple - but that's just my guess
upvoted 2 times

  KtNow 3 years ago

about D.
--ora.doc--
Oracle Database can only store 255 columns in a row piece. if you insert a row into a table that has 1000 columns, then the database creates 4
row pieces, typically chained over multiple blocks. --
typically chained, but possible situation that it can be in one block.
for example oracle block 4K(8K). row 1000 columns=4 row pieces, if column is small then at least 2 row pieces possible insert in one block. why
not? for my point of view answer D possible also.
upvoted 4 times

  KtNow 3 years ago

so i would say A-B-C-D
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

C is correct > https://antognini.ch/2016/10/whats-the-difference-between-row-migration-and-row-chaining/
upvoted 2 times

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Interestingly, this also says that D is true.
I was actually in doubt on the B answer, which is then false cause it is a row that is chained in different row pieces, while the right ones are A-C-
D
upvoted 6 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

E is wrong …

Free space can be also Noncontiguous also called fragmented space.

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E25054_01/server.1111/e25789/logical.htm
upvoted 4 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

A is correct!!

The header of a data block has two areas a "common" area and a "variable" area. The Oracle block header contains the following:
A fixed-size block header.
A block directory.
The interested transaction list (ITL).
Space management information.
The data block address. This "DBA" (48 bytes), consisting of the file number (v$datafile.file#) and the relative block number (the displacement into
the data file). Note that the relative block address is not the same as the absolute block address.
upvoted 1 times
Question #82 Topic 1

Examine the description of the BOOKS table:

The table has 100 rows.

Examine this sequence of statements issued in a new session:

INSERT INTO books VALUES ('ADV112', 'Adventures of Tom Sawyer', NULL, NULL);

SAVEPOINT a;

DELETE FROM books;

ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT a;

ROLLBACK;

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. The second ROLLBACK command does nothing

B. The second ROLLBACK command replays the delete

C. The first ROLLBACK command restores the 101 rows that were deleted, leaving the inserted row still to be committed

D. The second ROLLBACK command undoes the insert

E. The first ROLLBACK command restores the 101 rows that were deleted and commits the inserted row

Correct Answer: DE

Community vote distribution

CD (67%) A (33%)

  you1234 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

C & D is correct one

upvoted 24 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 1 month ago

I agree, C & D
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  yukclam9 Highly Voted  2 years, 8 months ago

to me the insert does not make sense. why we are inserting characters to a date column?
upvoted 6 times

  Reiwardy 1 year, 1 month ago

That’s why they are trying to rollback the stuff.
upvoted 2 times

  LrnsTgh 2 years, 4 months ago

😂 LOL. very good eyes
upvoted 2 times

  feixiang Most Recent  4 months, 4 weeks ago

the SQL INSERT is wrong

upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

C D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

There is only one correct answer here A.

upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

the first rollback finishes the DELETE transaction, so no transaction open for second rollback.
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

C , D is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

Even though it is asked for "two" correct answers, I only found D as correct, the others make no sense to me, especially the SQL INSERT itself is
wrong.
upvoted 1 times
Question #83 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about external tables in Oracle 18c and later releases? (Choose three.)

A. External table files can be used for other external tables in a different database

B. The ORACLE_LOADER access driver can be used to unload data from a database into an external table

C. The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can be used to unload data from a database into an external table

D. They cannot be partitioned

E. The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can be used to load data into a database from an external table

F. They support UPDATEs but not INSERTs and DELETEs

Correct Answer: ABF

Community vote distribution

ACE (100%)

  GraceYu Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

ACE. B is wrong. ORACLE_LOADER loads data not unload data. ORACLE_DATAPUMP is able to load and unload data.
upvoted 21 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

I agree
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

ACE - Correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14215/et_concepts.htm
B - Incorrect
The ORACLE_LOADER access driver is the default. It can perform only data loads, and the data must come from text datafiles
C and E - Correct
The ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver can perform both loads and unloads.
F - Incorrect
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/admin/managing-tables.html#GUID-697B86CC-875C-4F68-AF80-49B41F33AE45
You can, for example, select, join, or sort external table data. You can also create views and synonyms for external tables. However, no DML
operations (UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE) are possible, and no indexes can be created, on external tables.
D - Incorrect
Partitioned external tables were introduced in Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2), allowing external tables to benefit from partition pruning and
partition-wise.
https://oracle-base.com/articles/12c/partitioned-external-tables-
12cr2#:~:text=Partitioned%20external%20tables%20were%20introduced,are%20supported%20with%20some%20restrictions.
upvoted 7 times

  Kuraudio Most Recent  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: ACE

ACE is correct
upvoted 1 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

F is wrong. The correct answers are ABC
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/18/admin/managing-tables.html#GUID-F6948F0E-0557-4C42-9145-1897DE974CC3

Another access driver, ORACLE_DATAPUMP, lets you unload data....

No DML operations (UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE) are possibl....
upvoted 1 times
Question #84 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the Oracle join and ANSI join syntax? (Choose three.)

A. The Oracle join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables

B. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax

C. The SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax supports natural joins

D. The SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables

E. The Oracle join syntax only supports right outer joins

F. The Oracle join syntax supports natural joins

G. The Oracle join syntax performs less well than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax

Correct Answer: CDF

Community vote distribution

ACD (100%)

  ama Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

A,C, D

https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/ansi-iso-sql-support
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  saad3577 Most Recent  1 year, 3 months ago

I think it's question with 4 choices

my choice is (A,C,D and F)
upvoted 2 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

F is false
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

since you do not specify a join condition, you just use the NATURAL JOIN keyword.
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ACD

A, C , D is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

A and C and D
upvoted 1 times
Question #85 Topic 1

Which two tasks can you perform using DBCA for databases? (Choose two.)

A. Configure a nonstandard block size for a new database

B. Register a new database with an available Enterprise Manager Management server

C. Change the standard block size of an existing database

D. Configure incremental backups for a new database

E. Enable flashback database for an existing database

Correct Answer: AB

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B16254_01/doc/server.102/b14196/install003.htm

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

A and B.
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  yarsalan Most Recent  1 year, 11 months ago

A and B
upvoted 1 times

  ofranco 2 years, 3 months ago

For me is A,B
upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

the correct answer is BD
upvoted 3 times

  Borislone 2 years, 6 months ago

D is correct. When creating new database
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 2 months ago

You can't create incremental backups with dbca.
upvoted 1 times

  shotcom 3 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.dba-oracle.com/t_adv_techniques_oem_grid_control_35.htm
according to that link its now possible to create incremental backups with dbca
upvoted 1 times

  pr0glnx 3 years, 2 months ago

A and B
You can change by DBCA: But for new databases only!
upvoted 4 times
Question #86 Topic 1

You execute this query:

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd `Monday for` fmMonth rrrr')

What is the result?

A. It executes successfully but does not return any result

B. It returns the date for the first Monday of the next month

C. It generates an error

D. It returns the date for the last Monday of the current month

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

C (75%) B (25%)

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: B

the correct query is

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd "Monday for" fmMonth rrrr') FROM DUAL;

I had this question also on the 1Z0-071 exam.

upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct since FROM DUAL is missing and ( 'Monday for') should actually be ("Monday for"). Could be an issue where the website didn't post the
question correctly. I've seen this question in 071 exam which has the correct format but different answers.

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/32798-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-17-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  BeomK 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B is correct.

SQL> SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd "Monday for" fmMonth rrrr') from dual;

TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE),'MON'),'DD"MONDAYFOR"FMMONTHRRRR')
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
01 Monday for May 2023
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 9 months, 2 weeks ago

The correc query:

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd "Monday for" fmMonth rrrr') from dual;

B is right.
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months ago

Selected Answer: C

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd `Monday for` fmMonth rrrr') from dual;
SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd `Monday for` fmMonth rrrr') from dual
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01821: date format not recognized
upvoted 1 times

  stefan_a 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C - it generates an error, even if FROM dual is added.

SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd `Monday for` fmMonth rrrr')
returns ORA-00923: FROM keyword not found where expected
SELECT TO_CHAR(NEXT_DAY(LAST_DAY(SYSDATE), 'MON'), 'dd `Monday for` fmMonth rrrr') FROM dual;
returns ORA-01821: date format not recognized
upvoted 1 times

  Guhborges 10 months ago

It was probably a mistake when moving to the website, some characters are wrong. For me, the righ answers is B.
upvoted 1 times
  Wh0au 1 year, 3 months ago
FROM DUAL; must be added after the query statement
so answer is B
upvoted 3 times

  steves 1 year, 4 months ago

I think answer should be C. There is no from clause!
upvoted 3 times
Question #87 Topic 1

Examine this command:

CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE undotbs01

DATAFILE 'undotbs_01.dbf'

SIZE 100M -

AUTOEXTEND ON;

Which two actions must you take to ensure UNDOTBS01 is used as the default UNDO tablespace? (Choose two.)

A. Add the SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO clause

B. Set UNDO_TABLESPACE to UNDOTBS01

C. Add the NOLOGGING clause

D. Make certain that the database operates in automatic undo management mode

E. Add the ONLINE clause

Correct Answer: BD

  Asmodeus Highly Voted  2 years, 11 months ago

Also vote for B & D.

SQL>alter system set undo_management=manual scope=spfile;
Bounce instance.

SQL> show parameter undo

SQL> alter system set undo_tablespace='UNDOTBS2';

  doyinbare Most Recent  4 months ago

B & D. Mind you, the parameter UNDO_TABLESPACE is only valid in Automatic undo management mode, hence both go hand in hand.
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

B and D 100%
upvoted 2 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14231/undo.htm
You can switch from using one undo tablespace to another. Because the UNDO_TABLESPACE initialization parameter is a dynamic parameter, the
ALTER SYSTEM SET statement can be used to assign a new undo tablespace.
ALTER SYSTEM SET UNDO_TABLESPACE = undotbs_02;
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

BD - correct
ALTER SYSTEM SET UNDO_TABLESPACE = UNDOTBS01;
show parameter undo

NAME TYPE VALUE

------------------------ ---------- ---------
temp_undo_enabled Boolean FALSE
undo_management string AUTO
undo_retention integer 900
undo_tablespace string UNDOTBS01
upvoted 4 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

BD seems to be correct can anyone confirm
upvoted 4 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times
Question #88 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about views in an Oracle database? (Choose three.)

A. Views can be updated without the need to re-grant privileges on the view

B. Tables in the defining query of a view must always exist in order to create the view

C. The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being displayed when querying the view

D. Data Manipulation Language (DML) can always be used on views

E. Inserting one or more rows using a view whose defining query contains a GROUP BY clause will cause an error

F. Deleting one or more rows using a view whose defining query contains a GROUP BY clause will cause an error

G. The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being updated or inserted

Correct Answer: AEF

Community vote distribution

AFG (60%) EFG (40%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

G is tricky answer - "The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being updated or inserted". Techically, it is correct, but I woulc rather say -
"The WITH CHECK clause allow certain rows to be updated or inserted", since only rows which are inline with WITH CHECK constraint can be
affected. Speaking about A - "...Specify OR REPLACE to re-create the view if it already exists. You can use this clause to change the definition of an
existing view without dropping, re-creating, and regranting object privileges previously granted on it..." So, it should be A, E and F.
upvoted 8 times

  noobasty 2 years, 5 months ago

Answer is EFG

A is wrong because it should be views can be altered*** without the need to re-grant privileges on the view. Not update

G is correct, certain rows cannot be updated or inserted . for example. you try to update the department_id to 100 from 20 but the view was
created with a where department id_= 20
or insert a deparment_id other than 20 . it will cause a ORA-01402 error
upvoted 8 times

  shotcom 3 months, 2 weeks ago

answered G was not finished, certain rows cannot be updated or inserted, where?
the correct form of the answer is "The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being updated or inserted in the underlying table
through the view."
which makes G wrong
upvoted 1 times

  noobasty 2 years, 5 months ago

Answer is EFG

A is wrong because it should be views can be replaced*** without the need to re-grant privileges on the view. Not update

G is correct, certain rows cannot be updated or inserted . for example. you try to update the department_id to 100 from 20 but the view was
created with a where department id_= 20
or insert a deparment_id other than 20 . it will cause a ORA-01402 error
upvoted 2 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

hmm... make sense
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

Correct Answer: AEF

Wrong Answer: BCD
Uncertain: G
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28286/statements_8004.htm#SQLRF01504
for me G could also be a valid answer
upvoted 5 times

  Ajinkya_Tambe Most Recent  2 months ago

I think A,E,F,G all are correct
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: AFG

I had this question also on the 1Z0-071 exam.

AG was the right answers in there but the question is a little bit different
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

Selected Answer: EFG

For E, F, and G ; I cannot find any point against them, so probably they are corrects in my opinion.
A, because the "updated" word I would say it's false, because we go in the case of DML op. when they are allowed and not on the view.

The view must not contain any of the following constructs:

A set operator
a DISTINCT operator
An aggregate or analytic function
A GROUP BY, ORDER BY, MODEL, CONNECT BY, or START WITH clause
A collection expression in a SELECT list
A subquery in a SELECT list
A subquery designated WITH READ ONLY
Joins, with some exceptions, as documented in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

For A, it should be ALTERED without needs of re-grant, not UPDATED.
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AFG

E -> not always, in this case is a wrong statement.

Test case:

CREATE TABLE employees (

id NUMBER,
name VARCHAR2(100),
salary NUMBER,
department_id NUMBER
);

INSERT INTO employees VALUES(1, 'John Doe', 50000, 1);

INSERT INTO employees VALUES(2, 'Jane Doe', 60000, 1);
INSERT INTO employees VALUES(3, 'Robert Smith', 70000, 2);

CREATE VIEW dept1_employees5 AS

SELECT id, count(*) cnt
FROM employees
group by id;

INSERT INTO dept1_employees5 (id)

VALUES (4);

This will not cause an error. Otherwise DELETE statement will:

SQL> delete from dept1_employees5 where id=4;

delete from dept1_employees5 where id=4
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01732: data manipulation operation not legal on this view

In my opinion correct answer is AFG

upvoted 1 times

  CMjer 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: EFG

EFG is correct.
- E, F: insert/update/delete is prevented when you have GROUP BY in defining query of a view.
- G: true, that's what WITH CHECK clause does :)
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

A is correct:

Specify OR REPLACE to re-create the view if it already exists. You can use this clause to change the definition of an existing view without dropping,
re-creating, and regranting object privileges previously granted on it.

Remember that removing an object's privileges has a cascade effect, so with the "OR REPLACE" you avoid assigning the privileges again.
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

A is wrong: Source: https://www.oracletutorial.com/oracle-view/oracle-with-check-option/
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Sorry, A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  yarsalan 1 year, 11 months ago

Selected Answer: AFG

I think, A,F,G are correct

upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 5 months ago

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

AEF

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/views001.htm#ADMIN11780
B - Incorrect
For example, when a view is created that refers to a nonexistent table or an invalid column of an existing table …CREATE FORCE VIEW AS
E & F - Correct
If a view is defined by a query that contains SET or DISTINCT operators, a GROUP BY clause, or a group function, then rows cannot be inserted into,
updated in, or deleted from the base tables using the view.
upvoted 3 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

This question is a nightmare... there are 4 possible answers

A -> Specify OR REPLACE to re-create the view if it already exists. You can use this clause to change the definition of an existing view without
dropping, re-creating, and regranting object privileges previously granted on it.
Source: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28286/statements_8004.htm#SQLRF01504

E & F-> If a view is defined by a query that contains SET or DISTINCT operators, a GROUP BY clause, or a group function, then rows cannot be
inserted into, updated in, or deleted from the base tables using the view.
Source: https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/views.htm#ADMIN11781

G -> Specify WITH CHECK OPTION to indicate that Oracle Database prohibits any changes to the table or view that would produce rows that are
not included in the subquery. When used in the subquery of a DML statement, you can specify this clause in a subquery in the FROM clause but
not in subquery in the WHERE clause.
Source: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28286/statements_8004.htm#SQLRF01504

I'd go with answer A, E, F and hope for the best!

upvoted 5 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

A, F, G

Source >https://juejin.im/post/5e43caf4f265da57213ef2e3

Q138. Which three statements are true about views in an Oracle database?

A) The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being displayed when querying the view.
B) The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being updated or inserted.
C) Tables in the defining query of a view must always exist in order to create the view.
D) Date Manipulation Language (DML) can always be used on views
E) Deleting one or more rows using a view whose defining query contains a GROUP BY clause will cause an error.
F) Views can be updated without the need to re-grant privileges on the view.
G) Inserting one or more rows using a view whose defining query contains a GROUP BY clause will cause an error

Answer: BEF
upvoted 2 times

  Rivaldo11 3 years, 5 months ago

G should also be correct.
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

A & E & F is correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  danito 3 years, 7 months ago

B is not correct, you can create a broken view with force option. I think DEG
upvoted 1 times
Question #89 Topic 1

You execute this command:

CREATE SMALLFILE TABLESPACE sales

DATAFILE '/u01/app/oracle/sales01.dbf

SIZE 5G -

SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

Which two statements are true about the SALES tablespace? (Choose two.)

A. It must be smaller than the smallest BIGFILE tablespace

B. Free space is managed using freelists

C. Any data files added to the tablespace must have a size of 5 gigabytes

D. It uses the database default blocksize

E. It is a locally managed tablespace

Correct Answer: DE

  Ekos Highly Voted  3 years, 1 month ago

D, E is the correct answer

upvoted 8 times

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

Incorrect segment management clause It lets you specify whether Oracle Database should track the used and free space in the segments in the
tablespace using free lists or bitmaps. This clause is not valid for a temporary tablespace.
AUTO :Specify AUTO if you want the database to manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using a bitmap. MANUAL :Specify MANUAL
if you want the database to manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using free lists

E - Correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/tspaces002.htm#ADMIN11360
Create a locally managed tablespace by specifying LOCAL in the EXTENT MANAGEMENT clause of the CREATE TABLESPACE statement. This is the
default for new permanent tablespaces,

D - Correct
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/create005.htm#ADMIN11105
The most commonly used block size should be picked as the standard block size. In many cases, this is the only block size that you need to specify.
Typically, DB_BLOCK_SIZE is set to either 4K or 8K. If you do not set a value for this parameter, the default data block size is operating system
specific.
upvoted 5 times

  [Removed] Most Recent  2 years, 3 months ago

D, E both are by default lol.

upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

B - Incorrect segment management clause It lets you specify whether Oracle Database should track the used and free space in the segments in the
tablespace using free lists or bitmaps. This clause is not valid for a temporary tablespace.
AUTO :Specify AUTO if you want the database to manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using a bitmap. MANUAL :Specify MANUAL
if you want the database to manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using free lists
upvoted 2 times
Question #90 Topic 1

In the SALES database, DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION is TRUE.

Examine this command:

SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);

Which segment or segments, if any, are created as a result of executing the command?

A. T1, an index segment for the primary key, a LOB segment, and a lobindex segment

B. no segments are created

C. T1 only

D. T1 and an index segment created for the primary key only

E. T1, an index segment for the primary key, and a LOB segment only

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

Answer is B.
upvoted 12 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

I agree

DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION specifies the semantics of deferred segment creation. If set to true, then segments for tables and their
dependent objects (LOBs, indexes) will not be created until the first row is inserted into the table.
Before creating a set of tables, if it is known that a significant number of them will not be populated, then consider setting this parameter to
true. This saves disk space and minimizes install time.
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 1 times

  Chansi Highly Voted  3 years, 5 months ago

SQL> alter session set deferred_segment_creation=TRUE;

Session altered.

SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);

Table created.

SQL> select segment_name,segment_type,bytes from user_segments;

no rows selected

Answer is B
upvoted 7 times

  PKSOA Most Recent  4 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct answer
https://oracle-base.com/articles/11g/segment-creation-on-demand-11gr2
upvoted 1 times

  Kuraudio 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

B (until rows are inserted in nonpartitioned table, it doesn’t create any segments) when DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION is true
upvoted 1 times

  Viki5099 3 years, 1 month ago

ALTER SESSION SET DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION=TRUE
SHOW PARAMETERS DEF
CREATE TABLE TEMP_DEF_SEQ_CHK (C1 INT PRIMARY KEY, LOB1 CLOB)
SELECT * FROM USER_SEGMENTS;
no rows selected
SELECT SEGMENT_CREATED FROM USER_INDEXES;
SEG
---
NO
NO
upvoted 1 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

https://oracle-base.com/articles/11g/segment-creation-on-demand-11gr2
upvoted 2 times

  khalilshahin01 3 years, 5 months ago

SQL> alter session set DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION=true;
SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);
SQL> select * from user_segments where segment_name = upper('T1');
no row selected

Answer is B.
upvoted 2 times

  khalilshahin01 3 years, 5 months ago

sorry Answer is A.

You can also query the SEGMENT_CREATED column of the USER_TABLES, USER_INDEXES,
or USER_LOBS views. For non-partitioned tables, indexes, and LOBs, this column shows YES if
the segment is created.
upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

  SimoneF 3 years ago

Exactly, khalilshahin01 you got it right the first time: as you saw from the user_segments, if nothing is there then no segment has been
created.
upvoted 1 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

12c.

SQL> show parameter def

NAME TYPE VALUE

------------------------------------ ----------- ------------------------------
deferred_segment_creation boolean TRUE

SQL> CREATE TABLE T1(c1 INT PRIMARY KEY, c2 CLOB);

Table created.

SQL> select CONSTRAINT_NAME,CONSTRAINT_TYPE,TABLE_NAME from user_constraints where table_name='T1';

CONSTRAINT_NAME C TABLE_NAME
---------------------- - ---------------------------------
SYS_C0081022 P T1

SQL> select COLUMN_NAME,SEGMENT_NAME,INDEX_NAME from user_lobs where table_name='T1';

COLUMN_NAME SEGMENT_NAME INDEX_NAME

---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
C2 SYS_LOB0000686210C00002$$ SYS_IL0000686210C00002$$

SQL>
not done any DML operations.

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Muhab 3 years, 5 months ago

no B is correct.
SQL> select COLUMN_NAME,SEGMENT_NAME,INDEX_NAME,SEGMENT_CREATED from user_lobs where table_name='T1';
COLUMN_NAME SEGMENT_NAME INDEX_NAME SEGMENT_CREATED
---------------------- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ---------------------------------
C2 SYS_LOB0000686210C00002$$ SYS_IL0000686210C00002$$ NO

see SEGMENT_CREATED is no that mean no segment created.

upvoted 5 times
Question #91 Topic 1

Which three activities are recorded in the database alert log? (Choose three.)

A. Data Definition Language (DDL) statements

B. non-default database parameters

C. block corruption errors

D. deadlock errors

E. session logins and logouts

Correct Answer: BCD

Reference:

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/monitoring001.htm#ADMIN11247

Community vote distribution

BCD (100%)

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

BCD
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/monitoring001.htm#ADMIN11247
All internal errors (ORA-600), block corruption errors (ORA-1578), and deadlock errors (ORA-60) that occur
The values of all initialization parameters that had nondefault values at the time the database and instance start
upvoted 13 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: BCD

Provided answer are corrects:

The alert log is a chronological log of messages and errors, and includes the following items:

All internal errors (ORA-600), block corruption errors (ORA-1578), and deadlock errors (ORA-60) that occur

Administrative operations, such as CREATE, ALTER, and DROP statements and STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, and ARCHIVELOG statements

Messages and errors relating to the functions of shared server and dispatcher processes

Errors occurring during the automatic refresh of a materialized view

The values of all initialization parameters that had nondefault values at the time the database and instance start.
upvoted 1 times

  Frozencc 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BCD

BCD are correct

upvoted 1 times

  flaviogcmelo 2 years, 8 months ago

In item 8.1.1.1 (About Monitoring Errors with Trace Files and the Alert Log) in the version 19c documentation, the following information is included:
The alert log is a chronological log of messages and errors, and includes the following items:
All internal errors (ORA-00600), block corruption errors (ORA-01578), and deadlock errors (ORA-00060) that occur
Administrative operations, such as some CREATE, ALTER, and DROP statements and STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, and ARCHIVELOG statements
Messages and errors relating to the functions of shared server and dispatcher processes
Errors occurring during the automatic refresh of a materialized view
The values of all initialization parameters that had nondefault values at the time the database and instance start

Therefore, I understand that there are four correct options in this item: ABCD
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months ago

A is wrong because only CREATE. ALTER and DROP are tracked, RENAME and TRUNCATE not!.

DDL = CREATE, ALTER, DROP, RENAME AND TRUNCATE.

upvoted 2 times

  s_sani 3 years, 3 months ago

CDE https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/monitoring001.htm#ADMIN11242
upvoted 1 times
  kemsalim 2 months, 1 week ago
E is trully wrong because when you open that alert log u can't find it in alert log for sure
upvoted 1 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

E is wrong
upvoted 2 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/monitoring001.htm#ADMIN11247
C and D are correct
All internal errors (ORA-600), block corruption errors (ORA-1578), and deadlock errors (ORA-60) that occur
The values of all initialization parameters that had nondefault values at the time the database and instance start
A - Incorrect
The DDL log is stored in the log/ddl subdirectory of the ADR home
11g : DDL go both log.xml & alert.log
12c : DDL only go to log.xml
upvoted 2 times

  jonsnoow 3 months, 4 weeks ago

"The DDL log is created only for the RDBMS component and only if the ENABLE_DDL_LOGGING initialization parameter is set to true. When this
parameter is set to false, DDL statements are not included in the DDL log, but they are included in the alert log."

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/ENABLE_DDL_LOGGING.html#GUID-6FBA6147-D545-4E7D-94F0-
A97EC1C721AE
upvoted 1 times
Question #92 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about Enterprise Manager (EM) Express?

A. You can use a single instance of EM Express to manage multiple database running on the same server.

B. EM Express uses a separate repository database to store target database metadata.

C. By default, EM express is available for a database after database creation using DBCA.

D. You can shut down a database instance using EM Express.

E. You cannot start up a database instance using EM Express.

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

CD (50%) CE (50%)

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

CE seems correct
upvoted 9 times

  Guhborges 2 years, 2 months ago

You can't shutdown with EM on 18c and higher!
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, agree
upvoted 1 times

  kemsalim Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

i chosee C and D,

Because you can shutdown the database using Enterprise Manager,

upvoted 1 times

  Lalala8 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CE

C and E correct answers.

upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

Answer 1: C (after database is created using DBCA, thats exactly when EM is available )
Answer 2: E (You can never start database instance using an EM)

EM Express is available only when the database is open. This means that EM Express cannot be used to start up the database
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admqs/getting-started-with-database-administration.html#GUID-BA75AD46-
D22E-4914-A31E-C395CD6A2BBA

https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/manageability/emx-intro-1965965.html
When dbca completes, it indicates the port on which EM Express is configured
upvoted 4 times
Question #93 Topic 1

Examine this SQL statement:

SELECT cust_id, cust_last_name `Last Name`

FROM customers -

WHERE country_id = 10 -

UNION -

SELECT cust_id CUST_NO, cust_last_name

FROM customers -

WHERE country_id = 30 -

Identify three ORDER BY clauses, any one of which can complete the query successfully. (Choose three.)

A. ORDER BY ‫ג‬€Last Name‫ג‬€

B. ORDER BY 2, 1

C. ORDER BY 2, cust_id

D. ORDER BY CUST_NO

E. ORDER BY ‫ג‬€CUST_NO‫ג‬€

Correct Answer: ABC

Community vote distribution

ABC (100%)

  escoletsgo1 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

ABC
You cant sort by CUST_NO, it is not in the first query.
upvoted 16 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

yes, agree
upvoted 2 times

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

ABC is correct, you cannot sort if cust_no is not present in the first select query
upvoted 6 times

  musafir Most Recent  5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABC

ABC correct
upvoted 1 times

  Wh0au 1 year, 3 months ago

corret answer is BCD!! why choice the ABC??
upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

A is correct regarding oracle documentation :
The alias can be used in the order_by_clause but not other clauses in the query.
upvoted 1 times

  LeandroHPN 1 year, 6 months ago

Selected Answer: ABC

A, B, C is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  algerianphoenix 1 year, 8 months ago

BCD, correct answer by test
upvoted 2 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

A, B, C (In union the first select statement must have the columns specified to make the usage of the order by clause)
upvoted 1 times

  BananaSlug 3 years, 5 months ago

B C D is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #94 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the configuration and use of UNDO_RETENTION with GURANTEED RETENTION? (Choose two.)

A. UNDO_RETENTION specifies for how long Oracle attempts to keep expired and unexpired UNDO.

B. UNDO_RETENTION specifies how long all types of UNDO are retained.

C. Unexpired UNDO is always retained.

D. Active UNDO is always retained.

E. UNDO_RETENTION specifies for how long Oracle attempts to keep unexpired UNDO.

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  Rivaldo11 Highly Voted  3 years, 6 months ago

"...If retention guarantee is enabled, the specified minimum undo retention is guaranteed; the database never overwrites unexpired undo data even
if it means that transactions fail due to lack of space in the undo tablespace. If retention guarantee is not enabled, the database can overwrite
unexpired undo when space is low, thus lowering the undo retention for the system..." Acoording to this, correct answers should be C and E.
upvoted 9 times

  _gio_ 2 years, 4 months ago

E is wrong because Oracle doesn't "attempt to keep". It's mandatory to keep the unexpired undo. So C, D
upvoted 4 times

  SimoneF Highly Voted  3 years ago

By definition, undo extents that still have to overlive the retention period are unexpired. So, when undo_retention is set and retention is
guaranteed, unexpired undo is always retained.

As opposed to the case in which retention is noguarantee, where also unexpired extents can be overwritten IF and when needed.

In this particolar case, so, I would say C-D are the correct answers.
upvoted 7 times

  Phat 2 years, 11 months ago

After reading the oracle docs, section 16.2.2.3 Retention Guarantee. I can say the correct answer shall be C,E. retention guarantee &
undo_retention are about unexpired undo information.
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11466
upvoted 2 times

  elbelgounetos 2 years, 10 months ago

I Agree.

Undo retention is the threshold after which UNDO go from unexpired to expired. So it's pointless to talk about undo retention that keep some
kind of undo. UNDO RETENTION defines what kind of undo it is.

So C and D
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 Most Recent  7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

C D are correct
upvoted 1 times

  dianiss1050 10 months, 1 week ago

C and D are correct
upvoted 1 times

  saad3577 1 year, 3 months ago

Unexpired undo can be reused if not enough space in undo tbs ,
The UNDO_RETENTION parameter can only be honored if the current undo tablespace has enough space. If an active transaction requires undo
space and the undo tablespace does not have available space, then the system starts reusing unexpired undo space. This action can potentially
cause some queries to fail with a "snapshot too old" message.

I go with D,E
upvoted 2 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

Answer 1. C (always retains only unexpired undo not expired one)
Answer 2. E vs. D

Analysis:
D: Active undo is definitely retained by undo, yes, but it is not the use/configuration of UNDO_RETENTION. Ref: https://blog.oracle48.nl/oracle-
database-undo-space-explained/

E: Undo retention does specify for how long Oracle must keep unexpired undo, yes, there is (attempt) in the sentence but attempt does mean a
task for a computer, unlike human a computer attempts are accurate they don't pause and say I don't want to attempt this like us when we get
afraid.

So,
As the question demands configuration and use of UNDO_RETENTION with GUARANTEED RETENTION,

The true answers are C and E

upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

Answer 1. C (always retains only unexpired undo not expired one)
Answer 2. E vs. D

Analysis:
D: Active undo is definitely retained by undo, yes, but it is not the use of UNDO_RETENTION.

E: Undo retention does specify for how long Oracle must keep unexpired undo, yes, there is (attempt) in the sentence but attempt does mean a
task for a computer, unlike human a computer attempts are accurate they don't pause and say i don't want to attempt this like us when we get
afraid.

So,
As the question demands configuration and use of UNDO_RETENTION with GUARANTEED RETENTION,

The true answers are C and E

upvoted 1 times

  Borislone 2 years, 5 months ago

BC is correct since undo retention is guarantee, all type of undo has to be retained event if the new undo transaction has to fail
upvoted 1 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i choose D and E for the correct answer
upvoted 5 times

  Chansi 3 years, 5 months ago

the question is undo retention with guaranteed retention
so its C and D as unexpired undo in this case is always retained
upvoted 4 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 5 months ago

Correct Answer: CE
Wrong Answer: AB
A - keep only unexpired UNDO
B - not all
D - true, but not described by UNDO_RETENTION, only the confirmed UNDO
upvoted 3 times

  ogdru 2 years, 9 months ago

The question is ask about the configuration and use of UNDO_RETENTION with GURANTEED so I sure D is correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  NiciMilo 3 years, 5 months ago

I think should be DE
upvoted 3 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

I bet on A, C

When automatic undo management is enabled, there is always a current undo retention period, which is the minimum amount of time that Oracle
Database attempts to retain old undo information before overwriting it. Old (committed) undo information that is older than the current undo
retention period is said to be expired. Old undo information with an age that is less than the current undo retention period is said to be unexpired.
upvoted 2 times

  you1234 3 years, 5 months ago

this is real question asked in the exam

the one more question is

which two statments are true about UNDO and UNDO tablespace?

A) There can be only one UNDO tablespace created in database.

B) UNDO segements are owned by SYSBACKUP.
C)UNDO Segments are owned by SYSTEM
D)An instance will crash if the active undo tablespace is lost.
E) An undo tablespace may be owned by only one instance.

correct answer is A & D. any suggestion for this answer? this question is asked in real exam
upvoted 1 times

  Rivaldo11 3 years, 5 months ago

D and E are correct.
upvoted 7 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

E is correct

UNDO_RETENTION
(seconds)
Once a transaction commits the undo data for that transaction stays in the undo tablespace until space is required in which case it will be over
written.

committed undo information (unexpired) :

also known as unexpired undo, required to support undo_retention interval
after undo_retention period or undo tablespace space pressure unless guaranteed option is set (see below)

http://datadisk.org.uk/html_docs/oracle/undo.htm
upvoted 2 times

  ama 3 years, 6 months ago

C is correct
Retention Guarantee
Oracle Database 10g lets you guarantee undo retention. When you enable this option, the database never overwrites unexpired undo data i.e.
undo data whose age is less than the undo retention period. This option is disabled by default, which means that the database can overwrite the
unexpired undo data in order to avoid failure of DML operations if there is not enough free space left in the undo tablespace.

satya-dba.blogspot.com/2009/09/undo-tablespace-undo-management.html
upvoted 2 times

  adoptc94 3 years, 4 months ago

This question is just tricky and not clear at all...
C is correct but only if you're using guarantee retention.
Normally the statement 'Unexpired UNDO is always retained' is not true! If you're not using guarantee retention unexpired undo can be
overwritten, which means it is not always retained

For me two statements that are 100% true in all cases are D and E
- active undo is always retained no matter what
- undo_rentention is the parameter that specifies how long to retain unexpired undo

But answer C would be true in this case too, so I wouldn't know what two answers to pick... considering the question is about using undo with
guarantee retention C&E could be true but then again D is also true no matter how you look at it
upvoted 2 times

  Phat 2 years, 11 months ago

the undo guarantee and retention are about unexpired undo, not talk about active undo. And the question is asking clearly about the use of
these 2 parameters.
upvoted 1 times

  elcaso34 3 years, 6 months ago

I think that:

Answer A is correct
UNDO_RETENTION specifies (in seconds) how long the confirmed UNDO information will be retained:

UNCONFIRMED UNDO - ACTIVE.

CONFIRMED UNDO - NOT EXPIRED (WITHIN THE RETENTION INTERVAL)
EXPIRED (OUTSIDE THE RETENTION INTERVAL)

Answer C is correct, as it has the guarantee of retention, the UNDO information of the confirmed but not expired transactions will be kept until it
reaches the UNDO_RETENTION value.
upvoted 1 times
Question #95 Topic 1

Table ORDER_ITEMS contains columns ORDER_ID, UNIT_PRICE and QUANTITY, of data type NUMBER.

Examine these SQL statements:

Statement 1:

SELECT MAX(unit_price * quantity) `Maximum Order`

FROM order_items;

Statement 2:

SELECT MAX(unit_price * quantity) `Maximum Order`

FROM order_items -

GROUP BY order_id;

Which two statements are true?

A. Statement 1 returns only one row of output.

B. Statement 2 returns only one row of output.

C. Both statements will return NULL if either UNIT_PRICE or QUANTITY contains NULL.

D. Both the statements give the same output.

E. Statement 2 may return multiple rows of output.

Correct Answer: AE

  danito Highly Voted  3 years, 7 months ago

A E because https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.8.3.0/ref/rrefsqlj27781.html
The Expression can contain multiple column references or expressions, but it cannot contain another aggregate or subquery. It must evaluate to a
built-in data type. You can therefore call methods that evaluate to built-in data types. (For example, a method that returns a java.lang.Integer or int
evaluates to an INTEGER.) If an expression evaluates to NULL, the aggregate skips that value.
upvoted 15 times

  Ekos 3 years, 1 month ago

i agree
upvoted 2 times

  [Removed] Most Recent  2 years, 3 months ago

A and E (max function gives only one output in st.1 / when group by order_id is used, max function is used for every order_id
upvoted 1 times

  flaviogcmelo 2 years, 8 months ago

A , E are the correct statements. I've tested on this same sample schema.
upvoted 2 times

  guestart 2 years, 10 months ago

Yes, A & E are correct answers.

The followding demo is what I have tested on LiveSQL.

CREATE TABLE order_items (order_id number, unit_price number, quantity number);

INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (1, 234.35, 300);

INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (2, 95.10, 20);
INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (3, 150.75, 400);
INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (4, 50.65, NULL);
INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (5, 20.15, 150);
INSERT INTO order_items VALUES (6, 80.50, 70);

COMMIT;

SELECT MAX(unit_price * quantity) "Maximum Order"

FROM order_items;

Maximum Order
-------------------------
70305

SELECT order_id, MAX(unit_price * quantity) "Maximum Order"

FROM order_items
GROUP BY order_id;

ORDER_ID Maximum Order

---------------- -------------------------
6 5635
1 70305
2 1902
4-
5 3022.5
3 60300
upvoted 4 times

  Mandar79 3 years, 4 months ago

A - Correct in all scenarios
E - Correct if there is more than 1 row
C - Correct if there is only one row which has either UNIT_PRICE or QUANTITY contains NULL
upvoted 3 times

  spike_ge 2 years, 5 months ago

C is wrong. Statement 2 may result in multiple rows and some of them may not be NULL
upvoted 2 times

  Yanal98 1 year, 1 month ago

C is incorrect. Statement one will not give null although if there are null values within either the "unit_price" or the "quantity".
upvoted 1 times

  Yanal98 1 year, 1 month ago

You can try this using this statement on HR Schema:

select max(commission_pct*employee_id) from employees group by first_name ;

And this manipulates Statement 2 execution in C.

upvoted 1 times

  ama 3 years, 5 months ago

A, E seems ok
upvoted 4 times

  you1234 3 years, 6 months ago

any body pass this exam ? Please suggest
upvoted 3 times
Question #96 Topic 1

Which three files are used by conventional path SQL*Loader when the TABLE option is not specified? (Choose three.)

A. dump files

B. control files

C. password files

D. bad files

E. input files

Correct Answer: BDE

Community vote distribution

BDE (100%)

  Mandar79 Highly Voted  3 years, 4 months ago

BDE seems to be correct, can someone confirm.

SQLLDR CONTROL=sample.ctl, LOG=sample.log, BAD=baz.bad, DATA=etc.dat
USERID=scott/tiger, ERRORS=999, LOAD=2000, DISCARD=toss.dsc,
DISCARDMAX=5

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14215/ldr_params.htm
upvoted 10 times

  NowOrNever 3 years, 3 months ago

BDE - I agree
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28319/ldr_modes.htm#i1011474
upvoted 1 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: BDE

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  aediansyahsari 1 year, 7 months ago

Selected Answer: BDE

correct
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 years, 3 months ago

BDE 100%
upvoted 1 times
Question #97 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the naming methods and their features supported by Oracle database used to resolve connection

information? (Choose three.)

A. Local Naming requires setting the TNS_ADMIN environment variable on the client side.

B. A client can connect to an Oracle database instance even if no client side network admin has been configured.

C. Directory Naming can be used if Connect-Time Failover is required.

D. Easy Connect supports TCP/IP and SSL.

E. Local naming can be used if Connect-Time Failover is required.

F. Directory Naming requires setting the TNS_ADMIN environment variable on the client side.

Correct Answer: ADF

Community vote distribution

BCE (100%)

  ismoil 2 months, 3 weeks ago

A,B,C i have checked because local naming relies on tnsnames.ora file
upvoted 1 times

  guretto 2 months, 3 weeks ago

MOS note "Does EZCONNECT work with SSL / TCPS? ORA-12547 is received with 18c and below. (Doc ID 2502638.1)" states that from 19c and
above, we now have an option for TCPS (TLS) with Easy Connect Plus.
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

I will go for ABE
upvoted 3 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BCE

BCE correct
upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I think BCE.
B - Easy Connect requires no client-side configuration.
C - Local Naming supports the advanced connection option Connect-time failover.
E - Directory Naming supports Connect-time failover.
upvoted 2 times

  piontk 10 months ago

ABF I think
upvoted 1 times

  dianiss1050 10 months, 1 week ago

D is wrong because Easy Connect only support TCP/IP
upvoted 2 times

  guretto 1 month, 4 weeks ago

before 19c
upvoted 1 times
Question #98 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about User Authentication in an Oracle Database? (Choose two.)

A. Password authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users.

B. Password File authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users.

C. Operating System authentication may be used for system-privileged administrative users.

D. Password File authentication is supported for any type of database user.

E. REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE must be set to exclusive to permit password changes for system-privileged administrative users.

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

CD (67%) AC (33%)

  jonsnoow 3 months, 4 weeks ago

I think C and E.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/getting-started-with-database-administration.html#GUID-662ACF2E-546A-
4EF0-89EA-35D4633A0996

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE.html#GUID-6619299E-95E8-4821-B123-
3B5899F046C7
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

Statements A and B are incorrect. Password authentication and Password File authentication are both supported for system-privileged
administrative users, but they are not required. Operating System authentication is also supported for system-privileged administrative users.

Statement E is incorrect. REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE must be set to exclusive to permit password changes for all users, not just system-
privileged administrative users.
upvoted 1 times

  musafir 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

A. Password authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users.

Correct, can't find any reference where password authentication can be disabled. Some type of authentication has to be enabled.
B. Password File authentication must be used for system-privileged administrative users. Wrong - Can use different methods.
C. Operating System authentication may be used for system-privileged administrative users. Correct
D. Password File authentication is supported for any type of database user. Wrong - "Password files are used to authenticate database
administrators."
E. REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE must be set to exclusive to permit password changes for system-privileged administrative users.
Wrong - Can also be set to NONE which will allow password changes.
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE.html#GUID-6619299E-95E8-4821-B123-
3B5899F046C7

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/dbseg/configuring-authentication.html#GUID-30E91ECB-1DA1-4C9E-B630-
3C9E541CD915
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

I believe.
upvoted 1 times
Question #99 Topic 1

Which is the default column or columns for sorting output from compound queries using SET operators such as INTERSECT in a SQL statement?

A. the first NUMBER column in the first SELECT of the compound query

B. the first NUMBER or VARCHAR2 column in the last SELECT of the compound query

C. the first column in the last SELECT of the compound query

D. the first column in the first SELECT of the compound query

E. the first VARCHAR2 column in the first SELECT of the compound query

Correct Answer: D

  Guhborges 9 months, 2 weeks ago

D. the first column in the first SELECT of the compound query.

When using SET operators such as INTERSECT in a SQL statement, the default column or columns for sorting output is based on the column order
in the first SELECT statement of the compound query. Specifically, the first column in the first SELECT statement is used to sort the results. If you
want to change the sort order or use a different column for sorting, you can use an ORDER BY clause at the end of the compound query.
upvoted 1 times
Question #100 Topic 1

Examine the description of the PRODUCT_STATUS table:

The STATUS column contains the values 'IN STOCK' or 'OUT OF STOCK' for each row.

Which two queries will execute successfully? (Choose two.)

Correct Answer: BC

Community vote distribution

DF (100%)

  canijho Highly Voted  10 months, 1 week ago

A - Bad alias, ORA-00923: FROM keyword not found where expected

B - Bad syntax, ORA-01756: quoted string not properly terminated
C - Bad alias, ORA-00923: FROM keyword not found where expected
D --OK
E - Bad syntax, ORA-00904: "Q": invalid identifier
F --OK
upvoted 5 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DF

D and F are correct.

upvoted 1 times

  BeomK 8 months, 3 weeks ago

D,F is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #101 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about UNDO and UNDO tablespaces? (Choose two.)

A. There can be only one UNDO tablespace created in a database.

B. UNDO segments are owned by SYSTEM.

C. UNDO segments are owned by SYSBACKUP.

D. An UNDO tablespace may be owned by only one instance.

E. An instance will crash if the active undo tablespace is lost.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

Agree with D and E.

upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

D (RAC) E are correct

upvoted 1 times

  markwu01 8 months, 3 weeks ago

When an undo tablespace is created, the corresponding undo segments are created as well. The ownership of the undo segments is then given to
the user who creates the undo tablespace. Therefore, the ownership of the undo segments belongs to the user, not to the SYS or SYSTEM user. so
the correct answer are D and E
upvoted 2 times

  j_tw 8 months, 4 weeks ago

I know that Undo segment is owned by SYS user, not SYSTEM. B - false
upvoted 2 times

  piontk 10 months ago

D and E are the correct answers
upvoted 2 times
Question #102 Topic 1

You must create a tablespace of non-standard block size in a new file system and plan to use this command:

The standard block size is 8k but other non-standard block sizes will also be used.

Which two are requirements for this command to succeed? (Choose two.)

A. DB_32K_CACHE_SIZE must be less than DB_CACHE_SIZE.

B. DB_32K_CACHE_SIZE must be set to a value that can be accommodated in the SGA.

C. DB_32K_CACHE_SIZE should be set to a value greater than DB_CACHE_SIZE.

D. The /u02 file system must have at least 100g space for the datafile.

E. The operating system must use a 32k block size.

F. DB_CACHE_SIZE must be set to a size that is smaller than DB_32K_CACHE_SIZE.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BD (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times
Question #103 Topic 1

Examine the description of the PRODUCTS table:

Which query is valid?

A. SELECT prod_id, release_date, SUM(cost) FROM products GROUP BY prod_id;

B. SELECT prod_id, release_date, SUM(cost) FROM products GROUP BY prod_id, release_date;

C. SELECT prod_id, AVG(MAX(cost)) FROM products GROUP BY prod_id;

D. SELECT prod_id, MAX(AVG(cost)) FROM products GROUP BY prod_id;

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Provided answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times
Question #104 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the Oracle Data Dictionary? (Choose two.)

A. All data dictionary view join base tables to dynamic performance views.

B. Data dictionary base tables can be queried directly.

C. It is owned by the SYS user.

D. It is owned by the SYSTEM user.

E. Data dictionary views are always created with queries that join two or more base tables.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BC (100%)

  ivanadj Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10501_01/server.920/a96524/c05dicti.htm
upvoted 5 times

  j_tw 8 months, 4 weeks ago

I agree that. Data dictionary is owned by SYS user
upvoted 1 times

  hezzy Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago

BC
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B10500_01/server.920/a96524/c05dicti.htm
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BC

B and C are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

b c are correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #105 Topic 1

Which two Oracle database space management features require the use of locally managed tablespaces? (Choose two.)

A. Automatic data file extension (AUTOEXTEND)

B. Server-generated tablespace space alerts

C. Online segment shrink

D. Free space management with bitmaps

E. Oracle Managed Files (OMF)

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 3 weeks ago

D E is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  hotink57 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

A - false, as it can be used with both types

B - false
C - true, as it requires locally managed tablaspaces with automatic segment space management (ASSM)
D - true, as the bitmap structure is stored in the data files of the tablespace
E - false
upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

This is correct
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 10 months ago

AF is correct
upvoted 2 times

  piontk 5 months, 2 weeks ago

CD are the correct answers, after investigation
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 10 months ago

AE* is the correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #106 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about connection strings and service names used to connect to an Oracle database instance? (Choose three.)

A. A connection string must include the SID of a database instance.

B. A connection string including a service name must be defined in the tnsnames.ora file.

C. A single database instance can support connections for multiple service names.

D. A single connection string can refer to multiple database instances.

E. A service name is created by a listener.

F. Different connection strings in the same tnsnames.ora file can contain the same service name, host and port parameters.

Correct Answer: ABE

Community vote distribution

CDF (100%)

  bertchiang Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

I think the correct answer is CDF

upvoted 5 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

Why not B?
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

B is wrong because you can connect with easy connect without tnsnames
upvoted 2 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CDF

C,D,F in my opinion.
upvoted 2 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

C D F are correct. B is wrong
upvoted 3 times
Question #107 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about using SQL*Plus? (Choose three.)

A. It has both command-line and graphical user interfaces (GUI).

B. It must be downloaded from the Oracle Technology Network (OTN).

C. It can run Recovery Manager (RMAN) commands.

D. It has its own commands that are separate from any SQL statements.

E. It can run scripts entered at the SQL prompt.

F. It can run scripts passed to it by a shell script.

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

DEF (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DEF

Provided answer are wrong.

upvoted 2 times

  Juv07 7 months, 2 weeks ago

D E F is a correct answers
upvoted 2 times
Question #108 Topic 1

18. The orders table has a column ORDER_DATE of data type DATE.

The default display format for a date is DD-MON-RR.

Which two WHERE conditions demonstrate the correct usage of conversion functions? (Choose two.)

A. WHERE order_date > TO_DATE(ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, 6), 'MON DD YYYY')

B. WHERE order dare > TO DATE('JUL 10 2018', 'MON DD YYYY')

C. WHERE TO_CHAR(order date, 'MON DD YYYY') = 'JAN 20 2019'

D. WHERE order_date > TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, 6), 'MON DD YYYY')

E. WHERE order_date IN (TO_DATE('Oct 21 2018', 'Mon DD YYYY'), TO_CHAR('Nov 21 2018', 'Mon DD YYYY'))

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

BC (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

All are wrong! Someone should fix the text :-)
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

b c are correct if ORDER DARE >> ORDER_DATE

upvoted 1 times

  BeomK 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B,C is correct.

A. false - ORA-01843: not a valid month

B. true - TO DATE >> TO_DATA : wrong entry?? - Normal operation after modification
C. true - Normal operation after modification
D. false - ORA-01858: a non-numeric character was found where a numeric was expected
E. false - ORA-01722: invalid number
upvoted 2 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

I think C & E are correct.

A(false) - ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, 6) is already DATE type, so it will be an error to use TO_DATE function.

B(false) - same as A

C(true)

D(false) - It can't be possible to compare diffrent data type. ( date > string )

E(maybe true)

Am I wrong?
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 8 months, 3 weeks ago

NVM this comment. I perfectly misunderstood about TO_DATE function. BC may be correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #109 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)? (Choose three.)

A. It can be used for problem diagnosis of a database when that database's instance is down.

B. The ADR base is specified in the DIAGNIOSTIC_DEST database parameter.

C. It is held inside an Oracle database schema.

D. It is a file-based repository held outside any database.

E. It is only used for Oracle Database diagnostic information.

Correct Answer: ABE

Community vote distribution

ABD (100%)

  j_tw Highly Voted  8 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

ABD
A - The Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) is a directory structure that is stored outside of the database. It is therefore available for problem
diagnosis when the database is down.
B - They are replaced by the initialization parameter DIAGNOSTIC_DEST, which identifies the location of the ADR.
D - The data is then stored in the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)—a file-based repository outside the database—where it can later be
retrieved by incident number and analyzed.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/diagnosing-and-resolving-problems.html#GUID-43A0C671-CE6F-492F-
9032-A010E96DC257
upvoted 5 times

  auwia Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: ABD

Provided answer are wrong:

The Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) is a directory structure that is stored outside of the database. It is therefore available for problem
diagnosis when the database is down.
The ADR root directory is known as ADR base. Its location is set by the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter.
Ref:
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/diagnosing-and-resolving-problems.html#GUID-EA97EEF6-9207-4536-
B808-3B91DACA7AD6
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

A B D are correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #110 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about a self join? (Choose two.)

A. It can be an inner join.

B. It can be a left outer join.

C. It must be an equijoin.

D. The join key column must have an index.

E. It must be a full outer join.

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

Provided answer are correct, self join can be any kind of join! ;-)
upvoted 1 times

  mamadu 6 months ago

I think this is true because we can use other join conditions and not necessarily an equality join (=).
You can also use any outer join to join the same table. (most probably using a non-equijoin operator)
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

A C seems okay
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

"must" is not welcomed in this case! :-)
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

in a self join the table is join with itself. Equijoin is the most common join used.
upvoted 1 times
Question #111 Topic 1

Which statement is true about database links?

A. Private database link creation requires the same user to exist in both the local and the remote databases.

B. A database link created in a database allows a connection from that database's instance to the target database's instance, but not vice

versa.

C. A public database link can be used by a user connected to the local database instance to connect to any schema in the remote database

instance.

D. A public database link can be created only by SYS.

E. A database link can be created only between two Oracle databases.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Which statement is true about database links?

A. Private database link creation requires the same user to exist in both the local and the remote databases. --> False.
B. A database link created in a database allows a connection from that database's instance to the target database's instance, but not vice versa. -->
True
C. A public database link can be used by a user connected to the local database instance to connect to any schema in the remote database
instance. --> False, you don't see any schema.
D. A public database link can be created only by SYS. --> False
E. A database link can be created only between two Oracle databases. --> False, you can create a db link to itself! :-)
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

b is correct
upvoted 2 times

  j_tw 8 months, 4 weeks ago

B
PUBLIC does not means a user can use any schema. It means other users can use db link what you made it.

When you create a private or public database link, you can determine which schema on the remote database the link will establish connections to
by creating fixed user, current user, and connected user database links.

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-a-distributed-database.html#GUID-B5950167-35F8-4C88-B063-
382E0290CB53
upvoted 2 times
Question #112 Topic 1

Which two queries execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT NULLIF(NULL, 100) FROM DUAL;

B. SELECT NULLIF(100, 'A') FROM DUAL;

C. SELECT COALESCE(100, 'A') FROM DUAL;

D. SELECT COALESCE(100, NULL, 200) FROM DUAL;

E. SELECT NULLIF(100, 100) FROM DUAL;

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

D and E are correct.

upvoted 2 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

D E is correct. Easy to test

upvoted 2 times

  BeomK 8 months, 3 weeks ago

D,E is correct

A. ORA-00932: inconsistent datatypes: expected - got CHAR

B. ORA-00932: inconsistent datatypes: expected NUMBER got CHAR
C. ORA-00932: inconsistent datatypes: expected NUMBER got CHAR
D. SQL> SELECT COALESCE(100, NULL, 200) FROM DUAL;

COALESCE(100,NULL,200)
----------------------
100
E. SQL> SELECT NULLIF(100, 100) FROM DUAL;

NULLIF(100,100)
---------------
upvoted 2 times

  Bolillo 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

Tested both
upvoted 3 times

  ivanadj 11 months ago

D and E are correct
SQL> SELECT COALESCE(100, NULL, 200) FROM DUAL;

COALESCE(100,NULL,200)
----------------------
100

SQL> SELECT NULLIF(100, 100) FROM DUAL;

NULLIF(100,100)
---------------
upvoted 3 times
Question #113 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about data block storage in an Oracle Database? (Choose three.)

A. An index block can contain row data.

B. A data block header is of a fixed length.

C. Row data is stored starting at the end of the block.

D. A table block must always contain row data.

E. A block header contains a row directory pointing to all rows in the block.

A. They support DELETES which transparently deletes records in the file system as if they were table rows.

B. They can be queried, transformed, and joined with other tables without having to load the data first.

C. They support UPDATES which transparently updates records in the file system as if they were table rows.

D. The results of a complex join or aggregating function or both can be unloaded to a file for transportation to another database.

E. They can be queried while the database is in the MOUNT state like dynamic performance views.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BD (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Only select is allowed on external tables + DB has to be in "open" state.
upvoted 1 times
Question #115 Topic 1

Examine the description of the MEMBERS table:

Examine the partial query:

SELECT city, last_name LNAME FROM members ...;

You want to display all cities that contain the string an. The cities must be returned in ascending order, with the last names further sorted in

descending order.

Which two clauses must you add to the query? (Choose two.)

A. ORDER BY 1, 2

B. WHERE city = '%AN%'

C. WHERE city LIKE '%AN%'

D. ORDER BY last_name DESC, city ASC

E. WHERE city IN ('%AN%')

F. ORDER BY 1, LNAME DESC

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CF (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CF

The base! Part V :-)

upvoted 3 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CF

c f are correct
upvoted 2 times

  Juv07 10 months, 3 weeks ago

The good answers is C,F
upvoted 3 times

  PrasenC 11 months ago

If the order is not specified, ASC is the default.
upvoted 1 times

  PrasenC 11 months ago

Selected Answer: CF

Refer:
https://docs.oracle.com/javadb/10.6.2.1/ref/rrefsqlj13658.html#:~:text=If%20the%20order%20is%20not%20specified%2C%20ASC%20is%20the%20
default.&text=Specifies%20that%20the%20results%20should%20be%20returned%20in%20descending%20order.&text=Specifies%20that%20NULL
%20values%20should%20be%20returned%20before%20non%2DNULL%20values.&text=Specifies%20that%20NULL%20values%20should%20be%2
0returned%20after%20non%2DNULL%20values.
If the order is not specified, ASC is the default.
upvoted 3 times
Question #116 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about sequences in a single instance Oracle database? (Choose three.)

B is wrong -> "Sequence numbers are generated independently of tables, so the same sequence can be used for one or for multiple tables"
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-SEQUENCE.html
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ACD

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/20160-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-27-discussion/
upvoted 2 times
Question #117 Topic 1

Your database instance is started with an SPFILE.

A PFILE is also available.

You execute this command:

ALTER SYSTEM SET DB_CACHE_SIZE=100K;

Where is the value changed?

A. in the SPFILE, PFILE, and memory

B. in the SPFILE and in memory

C. only in the SPFILE

D. only in memory

E. in the SPFILE and PFILE

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Correct answer is B.
upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I will go for D as the correct answer.
Scope=spfile is not specify.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

The scope is intrinsic because you started the instance by the spfile, so the scope is already set.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

When you issue the ALTER SYSTEM statement while connected to a non-CDB or a CDB root, the scope depends on whether you started up the
database using a traditional plain-text parameter file (pfile) or server parameter file (spfile).

MEMORY indicates that the change is made in memory, takes effect immediately, and persists until the database is shut down. If you started up the
database using a parameter file (pfile), then this is the only scope you can specify.

SPFILE indicates that the change is made in the server parameter file. The new setting takes effect when the database is next shut down and started
up again. You must specify SPFILE when changing the value of a static parameter that is described as not modifiable in Oracle Database Reference.

BOTH indicates that the change is made in memory and in the server parameter file. The new setting takes effect immediately and persists after the
database is shut down and started up again.

If a server parameter file was used to start up the database, then BOTH is the default. If a parameter file was used to start up the database, then
MEMORY is the default, as well as the only scope you can specify.
upvoted 1 times
Question #118 Topic 1

You want to apply the principle of Least Privilege in all your live databases.

One of your requirements is to revoke unnecessary privileges from all users who have them using Privilege Analysis.

Which two are types of analyses can be done using the DBMS_PRIVILEGE_CAPTURE package? (Choose two.)

A. analysis of privileges that a user has on other schema’s objects

B. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects

C. analysis of all privileges used by the sys user.

D. analysis of privileges granted indirectly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role

E. analysis of privileges granted directly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

DE (75%) AD (25%)

  zouve 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

DE for me
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

A. analysis of privileges that a user has on other schema’s objects. --> True, it makes sense.
B. analysis of privileges that a user has on their own schema objects. --> False, it makes no sense. The owner is the owner why do you want to
check his objects? :-)
C. analysis of all privileges used by the sys user. --> False, SYS is the only user excluded by three tool.
D. analysis of privileges granted indirectly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role. --> True, it makes sense.
E. analysis of privileges granted directly to a role that are then used by a user who has been granted that role. --> False, it makes no sense.
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

D E are correct
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 8 months, 3 weeks ago

I think A also can be correct...
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/24044-exam-1z0-082-topic-1-question-63-discussion/
upvoted 1 times
Question #119 Topic 1

Examine the description of the SALES table:

The SALES table has 55,000 rows.

Examine this statement:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. SALES1 is created with l row.

B. SALES1 is created with no rows.

C. SALES1 has primary KEY and UNIQUE constraints on any selected columns which had those constraints in the SALES table.

D. SALES1 has NOT NULL constraints on any selected columns which had those constraints in the SALES table.

E. SALES1 is created with 55,000 rows.

Correct Answer: DE

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 3 weeks ago

D E is correct
upvoted 3 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

DE
//
D - At using subquery to make table, only 'Not Null' constraint will be copied
upvoted 3 times
Question #120 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about performing Data Manipulation Language (DML) operations on a view with no INSTEAD OF triggers defined?

(Choose three.)

A. Views cannot be used to query rows from an underlying table if the table has a PRIMARY KEY and the PRIMARY KEY columns are not

referenced in the defining query of the view.

B. The WITH CHECK clause has no effect when deleting rows from the underlying table through the view.

C. Delete statements can always be done on a table through a view.

D. Views cannot be used to add or modify rows in an underlying table if the defining query of the view contains the DISTINCT keyword.

E. Views cannot be used to add rows to an underlying table if the table has columns with NOT NULL constraints lacking default values which

are not referenced in the defining query of the view.

F. Insert statements can always be done on a table through a view.

Correct Answer: CEF

Community vote distribution

BDE (100%)

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BDE

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/20172-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-37-discussion/
upvoted 1 times
Question #121 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about indexes and their administration in an Oracle database? (Choose three.)

A. An index can be created as part of a CREATE TABLE statement.

B. If a query filters on an indexed column, then it will always be used during execution of the query.

C. A descending index is a type of function-based index.

D. A DROP INDEX statement always prevents updates to the table during the drop operation.

E. A UNIQUE and non-unique index can be created on the same table column.

F. An INVINSIBLE INDEX is not maintained when Data Manipulation Language (DML) is performed on its underlying table.

Correct Answer: ABE

Community vote distribution

ACE (83%) ABC (17%)

  Sajib_Arafat 2 months, 4 weeks ago

SQL> create index a1 on x1(b1);

Index created.

SQL> create unique index a2 on x1(b1);

create unique index a2 on x1(b1)
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01408: such column list already indexed

SQL>
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 5 months ago

Selected Answer: ACE

ACE for me
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ACE

A-
CREATE TABLE Books(
ID NUMBER PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX (CREATE INDEX idx_custom_books_id ON books (ID)),
Title VARCHAR2(100) NOT NULL,
Author VARCHAR2(100) NOT NULL,
PublishYear NUMBER NOT NULL
);

C- "Oracle Database treats descending indexes as if they were function-based indexes"

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-INDEX.html#GUID-1F89BBC0-825F-4215-AF71-
7588E31D8BFE__GUID-92F4F0FB-499A-4ED7-8630-B219F8A50B90

Question #122 Topic 1

Which three actions are ways to apply the principle of least privilege? (Choose three.)

A. setting the O7_DICTIONARY_ACCESSIBILITY parameter to true

B. setting the REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT parameter to true

C. revoking execute privilege on UTL_SMTP, UTL_TCP, UTL_HTTP, and UTL_FILE from the SYSTEM user

D. enabling Unified Auditing

E. using Access Control Lists (ACLs)

F. revoking execute privilege on UTL_SMTP, UTL_TCP, UTL_HTTP, and UTL_FILE from the public user

Correct Answer: CDE

Community vote distribution

DEF (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DEF

Very good link, thanks dianiss1050. Yes correct answer are DEF.

False answer:
A - Protect the data dictionary. When parameter 07_DICTIONARY_ACCESSIBILITY is FALSE, people who has ANY TABLE privileges are restricted from
accessing data dictionary-based tables. The default value of the parameter is FALSE and should not be changed.

B - Restrict remote database authentication. REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT specifies whether remote clients will be authenticated with the value of the
OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX parameter. The default value is FALSE and should be like this. If set to TRUE, users created as “CREATE USER… IDENTIFIED
EXTERNALLY” will be able to log in to the system.
C - The user granted by default for those packages is PUBLIC and NOT SYSTEM.
upvoted 2 times

  dianiss1050 8 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is DEF
https://dbtut.com/index.php/2020/01/09/principle-of-least-privilege-in-oracle-databases/
upvoted 3 times
Question #123 Topic 1

The STORES table has a column START_DATE of data type DATE, containing the date the row was inserted.

You only want to display details of rows where START_DATE is within the last 25 months.

Which WHERE clause can be used?

A. WHERE ADD_MONTHS(start_date, 25) <= SYSDATE

B. WHERE MONTHS_BETWEEN(start_date, SYSDATE) <= 25

C. WHERE MONTHS_BETWEEN(SYSDATE, start_date) <=25

D. WHERE TO_NUMBER(start date - SYSDATE) <= 25

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Jinas 4 months, 2 weeks ago

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Provided answer is wrong. C is correct.

-- Creating the table

CREATE TABLE STORES (
ID NUMBER,
NAME VARCHAR2(50),
START_DATE DATE
);

-- Inserting data into the table

INSERT INTO STORES VALUES (1, 'Store 1', SYSDATE);
INSERT INTO STORES VALUES (2, 'Store 2', ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, -10));
INSERT INTO STORES VALUES (3, 'Store 3', ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, -20));
INSERT INTO STORES VALUES (4, 'Store 4', ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE, -30));

-- Commit to save data

COMMIT;

-- Selecting rows where START_DATE is within the last 25 months

SELECT * FROM STORES
WHERE MONTHS_BETWEEN(SYSDATE, START_DATE) <= 25;
upvoted 1 times

  fdelasie 7 months, 2 weeks ago

A is correct, in C id start_date > sysdate MONTHS_BETWEEN is negative and <= 25
upvoted 1 times

  Dragon67 7 months, 4 weeks ago

when i execute C, i get no row selected, but when i execute B, i get a value, i dont understand why, so i have no choice than to select B as answer.
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/oracle/1z0-071/view/2/
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

The same question as question 10 in 1z0-071. The answer is C.

upvoted 1 times
Question #124 Topic 1

Examine the description of the BOOKS_TRANSACTIONS table:

Examine this partial SQL statement:

SELECT * FROM books_transactions

Which two WHERE conditions give the same result? (Choose two.)

A. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND (transaction_type = 'RM' AND member_id = 'A101' OR member_id = 'A102');

B. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND transaction_type = 'RM' OR member_id IN ('A101', 'A102');

C. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND (transaction_type = 'RM' AND (member_id = 'A101' OR member_id = 'A102'));

D. WHERE borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND (transaction_type = 'RM' OR menber_id IN ('A101', 'A102'));

E. WHERE (borrowed_date = SYSDATE AND transaction_type - 'RM') OR member_id IN ('A101', VA102');

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

BE (100%)

  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago

but in E, there are mistake VA102, should be A102, this mistake was done on purpose? or its misstype?
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

The AND operator is evaluated earlier, it has higher priority than the OR operator. B and E examples differ only in parentheses, and those
parentheses does not change the priority, because the priority of the AND is higher than the priority of the OR operator.
upvoted 2 times

  ivanadj 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/8434-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-274-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

BE is the correct answer

upvoted 2 times
Question #125 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about views? (Choose two.)

A. The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being updated or inserted in the underlying table through the view.

B. The WITH CHECK clause prevents certain rows from being displayed when querying the view.

C. Views can be updated without the need to re-grant privileges on the view.

D. A view must only refer to tables in its defining query.

E. Views can be indexed.

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

A) TRUE; see https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-VIEW.html#GUID-61D2D2B4-DACC-4C7C-89EB-

7E50D9594D30 "Notes on Updatable Views". WITH CHECK OPTION prevents INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE in join views
B) FALSE; same URL as in A), "subquery_restriction_clause, WITH CHECK OPTION" ... Oracle Database prohibits any changes to the table or view .
This statements talks only about changes, not about reading the rows of a view.
C) TRUE; https://www.oracletutorial.com/oracle-view/oracle-updatable-view/ no extra grants are mentioned
D) FALSE; a view can be based on another view, see this example:
SQL> CREATE TABLE a ( b int );
SQL> INSERT INTO a VALUES ( 0 );
SQL> CREATE VIEW v_a AS SELECT * FROM a;
SQL> CREATE VIEW vv_a AS SELECT * FROM v_a;
SQL> SELECT * FROM vv_a;
B
-
0
E) FALSE; https://asktom.oracle.com/pls/apex/asktom.search?tag=indexes-on-view
upvoted 1 times
Question #126 Topic 1

Which compression method is recommended for Direct-Path Insert operations?

A. ROW STORE COMPRESS BASIC

B. ROW STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED

C. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS ADVANCED

D. COLUMN STORE COMPRESS BASIC

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  guretto 2 months, 3 weeks ago

why A? it is not good for OLTP.
B is good for both DWH and OLTP
upvoted 2 times

  shotcom 4 months ago

correct answer is A
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct answer is A.
upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

You sure it is A ? I will go for B instead
upvoted 2 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

https://blogs.oracle.com/dbstorage/post/when-to-use-and-not-use-the-different-types-of-oracle-database-19c-data-compression
upvoted 2 times

  dianiss1050 8 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answer is A
upvoted 2 times
Question #127 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about Deferred Segment Creation in Oracle databases? (Choose three.)

A. It is supported for Index Organized Tables (IOTs) contained in locally managed tablespaces.

B. It is the default behavior for tables and indexes.

C. Sessions may dynamically switch back and forth from DEFERRED to IMMEDIATE segment creation.

D. Indexes inherit the DEFERRED to IMMEDIATE segment creation attribute from their parent table

E. It is supported for SYS-owned tables contained in locally managed tablespaces.

Correct Answer: ADE

Community vote distribution

BCD (86%) 14%

  piontk 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ABD

B and D are correct:

B - DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION default value is true

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION.html#GUID-29066C9A-1CC7-48E4-A278-
BB9678EE3362

D- "Index segment creation is deferred when the associated table defers segment creation. This is because index segment creation reflects the
behavior of the table with which it is associated."
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-indexes.html#GUID-EF7459D8-6396-4275-A73F-75BBF2A7EC2C
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 5 months, 1 week ago

There's no documentation supporting C.

A is correct, tested as follows:

-- as sys
CONN sys/senha@orclpdb as sysdba

CREATE TABLESPACE tbs_local DATAFILE SIZE 50M

EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL
SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

alter user hr quota 10m on tbs_local;

-- as hr

conn hr/hr@orclpdb

CREATE TABLE countries_iot(

country_id CHAR(2) NOT NULL,
country_name VARCHAR2(40),
currency_name VARCHAR2(25),
currency_symbol VARCHAR2(3),
region VARCHAR2(15),
CONSTRAINT country_iot_id_pk_demo PRIMARY KEY (country_id )
)
SEGMENT CREATION DEFERRED
ORGANIZATION INDEX
TABLESPACE tbs_local;

CONN sys/senha@orclpdb as sysdba

SELECT TABLESPACE_NAME, EXTENT_MANAGEMENT, SEGMENT_SPACE_MANAGEMENT FROM DBA_TABLESPACES WHERE

TABLESPACE_NAME='TBS_LOCAL';

Which three statements are true? (Choose three.)

A. The code for pen is 10.

B. There is no row containing fountain pen.

C. There is no row containing pen.

D. The code for fountain pen is 3.

E. The code for pen is l.

F. There is no row containing pencil.

Correct Answer: BCF

Community vote distribution

ADF (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADF

Provided answer are wrong! The base! :-) part VI

upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

Correct answer are: A,D,F.

Before SAVEPOINT b; command was issued, content of the table is:
SQL> SELECT * FROM product;
PCODE PNAME
------ --------------------
10 pen
3 fountain pen
The command "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT b; " returns the table to the state created by the SAVEPOINT b;
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

a d f are correct
upvoted 1 times

  piontk 10 months ago

Selected Answer: ADF

ADF is right
upvoted 2 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ADF

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/8225-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-243-discussion/
upvoted 3 times

Question #129 Topic 1

Examine the description of the SALES1 table:

SALES2 is a table with the same description as SALES1.

Some sales data is contained erroneously in both tables.

You must display rows from SALES1 and SALES2 and wish to see the duplicates too.

Which set operator generates the required output?

A. UNION ALL

B. SUBTRACT

C. MINUS

D. UNION

E. INTERSECT

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  nautil2 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The UNION ALL operator does not eliminate duplicate selected rows. https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/The-
UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html#GUID-B64FE747-586E-4513-945F-80CB197125EE
upvoted 1 times
Question #130 Topic 1

In the promotions table, the PROMO_BEGIN_DATE column is of data type DATE and the default date format is DD-MON-RR.

Which two statements are true about expressions using PROMO_BEGIN_DATE contained in a query? (Choose two.)

A. TO_NUMBER(PROMO_BEGIN_DATE) - 5 will return a number.

B. PROMO_BEGIN_DATE - SYSDATE will return an error.

C. PROMO_BEGIN_DATE - SYSDATE will return a number.

D. PROMO_BEGIN_DATE - 5 will return a date.

E. TO_DATE(PROMO_BEGIN_DATE * 5) will return a date.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

C and D are corrects.

upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

CD are correct answers

upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

C D are correct
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/10240-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-269-discussion/
upvoted 3 times
Question #131 Topic 1

Which two statements are true regarding indexes? (Choose two.)

A. A non-unique index can be altered to be unique.

B. An update to a table can result in no updates to any of the table's indexes.

C. The RECYCLE BIN never contains indexes.

D. An update to a table can result in updates to any or all of the table's indexes.

E. A table belonging to one user cannot have an index that belongs to a different user.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

BD (100%)

  musafir 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

B and D are correct

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/20178-exam-1z0-071-topic-2-question-42-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Maybe BE?
upvoted 2 times

  ahmadkrishan 10 months ago

sry A + D correct
upvoted 1 times

  ahmadkrishan 10 months, 1 week ago

E is true
upvoted 1 times

  shotcom 3 months, 3 weeks ago

To create an index in another schema, all of the following conditions must be true:
You have CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege.
The owner of the other schema has a quota for the tablespaces to contain the index or index partitions, or UNLIMITED TABLESPACE system
privilege.
so E is not correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #132 Topic 1

Which three statements are true regarding single row subqueries? (Choose three.)

A. A SQL statement may have multiple single row subquery blocks.

B. They can be used in the WHERE clause.

C. They must be placed on the left side of the comparison operator or condition.

D. They can be used in the HAVING clause.

E. They must be placed on the right side of the comparison operator or condition.

F. They must return a row to prevent errors in the SQL statement.

Correct Answer: ABD

Community vote distribution

ABD (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ABD

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I will go for A B F
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: ABD

ABD seems to be correct.

A,B: TRUE
SELECT column1,
(SELECT MAX(column2) FROM table1) AS max_value,
(SELECT COUNT(*) FROM table2) AS row_count
FROM table3
WHERE column4 = (SELECT MIN(column4) FROM table4);
C: FALSE - column name is placed on the left side of the condition/operator, while subquery is placed on the right side of it.
D: TRUE
SELECT deptno, MIN(sal) FROM emp GROUP BY deptno HAVING MIN(sal) > ( SELECT MIN(sal) FROM emp WHERE deptno = 30);
E: FALSE, a subquery does not need to be surrounded by a condition or operator, see example for A+B answer
F: FALSE, single-row subquery can return no row without raising an error
SELECT ename, init, bdate FROM employees WHERE bdate > (SELECT bdate FROM employees WHERE empno = 99999);
upvoted 1 times
Question #133 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about Oracle synonyms? (Choose two.)

A. Any user can create a public synonym.

B. A synonym has an object number.

  ivanadj 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

The same question as in 1z0-071

Question #: 270
upvoted 2 times
Question #134 Topic 1

Examine this command:

SQL> ALTER TABLE ORDERS SHRINK SPACE COMPACT

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. The SHRINK operation causes rows to be moved to empty space starting from the beginning of the ORDERS segment.

B. Queries and DML statements are allowed on ORDERS while the SHRINK is executing.

C. Dependent indexes become UNUSABLE.

D. Only queries are allowed on ORDERS while the shrink is executing.

E. The high-water mark (HWM) of ORDERS is adjusted.

F. The SHRINK operation causes rows to be moved to empty space starting toward the end of the ORDERS segment.

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

AB (67%) BF (33%)

  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago

FALSE:
F.Contrary to the claim, the SHRINK operation moves rows to empty space starting from the beginning of the segment, not toward the end.
E: If you specify COMPACT, then Oracle Database only defragments the segment space and compacts the table rows for subsequent release. The
database does not readjust the high water mark and does not release the space immediately. You must issue another ALTER TABLE ... SHRINK
SPACE statement later to complete the operation. This clause is useful if you want to accomplish the shrink operation in two shorter steps rather
than one longer step.
i go for AB also.
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BF

ALTER TABLE SHRINK SPACE

The ALTER TABLE SHRINK SPACE algorithm starts from the bottom of the segment and starts moving rows to the beginning of the segment.
Compacting the segment requires row movement. Therefore, you must enable row movement for the object you want to shrink before specifying
this clause.
By default, Oracle Database compacts the segment, adjusts the High Water Mark, and releases the recuperated space immediately.
B. ALTER TABLE MY_TABLE SHRINK SPACE COMPACT
Compact rows, without adjusting HWM.

http://aleckaplandba.blogspot.com/2015/07/shrink-table-by-example.html
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BF

Correct answers are B and F, because rows are moved up and free space goes down. For COMPACT clause, watermarks are not updated. DML and
queries are both supported in this "phase".
upvoted 2 times

  nautil2 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

A: TRUE; It wouldn´t make sense if the data were filled from the end of segment, because it could remain some empty space after shrinking. Data
are moved to empty space to use maximum of empty space. I could not find any proof in the documentation. If anyone find it, feel free and post it
here.
B: TRUE, https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-space-for-schema-objects.html#GUID-37DF35E0-116B-
4AAB-BFB3-DDBDBAB29BEB DML operations and queries can be issued during the data movement phase of segment shrink.
C: FALSE, same URL as B, Indexes are maintained during the shrink operation and remain usable after the operation is complete.
D: FALSE, also DML is allowed, see B
E: FALSE; https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLE.html#GUID-552E7373-BF93-477D-9DA3-
B2C9386F2877
F: FALSE; opposite to A
upvoted 1 times

  RaNik69 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLE.html#GUID-552E7373-BF93-477D-9DA3-B2C9386F2877
upvoted 2 times

  piontk 10 months ago

Selected Answer: AB
AB are correct
upvoted 3 times

  ahmadkrishan 10 months ago

can u explain
upvoted 1 times

Question #135 Topic 1

The sales table has columns PROD_ID and QUANTITY_SOLD of data type number.

Which two queries execute successfully? (Choose two.)

A. SELECT COUNT(prod_id) FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 GROUP BY prod_id;

B. SELECT COUNT(prod_id) FROM sales GROUP BY prod_id WHERE quantity_sold > 55000;

C. SELECT prod_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 AND COUNT(*) > 10 GROUP BY COUNT(*) > 10;

D. SELECT prod_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 GROUP BY proa_id HAVING COUNT(*) > 10;

E. SELECT prcd_id FROM sales WHERE quantity_sold > 55000 AND COUNT (*) > 10 GROUP BY prod_id HAVING COUNT(*) > 10;

Correct Answer: AD

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

A D is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #136 Topic 1

Examine the description of the PRODUCT_DETAILS table:

Which two statements are true? (Choose two.)

A. PRODUCT_ID can be assigned the PRIMARY KEY constraint.

B. EXPIRY_DATE cannot be used in arithmetic expressions.

C. PRODUCT_NAME cannot contain duplicate values.

D. EXPIRY_DATE contains the SYSDATE by default if no date is assigned to it.

E. PRODUCT_PRICE can be used in an arithmetic expression even if it has no value stored in it.

F. PRODUCT_PRICE contains the value zero by default if no value is assigned to it.

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AE (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AE

Provided answer are wrong. The base! :-) part VII

upvoted 1 times

  Juv07 10 months, 3 weeks ago

A E is the good answers
upvoted 2 times

  ivanadj 11 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

The same question as 1z0-071

Question #: 229
upvoted 2 times
Question #137 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about INTERVAL data types? (Choose two.)

A. INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND columns support fractions of seconds.

B. The YEAR field in an INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH column must be a positive value.

C. The value in an INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND column can be copied into an INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH column.

D. INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH columns only support monthly intervals within a range of years.

E. INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH columns only support monthly intervals within a single year.

F. INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH support yearly intervals.

Correct Answer: AD

Community vote distribution

AF (60%) AD (40%)

  nautil2 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

True statements about intervals in Oracle Database 19c:

A. True - INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND columns support fractions of seconds.
D. True - INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH columns only support monthly intervals within a range of years.
False statements:
B. False - The YEAR field in an INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH column can be a negative value.
C. False - The value in an INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND column cannot be copied into an INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH column.
E. False - INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH columns can include monthly intervals spanning multiple years.
F. False - INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH columns do not support yearly intervals.
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AF

Provided answer are wrong.

upvoted 2 times

  ivanadj 11 months ago

Selected Answer: AF

1z0-071
Question #: 292
upvoted 1 times
Question #138 Topic 1

Examine the description of the EMPLOYEES table:

NLS_DATE_FORMAT is set to DD-MON-YY.

Which query requires explicit data type conversion?

A. SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE join_date > '10-02-2018';

B. SELECT join_date + '20' FROM employees;

C. SELECT salary + '120.50' FROM employees;

D. SELECT SUBSTR(join_date, 1, 2) - 10 FROM employees;

E. SELECT join_date || ' ' || salary FROM employees;

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

A (80%) C (20%)

  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago

what about
Option D?: SELECT SUBSTR(join_date, 1, 2) - 10 FROM employees; This query is attempting to perform a substring operation on a DATE type, which
is not valid without first converting the date to a string. Oracle does not support taking substrings directly from DATE data types. The date must be
converted to a string using TO_CHAR before SUBSTR can be used. Furthermore, subtracting 10 from a substring of a date does not make sense
unless the substring represents a number, which is not the case here since join_date is a date and not a string of numbers. Therefore, explicit
conversion is necessary, and the query itself is somewhat nonsensical without additional context or correction. This makes Option D the most
clearly incorrect and the one that certainly requires explicit data type conversion to even make sense as a SQL statement.
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

AC is correct.
A returns:
SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE join_date > '10-02-2018';
SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE join_date > '10-02-2018'
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01843: not a valid month

C returns:
SQL> SELECT salary+'120.50' FROM employees;
SELECT salary+'120.50' FROM employees
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01722: invalid number
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Let me correct my suggestion, please. Only C is correct.
Datatype conversion in A does not make the query valid.
SQL> SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE TO_DATE(join_date,'DD-MM-YYYY') > '10-02-2018';
SELECT join_date FROM employees WHERE TO_DATE(join_date,'DD-MM-YYYY') > '10-02-2018'
*
ERROR at line 1:
ORA-01843: not a valid month

Only altering session variable NLS_DATE_FORMAT with

ALTER SESSION SET nls_date_format='DD-MM-YY';
makes the A query to return valid response. So there´s no datatype conversion, just altering session variable, therefore A is false.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A
Provided answer is wrong! The base! :-) part VIII
upvoted 1 times

  Pivoine 6 months, 1 week ago

C
tested
upvoted 1 times

  ivanadj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/13453-exam-1z0-071-topic-1-question-296-discussion/
upvoted 3 times

Question #139 Topic 1

You start your database instance in NOMOUNT state.

Which two actions are performed? (Choose two.)

A. SYS can access the database.

B. The consistency of the database is checked.

C. The control files are opened.

D. All required background processes are started.

E. Memory is allocated for the SGA.

Correct Answer: BC

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

Agree with D and E.

upvoted 1 times

  PrasenC 11 months ago

Selected Answer: DE

During mount control file is read or open.

upvoted 4 times
Question #140 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the PMON background process? (Choose two.)

A. It registers database services with all local and remote listeners known to the database instance.

B. It frees unused temporary segments.

C. It rolls back transactions when a process fails.

D. It records checkpoint information in the control file.

E. It frees resources held by abnormally terminated processes.

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

CE (100%)

  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago

A incorrect cuz:
In releases before Oracle Database 12c, PMON was responsible for listener registration, but this task is now the responsibility of the Listener
Registration Process (LREG)
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CE

To don't confuse with same question, but different answer at page 7.

upvoted 1 times

  Dragon67 9 months, 1 week ago

I THINK ITS CE
upvoted 2 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

I agree that.
A - LREG
B - SMON
C - PMON
D - CKPT
E - PMON
upvoted 3 times
Question #141 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the Oracle join and ANSI join syntax? (Choose two.)

A. The Oracle join syntax performs less well than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax.

B. The Oracle join syntax lacks the ability to do outer joins.

C. The SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables.

D. The Oracle join syntax supports creation of a Cartesian product of two tables.

E. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax.

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

Provided answer is correct

upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

C D seems to be correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #142 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about single row functions? (Choose two.)

A. CEIL : can be used for positive and negative numbers.

B. MOD : returns the remainder of a division operation.

C. CONCAT : can be used to combine any number of values.

D. FLOOR : returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to a specified number.

E. TRUNC : can be used only with NUMBER data types.

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago

agree with nautil2,
E. TRUNC: can be used only with NUMBER data types. This statement is incorrect. TRUNC can be used with both NUMBER and DATE data types. It
truncates to the specified precision for numbers, and to the specified date component for dates
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

C – false, max 2 arguments

D – false, returns biggest integer smaller than specified number
E – false, can be also used with DATE datatype
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

A and B are correct in my opinion.

upvoted 1 times

  TECHNO_GUY 9 months ago

AB are the correct answers
upvoted 3 times

  Dragon67 9 months ago

when are you preparing to take the exams
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

agree that.
E - can be used number and also date data type.
upvoted 2 times

  Dragon67 9 months, 1 week ago

THERE ONLY 1 ANSWER WHICH IS A
upvoted 1 times

  Dragon67 9 months ago

*error it should be AB
upvoted 1 times
Question #143 Topic 1

What is true about non-equijoin statement performance?

A. The BETWEEN condition used with a non-equijoin always performs better than when using the >= and <= conditions.

B. The BETWEEN condition used with a non-equijoin sometimes performs better than using the >= and <= conditions.

C. The Oracle join syntax performs better than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax.

D. The Oracle join syntax performs less well than the SQL:1999 compliant ANSI join syntax.

E. The join syntax used makes no difference to performance.

Correct Answer: E

Community vote distribution

E (100%)

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

I will go for C
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: E

Provided answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times
Question #144 Topic 1

Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:

You need to display last names and credit limits of all customers whose last name starts with A or B in lower or upper case, and whose credit limit

is below 1000.

Examine this partial query:

Which two WHERE conditions give the required result? (Choose two.)

Correct Answer: BC

Community vote distribution

AB (71%) B (29%)
  psycrotic5 1 month, 1 week ago
AB CORRECT - TESTED
upvoted 1 times

  nautil2 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Only B is correct. Answer A is almost correct, however function ROUND negatively affects condition cust_credit limit < 1000 for customers with
credit ranging from 999.50 to 999.99. Their credit is rounded to 1000 and condition < 1000 removes these customers from query results. So these
customers are not shown in final results, thought their credit is below 1000. Initial instruction requesting to show customers with credit below 1000
is not fulfilled. Answer A is false. Other answers C,D,E do not return correct results.
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

Provided answer are wrong! The base! Part IX! :-)

upvoted 1 times

  Juv07 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer AB
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 9 months ago

Selected Answer: AB

Why is not AB?

I know that '%' is only used in LIKE operator.
Doesn't it?
upvoted 4 times

Question #145 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about substitution variables? (Choose two.)

A. A substitution variable can be used with any clause in a SELECT statement.

B. A substitution variable used to prompt for a column name must be enclosed in double quotation marks.

C. A substitution variable used to prompt for a column name must be enclosed in single quotation marks.

D. A substitution variable prefixed with & always prompts only once for a value in a session.

E. A substitution variable can be used only in a SELECT statement.

F. A substitution variable prefixed with && prompts only once for a value in a session unless it is set to undefined in the session.

Correct Answer: AF

Community vote distribution

AF (100%)

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AF

Provided answer are correct

upvoted 2 times

  dianiss1050 8 months, 3 weeks ago

AF is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #146 Topic 1

The CUSTOMERS table has a CUST_LAST_NAME column of data type VARCHAR2.

The table has two rows whose CUST_LAST_NAME values are Anderson and Ausson.

Which query produces output for CUST_LAST_NAME containing Oder for the first row and Aus for the second?

A. SELECT REPLACE(SUBSTR(cust_last_name, -3), 'An', 'O') FROM customers;

B. SELECT REPLACE(TRIM(TRAILING 'son' FROM cust_last_name), 'An', 'O') FROM customers;

C. SELECT INITCAP(REPLACE(TRIM('son' FROM cust_last_name), 'An', 'O')) FROM customers;

D. SELECT REPLACE(REPLACE(cust_last_name, 'son', ''), 'An', 'O') FROM customers;

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (75%) B (25%)

  musafir 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Provided answer is correct

upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

D I'm sorry
upvoted 2 times

  jonsnoow 8 months ago

D is OK. B is not the wright answer. You will got an error:

ORA-30001: trim set should have only one character

30001. 00000 - "trim set should have only one character"
*Cause: Trim set contains more or less than 1 character. This is not
allowed in TRIM function.
upvoted 3 times

  bllu 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  j_tw 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I think B also can be the answer. TRIM(TRAILINIG 'son' from CUST_LAST_NAME) command will delete 'son' from right side. Than Anderson will be
Ander, and Ausson will be Aus.
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Trim/trailing works with 1 character only. D is correct.
upvoted 3 times
Question #147 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLES? (Choose two.)

A. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE space allocation occurs at session start.

B. GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE rows inserted by a session are available to any other session whose user has been granted select on the

table.

C. A TRUNCATE command issued in a session causes all news in a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE for the issuing session to be deleted.

D. A GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE 's definition is available to multiple sessions.

E. A DELETE command on a GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE cannot be rolled back.

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  nautil2 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

A – false; space is allocated when it is requested/needed, see https://asktom.oracle.com/pls/apex/asktom.search?tag=about-temporary-tables

B – false; table is visible to other sessions but each session can see only its own data, see https://www.oracletutorial.com/oracle-basics/oracle-
global-temporary-table/
C – true
D – true
E – false; commit and rollback are possible in Global Temporary Tables
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

Provided answer are corrects.

upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

D C are correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #148 Topic 1

Which three statements are true about Resumable Space Allocation in Oracle databases? (Choose three.)

A. A user's session may be suspended and resumed multiple times.

B. The AFTER SUSPEND event trigger can itself be suspended due to space conditions.

C. All sessions must have the same timeout value when waiting for resumable space allocations.

D. Resumable space allocation is only possible with locally managed tablespaces.

E. A user's session may be suspended even if the user has the UNLTMTTED TABLESPACE system privilege.

F. Resumable space allocation may be enabled for some sessions and not others.

Correct Answer: ADF

Community vote distribution

AEF (75%) ABF (25%)

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AEF

A - true, "A resumable statement can be suspended and resumed multiple times during execution."
B - false, "SQL statements executed within a AFTER SUSPEND trigger are always non-resumable and are always autonomous."
C - false, ALTER SESSION SET RESUMABLE_TIMEOUT sets specific timeout for the session it is executed in, it does not affect other sessions
D - false, "There are two ways to specify alert thresholds for both locally managed and dictionary managed tablespaces:"
E - true, there is no notice about UNLIMITED TABLESPACE in documentation claiming this system privilege prevents raising Resumable Space
Allocation event
F - true, ALTER SESSION ENABLE RESUMABLE can be executed in some sessions and it is not necessary to run it in all sessions
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ABF

Correct answer in my opinion.

upvoted 1 times

  jonsnoow 8 months ago

I also think that AEF a correct, but I find this statement in a book...

"If you create an AFTER SUSPEND ON DATABASE trigger that attempts to fix problems, remember that it might hit a space problem itself."

Watson, John; Watson, John. OCA Oracle Database 12c Installation and Administration Exam Guide (Exam 1Z0-062) (Oracle Press) . McGraw Hill
LLC. Kindle Edition.
upvoted 1 times

  Humber31 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AEF

Resumable Space Allocation is possible also with Dictionary Managed Tablespaces; with some limitations, but possible, so D is false.

There is nothing that indicates that UNLIMITED TABLESPACE privilege can avoid the Resumable Space Allocation, so E is true.

Also, A and F are correct.

upvoted 2 times
Question #149 Topic 1

Examine the description of the PRODUCT_INFORMATION table:

Which query retrieves the number of products with a null list price?

A. SELECT COUNT(list_price) FROM product_information WHERE list_price IS NULL;

B. SELECT COUNT(NVL(list_price, 0)) FROM product_information WHERE list_price IS NULL;

B is correct.
COUNT function can calculate NULL only it use asterik.
COUNT(*) : can count NULL
COUNT(Column Name) : cannot count NULL
upvoted 2 times
Question #150 Topic 1

Examine the description of the CUSTOMERS table:

You must determine if any customers' details have been entered more than once using a different CUSTINO, by listing all duplicate names.

Which two methods can you use to get the required result? (Choose two.)

A. subquery

B. self join

C. LEFT OUTER JOIN with self join

D. RIGHT OUTER JOIN With self join

E. FULL OUTER JOIN with self join

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

A, B are correct answers. See example:

A query:
SELECT custino,custname,custaddress,cust_credit_limit FROM customers
WHERE custname IN (
SELECT custname FROM customers
GROUP BY custname HAVING COUNT(custname)>1
)
AND custaddress IN (
SELECT custaddress FROM customers
GROUP BY custaddress HAVING COUNT(custaddress)>1
)
AND cust_credit_limit IN (
SELECT cust_credit_limit FROM customers
GROUP BY cust_credit_limit HAVING COUNT(cust_credit_limit)>1
)
ORDER BY custname;
B query:
SELECT DISTINCT(c.custino),c.custname,c.custaddress,c.cust_credit_limit FROM customers c, customers u WHERE c.custname = u.custname AND
c.custaddress = u.custaddress AND c.cust_credit_limit = u.cust_credit_limit AND c.custino <> u.custino ORDER BY c.custname, c.custino;
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

Provided answer are correct.

upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

You right
upvoted 1 times
Question #151 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about undo segments and the use of undo by transactions in an Oracle database instance? (Choose two.)

A. Undo segments can be stored in the SYSAUX tablespace.

B. Undo segments can wrap around to the first extent when a transaction fills the last extend of the undo segment.

C. A single transaction may use multiple undo segments simultaneously.

D. Undo segments can extend when a transaction fills the last extent of the undo segment.

E. Undo segments can be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

Correct Answer: BD

Community vote distribution

DE (50%) BD (50%)

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

A – false
B – false; Undo wrap doesn't happen if a transaction needs an extra space within Undo. If you don't have space, you would see a message like can't
extend Undo tablespace to XXX extents and the statement given would be aborted. Wrap, as Hemant has mentioned, would be for the inactive
undo segments which are not in use now and can be re-used by the on-going transactions. https://forums.oracle.com/ords/apexds/post/why-
does-undo-segment-wrap-around-4006
C – false; each transaction is assigned to only one undo segment, but an undo segment can service more than one transaction at a time;
https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/oracle/view/26057-exam-1z0-082-topic-1-question-64-discussion/
D – true
E – true; When the database instance starts, the database automatically selects the first available undo tablespace. If no undo tablespace is
available, then the instance starts without an undo tablespace and stores undo records in the SYSTEM tablespace.
upvoted 1 times

  zouve 4 months, 4 weeks ago

maybe BDE ?
BD from the 64 and E because
"When the database instance starts, the database automatically selects the first available undo tablespace. If no undo tablespace is available, then
the instance starts without an undo tablespace and stores undo records in the SYSTEM tablespace. This is not recommended, and an alert message
is written to the alert log file to warn that the system is running without an undo tablespace."
upvoted 2 times

  Melih1991tr 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

If there is no undo tablespace, undo segments can be stored in SYSTEM. And in question 64, people said "B wrong" in comments
upvoted 1 times

  heukwoo 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

1z0-082-question-64
upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

D E perhaps !
upvoted 1 times
Question #152 Topic 1

DATADIR1 and DATATDIR2 are database directory objects.

Examine this command:

Which two statements are true about the expdp operation? (Choose two.)

A. It fails if the total size of the dump file is more than 2GB.

B. It starts only when four worker processes are available.

C. It creates a master table to store details of the export operation.

Agree with C and D.

upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

C D is correct
upvoted 1 times
  Gian1988 7 months, 1 week ago
Correct answer: C - D
upvoted 2 times

Question #153 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about Enterprise Manager Database Express? (Choose two.)

A. It is available only when the database is open

B. It can be used to perform database recovery when the database is opened

C. The same port number can be used for Database Express configurations for databases on different hosts

D. It can be used to switch a database into ARCHIVELOGMODE

E. The same port number can be used for multiple Database Express configurations for multiple databases on the same host

F. It can be used to perform database recovery when the database is mounted

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AC (100%)

  Darkseid1231 6 months ago

a c is correct
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Provided answer are correct.

upvoted 1 times
Question #154 Topic 1

Examine these SQL statements which execute successfully:

Which two statements are true after execution? (Choose two.)

A. The primary key constraint will be enabled and IMMEDIATE.

B. The primary key constraint will be enabled and DEFERRED.

C. The foreign key constraint will be enabled and DEFERRED.

D. The foreign key constraint will be disabled.

E. The foreign key constraint will be enabled and IMMEDIATE.

Correct Answer: AD

Community vote distribution

AD (100%)

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

A, D - true
Experimental – after executing provided commands, the state of constraints is following:

SQL> SELECT constraint_name,constraint_type,table_name,status,deferred FROM user_constraints WHERE table_name='EMP';

CONSTRAINT_NAME CONSTRAINT_TYPE TABLE_NAME STATUS DEFERRED

--------------- --------------- ---------- -------- ---------
EMP_EMP_NO_PK P EMP ENABLED IMMEDIATE
EMP_MGR_FK R EMP DISABLED IMMEDIATE
upvoted 1 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

Provided answer are correct.

upvoted 1 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Ummm A D seems to be okay.
Any suggestion ??
upvoted 1 times
Question #155 Topic 1

Which two statements are true about the ORDER BY clause? (Choose two.)

A. Only columns that are specified in the SELECT list can be used in the ORDER BY clause.

B. Numeric values are displayed in descending order if they have decimal positions.

C. NULLS are not included in the sort operation.

D. Column aliases can be used in the ORDER BY clause.

E. In a character sort, the values are case-sensitive.

Correct Answer: CE

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  nautil2 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

A – false; following queries are executed correctly:

SELECT * FROM employees ORDER BY 1;
SELECT emp_name, dept_id FROM employees ORDER BY emp_id;
B – false; no mention in Oracle documentation about numeric values order
C – false; Quoting Oracle documentation - options NULLS FIRST | NULLS LAST Specify whether returned rows containing null values should appear
first or last in the ordering sequence. NULLS LAST is the default for ascending order, and NULLS FIRST is the default for descending order.
D – true; example: SELECT emp_name AS en, dept_id FROM employees ORDER BY en;
E – true; example:
SQL> SELECT emp_id,emp_name FROM employees WHERE UPPER(emp_name)='JONES' ORDER BY emp_name ASC;
EMP_ID EMP_NAME
---------- ----------
1 JONES
7 JONES
10 JOnes
9 Jones
upvoted 2 times

  auwia 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

Provided answer are wrong! The base! :-) part X

upvoted 2 times

  Darkseid1231 6 months, 1 week ago

Hi, have you already attend the exam ? @auwia
upvoted 1 times

  thanhnx1979 7 months ago

D, E is correct
upvoted 3 times
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

QBank Quiz April 24, 2024 Test ID: 292454054

Question #1 of 81 Question ID: 857419

Your junior DBA has placed a tablespace in your database offline by using the following statement:

SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE TS2 OFFLINE TEMPORARY;

Which two statements reflect results of altering the status of the tablespace by using this statement? (Choose two.)

✓ A) The statement will force a checkpoint to be performed in the database.

✓ B) The tablespace can be brought online the next time without performing a
recovery on it.
✗ C) All the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can
be brought online.
✗ D) The tablespace cannot be brought online without performing recovery on it.
✗ E) The statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-
only.

Explanation

If the tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE statement,
the statement will force a checkpoint on all the online datafiles in the tablespace. Also, the tablespace can be
brought online the next time without performing a recovery on it.

When a tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE
statement, the tablespace is taken offline even if there are error conditions for one or more datafiles in the
tablespace. If no datafiles in the tablespace are offline, the tablespace can be brought online without performing a
recovery on it. If there are certain offline datafiles when the tablespace is taken offline using the TEMPORARY
clause, you must perform a recovery on the datafiles before the tablespace can be brought online.

The option that states that the tablespace cannot be brought online without a recovery is incorrect because the
tablespace can be brought online without a recovery on it. If the tablespace is taken offline by using the OFFLINE
IMMEDIATE option, it cannot be brought online without performing a recovery on it. When the tablespace is taken
offline using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, the statement does not force a checkpoint on the datafiles of the
tablespace. Therefore, whenever the tablespace is brought online after taking it offline using the OFFLINE
IMMEDIATE option, you must perform a media recovery on the datafiles of the tablespace to bring the tablespace
online.

The option that states that the statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-only is
incorrect because the statement will not generate an error and will execute successfully even if some files in the

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 1/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

tablespace are read-only.

The option that states that all the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can be brought
online is incorrect because only the offline datafiles in the tablespace may need a recovery. All the other datafiles
can be opened without a recovery performed on them.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

References:
1. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
ALTER TABLESPACE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_3002.htm#SQLRF01002

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14
Physical Storage Structures - Overview of Data Files
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/physical.htm#CNCPT003

Question #2 of 81 Question ID: 857418

Examine the details of the PROD database:

SYSTEM - Dictionary managed system tablespace
SYSAUX - Locally managed tablespace auxiliary to the SYSTEM tablespace
UNDO - Locally managed default undo tablespace
TEMP1 - Temporary tablespace
DATA1 - Default permanent tablespace
USERS - Locally managed tablespace to store user data
IND1 - Locally managed tablespace to store index data

You create a user named ADAM using the following statement:

SQL> CREATE USER ADAM IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD;

Which two statements are true in the given scenario? (Choose two.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 2/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ A) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the TEMP1

tablespace.
✗ B) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the USERS tablespace.

✓ C) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace.

✗ D) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the IND1

tablespace.
✓ E) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM
tablespace.

✗ F) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

Explanation

In this scenario, tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace, and sort data generated by ADAM's
transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace. The PROD database contains a default permanent tablespace
DATA1, but does not contain a default temporary tablespace. When you create a user without assigning him or her
a permanent and temporary tablespace, the tables created by the user will be stored in the default permanent
tablespace for the database, and the sort data generated by the user's transactions will be stored in the default
temporary tablespace of the database. If no default permanent tablespace is specified for the database, then the
user's objects are stored in the SYSTEM tablespace, and if no default temporary tablespace is specified for the
database, the user's sort data is stored in the SYSTEM tablespace. In this scenario, there is no default temporary
tablespace in the database, so the sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM
tablespace. To avoid this, you can create a default temporary tablespace in the database or explicitly assign ADAM
a temporary tablespace in the CREATE USER statement. In this scenario, a default permanent tablespace has been
defined for the database, DATA1, so objects that ADAM creates will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace. The space
required on disk to perform sort activities will be allocated from the files comprising the SYSTEM tablespace.

Tables created by ADAM will not be stored in the USERS tablespace because ADAM has not been granted any
privileges on the tablespace and the USERS tablespace was not specified in the CREATE USER statement. The
objects created by ADAM will be stored in the USERS tablespace when ADAM specifies the tablespace name during
object creation and he has been granted the required privileges on the USERS tablespace. He will also need quota
on the tablespace in order to insert rows through extent allocation.

Tables created by ADAM will not be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace because a default permanent tablespace,
DATA1, exists for the database. A table created by ADAM will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace when no default
permanent tablespace exists for the database and ADAM does not explicitly specify any other tablespace name when
creating the table.

Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will not be stored in the IND1 tablespace. This sort data will be stored
in the SYSTEM tablespace because no default temporary tablespace exists in the database. The IND1 tablespace is
created to store the index data.

Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will not be stored in the TEMP1 tablespace because the TEMP1
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 3/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

tablespace has not been assigned to ADAM as his temporary tablespace and the TEMP1 tablespace is not the
default temporary tablespace for the database. Therefore, the sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be
stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

References:
1. Oracle Database Security Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E48135-09
Assigning a Default Tablespace for the User
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/users.htm#DBSEG002

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Locally Managed Tablespaces
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN011

3. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE USER
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_8003.htm#SQLRF01503

Question #3 of 81 Question ID: 857415

You are running your Oracle 11g database in shared server mode. You notice that a particular user session is
allocating a large portion of the SGA. You want to restrict the amount of User Global Area (UGA) memory the session
can allocate.

Which action should you take?

✗ A) Decrease the value for MEMORY_MAX_TARGET.

✗ B) Modify the user's profile to set the SESSIONS_PER_USER resource limit.

✓ C) Modify the user's profile to set the PRIVATE_SGA resource limit.

✗ D) Decrease the value for LARGE_POOL_SIZE.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 4/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Explanation

You should modify the user's profile to set the PRIVATE_SGA resource limit. The PRIVATE_SGA resource limit allows
you to set an upper limit for the amount of private space a session can allocate in the system global area. Private
space includes private areas used by the user session, but not shared areas.

You should not decrease the value for MEMORY_MAX_TARGET. Oracle 11g has two new Automatic Memory
Management initialization parameters, MEMORY_TARGET and MEMORY_MAX_TARGET. The MEMORY_TARGET parameter
represents the total amount of memory that can be allocated to SGA and PGA memory structures. The
MEMORY_MAX_TARGET parameter represents the largest possible value to which MEMORY_TARGET can be set.

You should not modify the user's profile to set the SESSIONS_PER_USER resource limit. The SESSIONS_PER_USER
resource limit specifies the maximum number of concurrent sessions for the user.

You should not decrease the value for LARGE_POOL_SIZE. This would affect all users, not just the user consuming
excessive SGA.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Configure client-side network

References:
1. Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-04
Limiting Memory Use for User Sessions
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/tune_shared_pool.htm#TGDBA614

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE PROFILE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_6012.htm#SQLRF01310

Question #4 of 81 Question ID: 857430

As the database administrator, you execute the following statements:

SQL> create role div_role;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 5/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Role created.

SQL> grant dir_role, drop any table to div_role;

Grant succeeded.

SQL>

Subsequently, you issue the following statement:

SQL> GRANT div_role TO dir_role;

What is the result of executing this statement?

✓ A) The statement generates an error because you cannot grant roles in a circular
fashion.

✗ B) The statement executes successfully, and both roles have the same privileges.
✗ C) The statement executes successfully, and the DIR_ROLE role has all
privileges provided by both roles.

✗ D) The statement generates an error because you cannot grant a role to another
role.

Explanation

The statement generates an error because you cannot grant roles in a circular fashion. A circular role grant occurs
when you attempt to grant a role to itself or to grant role A to role B and then grant role B to role A. For example, if
you previously granted the DIRECTOR role to the MANAGER role, attempting to subsequently grant the MANAGER
role to the DIRECTOR role would produce an error. In this scenario, you granted the DIR_ROLE role to the
DIV_ROLE role, then attempted to grant the DIV_ROLE role to the DIR_ROLE role. Attempting to do so will
generate an ORA-01934: circular role grant detected error.

The options that state the statement executes successfully are incorrect because the statement will generate an
error.

The option that states the statement generates an error because you cannot grant a role to another role is incorrect.
You can grant a role to another role, but not in a circular fashion.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage roles

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 6/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

References:
1. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
GRANT
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_9013.htm#SQLRF01603

2. Database Security Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E48135-17
Granting System Privileges and Roles to Users and Roles
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm#DBSEG99945

Question #5 of 81 Question ID: 908429

You run the following statement:

CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE temp_tbs TEMPFILE '/u22/oracle/data/temp_tbs02.dbf'

SIZE 20M REUSE
EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL UNIFORM SIZE 16M;

What is the result?

✗ A) The statement creates a temporary tablespace where the extents are

contiguous at 20 MB each.
✗ B) The statement creates a temporary tablespace where the segments are
contiguous at 16 MB each.
✗ C) The script will fail because it is missing the EXTENT SIZE clause.

✓ D) The statement creates a temporary tablespace where the extents are

contiguous at 16 MB each.

Explanation

The statement creates a temporary tablespace where the extents are contiguous at 16 MB each.

The CREATE TABLESPACE statement will create the tablespace with a reuse size of 20 MB. The tablespace will
consist of multiple extents with a uniform size of 16 MB. Also, the EXTENT MANAGEMENT clause is not required for
CREATE TABLESPACE as long as it uses the EXTENT SIZE clause.

You can also view temporary information using the views V$TEMPFILE and DBA_TEMP_FILES. It is important to note
you need the CREATE TABLESPACE system privilege in order to create the tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 7/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The statement does not create a temporary tablespace where the segments are contiguous at 16 MB each.
Segments are groupings of extents, so when you create a tablespace, those parameters are based on the extent
level at creation time and not the segment level.

The statement does not create a temporary tablespace where the extents are contiguous at 20 MB each. The extent
size is set at 16 MB, based on the statement EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL UNIFORM SIZE 16M.

The statement does not fail because it is missing the EXTENT SIZE clause. The EXTENT SIZE clause is optional. It if
is absent, then Oracle uses the size of the tablespace and the size of the files to determine the default size of the
extent.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Creating a Locally Managed Temporary Tablespace
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN011

Question #6 of 81 Question ID: 857497

You execute the following Data Pump export command:

expdp hr/hr directory=DATAPUMP dumpfile=emp1.dmp views_as_table=emp_dept

Which statements are true? (Choose two.)

✗ A) The impdp operation creates emp_dept as a table and populates it with data
from dump file.
✗ B) The expdp operation will only export the view specified and will not export any
dependencies.

✗ C) Constraints and grants on the dependent objects are not exported.

✗ D) The impdp operation creates the view and dependent objects.

✓ E) Objects dependent on the emp_dept view are exported.

✓ F) Constraints and grants on the dependent objects are exported.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 8/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ G) The expdp operation exports data that satisfies the condition based on when
the database directory was created.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

Objects dependent on the emp_dept view are exported.

Constraints and grants on the dependent objects are also exported.

The parameter VIEWS_AS_TABLES can either be used by itself or with the TABLES parameter. In either case, Data
Pump will execute a table-mode type of export. The interesting option here is that this feature will export objects that
are deemed dependent or considered important to the object in question. The dependent objects associated with
the object being exported will also be exported to the dump file.

The VIEWS_AS_TABLES parameter has the following restrictions:

1. You cannot use the TRANSPORTABLE=ALWAYS parameter with the VIEWS_AS_TABLES parameter.
2. You cannot use this parameter when using datatypes such as LONG.
3. You cannot use this parameter if your view has any hidden tables.

The impdp operation does not create the view and dependent objects. . It is unassociated with the impdp
executable.

The impdp operation does not create emp_dept as a table and populate it with data from dump file. . It does not use
this type of executable. You have to use the expdp executable.

The expdp operation does not export data that satisfies the condition based on when the database directory was
created. The expdp feature does not use the database directory as a condition for using the VIEWS_AS_TABLES
parameter.

The expdp operation will not only export the view specified. The expdp feature will also export dependencies, such
as the constraints and grants associated with the objects that are using the VIEWS_AS_TABLES parameter.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Describe ways to move data

References:
Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-08
VIEWS_AS_TABLES
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-E4E45E81-5391-43BE-B27D-B763EF79A885.htm#SUTIL3904

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 9/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #7 of 81 Question ID: 857441

The following error is often generated in your development database:

ORA-01555: Snapshot too old

You investigate and notice that there are some long-running transactions in the database when the error is
generated and that the UNDO_RETENTION initialization parameter has been set to 0. Which two actions could you
take to overcome this problem? (Choose two. Each answer is a separate solution.)

✗ A) Configure manual undo management mode for the undo tablespace.

✓ B) Increase the size of the undo tablespace in your database.
✗ C) Create a new undo tablespace and assign it to the database users who have
long-running transactions.

✓ D) Increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION initialization parameter.

✗ E) Increase the size of the SYSTEM tablespace.

Explanation

In this scenario, you could increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION initialization parameter, or you could increase
the size of the undo tablespace in your database. The ORA-1555 error is generated when a user is producing a long-
running report. Oracle will want the report to show you a consistent view of the data as it looked when the report
was generated.

If your report starts running at 9:00 AM, the rows of data printed on your report should look like each row appeared
in its committed state at 9:00 AM. Because a SELECT statement does not produce a row lock, another user can
update any of the rows on your report. If another user updates a row and commits that change at 9:06 AM, but that
row won't print on your report until after 10:00 AM, Oracle will check the undo segment for the previous version of
the data. If that undo segment hasn't been overwritten, Oracle will be able to find it and reconstruct the row as it
appeared at 9:00 AM, then print that row at 10:00 AM. However, if the undo segment that contained the data has
been overwritten, Oracle cannot figure out what the 9:00 AM version of the row looked like in order to produce a
read consistent view of that data as it appeared at the time the SELECT statement was issued. This produces the
error message ORA-01555: Snapshot too old at the point in your report where this occurred.

The UNDO_RETENTION parameter sets a minimum amount of time that Oracle must wait before it overwrites any
undo segment. The greater this value, the longer Oracle is going to be able to live up to its promise of providing a
consistent view of the data to a user performing a SELECT, especially on tables which are frequently updated. The
UNDO_RETENTION parameter specifies the time, in seconds, after which the undo data is considered to be expired
and can be overwritten. Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0 indicates automatic undo retention mode. To
avoid the ORA-1555 error in long-running transactions, you should increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION
parameter so that the undo data generated from the committed transactions is retained longer.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 10/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Transactions that take a long time to complete do not generate the ORA-1555 error. If you increase the size of the
undo tablespace in your database, you ensure that more space is available for transactions.

You should not increase the size of the SYSTEM tablespace. Increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace does not
reduce the occurrence of the ORA-1555 error because the undo data is not stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

You should not configure manual undo management mode for the undo tablespace as it will increases the
administrative overhead. With manual undo management, you need to create the undo tablespace and the undo
segments on your own, and also manage the space allocation for these.

You should not create a new undo tablespace and assign it to the database users because only one undo
tablespace can remain active in the database at any particular time.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain DML and undo data generation

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13Managing Undo
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN013

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13The Undo Retention Period
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN-GUID-28EA4133-BC73-4036-87F2-656FC1A6D9A2

Question #8 of 81 Question ID: 857440

Your database is configured to use Automatic Undo Management. Which two actions will enable read consistency
for long-running transactions in your database? (Choose two.)

✓ A) increasing the size of the undo tablespace

✗ B) increasing the number of redo log files in your database

✗ C) increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace

✗ D) decreasing the undo retention period

✗ E) increasing the size and number of undo segments in your database

✓ F) increasing the undo retention period

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 11/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ G) increasing the size of the database buffer cache

Explanation

The read consistency for long-running transactions will be enabled by increasing the undo retention period and by
increasing the size of the undo tablespace. Increasing the undo retention period for your database will enable the
before image of updated rows to be stored in the undo tablespace for a longer period of time. This will enable read
consistency for those users selecting this data. Increasing the size of the undo tablespace will have the same
impact because more space will be available to hold undo data.

Decreasing the undo retention period will not enable read consistency for long-running transactions. Decreasing the
undo retention period will instead hamper the read consistency of long-running transactions because the before
images of rows involved in transactions will be retained in the undo tablespace for a shorter period of time.

Increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace will not in any way impact the read consistency of long-running
transactions. The reason for this is that SYSTEM tablespace does not store any undo data in this scenario because
Automatic Undo Management is being used. When Automatic Undo Management is used, Oracle will create an
undo tablespace if one does not exist and therefore the SYSTEM tablespace will not store any undo data. The
SYSTEM tablespace stores the undo data only when no undo tablespace exists in the database.

Increasing the size of the database buffer cache will not impact the read consistency of long-running transactions.
Read consistency for long-running transactions is enabled by increasing the time for which the undo data for these
transactions is stored in the undo tablespace. The database buffer cache is a component of SGA that stores the
data blocks that are currently being accessed by the user transactions. Whenever a SQL query requests data from
a datafile, the data is retrieved from the datafile and stored in the database buffer cache where users make changes
to the data blocks. The database buffer cache does not store any undo-related information.

Increasing the number of redo log files in your database will not enable read consistency for long-running
transactions because the undo data for transactions is not stored in the redo log files. It is stored in the undo
tablespace when Automatic Undo Management is used.

Increasing the size and number of undo segments in your database in this scenario is incorrect because the number
of undo segments in the database is managed by the Oracle server when the database is configured for Automatic
Undo Management.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain DML and undo data generation

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 12/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

E41484-13UNDO_RETENTION
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN013

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Introduction to Automatic Undo Management
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11461

Question #9 of 81 Question ID: 857409

Your production database has crashed due to media failure. After analysis, you discover that the instance crashed
because some database files were located on failed media.

Which file contains detailed information about the background processes, the files that caused the instance to
crash, and the time of the crash?

✗ A) datafile

✗ B) control file
✓ C) alert log file

✗ D) redo log file

Explanation

The alert log file stores information about the background processes and the time of the instance crash.

With Oracle 11g and later, you use the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter to specify the ADR root directory.
The ADR root directory provides a directory structure called an ADR home for each database instance that contains
diagnostic data for that instance. Underneath the ADR root directory, each ADR home contains subdirectories that
contain diagnostic data. The text version of the alert log file is stored in the trace directory, and the XML version is
stored in the alert directory.

The datafiles do not store information about the background processes and the time of the instance crash. The
datafiles contain the user data.

The control

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
View the alert log and access dynamic performance views

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 13/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

References:
1. Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Viewing the Alert Log
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11267

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Managing Diagnostic Data
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11007

Question #10 of 81 Question ID: 857392

Which statement about setting the DB_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter is TRUE?

✗ A) DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set to a value larger than the granule size.

✗ B) DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set if SGA_TARGET is not specified.

✗ C) DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set dynamically.

✓ D) If the DB_CACHE_SIZE parameter is not set to a value that is a multiple of the

granule size, the actual size that Oracle will allocate for the database cache is
rounded up to the nearest whole number multiple of the granule size.

Explanation

If a DB_CACHE_SIZE is set to a value smaller than the granule size, the size is rounded up to the nearest granule
size. The DB_CACHE_SIZE parameter specifies the size to be allocated to the default buffer pool for buffers that have
a standard block size.

The option that states DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set dynamically is incorrect. You can modify the value of
DB_CACHE_SIZE using the ALTER SYSTEM statement.

The option that states DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set to a value larger than the granule size is incorrect. It can be
set to a value larger than the granule size, and is rounded up to the nearest granule size.

The option that states DB_CACHE_SIZE cannot be set if SGA_TARGET is not specified is incorrect. If SGA_TARGET is
not set, DB_CACHE_SIZE assumes a default value.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 14/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Sub-Objective:
Explain the memory structures

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Oracle Database Memory Management
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/memory.htm#CNCPT007

2. Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41058-11
DB_CACHE_SIZE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/OSTMG/GUID-F654CB3E-FEF2-4926-9798-6466DFC9AA1D.htm

Question #11 of 81 Question ID: 857399

You are using Automatic Shared Memory Management (ASSM). Which initialization parameters are manually tuned,
leaving the memory available for the automatically tuned parameters? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) DB_RECYCLE_CACHE_SIZE

✗ B) LARGE_POOL_SIZE

✓ C) LOG_BUFFER

✗ D) DB_CACHE_SIZE

✓ E) DB_KEEP_CACHE_SIZE

✓ F) DB_nk_CACHE_SIZE

Explanation

Automatic shared memory management simplifies the configuration of the System Global Area (SGA). You can
enable the automatic shared memory management by setting the SGA_TARGET parameter. The SGA_TARGET
parameter reflects the total size of the SGA. This parameter automatically manages the memory allocated for a
specific set of individual components of the SGA. However, there are few components that take the memory from
the SGA_TARGET parameter, leaving the memory available for the automatically tuned parameters. These SGA
components need to be manually sized.

The following table displays the manually sized SGA components that use SGA_TARGET space:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 15/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The components which are automatically managed by the memory allocated to the SGA_TARGET parameter are
displayed in the following table:

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Understand initialization parameter files

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Using Automatic Memory Management
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/memory.htm#ADMIN11011

2. Oracle Database Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41527-27
SGA_TARGET
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-4702FDB7-BADC-4997-BC49-
1B91088234AE.htm#REFRN10256

Question #12 of 81 Question ID: 857507

While performing an import by using the Data Pump Import utility, you use the following command in the import
procedure:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 16/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

impdp HR/hr TABLES=employees DIRECTORY=data1 NETWORK_LINK=nutex.uk.oracle.com

FLASHBACK_SCN=235

Which three statements correctly characterize this command? (Choose three.)

✗ A) The data is transferred to the target database referred to by the

nutex.uk.oracle.com link.

✓ B) The data is transferred from the source database referred to by the

nutex.uk.oracle.com link.

✗ C) The SCN number refers to the SCN number of the target database.
✓ D) The EMPLOYEES table will be imported into the HR schema.

✓ E) The SCN number refers to the SCN number of the source database.

Explanation

With the given command, the EMPLOYEES table will be imported into the HR schema, the SCN number refers to
the SCN number of the source database, and the data is transferred from the source database referred to by the
nutex.uk.oracle.com link. In this command, the NETWORK_LINK parameter points to the source database referred to
by the nutex.uk.oracle.com link. The link specifies that the data must be transferred from the source database.
While performing an import from a remote location, you must use the NETWORK_LINK parameter to specify the name
of the remote server from which the data is retrieved. You should not use the DUMPFILE parameter when you
specify the NETWORK_LINK parameter. The SCN number specified in the command refers to the SCN number of the
source database. The table EMPLOYEES will be imported into the HR schema.

The SCN number does not refer to the SCN number of the target database. Instead, the SCN number refers to the
SCN number of the source database.

The data is not transferred to the target database referred to by the nutex.uk.oracle.com link. The
nutex.uk.oracle.com link refers to the source database from which the data is retrieved.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use Data Pump Export and Import to move data between Oracle databases

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-03
Data Pump Export - Parameters Available in Export's Command-Line Mode
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/dp_export.htm#SUTIL836

2. Oracle Database Utilities

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 17/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E49692-06
Overview of Oracle Data Pump
https://docs.oracle.com/database/122/SUTIL/oracle-data-pump-overview.htm#SUTIL100

Question #13 of 81 Question ID: 857431

You create a database user JOHN and assign him the PROF1 profile. The statement used to create the PROF1
profile is as follows:

SQL > CREATE PROFILE PROF1 LIMIT

FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 5
PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 60
PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 50
PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 4
PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED
PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 10;

Which conditions in the database would lock the user JOHN's account? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) if JOHN tries to connect to the database with an incorrect password five times
consecutively
✗ B) if the CONNECT role is revoked from JOHN

✗ C) if JOHN tries to connect to the database with an incorrect password five times

✗ D) if JOHN fails to change the password within the grace period

✗ E) if the DBA runs a command to expire JOHN's password

✓ F) if JOHN's account was created with the ACCOUNT LOCK clause

Explanation

JOHN's account will be locked if it has been created with the ACCOUNT LOCK clause in the CREATE USER statement.
The ACCOUNT LOCK clause of the CREATE USER statement locks the user account. In addition, JOHN's account will
be locked if he tries to connect to the database by using an incorrect password five times consecutively because the
PROF1 profile assigned to JOHN has a FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS parameter value of 5. The
FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS parameter indicates the number of consecutive times that a user can unsuccessfully
attempt to log in before the account is locked.

After the user account is locked, it can be unlocked by the DBA by running the ALTER USER...ACCOUNT UNLOCK
statement. When a user's account is locked, the user is not able to log in. However, other users that have privileges
for schema objects owned by the locked account will still be able to access them.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 18/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

JOHN's account will not be locked if the CONNECT role is revoked from it. The CONNECT role is an Oracle-supplied
role that provides only the CREATE SESSION privilege.

JOHN's account will not be locked if the DBA runs a command to expire his password. In that situation, JOHN would
receive a message stating that his password had expired and be prompted to create a new password.

JOHN's account will not be locked if he fails to change his password within the grace period. In that situation, only
JOHN's password would expire.

JOHN's account will not be locked if he connects to the database with an incorrect password five times. It will be
locked only if he connects to the database with an incorrect password five times consecutively.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage profiles

References:
1. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE USER
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_8003.htm#SQLRF01503

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE PROFILE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_6012.htm#SQLRF01310

Question #14 of 81 Question ID: 857429

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 19/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Examine the following image for details on the KITUSER3 user.

KITUSER3 has been granted no other system or object privileges.

Which statement about the KITUSER3 user is true?

✗ A) KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects.

✗ B) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the
database.
✓ C) KITUSER3 can create a table in the USERS tablespace without any quota
being assigned.
✗ D) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table, but cannot create tables.

Explanation

The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table, but cannot create tables, is incorrect.
When a user is granted the RESOURCE role, the user has the CREATE TABLE privilege, so KITUSER3 can create
tables. Also, KITUSER3 cannot issue SELECT queries on any table because he or she does not have the SELECT
ANY TABLE privilege.

The option that states KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects is incorrect. The
RESOURCE role provides the CREATE CLUSTER, CREATE INDEXTYPE, CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE PROCEDURE,
CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE TABLE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE privileges. The CONNECT role provides
only the CREATE SESSION privilege. In this scenario, KITUSER3 has the CONNECT and RESOURCE roles, so he or she
will be able to establish a session and create other database objects, such as procedures, triggers, and sequences.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 20/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the database is
incorrect. To be able to do so, KITUSER3 must be granted the SELECT ANY TABLE system privilege.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage roles

References:
1. Oracle Database Security Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E48135-09
Configuring Privilege and Role Authorization - Predefined Roles in an Oracle Database Installation
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm#DBSEG4414

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE TABLE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_7002.htm#SQLRF01402

Question #15 of 81 Question ID: 857413

Which statement represents a characteristic of connection pooling in a shared server configuration?

✗ A) Client connection requests are forwarded to other listeners if the desired

listener in the database does not respond.
✓ B) Idle connections can be reused and allow a larger number of users.

✗ C) The load is distributed among listeners when two or more listeners are
configured.

✗ D) Connection pooling cannot be implemented in a shared server configuration.

Explanation

With connection pooling in a shared server configuration, idle connections can be reused and thus allow a larger
number of active users. Connection pooling allows the server to reuse idle connections for other active user
sessions. This allows better scalability because a larger number of users is supported, especially in situations in
which users are not accessing the server all the time, such as in a Web application.

The option that states connection pooling cannot be implemented in a shared server configuration is incorrect.
Connection pooling is a feature of the shared server environment.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 21/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The option that states the load is distributed among listeners when two or more listeners are configured is incorrect.
This is a characteristic of load balancing, which is supported by Oracle Net.

The option that states client connection requests are forwarded to other listeners if the desired listener in the
database does not respond is incorrect. This is a characteristic of connect-time failover, which is supported by
Oracle Net.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Use tools for configuring and managing the Oracle network

References:
1. Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E17610-11
About Database Resident Connection Pooling
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/concepts.htm#NETAG454

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Shared Server Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/dist_pro.htm#CNCPT904

Question #16 of 81 Question ID: 857410

You have created a listener by using Database Control and configured a listener named LSR2. Later, you issued the
following command:

SQLPLUS scott/tiger@12c

While executing this command, you received the following error message:

ORA-12541: TNS:no listener.

Why did the error occur?

✓ A) A listener does not exist in the Oracle database.

✗ B) The service name supplied does not exist in the tnsnames.ora file.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 22/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ C) A listener is not available to listen to the service name mentioned in the

tnsnames.ora file.

✗ D) The syntax of the command is incorrect.

Explanation

You receive the ORA-12541: TNS:no listener error message because a listener does not exist in the Oracle
database. The reason can be either because the listener service is not running or because the listener is not
capable of listening to the service name on the port number specified in the tnsnames.ora file. For example, if the
listener is configured to listen to a service name on port number 1521, and the port number for the same service is
specified as 1522 in the tnsnames.ora file, you will receive the ORA-12541: TNS:no listener error while
connecting to the Oracle database.

The syntax of the command is correct.

The option that the service name supplied does not exist in the tnsnames.ora file is not a valid cause of the error.
You receive the ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name error if the service name supplied does not exist
in the tnsnames.ora file.

The option that a listener is not available to listen to the service name mentioned in the tnsnames.ora file is not a
valid reason for the error to occur. You receive the ORA-12514: TNS:no listener does not currently know of
service requested in connect descriptor error if the service name is mentioned in the tnsnames.ora file but the
listener is not configured to listen to the service name.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Configure Oracle Net Services

References:
1. Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E17610-11
Resolving the Most Common Error Messages for Oracle Net Services
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/trouble.htm#NETAG394

2. Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E17610-11
Troubleshooting Oracle Net Services https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/trouble.htm#NETAG016

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 23/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #17 of 81 Question ID: 857391

Which statement about the shared SQL or private SQL area of the library cache is TRUE?

✗ A) The shared SQL area is associated with only one private SQL area.

✗ B) Only one private SQL area can be allocated at a time.

✓ C) The shared SQL area is stored in the library cache in the shared pool.
✗ D) The shared SQL area is allocated at instance startup.

Explanation

The shared SQL area is stored in the library cache of the shared pool, and is shared among users. The shared SQL
area contains the SQL statement's parse tree and execution plan. If another session executes the same SQL
statement, this information about the SQL statement can be used without having to reparse the SQL statement.
Each time a different SQL statement is executed, a private SQL area is also allocated, but these are specific to the
session, and each user has a copy. The private SQL area is stored in the PGA in a dedicated server environment,
and in the library cache in a shared server environment. The private SQL area contains information specific to the
query, such as query execution information and bind variables.

Each time a user in a session executes a different SQL statement, a new private SQL area is allocated. You should
note that a user process can allocate a maximum number of private SQL areas, which is defined by the value of the
OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter.

The option that states the shared SQL area is associated with only one private SQL area is incorrect. The shared
SQL area can be associated with multiple private SQL areas. A SQL statement might have only one shared SQL
area, but several users can be issuing the same statement. In that scenario, the shared SQL area would be shared,
but each user would have an individual private SQL area for the statement.

The option that states the shared SQL area is allocated at instance startup is incorrect. The shared SQL area is
allocated when a new SQL statement is executed, and Oracle cannot find an existing shared SQL area for the
statement.

The option that states only one private SQL area can be allocated at a time is incorrect. Each user may have more
than one private SQL allocated if executing different SQL statements.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Explain the memory structures

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 24/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Memory Architecture Overview

http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/memory.htm#ADMIN11198

2. Database Performance Tuning Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-08
OPEN_CURSORS
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/tune_shared_pool.htm#TGDBA571

3. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Shared SQL Areas
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/memory.htm#CNCPT1228

Question #18 of 81 Question ID: 857408

There are four Oracle databases running on the server. One of those databases is named ORCL. You want to
monitor the startup and shutdown times of the ORCL Oracle database.

Assuming you have not modified the default file name, which non-XML text file can you view to obtain information
regarding the startup and shutdown of the ORCL database?

✗ A) orcl_alert.trc

✗ B) ora00122.trc

✗ C) log.xml

✓ D) alert_orcl.log

Explanation

To view the startup and shutdown times of the database, you can use the alert log file for the specific database. In
previous Oracle Database versions, only one alert log existed, and it was a text file. Oracle 12c writes another XML
version of the alert log file. Underneath the ADR home, the text version of the alert log file is stored in the trace
directory, and the XML version is stored in the alert directory. The default name of the text alert log file is
alert_<ORACLE_SID>.log. In this scenario, the default alert log file is alert_orcl.log because the name of the
database is ORCL.

The alert log file is a special trace file that stores information regarding the database and error messages related to
the different processes running in the background of the Oracle database. The alert log file is recorded in
chronological order, starting from the oldest activity. Oracle-tuning methodology focuses on certain aspects of
information available in the alert_<ORACLE_SID>.log file to gather statistical information required for tuning.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 25/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The ora00122.trc file is incorrect because it is a trace file. Startup- and shutdown-related information is not stored in
trace files. These files store tracing information for the Oracle background processes.

The orcl_alert.trc file is incorrect because this is a trace file and startup- and shutdown-related information is not
stored in the trace files.

The log.xml file is the name of the XML version of the alert log that is stored in the alert directory of the ADR home.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
View the alert log and access dynamic performance views

References:
1. Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Structure, Contents, and Location of the Automatic Diagnostic Repository
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11008

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Viewing the Alert Log
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11267

Question #19 of 81 Question ID: 857396

Which tool is automatically launched when you install Oracle Database 12c using Oracle Universal Installer (OUI),
and allows you to create and configure a database during installation?

✗ A) Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA)

✗ B) Oracle Secure Backup

✓ C) Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)

✗ D) Enterprise Manager (EM)

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 26/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

the database, configuring the database to run as a shared server, configuring the database to use password file
authentication, and configuring the database to be managed using Enterprise Manager.

Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA) is used to migrate or upgrade existing Oracle databases.

Enterprise Manager (EM) is a graphical tool that allows you to stop, start, and manage your Oracle database.

Oracle Secure Backup provides tape backup management functionality.

Objective:
Oracle Database Management Tools

Sub-Objective:
Use database management tools

References:
1. Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Creating and Managing a Database with DBCA
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN12479

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
About Creating an Oracle Database
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN002

Question #20 of 81 Question ID: 857395

Which task does the RBAL process perform?

✗ A) It performs the actual extent rebalancing

✓ B) It coordinates rebalance activity for disk groups

✗ C) It automatically manages failures involving distributed transactions

✗ D) It issues alerts when specific metric thresholds are exceeded, and captures
statistics at periodic intervals

Explanation

The RBAL process coordinates rebalance activity for disk groups.

The ARBn processes perform the actual extent rebalancing in an ASM instance.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 27/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The MMON process issues alerts when specific metric thresholds are exceeded, and captures statistics at period
intervals.

The RECO process automatically manages failures involving distributed transactions.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Describe the background processes

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Process Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT008

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14
Overview of Background Processes
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT9840

Question #21 of 81 Question ID: 857407

You have not specified a value for the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter, and your $ORACLE_BASE environment variable
is set to /u01/app/oracle. Your database name is kit and your SID is kit.

Where is the XML version of the alert log file located?

✗ A) /u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/kit/kit/cdump
✗ B) /u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/kit/kit/incident

✓ C) /u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/kit/kit/alert

✗ D) /u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/kit/kit/trace

Explanation

The XML version of the alert log file will be located in /u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/kit/kit/alert. In Oracle Database
12c, the repository for diagnostic data is the Automatic Diagnostic Repository ( ADR ). You would use the
DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter to specify the ADR root directory. The default value for the
DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter is based on the value of the $ORACLE_BASE environment variable. It
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 28/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

defaults to the same value as $ORACLE_BASE if the variable is set, and to $ORACLE_HOME/log if $ORACLE_BASE is
not set.

The ADR root directory provides a directory structure for each database instance, called an ADR home, which
contains diagnostic data for that instance. Underneath the ADR root directory, each ADR home will have a name in
the form of /diag/rdbms/<dbname>/<instance>. For example, if the database name was prod and the instance name
was prod1, the ADR home would be <diagnostic_dest>/diag/rdbms/prod/prod1. Note that in a non-RAC
environment, the database name and instance name are normally identical. Each ADR home contains
subdirectories that contain specific types of diagnostic files. The following list outlines the common subdirectories
within each ADR home and their contents:

trace - contains background process and user process trace files and the text version of the alert log file
alert - contains the XML version of the alert log file
incident - contains incident dump files
cdump - contains core dump files

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
View the alert log and access dynamic performance views

References:
1. Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Alert Log
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#GUID-39CD6AD3-58D6-44E6-8A6C-0165252674D7

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Structure, Contents, and Location of the Automatic Diagnostic Repository
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/diag.htm#ADMIN11008

Question #22 of 81 Question ID: 857411

You have created a listener by using Database Control. After configuring the listener for your database, you started
a new SQL*Plus session and attempted to connect to the database using the credentials of user scott with a
password of tiger.

Enter user-name: scott/tiger@11g

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 29/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

While executing the command, you received the following error message:

ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve the connect identifier specified.

Why did the error occur?

✓ A) The connect identifier supplied does not exist in the tnsnames.ora file.

✗ B) The listener is not running on the Oracle server.

✗ C) The port number used by the new listener is already in use.

✗ D) A listener is not available to listen for the service name mentioned in the
tnsnames.ora file.

✗ E) The syntax of the command is incorrect.

Explanation

You will receive an ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve the connect identifier specified error message
because the connect identifier supplied does not exist in the tnsnames.ora file. The connect identifier must be
configured in the tnsnames.ora file to connect to the destination Oracle database.

The stated syntax of the command is correct. Therefore, the error is not generated due to incorrect syntax.

If the listener is not running on the Oracle server, the TNS-12541/ORA-12541: TNS:no listener error is generated.

If the port number used by the new listener is already in use, the error in this scenario will not be generated.
Instead, the error generated will be TNS-12560: TNS:protocol adapter error. The unavailability of a listener to listen
to the service name mentioned in the tnsnames.ora file is not a valid reason for the error to occur. This error
signifies that a listener is configured in the Oracle database, but is not configured to listen to the service name being
configured in the tnsnames.ora file of the client computer. If the listener is not available, the TNS-12541/ORA-12541:
TNS:no listener error will be generated.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Configure Oracle Net Services

2. Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 30/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E17610-11
Troubleshooting Oracle Net Services
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/trouble.htm#NETAG016

Question #23 of 81 Question ID: 857412

You want to know the uptime duration of your default listener. Which command-line command can you use to
determine the uptime duration of the default listener?

✗ A) lsnrctl start

✓ B) lsnrctl status

✗ C) lsnrctl services

✗ D) lsnrctl stop

Explanation

You can use the lsnrctl status command to display the uptime duration of the default listener. The lsnrctl
status command displays information about a listener, including the listener's status, configuration settings, and
whether or not the listener was dynamically registered. The syntax of the lsnrctl status command is:

lsnrctl status [listenername]

If a listenername is specified, then the status of the specified listener is displayed. If no listenername is specified,
the status and configuration of the default listener, LISTENER, is displayed.

The lsnrctl stop command is used to stop the default listener.

The lsnrctl start command is used to start the default listener.

The lsnrctl services command is used to view detailed information regarding the different databases, instances,
and dispatchers to which the listener forwards client requests. It also provides information on whether or not the
listener was dynamically registered.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Configure Oracle Net Services

References:
1. Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 31/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E17610-11
Configuring and Administering Oracle Net Listener
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETAG/listenercfg.htm#NETAG010

2. Oracle Database Net Services Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E17611-12
Listener Control Utility
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/NETRF/lsnrctl.htm#NETRF001

Question #24 of 81 Question ID: 857504

For which two types of tables does Oracle Data Pump use the direct path load method when importing? (Choose
two.)

✗ A) a table for which an active trigger is defined

✓ B) a table containing a LONG column

✗ C) a table that has a referential integrity constraint

✓ D) a nonclustered table

✗ E) a table with fine-grained access control enabled for inserts

Explanation

Oracle Data Pump uses direct path load for a nonclustered table and a table containing a LONG column. Oracle
Data Pump automatically determines which access method to use when unloading and loading data based on the
table's structure. Oracle Data Pump uses direct path load in most situations.

All of the other options are incorrect because Oracle Data Pump would use external tables in these situations.
Oracle Data Pump uses external tables in many situations, such as when the table has referential integrity
constraints, encrypted columns, any active triggers, or the table is a clustered table.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain the general architecture of Oracle Data Pump

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E22490-07
How Does Data Pump Move Data?
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 32/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e22490/dp_overview.htm#SUTIL802

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49692-06
Overview of Oracle Data Pump
https://docs.oracle.com/database/122/SUTIL/oracle-data-pump-overview.htm#SUTIL100

Question #25 of 81 Question ID: 857447

Which one of the following statements is NOT true regarding undo data and redo data?

✓ A) The undo data is permanently saved if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG

mode.

✗ B) The purpose of the undo data is to protect transactions, while the purpose of
the redo data is to protect the database from failure

✗ C) The redo data is permanently saved if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG

mode.

✗ D) While in memory, undo data and redo data are both stored in the database
buffer cache

Explanation

The undo data is only saved for a short period of time, even if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG mode.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Describe the difference between undo data and redo data

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Running a Database in ARCHIVELOG Mode
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/archredo.htm#ADMIN11332

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
B28310-04
What Is the Redo Log?
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B28359_01/server.111/b28310/onlineredo001.htm#ADMIN11302

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 33/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #26 of 81 Question ID: 857405

While starting your database, you receive an error stating that the database cannot identify one of the online redo
log files in it.

At which stage will you receive this error?

✗ A) when the first transaction ends and the changes to the database must be
written to the redo log files
✓ B) when the database changes from the MOUNT state to the OPEN state

✗ C) when the database changes from the SHUTDOWN state to the MOUNT state

✗ D) when the database changes from the NOMOUNT state to the MOUNT state

Explanation

The error will be generated in the database when the database tries to access the redo log files in it. The redo log
files are accessed when the database changes from the MOUNT state to the OPEN state.

The error will not be generated when the database changes from the NOMOUNT to the MOUNT state. The redo log files
are not accessed at this stage. Only the control files are accessed when the database changes from the NOMOUNT to
the MOUNT state.

The error will not be generated when the database changes from the SHUTDOWN to the MOUNT state. The redo log
files are not accessed at this stage. The parameter file and the control files are accessed when the database is
started and the state changes from SHUTDOWN to MOUNT.

The error will not be generated at the end of the first transaction. The redo data generated is written to the log files
when the first transaction ends. However, the redo log files are accessed by the database before this when the
database changes from the MOUNT to the OPEN state.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
View the alert log and access dynamic performance views

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Database Instance Startup and Shutdown

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 34/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT955

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Starting Up an Instance
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/start.htm#ADMIN004

Question #27 of 81 Question ID: 857503

For which situation would you use external tables?

✗ A) to load data from a large external flat file into the database

✓ B) to query data in a large external flat file without loading it into the database

✗ C) to create a new table from data in an existing table

✗ D) to easily access schema objects in another database

Explanation

You would use external tables to query data in a large external flat file without loading it into the database. With
external tables, data is stored in operating system flat files instead of in the database. The data in these external
files can then be accessed directly using SELECT statements as if it resided in the database. You can also create
views and synonyms on an external table. However, you will receive an error if you try to modify the data using
INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, add a virtual column, or create an index on it. External tables are an
excellent option if you have a large amount of historical data that you want to query, but do not want to load the data
into the database or modify the data.

You would not use external tables to create a new table from data in an existing table. You can create a new table
from data in an existing table using the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement.

You would use a database link to easily access schema objects in another database. You can create a database link
using the CREATE DATABASE LINK statement. Then, you can use this link to easily access schema objects in the
other database by appending @dblinkname to the name of the table or view in your SQL statements.

You would use SQL*Loader to load data from a large external flat file into the database.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use external tables to move data via platform-independent files

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 35/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Managing External Tables
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tables.htm#ADMIN01507

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
SQL*Loader Concepts - Conventional Path Loads, Direct Path Loads, and External Table Loads
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-C4C1A6D6-4C85-478F-9A43-148E1812CCE8.htm#SUTIL995

Question #28 of 81 Question ID: 857406

You view the alert log file regularly to track important messages that may be generated. Which problems can be
identified by using the alert log file? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) the SYSTEM tablespace becoming full

✓ B) a control file missing from the database

✓ C) deadlocks occurring in the database

✓ D) a redo log file missing from the database

✗ E) users consuming a high amount of CPU

✓ F) using the SYSTEM tablespace as the temporary tablespace

Explanation

The alert log file can be used to identify the following problems in a database:

A control file missing from the database

A datafile missing from the database
A redo log file or redo log member file missing from the database
The SYSTEM tablespace being used as the temporary tablespace
All internal, block corruption, and deadlock errors occurring in the database

The alert log file can also be used to determine information about the administrative operations occurring for a
database, such as creating, altering, or dropping tablespaces or other database startup and shutdown activities.

The option stating you can identify the SYSTEM tablespace becoming full is incorrect because the alert log file
cannot be used to identify this problem in the database. To check for space utilization in the SYSTEM tablespace,
you can set a warning threshold that generates a warning alert when the SYSTEM tablespace is becoming full.

The option stating you can identify users consuming a high amount of CPU is incorrect because the alert log file

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 36/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

cannot be used to identify the users who are using a high amount of CPU. To identify the users using a high amount
of CPU time, you can use Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor ( ADDM ).

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
View the alert log and access dynamic performance views

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Monitoring Errors with Trace Files and the Alert Log
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/monitoring.htm#ADMIN005

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Diagnostic Files
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT1912

3. Oracle Database Upgrade Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41397-06
About Log File Location and DIAGNOSTIC_DEST
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/intro.htm#UPGRD60103

Question #29 of 81 Question ID: 857438

You run the following statement:

ALTER TABLESPACE temp4 SHRINK TEMPFILE '/u44/oracle/data/temp4.dbf';

What is the result?

✗ A) The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will fail because it is missing the required

KEEP clause.

✗ B) The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will succeed, but it will cause the other
attributes that make up the temp data file to change back to the default state.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 37/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✓ C) The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will be shrunk down to the
minimum possible size.

✗ D) The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will be shrunk down to the
size configured in the KEEP clause.

Explanation

When you execute the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the SHRINK TEMPFILE clause, the temp file associated
with the temp4 table space will be shrunk to the minimum possible size.

The ALTER statement will succeed and will simply cause the tablespace to shrink down to its smallest possible
value. When you leave out the KEEP clause, the database will use its internal information to determine the smallest
possible size. Otherwise, you can use the KEEP clause to hold a pre-determined size for your temporary file and not
cause the temp file to be too small or even to large.

The shrinking option can only be performed while online, which allows other users within the database to continually
allocate extents for currently executing queries.

The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will not be shrunk down to the KEEP clause size. The statement
did not specify the the KEEP clause, which would be required in order to shrink the temp file to a predetermined size.

The statement will not fail because it is missing the required KEEP clause. This clause is actually optional and is not
required.

The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will not cause the other attributes that make up the temp data file to change back
to the default state. When you alter a temporary tablespace using the SHRINK clause, no other attributes will be
changed during or after the statement completes.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

Sub-Objective:
Reclaim wasted space from tables and indexes by using the segment shrink functionality

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Shrinking a Locally Managed Temporary Tablespace
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN12353

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 38/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #30 of 81 Question ID: 857401

Which view will you query to display the PFILE information currently in effect for a database that was started by
using the initialization parameter file?

✗ A) V$CONTROLFILE

✓ B) V$PARAMETER

✗ C) V$SPPARAMETER

✗ D) V$DATABASE

Explanation

The V$PARAMETER view displays the current initialization parameters in the database.

The V$SPPARAMETER view displays the parameters defined in the server parameter file (SPFILE) if the server
parameter file was used to start the instance. If the SPFILE was not used to start the instance, the V$SPPARAMETER
view will display FALSE for the ISSPECIFIED column for all parameters, and all parameters will have a null value
for the VALUE column.

The V$DATABASE view displays database information such as database name, creation timestamp, and ARCHIVELOG
mode.

The V$CONTROLFILE view displays information about the names and locations of the control files of the database.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Understand initialization parameter files

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Managing Initialization Parameters Using a Server Parameter File
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN002

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Initialization Parameters
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT005

3. Oracle Database Reference

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 39/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E41527-27
V$SPPARAMETER
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-190DC64D-1EDE-4C35-B6F4-
70BAAF46F0BF.htm#REFRN30245

Question #31 of 81 Question ID: 857450

What is the default retention period for holding undo data?

✓ A) 900

✗ B) There is no value for the default retention period.

✗ C) 1

✗ D) 1800

Explanation

The retention period signifies the number of seconds that Oracle will hold undo changes within the undo tablespace.
The default value is 900. Keep in mind that this value is dependent upon the amount of space held within the undo
tablespace. Also note that it is not possible to configure automatic tuning of undo retention for LOBs.

The typical error that is associated with the retention period parameter is "snapshot too old," which means you will
receive an ORA-1555 error. This means that an active transaction is running and requires undo space, but the undo
tablespace does not have enough free space. When this occurs, the system will cause other queries to fail. Undo
tablespaces are shared with all users and not having enough space can cause this problem.

If you want to know the amount of time that undo data is retained by Oracle, you can query the column named
TUNED_UNDORETENTION within the view called V$UNDOSTAT.

The value of 1800 is not correct because this value is double the number of seconds related to the minimum
threshold.

The value of 1 is incorrect because this value would cause Oracle to create an ORA-1555 error message for any
transaction creating undo for one second.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Configure undo retention

References:
Database Reference
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 40/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E41527-27
UNDO_RETENTION
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-D238E854-A2C5-463E-A146-
31F61300124E.htm#REFRN10225

Question #32 of 81 Question ID: 857389

Which of the following statements are true about checkpointing? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) Too many checkpoints can degrade database performance.

✓ B) Checkpoints reduce the time required for recovery in case of an instance

failure.

✗ C) During the checkpoint process, the DBWn process will pause in order to allow
the online redo logs to sync with the archived files.

✗ D) It prompts for all dirty buffers to be written to data files during consistent
shutdowns.

✓ E) Checkpointing prompts the database writer (DBWn) process to write checkpoint

information into the data file headers and the control file.

✗ F) It causes the system to automatically flush the shared pool.

Explanation

The following statements are true regarding checkpointing:

Too many checkpoints can degrade database performance.

It reduces the time required for recovery in case of an instance failure.
The checkpoint process prompts the database writer (DBWn) process to write checkpoint information into the
data file headers and the control file.

A checkpoint is an event. This event prompts the database writer process to process all the changed buffers that
reside in the System Global Area (SGA) cache into the database data files. It is basically synchronizing the contents
of memory to the physical data files. These checkpoints occur automatically based on redo log switches. They can
also occur based on the Oracle parameter LOG_CHECKPOINT_INTERVAL, which is frequency-based.

The other statements are false regarding checkpointing.

It does not prompt that all dirty buffers are written to data files during consistent shutdowns. Regardless of the type
of shutdown, the checkpoint process is either automated or a manual event.

It does not cause the system to automatically flush the shared pool. When a checkpoint occurs, it is not associated
with flushing the shared pool.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 41/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The DBWn process will not pause during checkpointing in order to allow the online redo logs to sync with the archived
files. During a checkpoint process, the database writer process does not pause.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
List the architectural components of Oracle Database

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-08
4. Configuring a Database for Performance
Redo Log Files
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/pfgrf_build_db.htm#TGDBA94147

Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-08
10. Instance Tuning Using Performance Views
About Instance Recovery
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/pfgrf_instance_tune.htm#GUID-33C9C465-95E6-42C6-BE92-
B587A5EAF5B6

Question #33 of 81 Question ID: 857417

Which characteristic relates to a tablespace?

✓ A) It can consist of multiple datafiles, each on a separate disk

✗ B) It always has read-write status

✗ C) It can only be brought online while the database is shut down

✗ D) It consists of only one operating system file

Explanation

Data in an Oracle database is stored in tablespaces. A tablespace is a logical object used to group data into smaller
areas. A tablespace can only belong to one database at a time. A tablespace consists of one or more datafiles, and
each datafile can be on a separate disk.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 42/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

database is running. A datafile can only belong to one tablespace, but a tablespace can consist of one or more
operating system files known as datafiles.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Describe the storage of table row data in blocks

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Tablespaces
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/logical.htm#CNCPT402

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14
Physical Storage Structures - Overview of Data Files
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/physical.htm#CNCPT003

Question #34 of 81 Question ID: 857397

You want to load data from an external file into your newly created Oracle database. Which Oracle tool should you
use?

✓ A) SQL*Loader

✗ B) Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)

✗ C) SQL*Plus

✗ D) Data Pump

Explanation

You should use SQL*Loader to load data from external flat files into your Oracle Database. You can use
SQL*Loader to load one or more files during a load process.

Data Pump is a tool used to transfer data from one Oracle database to another.

Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) is a tool used to create, configure, and delete Oracle databases and to
manage database templates.

SQL*Plus is a command-line tool used to issue SQL statements and manage your Oracle database.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 43/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Oracle Database Management Tools

Sub-Objective:
Use database management tools

References:
1. Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
SQL*Loader Control File Reference
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-7F8983A0-CA5D-41D9-A096-CB1858CEDB4C.htm#SUTIL005

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
SQL*Loader
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/cncptdba.htm#CNCPT827

Question #35 of 81 Question ID: 857525

lt;font size="2" face="Arial">Which tool is automatically launched when you install Oracle Database 12c using
Oracle Universal Installer (OUI), and allows you to create and configure a database during installation?

✗ A) Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA)

✓ B) Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)

✗ C) Enterprise Manager (EM)

✗ D) Oracle Secure Backup

Explanation

Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) is automatically launched when you install Oracle Database 12c using
Oracle Universal Installer (OUI). This tool allows you to create and configure a database during installation. DBCA
allows you to set many configuration options, such as providing a password for the SYS, SYSTEM, SYSMAN, and
DBSNMP accounts, configuring the database to use Automatic Storage Management (ASM), enabling daily backup
of the database, configuring the database to run as a shared server, configuring the database to use password file
authentication, and configuring the database to be managed using Enterprise Manager.

Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA) is used to migrate or upgrade existing Oracle databases.

Enterprise Manager (EM) is a graphical tool that allows you to stop, start, and manage your Oracle database.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 44/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Oracle Secure Backup provides tape backup management functionality.

Objective:
Creating an Oracle Database Using DBCA

Sub-Objective:
Create a database by using the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA

References:
1. Oracle Database 2 Day DBA
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E51671-10
Creating and Managing a Database with DBCA
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMQS/GUID-2A1B1AF2-CC36-405A-89EB-
72E7A33F7E2B.htm#ADMQS023

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
About Creating an Oracle Database
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN002

Question #36 of 81 Question ID: 857527

You want to create a database that would have multiple connected users, transactions with quick access to data,
and multiple writes occurring at the same time. Which template would you use within DBCA?

✗ A) Data warehouse template

✗ B) Custom database template

✓ C) Transaction processing template

✗ D) Seed template

Explanation

You should use a transaction processing template. A transaction processing template is a template option used
within DBCA. When you select this option, it is assumed that you want to create an Oracle database that reads from
several tables using select statements. You will be changing the database using updates and inserts. You will be
removing data from tables by using delete statements. Finally, this type of template will have users that are
simultaneously connected to the database. This option is also called a general purpose template.

You would not use a data warehouse template. This template is used for processing large amounts of data, and is

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 45/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

typically used for retrieving several thousand to several millions of rows of data with complete accuracy.

You would not use a custom database template. This template option gives you the ability to define specific
database requirements that you cannot get or use with the other template options.

You would not use a seed template. A seed template consists of the physical structure of a database, and is used to
copy the contents of the seed to another destination. You also have non seed templates that are used with this
option.

Objective:
Creating an Oracle Database Using DBCA

Sub-Objective:
Generate database creation scripts by using DBCA

References:
Database 2 Day DBA
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E51671-10
DBCA Templates Provided by Oracle
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMQS/GUID-E59E0AE9-AF91-4DD2-B311-C92E3EFE9948.htm

Question #37 of 81 Question ID: 857403

Your database went down abnormally because of power failure. You could not perform a clean shutdown on the
database. After this, you start the database by running the STARTUP command.

Which statements are true regarding this scenario? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) The uncommitted changes at the time of failure are rolled back from the
database.

✓ B) The committed changes in the database at the time of failure are written to the
datafiles.

✗ C) The information required for recovery is derived from the alert log file.

✗ D) The database recovery is coordinated by the process monitor.

✗ E) The lost changes in the database are recovered manually by starting a media
recovery.

Explanation

When the database is started after an abnormal termination or by issuing the SHUTDOWNABORT command, the SMON
process coordinates the recovery of the database. This is known as instance recovery. In this process, the
uncommitted changes in the database are rolled back from the database by using the information stored in the
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 46/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

rollback segments. In addition, the committed changes that were not written to the datafiles are written to the
datafiles on disk. This committed information is derived from the online redo log file.

During an instance crash, the database will not be closed or dismounted, and the uncommitted changes in the
database will be rolled back. Also, the committed changes contained in database buffers of the database buffer
cache and the redo buffers in the redo log buffer will not be written to the disk. The instance recovery procedure
performs all these functions and synchronizes the datafiles and the control file.

The option that states that the recovery is coordinated by the process monitor is incorrect because the recovery is
coordinated by SMON.

The option that states that the information required for recovery is derived from the alert log file is incorrect because
the information is derived from the control file.

The option that states that the lost changes in the database are recovered manually by starting a media recovery is
incorrect because the database is recovered automatically by Oracle. You are not required to manually perform a
media recovery on the database.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Start up and shut down an Oracle database instance

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Database Instance Startup and Shutdown
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT955

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Process Architecture - SMON
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT1253

Question #38 of 81 Question ID: 857500

Your EMP table was created using the CREATE TABLE statement shown in the exhibit.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 47/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

You are using SQL*Loader direct path load to load data into the EMP table.

Which constraint or constraints will be enforced during the load?

✗ A) the NOT NULL constraints

✓ B) both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints

✗ C) the CHECK constraint

✗ D) all of the constraints

✗ E) the PRIMARY KEY constraint

Explanation

In this scenario, both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints will be enforced during the load. With direct
path loads, only the PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, and NOT NULL constraints are enforced. Any FOREIGN KEY and
CHECK constraints will be disabled, but can be re-enabled after the loading process is complete.

The option that states only the PRIMARYKEY constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The NOTNULL constraints will
also be enforced.

The option that states only the NOT NULL constraints will be enforced is incorrect. The PRIMARY KEY constraint
will also be enforced.

The option that states the CHECK constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The CHECK constraint will be disabled.

The option that states all of the constraints will be enforced is incorrect. All constraints are enforced with
conventional loads, but not direct path loads.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use SQL*Loader to load data from a non-Oracle database

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 48/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

E41528-07
SQL*Loader Concepts
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-DD843EE2-1FAB-4E72-A115-21D97A501ECC.htm#SUTIL003

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
Conventional and Direct Path Loads
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-321928FB-C86C-4F1F-9250-05111A988B7B.htm#SUTIL009

Question #39 of 81 Question ID: 857501

You are using SQL*Loader to load data from multiple flat files into your database using a conventional load.

Which statement is TRUE?

✗ A) You must perform a separate load for each input file.

✗ B) You can only load the records into an empty table.

✗ C) The data in the flat files must be comma-delimited.

✓ D) You can filter the records being loaded.

Explanation

You can filter the records being loaded. SQL*Loader is a utility you can use to import external flat files from the
operating system into your database. First, you define a control file that specifies the data files to be loaded and the
characteristics of how the load should be performed. In your control file, you can use the WHEN clause to filter
records. Records in the input files that do not meet the conditions specified in the WHEN clause will not be loaded.

It is incorrect to state that you must perform a separate load for each input file. You can specify multiple input files in
your control file by including multiple INFILE clauses.

It is incorrect to state that data in the flat files must be comma-delimited. The input files can be delimited, fixed-
length, or variable length.

It is incorrect to state that you can only load the records into an empty table. You can specify the APPEND clause in
your control file to indicate that the input records should be appended to an existing table. You use the INSERT
clause in the control file to load data into an empty table.

Objective:
Moving Data
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 49/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Sub-Objective:
Use SQL*Loader to load data from a non-Oracle database

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
SQL*Loader Concepts
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-DD843EE2-1FAB-4E72-A115-21D97A501ECC.htm#SUTIL003

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
Examples of Using the WHEN, NULLIF, and DEFAULTIF Clauses
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-4C80A81A-169F-48F9-A60E-E20C173235DE.htm#SUTIL1203

Question #40 of 81 Question ID: 857508

Due to changes in the policies of your organization, you are required to restructure your database. Using Oracle
Data Pump Import, you issue the following command:

impdp SYSTEM/password DIRECTORY=expdat_dmp DUMPFILE=expdat.dmp NOLOGFILE=Y

REMAP_SCHEMA=hr:scott

Which two statements are true about the result of issuing this command? (Choose two.)

✓ A) All objects in the HR schema will be transferred to the SCOTT schema.

✗ B) The HR schema will be renamed the SCOTT schema.

✗ C) No errors and import progress messages will be generated during the import
process.

✗ D) All objects in the SCOTT schema will be transferred to the HR schema.

✓ E) Errors and import progress messages will be written to the standard output
device.

Explanation

With the given command, all objects in the HR schema will be transferred to the SCOTT schema, and the errors and
import progress messages will be written to the standard output device. If you use the REMAP_SCHEMA parameter,
the import procedure will transfer all the objects from the HR schema to the SCOTT schema. This feature is typically
used for transferring database objects owned by one user to another user in a different database. After the import
procedure is completed, the two schemas will remain unchanged. Neither of the schemas will be dropped. The use
of the NOLOGFILE=Y parameter specifies that the error and import progress messages are not written to the log files.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 50/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

In this scenario, the errors and import progress messages will be written to standard output devices such as
monitors and printers.

The HR schema will not be renamed the SCOTT schema. Only the objects in the HR schema will be transferred to
the SCOTT schema.

All the objects from the SCOTT schema will not be transferred to the HR schema. Instead, the objects will be
transferred from the HR schema to the SCOTT schema.

Errors and import messages will be generated and will be written to the standard output device because the
NOLOGFILE=Y parameter is included.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use Data Pump Export and Import to move data between Oracle databases

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E22490-07
Data Pump Export - Parameters Available in Export's Command-Line Mode
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e22490/dp_export.htm#SUTIL836

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49692-06
Overview of Oracle Data Pump
https://docs.oracle.com/database/122/SUTIL/oracle-data-pump-overview.htm#SUTIL100

Question #41 of 81 Question ID: 857442

You issued the following UPDATE statement, but have not committed the changes:

UPDATE emp SET status='ACTIVE'

WHERE emp_id > 549;

Which statement about the transaction and the corresponding undo data is TRUE?

✗ A) The statement you issued does not generate any undo data.
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 51/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✓ B) When your transaction began, it was assigned to an undo segment.

✗ C) When your transaction began, it was assigned to multiple undo segments

based on the rows being updated.

✗ D) Other transactions issued after your UPDATE statement will always be

associated with a different undo segment.

Explanation

When your transaction began, it was assigned to an undo segment. As data is modified, a copy of the "before
image" of the updated columns is written to the extents in the assigned segment. When all space in the extent is
used, data is written to the next extent in the segment. Each transaction is associated with only one undo segment.
Each transaction that is executed while your transaction is running is also assigned to an undo segment, and two
transactions might possibly be assigned to the same undo segment.

The option that states other transactions issued after your UPDATE statement will always be associated with a
different undo segment is incorrect. Multiple transactions can be assigned to the same undo segment.

The option that states when your transaction began, it was assigned to multiple undo segments based on the rows
being updated, is incorrect. A transaction is assigned to a single undo segment.

The option that states the statement you issued does not generate any undo data is incorrect. Undo data is
generated when data in the database is modified. This undo data contains the before image of the columns of data
being updated. The before image of the data supports read consistency for each user, allowing you to roll back
uncommitted transactions, and is used during recovery. Undo data is also required to perform some flashback
operations, such as querying the database as it existed at a previous time using Flashback Query or flashing back a
transaction.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain DML and undo data generation

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Segments
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/logical.htm#CNCPT304

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14 Undo Segments
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/logical.htm#CNCPT305

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 52/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #42 of 81 Question ID: 857421

Which dictionary view would you use to determine the free space within a temporary tablespace?

✗ A) DBA_FREE_SPACE

✗ B) V$TABLESPACE

✓ C) DBA_TEMP_FREE_SPACE

✗ D) V$TEMPFILE

Explanation

The DBA_TEMP_FREE_SPACE view would determine the free space within a temporary tablespace. This view is an
Oracle view that holds information specifically related to temporary tablespaces. This view consists of four columns:

FREE_SPACE - This is the total size free within the temp tablespace and is sized in bytes.
ALLOCATED_SPACE - This is the total allocated and used size within the temp tablespace.
TABLESPACE_SIZE - This number represents the size of the tablespace and measured in bytes.
TABLESPACE_NAME - This is the actual name of the tablespace.

You would not use DBA_FREE_SPACE. This view is used for identifying user tablespaces and not temporary
tablespaces.

You would not use V$TABLESPACE. This view has tablespace user information related to information found within
Oracle's control file.

You would not use V$TEMPFILE. This view has information on temporary files, but it does not contain viable
information on finding free space within a temporary tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Tablespace Data Dictionary Views
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN11410

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 53/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #43 of 81 Question ID: 857446

What is the behavior of temporary undo segments when you are managing undo records related to temporary
tables and the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter is set to FALSE?

✗ A) All undo related to all temporary tables will be logged into temporary undo
segments.

✓ B) The undo records for temp tables will be logged in the redo log and held in the
undo tablespace.

✗ C) It would reduce the amount of undo stored in the undo tablespace.

✗ D) It would disable temporary undo only at the session level.

Explanation

The undo records for temp tables will be logged in the redo log and held in the undo tablespace. The
TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter, when set to TRUE, allows you to separate undo data from persistent
tables and temporary tables. This parameter has to be set to TRUE for this logic to work. This is useful behavior if
you want to reduce the amount of undo data that is stored in the undo tablespace.

When this parameter is set to FALSE, undo records for temporary tables will be logged in the redo log and stored in
the undo tablespace as they are generated.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE would not reduce the amount of undo stored in the undo tablespace. Setting
the parameter to FALSE means that any undo records related to temporary tables are logged in redo logs and stored
in the undo tablespace, thereby increasing storage.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE does not allow you to disable temporary undo only at the session level.
Changes to the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLE parameter can be done at the database level or session level.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE will not ensure that all undo related to all temporary tables are logged into
temporary undo segments. This is what happens when the parameter TEMP_UNOD_ENABLE is set to TRUE and not
FALSE.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Monitor and administer undo data

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 54/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Managing Temporary Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN13740

Question #44 of 81 Question ID: 857428

During a single session, you run the following set of statements in your database:

SQL> CREATE USER SCOTT IDENTIFIED BY SCOTT;

SQL> CREATE ROLE HR_ADMIN;
SQL> GRANT SELECT ANY TABLE TO HR_ADMIN;
SQL> GRANT CREATE ANY VIEW TO HR_ADMIN;
SQL> GRANT HR_ADMIN TO SCOTT;

The database user SCOTT tries to execute a SELECT statement against a table in the HR user's schema, but the
following error is generated:

SQL> SELECT * FROM HR.TRAINING;

ORA-01031: insufficient privileges

Which of the following could be reasons for this error? (Choose two.)

✓ A) The user SCOTT has not enabled the HR_ADMIN role by using the SET
ROLE statement.

✗ B) A password must be provided to access the privileges granted by the

HR_ADMIN role.

✗ C) The HR_ADMIN role is a secure application role.

✓ D) The HR_ADMIN role has not been set as the default role for the user SCOTT.

✗ E) The user HR has not granted select access on the TRAINING table to the user
SCOTT.

Explanation

The two possible reasons for this error are that the HR_ADMIN role has not been set as the default role for the user
SCOTT or that the user SCOTT has not enabled the HR_ADMIN role by using the SET ROLE statement. When a
role is assigned to a user, the role must be enabled using the SET ROLE statement or the role must be set as the
default role for the user so that the user can access the privileges granted to them through the role. The default role
is enabled for the user at log on. A non-default role must be enabled using the SET ROLE statement. If the role is not
enabled for the user, the user cannot access the privileges. The HR_ADMIN role created in this scenario is granted
the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege and the CREATE ANY VIEW privilege. The SELECT ANY TABLE privilege enables
you to issue SELECT statements against any tables in any user's schema. The CREATE ANY VIEW privilege enables
you to create views based on any table in any user's schema. Apart from having the CREATE ANY VIEW privilege,
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 55/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

the user must also have SELECT privileges on the tables on which he is trying to create the view. If the user does
not have SELECT privileges on the table on which he is trying to create the view, the user SCOTT will receive an
error stating he does not have the required privileges.

The HR_ADMIN role created in this scenario is not a secure application role. A secure application role is created
using the USING package clause in the CREATE ROLE statement. An application role is a role that can be enabled
only by applications by using an authorized PL/SQL package. Using a secure application role the role's password is
not stored in a table or in the application, providing better protection from unauthorized access.

A user does not need to provide a password to access the privileges of the HR_ADMIN role because the role is not
password protected. A password-protected role can be created using the IDENTIFIED BY clause in the CREATE
ROLE statement. When enabling a password-protected role, you must provide the password to enable the role.

The user SCOTT does not need specific privileges on the HR.TRAINING table because the HR_ADMIN role
provides the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege. The SELECT ANY TABLE privilege will allow users granted the privilege
to query tables in any database schema. The user SCOTT will receive this privilege through the HR_ADMIN role.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Grant and revoke privileges

References:
1. Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E17609-19
Controlling Access to Applications with Secure Application Roles
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TDPSG/GUID-800F33CF-26E2-4246-86D5-
7DD5B3B7B2ED.htm#TDPSG30032

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
SET ROLE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_10004.htm#SQLRF01704

3. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE ROLE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_6014.htm#SQLRF01311

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 56/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #45 of 81 Question ID: 857496

What are some reasons why you would want a tablespace offline? (Choose two.).

✓ A) To relocate or rename the data files of a tablespace

✗ B) To begin a tablespace backup when your database is in archive log mode

✗ C) To modify the size of a data file

✓ D) To allow a portion of the database to function normally and not be impacted by

other operations

✗ E) To make a tablespace read-only

✗ F) To add a data file to a permanent tablespace

Explanation

Two reasons to take a tablespace offline are to allow a portion of the database to function normally and not be
impacted by other operations, and to relocate or rename a tablespace's data files.

When you take a tablespace offline, you can affect the functionality of the database, so you need to understand the
reasons for taking this action. If you have a tablespace that is causing system-wide database problems, you can
simply take the tablespace in question offline so that normal functionality of the database may resume.

Although they were not given as options, other reasons for taking a tablespace offline would be to implement a cold
backup for a specific tablespace and for security. For example, if you were making changes to objects within
another tablespace and you did not want your staff to accidently make changes to a group of objects, then you
could just take the tablespace offline. The final reasons for taking a tablespace offline would be to rename data files
that might need to follow a standard naming convention or to migrate the data files to another file system.

Please note that you cannot take SYSTEM, undo, or temporary tablespaces offline.

The syntax to offline a tablespace is as follows:

ALTER TABLESPACE MY_USER_TABLESPACE OFFLINE NORMAL;

You do not have to take a tablespace offline to add a data file. The tablespace can simply be altered using the
ALTER TABLESPACE statement.

You do not have to take a tablespace offline to modify the size of a data file. You can simply alter the tablespace to
modify the size of a data file.

You cannot take a tablespace offline to make it read-only. In order to place a tablespace read-only mode, it is
required that the tablespace be online.

You cannot take a tablespace offline to begin a tablespace backup when your database is in archive log mode.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 57/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

When a database is in archive log mode, you have to use the ALTER TABLESPACE command to start backing up the
database. To do so, the tablespace is required to be online and not offline.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Describe ways to move data

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Taking Tablespaces Offline
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN11376

Question #46 of 81 Question ID: 857424

You executed the following statement:

SQL> CREATE USER john IDENTIFIED BY john;

Which two views would you query to determine the name of the default permanent tablespace assigned to the user
JOHN? (Choose two.)

✗ A) DBA_TABLESPACES

✓ B) DATABASE_PROPERTIES

✗ C) DBA_DIRECTORIES

✓ D) DBA_USERS

Explanation

The DBA_USERS dictionary view displays the default tablespace assigned to the user JOHN. In this scenario, no
DEFAULT TABLESPACE clause was specified in the CREATE USER statement. Therefore, this view would also
determine the name of the permanent default tablespace assigned to the user JOHN. You can query the
DEFAULT_TABLESPACE column of this view to determine the default tablespace of the user.

The DATABASE_PROPERTIES view does not display the default tablespace assigned to the user. However, this view
displays the name of the default permanent tablespace for the database that is assigned to the user JOHN in this
scenario. If a user is created with the CREATE USER command and the DEFAULT TABLESPACE clause is not
specified, then the default permanent tablespace is assigned to the user as the default tablespace. The following
query displays the name of the default permanent tablespace for the database:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 58/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

SQL> SELECT property_name,property_value

2 FROM database_properties
3 WHERE property_name='DEFAULT_PERMANENT_TABLESPACE';

The DBA_DIRECTORIES dictionary view does not display the name of default permanent tablespace assigned to the
user. This view displays all the directory objects created in the database.

The DBA_TABLESPACES dictionary view does not display the default permanent tablespace assigned to the user.
This view displays all tablespaces created in the database along with the storage allocation units of the tablespace.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage database user accounts:

References:
1. Oracle Database Reference
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41527-27
DBA_USERS
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-309FCCB2-2E8D-4371-9FC5-
7F3B10E2A8C0.htm#REFRN23302

2. Oracle Database Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41527-09
DBA_PROPERTIES
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-00B45039-EC15-4525-B85C-
65F72DAE4E1C.htm#REFRN29012

Question #47 of 81 Question ID: 857427

As the database administrator, you grant the CREATE VIEW system privilege to the MKT_REP user by issuing the
following statement:

SQL> GRANT CREATE VIEW TO mkt_rep WITH ADMIN OPTION;

The MKT_REP user subsequently creates a view, PROSPECT, and grants the CREATE VIEW system privilege to the
MKT_ASST user. The MKT_REP and MKT_ASST users have no other system privileges.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 59/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Which two statements are true if you subsequently revoke the CREATE VIEW system privilege from the MKT_REP
user? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Neither user will be able to create views.

✓ B) Only the MKT_ASST user will be able to create views.

✗ C) The REVOKE statement will fail because you cannot revoke a system privilege
granted with the WITH ADMIN OPTION clause.

✗ D) Only the MKT_REP user will be able to create views.

✓ E) The PROSPECT view will not be dropped, but the MKT_REP user will not be
able to create additional views.

Explanation

In this scenario, if you subsequently revoke the CREATE VIEW system privilege from the MKT_REP user, only the
MKT_ASST user will be able to create views. Also, the PROSPECT view will not be dropped, but the MKT_REP
user will not be able to create additional views.

When you revoke a system privilege, the revocation does not cascade to other users who have been granted the
privilege if the privilege is related to DDL. In this scenario, the privilege will be revoked only from the MKT_REP
user. The MKT_REP user will not be able to create views, but the MKT_ASST user will. The PROSPECT view that
the MKT_REP user previously created will not be dropped. A revocation of a system privilege related to DML, such
as the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege, does cascade.

The option that states neither user will be able to create views is incorrect because the MKT_ASST user will still be
able to create views. The act of revoking system privileges related to DDL does not cascade.

The option that states only the MKT_REP user will be able to create views is incorrect. After the privilege is revoked,
the MKT_REP user will not be able to create views.

The option that states the REVOKE statement fails because you cannot revoke a system privilege granted with the
WITH ADMIN OPTION clause is incorrect. You can revoke a system privilege even if the WITH ADMIN OPTION clause
was used.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Grant and revoke privileges

References:
1. Database Security Guide
Part Number E48135-17
REVOKE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm#DBSEG99876

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 60/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

2. Database Security GuidePart Number E48135-17

GRANT
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm#DBSEG004

3. Oracle Database Security Guide

Part Number E48135-17
Configuring Privilege and Role Authorization - Revoking User Privileges and Roles - Cascading Effects of Revoking
Privileges
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm

Question #48 of 81 Question ID: 857443

You are using Automatic Undo Management in your database. The name of the undo tablespace in your database is
UNDOTS. You want to ensure that no committed undo data is overwritten for 15 minutes.

Which two actions must you take to achieve this? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0.

✗ B) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION NOGUARANTEE;

statement.

✗ C) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 15.

✗ D) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE=TRUE;

statement.

✓ E) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900.

✓ F) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE; statement.

Explanation

In this scenario, you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900 and run the ALTER
TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE; statement. This will retain the committed undo data for 15
minutes and guarantee undo. The UNDO_RETENTION parameter sets the time, in seconds, for which the undo data
is to be retained. Running the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the GUARANTEE clause ensures that undo is
guaranteed. When undo is guaranteed for an undo tablespace in a database, the committed undo data from
transactions will not be overwritten for the time specified in the UNDO_RETENTION parameter. This is true even if
there are other transactions in the database that need space in the undo tablespace to store undo data.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0 is incorrect because to retain the committed undo data for 15 minutes
you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900. This parameter value is specified in seconds. Setting the
UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0 indicates automatic undo retention mode.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 61/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 15 is incorrect because the parameter accepts a value in seconds.
Therefore, to retain the undo data for 15 minutes, you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900, which
represents a value of 900 seconds.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION NOGUARANTEE; statement is incorrect because this will not
guarantee that the committed undo data is retained for 15 minutes. When undo is not guaranteed, the committed
undo data will be overwritten if any ongoing transactions require space in the undo tablespace.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE=TRUE; statement is incorrect because the syntax
of the statement is incorrect. When the statement is run, it will generate an error.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE UNDOTS RETENTION NOGUARANTEE=TRUE; statement is incorrect because the
syntax of the statement is incorrect. When the statement is issued, it will generate an error.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Monitor and administer undo data

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13Managing Undo
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN013

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Introduction to Automatic Undo Management - About the Undo Retention Period - Retention Guarantee
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11461

Question #49 of 81 Question ID: 857402

Your database instance fails to start when you issue the following command:

SQL> STARTUP NOMOUNT;

Which of the following could be the reasons for the failure? (Choose two.)

✗ A) The Oracle database cannot read the control file.

✗ B) The Oracle database cannot read the datafiles.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 62/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ C) The Oracle database cannot read the redo log files.

✓ D) The operating system does not have sufficient memory as requested in your
parameter file for the SGA memory structures.

✓ E) The Oracle database cannot read the initialization parameter file.

Explanation

The Oracle database instance will fail to start if the Oracle database is unable to read the initialization parameter
file. During the NOMOUNT stage of database startup, the initialization parameter file is read. The initialization
parameter file contains the Oracle database instance parameters and the values defined for these parameters. A
few of those parameters define the size of the memory structures that will make up the SGA for this new instance.
However, if the operating system is unable to allocate the amount of memory being requested at this phase, the
STARTUP NOMOUNT will fail.

The datafiles are read after the Oracle database instance is started. The datafiles and redo log files are read at the
OPEN stage during database startup.

The control file is read-only after the Oracle database instance is started. The control file is read at the MOUNT stage
of database startup.

The redo log files are read after the Oracle database instance is started. The datafiles and the redo log files are
read at the OPEN stage during database startup.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Start up and shut down an Oracle database instance

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of the System Global Area (SGA)
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/memory.htm#CNCPT802

3. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 63/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

E41396-09
Initialization Parameters
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT005

Question #50 of 81 Question ID: 857505

Which statement about Oracle Data Pump is true?

✗ A) Only users with the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege can import and export using
Oracle Data Pump.

✗ B) Exports always generate dump files in which the data is compressed and
encrypted.

✓ C) Data Pump Import cannot read dump file sets created by a newer database
version unless the VERSION parameter was set to the version of the target
database when the dump file set was created.
✗ D) You can only import and export using the expdp and impdp client components.

Explanation

Data Pump Import cannot read dump file sets created by a newer database version unless they were created with
VERSION parameter set to the version of the target database.

The option that states exports always generate dump files in which the data is compressed and encrypted is
incorrect. The COMPRESSION parameter is used to specify whether data is compressed. Specifying a value of
METADATA_ONLY or NONE would generate a dump file in which the data is not compressed. This parameter
defaults to METADATA_ONLY, so by default, all dump files have only the metadata compressed. The ENCRYPTION
parameter specifies whether data in a dump file is encrypted. Specifying a value of
ENCRYPTED_COLUMNS_ONLY, METADATA_ONLY, or NONE would generate a dump file in which the data would
not be encrypted. This parameter defaults to either ALL or NONE, depending on the value specified for the
ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD parameter.

The option that states only users with the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege can import and export using Oracle Data
Pump is incorrect. A user does not need administrator privileges to use Oracle Data Pump. To perform imports and
exports, a user must have the CREATE TABLE privilege, adequate tablespace quota for Data Pump to create the
master table used during the process, and the appropriate operating system privileges to create any dump files.

The option that states you can only import and export using the expdp and impdp client components is incorrect.
Data Pump also provides the DBMS_DATAPUMP and DBMS_METADATA packages. Procedures in these packages are
used by the expdp and impdp client components. Data Pump uses procedures in DBMS_DATAPUMP to execute
imports and exports, and procedures in DBMS_METADATA when importing or exporting metadata. You can also
directly call procedures in these packages if desired.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 64/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain the general architecture of Oracle Data Pump

References:
1. Oracle Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07
Overview of Oracle Data Pump - Data Pump Components
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-17FAE261-0972-4220-A2E4-44D479F519D4.htm#SUTIL100

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E22490-07
Data Pump Export - Parameters Available in Export's Command-Line Mode
https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e22490/dp_export.htm#SUTIL836

Question #51 of 81 Question ID: 908431

Observe the following output:

Type VALUE
-----------
Parameter Type Value
Boolean TRUE
Something auto
Retention Integer 900
Tablespaces String undotbs

Based on this information, which statement is true regarding temporary tables?

✗ A) Undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace and
logged in the system tablespace for those sessions where temporary undo is
enabled.

✗ B) No redo log is generated for the undo records belonging to temporary tables.

✗ C) Undo records for temporary tables are stored in the sysaux tablespace, and
then undo is stored in the temp tablespace.

✓ D) Undo records for temporary tables are logged in the redo and stored in the
undo tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 65/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Explanation

The output shows that undo records for temporary tables are logged in the redo and stored in the undo tablespace.

The default behavior is that when you have undo records related to temporary tables, they are stored in the undo
tablespace and will always be logged in the online redo logs. On the other hand, if you set the initialization
parameter named TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to TRUE, it will separate undo data from persistent tables and temporary
tables. This parameter has to be set to TRUE for this logic to work. This function is useful if you need to reduce the
amount of undo data that is stored in the undo tablespace.

Undo records for temporary tables are never stored in the undo tablespace and logged in the system tablespace,
whether or not temporary undo is enabled for the session. The system tablespace is never used for storing
temporary segments.

Undo records for temporary tables are not stored in the sysaux tablespace. The sysaux tablespace is called the
auxiliary tablespace and is only used for storing internal database components. It is not associated with undo data.

It is not possible for no redo to be generated. Any time a temporary table is changed using a DML command, such
as an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE, undo changes will be stored in the undo tablespace and simultaneously logged
in the redo logs.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Describe the difference between undo data and redo data

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Managing Temporary Undo
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11460

Question #52 of 81 Question ID: 857425

John is a database administrator at Verigon Corporation. John has been assigned the task of creating users. He
issues the following statements to create a user BARRY and grant privileges to the user:

SQL> CREATE USER BARRY IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD

DEFAULT TABLESPACE USERS
TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TEMP
QUOTA 2M ON PROD
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 66/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

PASSWORD EXPIRE
ACCOUNT LOCK;
SQL> GRANT CREATE SESSION, CREATE TABLE TO BARRY;

Which statements correctly describe the user BARRY? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) BARRY can create a table in the PROD tablespace.

✗ B) BARRY does not have privileges on the TEMP tablespace.

✗ C) BARRY can create a table in the USERS tablespace.

✗ D) The password assigned to BARRY will never expire.

✓ E) BARRY cannot access his account without the intervention of the DBA.

Explanation

In this scenario, BARRY can create a table in the PROD tablespace and BARRY cannot access his account without
the intervention of the DBA. The CREATE USER statement creates a user BARRY and assigns him the password,
PASSWORD. After the first successful login, the PASSWORD EXPIRE clause will expire the password, and BARRY will
be prompted to change his password. The ACCOUNT LOCK clause locks the user account immediately upon creation,
and BARRY cannot access his account unless the DBA unlocks his account. BARRY can create a table in the
PROD tablespace because BARRY has been given a quota on the PROD tablespace. BARRY cannot create a table
in the USERS tablespace because BARRY has not been given any quota on the USERS tablespace.

The option stating that BARRY does not have privileges on the TEMP tablespace is incorrect. It is not necessary to
explicitly define a quota for users to use the temporary tablespace.

The option stating that the password assigned to BARRY will never expire is incorrect. The password assigned to
BARRY will expire. In this scenario, the PASSWORD EXPIRE clause specifies that the password will expire. After an
initial successful login, the password will expire, and BARRY will be prompted to change his password.

The option stating that BARRY can create a table in the USERS tablespace is incorrect because BARRY has not
been assigned any quota on the USERS tablespace.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage database user accounts:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 67/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
GRANT
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_9013.htm#SQLRF01603

3. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
GRANT and REVOKE Enhancements
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/release_changes.htm#SQLRF56599

Question #53 of 81 Question ID: 857502

Which operations are not allowed on an external table? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

✓ B) creating an index

✗ C) accessing rows in the table using SELECT statements

✓ D) adding a virtual column

Explanation

The following operations are not allowed on an external table:

adding a virtual column

creating an index
updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

With external tables, data is stored in operating system flat files instead of in the database. The data in these
external files can then be accessed directly using SELECT statements as if it resided in the database. You can also
create views and synonyms on an external table. However, you will receive an error if you try to modify the data
using INSERT , UPDATE , or DELETE statements, add a virtual column, or create an index on any of its columns.

External tables are an excellent option if you have a large amount of historical data that you want to query, but do
not want to load the data into the database or modify the data.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use external tables to move data via platform-independent files

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 68/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

2. Oracle Database Utilities

Question #54 of 81 Question ID: 857445

You must retain the committed undo data in the undo tablespace for 10 minutes without hampering the uncommitted
transactions in the database.

Which action can you take to achieve this objective?

✗ A) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and guarantee the undo retention.

✗ B) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and do not guarantee the undo

retention.

✓ C) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and do not guarantee the undo
retention.

✗ D) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and guarantee the undo retention.

Explanation

To set undo retention for 10 minutes, you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600. The UNDO_RETENTION
parameter specifies the time, in seconds, after which the undo data expires and can be overwritten. If you do not
want to hamper the uncommitted transactions in the database, you should not guarantee undo retention on your
database.
If undo retention is guaranteed, the committed undo data will be retained in the database only if the current
uncommitted transactions are not hampered.
If undo retention is not guaranteed, the committed undo data will be overwritten if other uncommitted transactions
need space in the undo tablespace to write the undo data.
You can use the ALTER TABLESPACE...RETENTION NOGUARANTEE statement to ensure that undo retention is not
guaranteed in your database.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 69/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

guarantee undo retention because this can cause the uncommitted transactions to fail due to lack of enough space
in the undo tablespace.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and guaranteeing the undo retention is incorrect because you
should not guarantee undo retention. If undo retention is guaranteed, the committed data will remain in the undo
tablespace, and the uncommitted transactions can fail due to lack of space.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and not guaranteeing the undo retention is incorrect because this will
set the undo retention value to 10 seconds instead of the desired 10 minutes.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Monitor and administer undo data

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E41484-13About the Undo Retention Period
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN10180

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Managing Undo
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN013

Question #55 of 81 Question ID: 857436

You include the clause SEGMENT CREATION DEFERRED in your CREATE TABLE command.

Which of the following will be true?

✗ A) Any indexes on that table will have SEGMENT CREATION IMMEDIATE as the
default

✗ B) You will receive an error message, because it is not possible to defer segment
creation at the time a table is initially created

✗ C) You will not be permitted to add rows into your table until you execute an
ALTER TABLE statement

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 70/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✓ D) The segment for that table will not be created until rows are inserted into that
table

Explanation

When you defer segment creation in a CREATE TABLE command, the segment will not be created until space is
actually required to store the first row or rows. This will save processing time in an application where tables are
created and then deleted often, especially when many of those tables created never actually have rows inserted into
them.

You will not need to perform an ALTER TABLE statement to add rows to the table. You would use the standard
INSERT syntax to place a row in the table. At that time the segment and the table would both be created, and the
first row would be inserted.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

Sub-Objective:
Use the Segment Advisor

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Logical Storage Structures: Overview of Segments
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/logical.htm#CNCPT304

2. Database VLDB and Partitioning Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41057-12
Deferred Segment Creation for Partitioning
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/VLDBG/GUID-DF75897A-DF8D-4AF3-AECF-748D60A94949.htm

Question #56 of 81 Question ID: 857498

Which of the following set of statements best describes the differences between the conventional and direct path
loads?

✗ A) A conventional path load is when you have multiple loading sessions that
process data at the same time, and a direct path load competes with all other
resources on the system.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 71/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ B) SQL*Loader performs better using a conventional path mode, and an INSERT

statement using an APPEND hint with a VALUES clause will force a direct path
mode.
✗ C) Using a direct path load will cause serialized processes that can hold up
system resources, and a conventional path load will create multiple processes
to load individual data blocks.

✓ D) SQL*Loader performs better using a direct path mode, and an INSERT

statement using an APPEND hint with a VALUES clause will force a conventional
path mode.

Explanation

It is correct to state that SQL*Loader performs better using a direct path mode. Also, an INSERT statement using an
APPEND hint with a VALUES clause will force a conventional path mode.

Oracle's documentation clearly states that a direct path mode is typically faster than any type of conventional path
load. INSERT statements using the APPEND hint with a VALUES clause will by default use a conventional path, which
is not typically desirable. You want your inserts to use the direct path mode so that you will process multiple records
in parallel. Otherwise, your inserts will run slowly because they are competing with the other resources within the
database. These types of inserts are called direct path inserts, and they give you the ability to log undo data or redo
information related to the insert operation.

The other statements are incorrect.

An INSERT statement using an APPEND hint using a VALUES clause will force a conventional path mode, not a direct
path mode.

SQL*Loader does not perform better using a conventional path mode. SQL*Loader always performs better using a
direct path mode by creating multiple sessions to load data segments at the same time.

A conventional path load will not be able to create multiple sessions to process data segments. A direct path load
does not compete with all other resources on the system. A conventional path load is very slow when loading data.
It is important to make sure you use a direct path node because you can parallelize your loading sessions.

Using a direct path load will not cause serialized processes that can hold up system resources. Your direct path load
will create multiple sessions to load data blocks.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Describe ways to move data

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 72/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Improving INSERT Performance with Direct-Path INSERT
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tables.htm#ADMIN01509

Question #57 of 81 Question ID: 857390

Your database is running and virtually all of the users are connected in shared server mode. You want to ensure that
the memory allocated to the shared pool is used only by the application users, and not by RMAN processes or any
other I/O server processes.

Which component of the System Global Area (SGA) should be allocated memory to achieve the objective?

✗ A) Java pool

✓ B) large pool

✗ C) buffer cache

✗ D) log buffer

Explanation

The large pool should be allocated memory to ensure that the memory allocated to the shared pool is used only by
the application users and not by RMAN processes or any other I/O server processes. Increasing the size of the
shared pool, setting up a reserved area, and pinning PL/SQL packages are all effective methods of improving the
performance of the shared pool. However, the performance of the shared pool can be negatively impacted by SQL-
intensive operations, such as those that occur when using multiple I/O server process and Oracle's Recovery
Manager (RMAN) utility. The large pool can be configured manually to allocate memory to I/O server processes and
RMAN processes. By doing this, the memory allocated to the shared pool will not be consumed by I/O server
processes or RMAN processes. Instead, it will be available to the application processes. Allocating the large pool
provides a dedicated memory construct for memory intensive activities such as RMAN processes and I/O server
processes, thus preventing those activities from grabbing memory from the shared pool, where memory is required
for the shared server processes.

Allocating memory to the Java pool will not ensure that the memory is allocated to the application users and not
used by RMAN or any other I/O server processes. The Java pool is a specific area in the SGA that is used to run
Java-specific applications.

Allocating memory to the log buffer will not ensure that the memory allocated to the shared pool is used only by the
application users and not by the RMAN processes or any other I/O server processes. The memory allocated to the
log buffer is not used by the RMAN processes. The larger the size of the redo log buffer, the less likely it is for the
user server process to experience a wait when trying to place redo entries into the log buffer.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 73/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Allocating memory to the buffer cache will not ensure that the memory allocated to the shared pool is used only by
the application users and not by the RMAN processes or any other I/O server processes. The memory allocated to
the buffer cache is not used by RMAN processes. The larger the size of the buffer cache, the less likely it is for
cached buffers to be moved out of the cache by the least recently used (LRU) list.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Explain the memory structures

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Memory Architecture Overview
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/memory.htm#ADMIN11198

2. Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-04
Tuning the Shared Pool and the Large Pool
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/tune_shared_pool.htm#TGDBA558

Question #58 of 81 Question ID: 857433

You maintain a database that has a 4K block size and PCTFREE = 10. The row length for each fixed length row is 42
bytes, which includes any overhead in each row. Automatic Segment Space Management is being used.

How many rows of that fixed length size will you be able to store in one block?

✗ A) 88

✓ B) 87

✗ C) 83

✗ D) 82

✗ E) 84

Explanation

You will be able to store 87 rows of fixed length rows of 42 bytes each in one block. This number is calculated by
taking the block size (4096 bytes, or 4K) and subtracting 10% (PCTFREE) of its size (410), which gives a usable
block size of 3686 bytes. Since the rows are all the same length (42), you can divide 3686 by 42 to determine the
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 74/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

number of rows that will fit. That answer is 87.7. Consequently, 87 rows will fit into one block.

The purpose of PCTFREE is to allow a certain percentage of a block to be reserved for updates of rows that have
already been inserted into a block. With a PCTFREE of 10%, the 4k block is considered to be full when the block
reaches 3686 bytes, not 4096 bytes. No further inserts are possible when the block is 3686 bytes full. However, if a
field in one of the rows is COMMENTS VARCHAR2(100) and the current value of COMMENTS is yes, that requires just
3 bytes. If you change yes to a long text string, you could be changing COMMENTS from 3 bytes to as many as 100
bytes. To accommodate that update of 97 additional bytes, you can use some of the 4096 bytes set aside for row
growth. Without that space reserved, you may have to break the row and keep part of it in the old block and put the
rest of it in a new block. Oracle can do this just fine, but it does mean that the next time you want to retrieve that row
from disk it will take two physical I/O operations, which may delay processing.

You could argue that by setting aside 410 bytes of space you are wasting space on your blocks. That argument
could be valid, especially if the inserted rows are never updated. It would also be a valid argument if rows were
updated, but the updates always updated a 10-character field with another value that was also 10 characters long.
But the potential wasted space on each block to accommodate rows that grow in length is a good trade off to make
between space and CPU.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

Sub-Objective:
Explain how Oracle database server automatically manages space

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Percentage of Free Space in Data Blocks
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/logical.htm#CNCPT89011

2. Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-23
physical_attributes_clause
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/clauses007.htm#SQLRF30011

Question #59 of 81 Question ID: 880108

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 75/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

You are running your database in the ARCHIVELOG mode.

Which three statements, when issued against the EMPLOYEES table, will NOT generate any undo data? (Choose
three.)

✓ A) ALTER TABLE employees ADD(last_name VARCHAR2(8));

✗ B) UPDATE employees SET SALARY=10000 WHERE employee_id=7796;

✓ C) SELECT employee_id, salary FROM employees WHERE

department_id=20;

✗ D) DELETE FROM employees;

✓ E) TRUNCATE TABLE employees;

✗ F) INSERT INTO employees(7531, 'WILLIAM',2500,20);

Explanation

The TRUNCATE TABLE, ALTER TABLE, and SELECT statements will not generate any undo data. The TRUNCATE
TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements are DDL statements. DDL statements are statements that cannot be rolled
back. Therefore, no undo data is generated when they are executed. The SELECT statement is only used to view the
data in the table and does not modify any data. Therefore, the SELECT statement does not generate any undo data.

The DELETE statement will generate undo data. The DELETE statement is a DML statement and can be rolled back in
a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace. Of
the given statements, the DELETE statement will produce more undo than any other statement because when you
issue a DELETE statement to delete all the existing rows in the table, the undo data generated will contain the
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 76/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

complete data in the table. Any other DML statement issued to change the existing data in the table will not
generate as much undo data.

The INSERT statement will generate undo data. The INSERT statement is a DML statement and can be rolled back in
a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace.

The UPDATE statement will generate undo data. The UPDATE statement is a DML statement that can be rolled back in
a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain DML and undo data generation

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
What Is Undo?
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11460

2. Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Managing Undo
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN013

Question #60 of 81 Question ID: 857388

Which of the following components make up an Oracle instance? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) all of the data files, control files, and redo log files

✓ B) the background processes

✗ C) the PGA

✓ D) the SGA

✗ E) all the users with the SYSDBA privilege

✗ F) the data files which comprise the SYSTEM tablespace

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 77/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

An Oracle instance is comprised of the background processes and the System Global Area (SGA). The SGA
contains the shared pool, the large pool, the database buffer cache, the redo log buffer, the fixed SGA, the Java
pool, and the streams pool.

The definition of an Oracle database instance does not include the PGA memory.

The data files, redo log files, and control files are the files that make up the physical database structures used by
the database instance.

An instance does not have anything to do with users who have the SYSDBA privilege.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
List the architectural components of Oracle Database

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Oracle Database Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/intro.htm#CNCPT001

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Process Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT008

Question #61 of 81 Question ID: 857432

In your database, the user JOHN is creating numerous sessions. You want to restrict the number of sessions JOHN
can create. You assign a profile to JOHN and restrict the number of user sessions that he can create. However, you
realize that the restrictions are not being enforced.

Which initialization parameter must you modify to enforce the limit?

✗ A) LICENSE_MAX_USERS

✗ B) SESSIONS_PER_USER

✗ C) LICENSE_MAX_SESSIONS

✓ D) RESOURCE_LIMIT

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 78/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ E) CPU_PER_SESSION

Explanation

You must modify the RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter. After you assign profiles to users, the Oracle
database enforces the limits only when the RESOURCE_LIMIT parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore, you modify the
RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter to enforce the resource limits defined within each user's profile. The
default value for RESOURCE_LIMIT is FALSE, so even if limitations are set, they will not be enforced for any database
user unless this parameter is explicitly set to TRUE.

The CPU_PER_SESSION option is incorrect because it is a resource parameter that limits the amount of CPU time a
user session can utilize. This parameter does not enforce the resource limits defined within the user's profile.

The LICENSE_MAX_USERS option is incorrect because this initialization parameter is used to limit the number of
users that can be created in a database. This parameter does not enforce the resource limits defined within the
user's profile.

The SESSIONS_PER_USER option is incorrect because it is a resource parameter and not an initialization parameter.
This parameter is used to restrict the maximum number of concurrent sessions that a database user can create.

The LICENSE_MAX_SESSIONS option is incorrect because this initialization parameter is used to limit the number of
concurrent user sessions in the database. This parameter does not limit the number of sessions created by a
particular database user.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage profiles

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
User Profiles
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/cmntopc.htm#CNCPT89272

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
CREATE PROFILE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_6012.htm#SQLRF01310

3. Oracle Database Reference

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 79/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E41527-27RESOURCE_LIMIT
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/REFRN/GUID-BB0AB177-3867-4D0D-8700-
A1AC8BDFEFC3.htm#REFRN10188

Question #62 of 81 Question ID: 908430

Which of the following dictionary views would you use to find information about Oracle compression?

✓ A) USER_TABLES

✗ B) V$TABLESPACE

✗ C) DBA_DATA_FILES

✗ D) DBA_TS_QUOTAS

Explanation

When you query the USER_TABLES view, you can find detailed information, such as whether compression is enabled
or disabled. You can also assess the overall level of compression and find which specific table is compressed.

Sample output would resemble the following:

SELECT TABLE_NAME, COMPRESSION, COMPRESS_FOR

FROM USER_TABLES;
TABLE_NAME COMPRESSION COMPRESS_FOR
---------------- ------------ -----------------
R5 ENABLED ARCHIVE LOW
R3 ENABLED ADVANCED
R2 ENABLED BASIC
R4 ENABLED QUERY HIGH
R1 DISABLED

The DBA_TS_QUOTAS dictionary object is used for identifying table spaces that have quotas for all the users within
the database. It is not related to compression.

The DBA_DATA_FILES dictionary view lists all the physical database data files that make up the entire database.

The V$TABLESPACE dictionary view you can find the number and name of the files that are comprised of the Oracle
the control file. It is not related to finding information on compression.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 80/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Sub-Objective:
Save space by using compression

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Compressed Tablespaces
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN-GUID-207D9DF2-ED00-4A40-AC7B-
49A4EAD061E6

Question #63 of 81 Question ID: 857393

When an Oracle user process is terminated abnormally, the Oracle background process PMON cleans up the
terminated process. Which tasks are accomplished by PMON when it attempts to clean up this abnormally
terminated process? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) rolling back the current transaction of that user

✗ B) coalescing the free space that exists within the space held by the failed
process

✓ C) releasing the table and row level locks held by the failed process

✗ D) deallocating the temporary segments held by the failed user process

✓ E) releasing the resources held by the failed process

Explanation

The Process Monitor process (PMON) is responsible for cleaning up a failed user process. During this cleanup,
PMON releases the resources held by the failed user process, rolls back the transaction that caused the process to
fail, and releases the row and table level locks held by the failed user process. Additionally, it restarts the dead
dispatchers. As PMON rolls back the transaction that caused the process to fail, the data up to the last commit
before the abnormal termination is retained in the database.

The option that states that PMON deallocates the temporary segments held by failed user process is incorrect
because deallocation of database-wide temporary segments is done by the System Monitor (SMON) process.

The option that states that PMON coalesces free space is incorrect because the SMON coalesces free space.

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Describe the background processes

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 81/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Process Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT008

2. Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14
Background Processes
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT9840

Question #64 of 81 Question ID: 857394

User A has locked some tables in the database. Users of this database cannot access the data in the locked tables.
To solve the problem, you kill user A's session.

Which two statements are true in this scenario? (Choose two.)

✗ A) The database buffer cache will contain the data blocks that were requested by
the killed user process.

✓ B) The PMON process will release the locks held by user A's transaction.

✗ C) The SMON process will perform a recovery of user A's transaction.

✓ D) The PMON process will perform an implied rollback on user A's transaction.

✗ E) The RECO process will perform a recovery of user A's transaction.

Explanation

When a user process is killed by the DBA, the Process Monitor (PMON) process performs an implied rollback on
that user's transaction. The PMON process will release all the locks and resources held by the user's session. It will
also clean up the database buffer cache and remove the data blocks that were requested by the killed user process.

The Recoverer (RECO) process will not perform a recovery of user A's transaction. The RECO process is used in
the distributed database configuration and will automatically resolve failures related to distributed transactions.

The System Monitor (SMON) process will not perform a recovery of user A's transaction. The SMON process
performs instance recovery of the database after an instance crash.

The database buffer cache will not contain the data blocks that were requested by the killed user process.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 82/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Exploring the Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Describe the background processes

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Process Architecture
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT008

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-14
Overview of Background Processes
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/process.htm#CNCPT9840

Question #65 of 81 Question ID: 857400

You issue the following statement:

ALTER SYSTEM SET UNDO_TABLESPACE='UNDOTEMP' SCOPE=SPFILE;

Which statement about the result of executing this statement is true?

✗ A) The statement will fail because the only valid SCOPE values are MEMORY and
BOTH.

✓ B) The change will be persistent across instance shutdown and startup.

✗ C) The change will be made in both the currently running instance and the
SPFILE.

✗ D) The change will only be made in the instance currently running.

Explanation

With the given statement, the change will be persistent across instance shutdown and startup. You can use the
ALTER SYSTEM SET statement to change the value of the instance parameters. The SCOPE clause determines the
scope of the change. The valid SCOPE values are as follows:

MEMORY - Changes the parameter value only in the currently running instance.
SPFILE - Changes the parameter value in the SPFILE only.
BOTH - Changes the parameter value in the currently running instance and the SPFILE.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 83/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

In the given statement, SCOPE is specified as SPFILE. Therefore, the change to the UNDO_TABLESPACE parameter
will be made in the SPFILE only. Changes made to the SPFILE are persistent across instance shutdown and
startup.

The option stating that the changes will only be made in the instance currently running is incorrect because the
changes will not be made to the currently running instance. The changes will be made only to the SPFILE. The
changes will take effect when the database is started up the next time.

The option stating that the changes will be made in the currently running instance and the SPFILE is incorrect
because the changes will not be made in the currently running instance.

The statement will not fail because you can use SPFILE as a valid value in the SCOPE clause of the ALTER SYSTEM
SET statement.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Understand initialization parameter files

2. Oracle Database Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Changing Parameter Values in a Parameter File
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN11119

3. Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
ALTER SYSTEM
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_2017.htm#SQLRF00902

Question #66 of 81 Question ID: 857423

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 84/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

You run the following statement:

CREATE TABLESPACE user_data_tbs DATAFILE '/u01/oracle/data/user_data_tbs01.dbf'

SIZE 75M
EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL
SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

What is the result?

✓ A) The tablespace will be created using bitmaps to manage free space within the
tablespace segments.

✗ B) The tablespace will be created, but the default uses a manual approach for the
management of segment space.

✗ C) The tablespace will be created using freelists to manage free space within the
tablespace segments.
✗ D) The CREATE TABLESPACE statement has a syntax error and will not create a
tablespace.

Explanation

When you execute the statement, the tablespace will be created using bitmaps to manage free space within the
tablespace segments.

When you use the storage options SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO in a CREATE TABLESPACE statement that
has a locally managed tablespace, it will automatically manage free space using a bitmap. This is considered the
new default option for creating permanent tablespaces as compared to the manual option.

You should remember that the AUTO option uses bitmaps to manage the segment free space, while the MANUAL
option uses freelists. Oracle recommends using the AUTO option because of its ability to self-tune as the tablespace
grows and objects are added.

The tablespace will not be created using freelists to manage free space within the tablespace segments. Freelists
are only used when you the MANUAL option with the SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT clause.

The tablespace will be created, but the default uses a manual approach for the management of segment space. The
default option for segment management is not manual, but is the auto option SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO.

The CREATE TABLESPACE statement does not have a syntax error.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 85/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Specifying Segment Space Management in Locally Managed Tablespaces
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN11361

Question #67 of 81 Question ID: 857414

Your database server is running in shared server mode. Which component is a component of the Program Global
Area (PGA) when the database is in shared server mode?

✓ A) local variables used in the user session

✗ B) cursor state information

✗ C) user session data

✗ D) shared pool
✗ E) memory structures

Explanation

The shared pool is not a part of the PGA in shared server mode. It is a part of the SGA. The shared pool contains
cached data that can be shared by multiple users, such as the library cache, data dictionary cache, SQL query result
cache, and the PL/SQL function result cache.

The user session data is not part of the PGA. It is a part of the SGA. User session data includes user-specific
information for the session such as security and other resource usage information.

The memory structures are not a part of the PGA, but rather part of the SGA.

The cursor state information is stored in the SGA when the database is in shared server mode. The cursor state
contains runtime information for the cursor, including the rows retrieved and return codes.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 86/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Use tools for configuring and managing the Oracle network

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
PGA Usage in Dedicated and Shared Server Modes
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/memory.htm#CNCPT1243

2. Database Performance Tuning Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49058-08
Tuning the Program Global Area
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TGDBA/tune_pga.htm#TGDBA346

Question #68 of 81 Question ID: 857404

After changing some parameters in your initialization parameter file, you start the database in the NOMOUNT state
using the following command:

SQL> STARTUP NOMOUNT;

After this, you want to enable redo archiving, so you issue the following statement to mount the database:

SQL> ALTER DATABASE MOUNT;

The database fails to mount. Which condition could be the reason for the failure?

✗ A) A datafile in the database cannot be accessed.

✗ B) The parameter file in the database cannot be accessed.

✗ C) The redo log files in the database cannot be accessed.

✓ D) The control file in the database cannot be accessed.

Explanation

The control file in the database cannot be accessed. The reason this is correct is based upon understanding what
happens during NOMOUNT, MOUNT, and OPEN. During the NOMOUNT stage, the Oracle software reads the parameter file
and starts the instance. If the parameter file was not in the correct directory, did not have the correct name, or was
corrupted, the error would be at the NOMOUNT stage. Also, the various default background processes are started and

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 87/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

the memory for the various memory structures is allocated. If the OS were unable to start any more processes, or if
there were not enough memory available, Oracle would be unable to start the instance and the error would occur at
NOMOUNT.

During the second stage, referred to as MOUNT, Oracle reads the control file. It knows where the control file(s) are
located based upon the entry in the parameter file. When Oracle looks for the directory/filename specified as the
control file(s), if the file(s) are not in the specified location, Oracle will be unable to proceed. Hence, if for any reason
the control file cannot be accessed, the error will exist in the MOUNT stage, as in this scenario.

The mount failure is not caused by the parameter file (PFILE or SPFILE) because that file is read at the time of the
instance startup (NOMOUNT).

The mount failure is not caused the datafiles or the redo log files because those are first accessed during the OPEN
stage.

Objective:
Oracle Database Instance

Sub-Objective:
Start up and shut down an Oracle database instance

References:
1. Oracle Database Concepts
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Oracle Database Instance
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/startup.htm#CNCPT005

2. Oracle Database Concepts

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41396-09
Overview of Control Files
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/CNCPT/physical.htm#CNCPT404

Question #69 of 81 Question ID: 857499

Given the following numbered statements:

1. INSERT triggers will fire.
2. Data saves are used to write data blocks directly to datafiles.
3. Transactions are used to write to datafiles.
4. All constraints are enforced.
5. Redo is always generated.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 88/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Which of these statements about using SQL*Loader direct path load are true? (Choose the answer that includes all
true statements.)

✗ A) 1, 2, and 4 only

✗ B) 1 and 2 only
✓ C) 2 only
✗ D) 1, 2, 4, and 5 only

Explanation

The only true statement is that with SQL*Loader direct path loads, data saves are used to write data blocks directly
to datafiles. This allows for faster loading of data than a conventional load. Direct path loads do have some
limitations that should be considered. These include the fact that not all constraints are enforced during the load,
INSERT triggers do not fire during the load, and you cannot use a direct path load to load data into a clustered
table.

INSERT triggers will not be fired. INSERT triggers are fired during conventional loads, not direct path loads.

Transactions are not used to write to datafiles. Conventional loads use transactions and commits to write data to
datafiles, but a direct path load writes directly to the data files, which is faster.

Not all constraints are enforced. Only PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, and NOT NULL constraints are enforced with direct
path loads. All constraints are enforced with conventional loads.

Redo is not always generated. With a direct path load, redo is only generated if the database is running in
ARCHIVELOG mode and logging is enabled. Redo is always generated for conventional loads.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use SQL*Loader to load data from a non-Oracle database

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-07

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 89/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Conventional and Direct Path Loads

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-321928FB-C86C-4F1F-9250-05111A988B7B.htm#SUTIL009

Question #70 of 81 Question ID: 857449

You want to make your undo tablespace a fixed-size tablespace, and you want to use the Undo Advisor to
determine the size you should use. You must be able to support Oracle Flashback queries for up to 24 hours.

Using Enterprise Manager, you navigate to the Automatic Undo Management page and click the System Activity
subpage. In the displayed information, you notice the longest-running query for the workload period ran for 114
minutes.

Which action should you take when invoking the Undo Advisor?

✗ A) Specify the Desired Undo Retention manually, and set the Duration to 114
minutes.
✗ B) Specify the Desired Undo Retention automatically, and use the default Analysis
Time Period.
✓ C) Specify the Desired Undo Retention manually, and set the Duration to 24
hours.
✗ D) Specify the Desired Undo Retention automatically and create a customized
Analysis Time Period.

Explanation

You should specify the Desired Undo Retention manually, and set the Duration to 24 hours. The Undo Advisor uses
data collected in the Automatic Workload Repository (AWR) to perform an analysis and make recommendations on
the needed size for the undo tablespace. The Undo Advisor can provide sizing advice either based on a particular
analysis period or based your specific requirements for undo retention. If you have special requirements, such as
long-running queries or requirements for flashback capability, you should manually set the Desired Undo Retention.

First, estimate the duration of your longest running query and the longest time interval for which you want to be able
to perform Flashback operations. Then, select Specified manually to allow for longer duration queries or flashback
for the Desired Undo Retention option. Finally, set the Duration to the larger of the two estimated values. After the
Undo Advisor recommends a size for your undo tablespace, you can use ALTER DATABASE statements to implement
the recommendations.

Note: Because the Undo Advisor uses workload statistics from the AWR, it may not make accurate recommendations
if the statistics are not available.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 90/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

recommended size of the undo tablespace. However, to support the Oracle Flashback queries in this scenario, you
should specifically set your duration.

You should not specify the Desired Undo Retention manually, and set the Duration to 114 minutes. In this scenario,
you need to be able to support Oracle Flashback queries for up to 24 hours; therefore, the undo retention should be
at least 24 hours.

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

Sub-Objective:
Configure undo retention

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide 12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13
Setting the Minimum Undo Retention Period
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11465

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)

E41484-13
About the Undo Retention Period
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN10180

3. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-08
Introduction to Automatic Undo Management - Sizing a Fixed Undo Tablespace
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN11466

Question #71 of 81 Question ID: 857434

You have created a locally managed tablespace called DATA_TBS to store segments with different sized extents.

Which set of tablespace attributes can be specified for a tablespace that satisfies this requirement?

✗ A) EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL UNIFORM

STORAGE ( INITIAL 5M MAXSIZE 10M )

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 91/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✗ B) EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL

SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT UNIFORM

✓ C) EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL AUTOALLOCATE

✗ D) REUSE AUTOEXTEND ON MAXSIZE UNLIMITED

Explanation

You should use EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL AUTOALLOCATE to create a tablespace to store segments with different
sized extents.

This storage feature will cause the tablespace to be system managed and will start off with a minimum of 64K. This
is the correct answer because if you have to store segments with different sized extents, then you want all the
extents within the tablespace DATA_TBS to have no fragmentation and contiguous extents. When you have
contiguous extents while reading data from a segment, it will reduce the execution time of your queries, because
Oracle does not have to read an overwhelming number of blocks where segments might be spread over fragmented
extents or non-uniforming extents.

Using the EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL UNIFORM and the STORAGE ( INITIAL 5M MAXSIZE 10M ) attributes for
the tablespace will set the extent size manually to a maximum size of 10 MB. In the scenario, you want the extent
management to be automated.

The REUSE AUTOEXTEND ON MAXSIZE UNLIMITED option will allow the extent to auto-extend with a maxsize set.
However, this configuration will not efficiently store the extents as compared to using the AUTOALLOCATE option.

When you use the EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL and the SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT UNIFORMoptions during
tablespace creation, you have to specify a UNIFORM size. This configuration is not efficient if you do not specifically
know the segments and their respective extent sizes.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

Sub-Objective:
Explain how Oracle database server automatically manages space

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Creating a Locally Managed Tablespace
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/tspaces.htm#ADMIN011

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 92/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #72 of 81 Question ID: 857506

Which role would you use below to allow a custom Data Pump export operation on a user outside of their individual
schema?

✓ A) DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE

✗ B) DATAPUMP_IMP_FULL_DATABASE

✗ C) PARALLEL

✗ D) DIRECTORY

Explanation

You should use the DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE role to allow a custom Data Pump export operation on a user
outside of their individual schema.

When you first create an Oracle database, DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE is one of the first database role that is
created automatically. This role allows you to perform database exports outside of your individual schema. This
means that if you logged in as the database user SCOTT and you have this permission granted to the user SCOTT,
then you can export data from other users' schemas. This role allows you to monitor other database jobs as well.

The DIRECTORY keyword is used for creating a landing location for data pump objects that are exported or imported.
This keyword is not associated with a role.

The PARALLELkeyword is used for exporting data using Data Pump. This is a parameter that will create multiple
individual threads to export or import data. This option is not a role.

The DATAPUMP_IMP_FULL_DATABASE role is only used for importing data using Data Pump. It is not a role used for
exporting Data Pump operations. That role is DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Explain the general architecture of Oracle Data Pump

References:
Database Utilities
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41528-08
Required Roles for Data Pump Export and Import Operations
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SUTIL/GUID-8B6975D3-3BEC-4584-B416-280125EEC57E.htm#SUTIL807

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 93/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Question #73 of 81 Question ID: 857510

You are importing data into your database by using Data Pump Import. While importing data from the dump file,
dump01.dmp, you want only the views in the ADAM schema to be imported into the database. You also want only
those views whose names contain the SALES string to be imported. Assume that the $ sign is the operating system
prompt.

Which import command will successfully achieve this objective?

✗ A) $ impdp john/john
DUMPFILE=dump01.dmp
SCHEMAS=adam
EXCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"
CONTENT=VIEW_ONLY

✗ B) $ impdp john/john
SCHEMAS=adam
INCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"

✓ C) $ impdp john/john
DUMPFILE=dump01.dmp
SCHEMAS=adam
INCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"

✗ D) $ impdp john/john
DUMPFILE=dump01.dmp
SCHEMAS=adam
EXCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"

✗ E) $ impdp john/john
DUMPFILE=dump01.dmp
INCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"
CONTENT=VIEW_ONLY

Explanation

The following import command is correct:

$ impdp john/john
DUMPFILE=dump01.dmp
SCHEMAS=adam
INCLUDE=view:"like '%SALES%'"

This import command will import only views containing the SALES string in the view name from the ADAM schema.
The DUMPFILE parameter in the import command specifies the name of the dump file from which the data is to be
imported into the database. The SCHEMAS parameter in the import command specifies that only the data in the
ADAM schema is to be imported. The INCLUDE parameter in the import command specifies the objects or object

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 94/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

types to be imported. In this command, the INCLUDE parameter specifies that only views containing the SALES
string in their names are to be imported.

The command that does not specify the DUMPFILE parameter is incorrect. The DUMPFILE parameter must be
specified in the import command. This parameter specifies which dump file will be used while performing the import.
If no dump file is specified, the default value of expdat.dmp will be used. However, in this case you need the data in
the dump01.dmp file to be imported.

The command that does not specify the SCHEMAS parameter and specifies a CONTENT parameter value of
VIEW_ONLY is incorrect. The SCHEMAS parameter is needed to import data only from ADAM's schema. The
CONTENT parameter used in this command will generate an error because the three valid values for the CONTENT
parameter are ALL, DATA_ONLY, and METADATA_ONLY. The CONTENT parameter enables you to filter the data to
be loaded by specifying the data, the metadata, or both to be loaded by the import process.

The command that uses the EXCLUDE parameter and does not specify a CONTENT parameter is incorrect. The
EXCLUDE parameter is the opposite of the INCLUDE parameter. This command will exclude the views that contain
the SALES string in their names. Therefore, this command will not achieve the desired objective.

The command that uses the EXCLUDE parameter and specifies a CONTENT parameter value of VIEW_ONLY is
incorrect. The EXCLUDE parameter is the opposite of the INCLUDE parameter. This command will exclude the views
that contain the SALES string in their names. The CONTENT parameter enables you to filter the data to be loaded by
specifying the data, the metadata, or both to be loaded by the import process. The CONTENT parameter used in this
command will generate an error because the three valid values for the CONTENT parameter are ALL, DATA_ONLY,
and METADATA_ONLY.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use Data Pump Export and Import to move data between Oracle databases

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49692-06

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 95/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Overview of Oracle Data Pump

https://docs.oracle.com/database/122/SUTIL/oracle-data-pump-overview.htm#SUTIL100

Question #74 of 81 Question ID: 857509

You are performing an export of certain objects in your database by using Oracle Data Pump. You are required to
unload only the data in the export file and not the metadata information.

Which parameter of the Data Pump Export should you use in this scenario?

✗ A) DIRECTORY
✗ B) TABLES

✓ C) CONTENT
✗ D) ESTIMATE

✗ E) EXCLUDE

Explanation

You should use the CONTENT parameter of the Data Pump Export. The CONTENT parameter enables you to filter the
data, the metadata, or both the data and metadata. The CONTENT parameter has three values: ALL, DATA_ONLY, and
METADATA_ONLY. These values specify whether both data and metadata will be exported, only the data will be
exported, or only the metadata will be exported.

The TABLES parameter of the Data Pump Export does not allow you to filter the data or metadata that you want to
export. The TABLES parameter specifies that you perform a table mode export.

The EXCLUDE parameter of the Data Pump Export does not allow you to filter the data based on the data or
metadata that will be exported. The EXCLUDE parameter enables you to exclude specific objects and object types
from the metadata that will be exported.

The ESTIMATE parameter of the Data Pump Export determines the mode that export will use to estimate how much
space each table in the export job will consume. The estimate done in this process is for the table row data only, not
the metadata. This parameter of Data Pump Export is not used to filter the type of data to be exported.

The DIRECTORY parameter of the Data Pump Export specifies the location to which the export writes the dump file
set and the log file.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Use Data Pump Export and Import to move data between Oracle databases

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 96/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

2. Oracle Database Utilities

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E49692-06
Overview of Oracle Data Pump
https://docs.oracle.com/database/122/SUTIL/oracle-data-pump-overview.htm#SUTIL100

Question #75 of 81 Question ID: 857420

You are working on your production database. The database resides on a Windows Server machine. The USERS
tablespace of your database is running out of space. The USERS tablespace contains the D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF
datafile of size 10 MB.

Which two statements will add more space to the datafile of the USERS tablespace? (Choose two.)

✓ A) ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE 20M;

✗ B) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF'

AUTOEXTEND ON;

✗ C) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE

20M;

✗ D) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS ADD DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS.DBF' SIZE

10M;

✓ E) ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' AUTOEXTEND ON;

Explanation

To add more space to the datafiles of a tablespace, you can either resize the datafile by using the ALTER DATABASE
DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE 20M; statement or enable the autoextensible feature by using the
ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' AUTOEXTEND ON; statement. The datafile can be resized
to increase or decrease the size of the datafile. In the given scenario, the statement with the RESIZE option will
increase the size of the datafile. The autoextensible feature of the datafile automatically enables the file size to
increase after the file reaches the size it was assigned.

The options that use the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the RESIZE option or the AUTOEXTEND option are
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 97/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

incorrect because you cannot use the ALTER TABLESPACE statement to modify the size of the datafiles of the
tablespace. You must use the ALTER DATABASE statement.

The option that adds a datafile to the tablespace by using the ALTER TABLESPACE USERS ADD DATAFILE
'D:\DATA\USERS.DBF' SIZE 10M; statement is incorrect because this statement adds a datafile to the tablespace
and not more space to the existing datafile, USERS01.DBF, as required in this scenario.

Objective:
Managing Database Storage Structures

Sub-Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
ALTER DATABASE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_1006.htm#SQLRF00802

Question #76 of 81 Question ID: 857437

You executed Segment Advisor manually on a tablespace named CUSTOMER_DATA. What is the correct segment
advisor level you would use?

✗ A) Segment level
✓ B) Tablespace level

✗ C) Object level
✗ D) Schema level

Explanation

When you specify the tablespace level while executing a manual run on Segment Advisor, it will give you analytical
information from AWR reports for every object or segment within the tablespace. You should be aware that if you
execute Segment Advisor from within Cloud Control, you will need to be granted to the OEM_ADVISOR role to see
details at the tablespace level. Also, when viewing information from Segment Advisor output, you can find
recommendations for solutions under the Segment Advisors Recommendation page.
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 98/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

The segment level option should only be used for generating information on a single segment. It does not generate
information for multiple segments within a tablespace.

The object level option should be used for viewing an index or a table. It does not have the option to specify a
tablespace.

There is no schema level an option that Segment Advisor uses. Segment Advisor only has three levels, which are
the tablespace, segment, and object levels.

Objective:
Create and manage tablespaces

Sub-Objective:
Use the Segment Advisor

References:
Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-14
Running the Segment Advisor Manually
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/schema.htm#ADMIN-GUID-918AD789-47B8-4B11-9016-
184D1B0D9AD4

Question #77 of 81 Question ID: 857416

Which of the following options can be used to connect from one Oracle database to another Oracle database?

✗ A) Database directory

✗ B) CURRENT_USER clause

✓ C) Database link
✗ D) Oracle Database Gateway

Explanation

You would use a database link to connect from one Oracle database to another. A database link is simply a schema
that connects from one object to another schema that resides outside the database. There are several requirements
for this process, which include a CREATE SESSION system privilege for the remote system.

The following examples create a database link using the CREATE DATABASE LINK statement:

CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK test_remote_conn USING 'test_remote_conn';

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 99/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK mylocal CONNECT TO hr_schema IDENTIFIED BY mypassword USING
'local_tns_configuration';

When you create a database link, you also have to update the TNS entry on the source server with the remote
connection information. It is very important to make sure you have the appropriate permissions on both of the
schemas involved in the connection process. You can check your permissions using the USER_TAB_PRIVS,
USER_SYS_PRIVS, and USER_ROLE_PRIVS objects.

The CURRENT_USER clause should only be used when you are creating a database link that gives you the ability to
connect based on the overall scope of the user. It is not an option for connecting to a database.

The database directory is a component used by Oracle data pump for importing and export data from an Oracle
database and not used for connecting to another Oracle database.

The Oracle Database Gateway feature is used for connecting to databases that are not Oracle. For example, you
can use the Oracle gateway feature to connect to a SQL Server database.

Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment

Sub-Objective:
Configure communication between databases

References:
Database SQL Language Reference
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-23
CREATE DATABASE LINK
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_5006.htm#SQLRF01205

Question #78 of 81 Question ID: 880107

Examine the details for the KITUSER4 user shown in the exhibit.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 100/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Which two statements about the KITUSER4 user are true? (Choose two.)

✓ A) KITUSER4 can grant the SELECT privilege on the INV_TRX table to another
user.
✓ B) KITUSER4 can grant any object privilege that the object's owner is allowed to
grant.

✗ C) KITUSER4 can grant the SELECT privilege on the ORDERS table, but not the
INV_TRX table.
✗ D) KITUSER4 can only grant the SELECT privilege on the ORDERS table to other
users.

Explanation

The following statements about the KITUSER4 user are true:

KITUSER4 can grant any object privilege that the object's owner is allowed to grant.
KITUSER4 can grant the SELECT privilege on the INV_TRX table to another user.

In this scenario, KITUSER4 has been granted the GRANT ANY OBJECT PRIVILEGE system privilege. This privilege
allows a user to grant any object privilege that the object's owner is allowed to grant. KITUSER4 can grant the
SELECT or UPDATE privileges on both the INV_TRX and ORDERS tables because the owner, KITUSER1, would

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 101/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

also be allowed to grant those privileges. The GRANT ANY OBJECT PRIVILEGE system privilege also allows you to
revoke any object privilege, whether granted by the object owner or by another user with the GRANT ANY OBJECT
PRIVILEGE system privilege. However, you cannot revoke an object privilege granted with the WITH GRANT
OPTION.

The option that states KITUSER4 can grant the SELECT privilege on the ORDERS table, but not the INV_TRX table
is incorrect because KITUSER4 can grant the SELECT privilege on the INV_TRX table.

The option that states KITUSER4 can only grant the SELECT privilege on the ORDERS table to other users is
incorrect. KITUSER4 can also grant the UPDATE privilege on the ORDERS table and the SELECT and UPDATE
privileges on the INV_TRX table.

Objective:
Administering User Security

Sub-Objective:
Grant and revoke privileges

2. Oracle Database SQL Language Reference

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41329-08
REVOKE
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/SQLRF/statements_9021.htm#SQLRF01609

3. Oracle Database Security Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E48135-09
Configuring Privilege and Role Authorization - Cascading Effects of Revoking Privileges
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/DBSEG/authorization.htm#DBSEG99964

Question #79 of 81 Question ID: 857398

Which database administrative tool would you use to upgrade or migrate an Oracle database?

✗ A) Oracle Enterprise Manager Load Wizard

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 102/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

✓ B) Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant

✗ C) User Migration Utility

✗ D) Oracle Enterprise Manager Console

Explanation

You would use the Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant. The Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant is used to migrate
or upgrade an existing Oracle database.

You would not use the User Migration Utility. This tool is used to migrate existing Oracle database users to a
directory.

You would not use the Oracle Enterprise Manager Load Wizard. This tool provides a wizard interface to assist the
database administrator in loading data into an Oracle database.

You would not use the Oracle Enterprise Manager Console. This tool is used to start, stop, and manage Oracle
databases.

Objective:
Oracle Database Management Tools

Sub-Objective:
Use database management tools

References:
1. Database 2 Day DBA
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E51671-10
Upgrading a Database Using DBUA
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMQS/GUID-32ADD662-13AE-4F3B-9601-
C72CF6031143.htm#ADMQS0244

2. Database Upgrade Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41397-11
Upgrading with Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA)
https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/UPGRD/upgrade.htm#UPGRD105

Question #80 of 81 Question ID: 857444

You are using Automatic Undo Management in your database. You have enabled the guarantee option of undo
retention by running the following statement:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 103/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE UNDOTS RETENTION GUARANTEE;

Which two statements are true about the guarantee option of undo retention? (Choose two.)

✓ A) Using the guarantee option of undo retention can lead to failure of some
transactions.
✓ B) Using the guarantee option of undo retention causes the committed undo data
to be retained for the time specified by the UNDO_RETENTION parameter, even if
other transactions require space in the undo tablespace.

✗ C) You use Enterprise Manager to determine if retention guarantee is enabled for

a tablespace.

✗ D) Using the RETENTION GUARANTEE clause of the ALTER TABLESPACE undots

command causes information regarding committed transactions stored on the
undo segments in the undots tablespace to be overwritten as needed when
new transactions begin.

✗ E) Using the guarantee option of undo retention guarantees undo retention for all
of the tablespaces in the database.

Explanation

Using the guarantee option of undo retention can lead to failure of some transactions in the database. Enabling the
guarantee option of undo retention in the database retains the undo data from committed transactions in the undo
tablespace, even if there are other transactions that require space in the undo tablespace. This may cause other
transactions to fail for lack of space in the undo tablespace. In addition, the committed undo data is retained for the
time specified by the UNDO_RETENTION parameter. If you guarantee undo retention in the undo tablespace, the
undo data will be retained in the tablespace for the time specified by the UNDO_RETENTION parameter.

Using the guarantee option of undo retention does not guarantee undo retention for all of the tablespaces in the
database. You can specify undo retention only for the undo tablespace in the database.

You do not use Enterprise Manager to determine if retention guarantee is enabled for a tablespace. This information
can be determined by using the DBA_TABLESPACES view. The RETENTION column indicates whether undo
retention is guaranteed for the tablespace. The possible values contained in this column are GUARANTEE,
NOGUARANTEE, and NOT APPLY.

Using the RETENTION GUARANTEE option of the ALTER TABLESPACE undots command causes the information
regarding committed transactions stored on the undo segments in the undots tablespace to be retained for the time
specified in the UNDO_RETENTION parameter, even if that prevents new transactions from accessing the space they
require on the undots tablespace undo segments..

Objective:
Managing Undo Data

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 104/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Sub-Objective:
Monitor and administer undo data

References:
1. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1)
E41484-13About the Undo Retention Period
http://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/undo.htm#ADMIN10180

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

Question #81 of 81 Question ID: 857526

You are creating a database using DBCA.

Which option CANNOT be configured using DBCA?

✓ A) configuring the database to use the local naming method

✗ B) configuring the database to enable daily backup

✗ C) configuring the database to use Automatic Storage Management

✗ D) configuring the database to run in shared server mode

✗ E) configuring the database to use password file authentication

Explanation

Using DBCA, you cannot configure the database to use the local naming method. The naming method for the
database must be configured using the net configuration files or the Net Configuration Assistant.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to enable daily backup. To enable daily backup of the database, you
must check the Enable Daily Backup check box on the Management Options page. While enabling backup, you can
specify the time when the daily backup will be performed and the username and password of the user performing
the backup.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to run as a shared server. To configure the database to run as a
shared server, you must select the appropriate connection mode in the Connection Mode tab on the Initialization
Parameters page.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to use password file authentication by setting the appropriate
parameters. You can set the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter to EXCLUSIVE or SHARED using the
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 105/106
24/04/2024 14:58 1Z0-062 Exam Simulation

Initialization Parameters page to enable the database to use password file authentication.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to use Automatic Storage Management. You can configure the
database to use Automatic Storage Management from the Operations page.

Objective:
Creating an Oracle Database Using DBCA

Sub-Objective:
Create a database by using the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA

2. Oracle Database Administrator's Guide

12c Release 1 (12.1)

Part Number E41484-13

Creating and Configuring an Oracle Database - Creating a Database with DBCA

https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ADMIN/create.htm#ADMIN002

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/93199510?testId=292454054 106/106
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

QBank Quiz April 24, 2024 Test ID: 292454428

Question #1 of 165 Question ID: 1194469

Which of the following is NOT an aggregate function?

✗ A) SUM

✗ B) AVG

✓ C) LENGTH

✗ D) COUNT

✗ E) MAX

Question #2 of 165 Question ID: 1194438

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

You must create statements to be mailed to all account holders. Each customer's statement must include the
account holder's previous balance and finance charge in this format:

Previous Balance: 5000 Finance Charge: 45

Which SELECT statement will produce these results?

✗ A) SELECT Previous Balance: ||prev_balance|| Finance Charge:

||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

✓ B) SELECT 'Previous Balance: '||prev_balance||' Finance Charge:

'||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

✗ C) SELECT 'Previous Balance:' ||prev_balance|| 'Finance Charge:'

||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 1/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) SELECT "Previous Balance: "||prev_balance||" Finance Charge:

"||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

Question #3 of 165 Question ID: 1194463

The teacher table contains these columns:

ID NUMBER(9) Primary Key

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUBJECT_ID NUMBER(9)

Which query should you use to display only the full name of each teacher along with the identification number of the
subject each teacher is responsible for teaching?

✓ A) SELECT last_name, first_name, subject_id

FROM teacher;

✗ B) SELECT *
FROM teacher;

✗ C) SELECT last_name, subject_id

FROM teacher;

✗ D) SELECT last_name, first_name, id

FROM teacher;

Question #4 of 165 Question ID: 1194568

Evaluate this CREATE TABLE statement.

SQL> CREATE TABLE order*1 (

order# NUMBER(9),
cust_id NUMBER(9),
date_1 DATE DEFAULT SYSDATE);

Which line of this statement will cause an error?

✗ A) Line 3
✗ B) Line 2

✓ C) Line 1

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 2/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) Line 4

Question #5 of 165 Question ID: 1530686

The following SQL command was issued at approximately 10:00 AM on the database server machine. The output
produced is also displayed below.

SQL> SELECT SYSDATE T1, TRUNC(SYSDATE) T2, ROUND(SYSDATE) T3 FROM dual;

T1 T2 T3
--------- --------- ---------
10-MAR-11 10-MAR-11 10-MAR-11

Which of the following statements which are TRUE regarding this SELECT statement and its corresponding output?
(Choose all that apply).

✗ A) The actual values for T1, T2, and T3 are all different, even though their output
is identical.
✗ B) If you added 12 to T1, the output displayed for that result would be 10-MAR-12.

✓ C) If you reissued the same SQL statement 3 hours later, the output displayed for
T1 and T2 would be the same, but the output for T3 would be 11-MAR-11.

✓ D) If you subtracted T3 from T2, the result would be the whole number zero (0).

Question #6 of 165 Question ID: 1194550

The STUDENT table contains these columns:

STU_ID NUMBER(9) NOT NULL

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25) NOT NULL
DOB DATE
STU_TYPE_ID VARCHAR2(1) NOT NULL
ENROLL_DATE DATE

You create another table, named PT_STUDENT, with an identical structure. You want to insert all part-time students,
who have a STU_TYPE_ID value of P, into the new table. You execute this INSERT statement:

INSERT INTO pt_student

(SELECT stu_id, last_name, first_name, dob, sysdate

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 3/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

FROM student
WHERE UPPER(stu_type_id) = 'P');

What is the result of executing this INSERT statement?

✗ A) An error occurs because both the STU_TYPE_ID and ENROLL_DATE columns

are not included in the subquery select list.

✓ B) An error occurs because the STU_TYPE_ID column is not included in the

subquery select list.

✗ C) An error occurs because you cannot use a subquery in an INSERT statement.

✗ D) All part-time students are inserted into the PT_STUDENT table.

✗ E) An error occurs because the INSERT statement does not contain a VALUES
clause.

✗ F) An error occurs because the PT_STUDENT table already exists.

Question #7 of 165 Question ID: 1194544

Which two SELECT statements have valid ORDER BY clauses? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate
solution.)

✗ A) SELECT product_id Product, category_id Category

FROM current_product
ORDER BY Category, Product
MINUS
SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE resource_code = 10;

✓ B) SELECT product_id Product, category_id Category

FROM current_product
MINUS
SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE resource_code = 10
ORDER BY Category, Product;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 4/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) SELECT product_id
FROM current_product
MINUS
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE develop_cost > 5.60
ORDER BY develop_cost;

✓ D) SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM current_product
MINUS
SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE resource_code = 10
ORDER BY 1,2;

✗ E) SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM current_product
ORDER BY 1,2
MINUS
SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE resource_code = 10;

Question #8 of 165 Question ID: 1530699

Which ALTER TABLE statement should you use to add a PRIMARY KEY constraint on the manufacturer_id column
of the inventory table?

✓ A) ALTER TABLE inventory

ADD PRIMARY KEY (manufacturer_id);

✗ B) ALTER TABLE inventory

ADD CONSTRAINT manufacturer_id PRIMARY KEY;

✗ C) ALTER TABLE inventory

MODIFY manufacturer_id CONSTRAINT PRIMARY KEY;

✗ D) ALTER TABLE inventory

MODIFY CONSTRAINT PRIMARY KEY manufacturer_id;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 5/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #9 of 165 Question ID: 1302478

The STUDENT table contains the following columns:

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
EMAIL VARCHAR2(50)

You are writing a SELECT statement to retrieve the names of students that do NOT have an e-mail address.

SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Student Name"

FROM student

Which WHERE clause should you use to complete this statement?

✗ A) WHERE email != NULL;

✗ B) WHERE email IS NOT NULL;

✓ C) WHERE email IS NULL;

✗ D) WHERE email = NULL;

Question #10 of 165 Question ID: 1194445

The LINE_ITEM table contains these columns:

LINE_ITEM_ID NUMBER(9) Primary Key

ORDER_ID NUMBER(9)
PRODUCT_ID VARCHAR2(9)
QUANTITY NUMBER(5)

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT quantity, product_id

FROM line_item
ORDER BY quantity, product_id;

Which statement is true concerning the results of executing this statement?

✗ A) The results are sorted alphabetically only.

✓ B) The results are sorted numerically and then alphabetically.
✗ C) The results are sorted numerically only.

✗ D) The results are sorted alphabetically and then numerically.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 6/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #11 of 165 Question ID: 1302461

You want to create an entity relationship diagram (ERD) for your database tables as follows:

Which tool should you use?

✗ A) Oracle Forms
✗ B) Oracle BI Publisher

✓ C) Oracle SQL Developer Data Modeler

✗ D) Oracle Reports

Question #12 of 165 Question ID: 1194481

Which arithmetic expression will return a numeric value?

✗ A) '03-JAN-2000' - 30

✗ B) '17-JUN-1999' * (480/24)

✓ C) TO_DATE('01-JAN-2001') - TO_DATE('01-DEC-2000')

✗ D) '14-FEB-2002' + 25

Question #13 of 165 Question ID: 1194465

The account table contains these columns:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 7/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

You must create statements to be mailed to all account holders. Each customer's statement must include the
account holder's previous balance and finance charge in this format:

Previous Balance: 5000 Finance Charge: 45

Which SELECT statement will produce these results?

✓ A) SELECT 'Previous Balance: '||prev_balance||' Finance Charge:

'||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

✗ B) SELECT 'Previous Balance:' ||prev_balance|| 'Finance Charge:'

||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

✗ C) SELECT "Previous Balance: "||prev_balance||" Finance Charge:

"||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

✗ D) SELECT Previous Balance: ||prev_balance|| Finance Charge:

||prev_balance * .009
FROM account;

Question #14 of 165 Question ID: 1194489

Calculate the value returned by this SELECT statement:

SQL> SELECT ROUND(16.9) - TRUNC(4.8) - MOD (41,14) FROM dual;

✗ A) -2
✓ B) 0
✗ C) 13

✗ D) 2
✗ E) -1

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 8/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #15 of 165 Question ID: 1302473

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table.

You want to display order ID numbers, product ID numbers, and the quantities ordered for each of the products
ordered with these desired results:

The volume of the item ordered must be 50 or greater.

The displayed results must be sorted from lowest to the highest by order ID number, and then by product ID
number.
The items must belong to order numbers ranging from 1800 to 1900.

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id, product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE quantity >= 50
AND order_id IN(1800, 1900)
ORDER BY order_id, product_id;

Which statement about using this query as the proposed solution is true?

✓ A) Two of the desired results are achieved.

✗ B) All of the desired results are achieved.

✗ C) The statement generates an error.
✗ D) One of the desired results is achieved.

Question #16 of 165 Question ID: 1530684

Examine the data in the product table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 9/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You query the product table with this SQL statement:

SELECT description, quantity

FROM product
ORDER BY quantity ASC;

What is the description value of the first row displayed?

✗ A) AAA8pk-battery NULL
AA2pk-battery 2513
AA2pk-battery 2000
AAA6pk-battery 980
AAA6pk-battery 546
DAA6pk-battery 318
CAA6pk-battery 239
C2pk-battery 84

✗ B) DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
------------------------------ ----------
AA2pk-battery 2513
AA2pk-battery 2000
AAA6pk-battery 980
AAA8pk-battery NULL
AAA6pk-battery 546
DAA6pk-battery 318
CAA6pk-battery 239
C2pk-battery 84

✗ C) No rows will be returned.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 10/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ D) DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
------------------------------ ----------
C2pk-battery 84
CAA6pk-battery 239
DAA6pk-battery 318
AAA6pk-battery 546
AAA6pk-battery 980
AA2pk-battery 2000
AA2pk-battery 2513
AAA8pk-battery NULL

Question #17 of 165 Question ID: 1302474

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table.

You attempt to query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id "Order Number", product_id "Product", quantity "Amount"

FROM line_item
WHERE "Order Number" = 5570
ORDER BY "Amount";

This statement fails when executed. Which action should you take to correct the problem?

✗ A) Specify a sort order of ASC or DESC in the ORDER BY clause.

✓ B) Remove the column alias from the WHERE clause and use the column name.

✗ C) Remove the column alias from the ORDER BY clause and use the column
name.

✗ D) Enclose all of the column aliases in single quotes instead of double quotes.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 11/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #18 of 165 Question ID: 1302469

Examine the data in the LINE_ITEM table.

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE quantity BETWEEN 5 AND 30
ORDER BY order_id, line_item_id;

Which product_id value would be displayed last?

✗ A) C-555
✓ B) A-7849

✗ C) Z-79

✗ D) A-2356

Question #19 of 165 Question ID: 1530683

Examine the structure of the product table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 12/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You want to display the product identification numbers of all products with 500 or more units available for immediate
sale. You want the product identification numbers displayed numerically by supplier identification number, then by
product identification number from lowest to highest.

Which statement should you use to achieve the required results?

✓ A) SELECT product_id
FROM product
WHERE qty_per_unit >= 500
ORDER BY supplier_id, product_id;

✗ B) SELECT product_id
FROM product
WHERE qty_per_unit > 500
SORT BY supplier_id, product_id;

✗ C) SELECT product_id
FROM product
WHERE qty_per_unit >= 500
ORDER BY supplier_id, product_id DESC;

✗ D) SELECT product_id
FROM product
WHERE qty_per_unit >= 500
SORT BY supplier_id, product_id;

Question #20 of 165 Question ID: 1194560

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER PK
NAME VARCHAR2(30)
LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)
COST NUMBER(7,2)

You logged on to the database to update the product table. After your session began, you issued these statements:

INSERT INTO product VALUES(4,'Ceiling Fan',59.99,32.45);

INSERT INTO product VALUES(5,'Ceiling Fan',69.99,37.20);
SAVEPOINT A;
UPDATE product SET cost = 0;
SAVEPOINT B;
DELETE FROM product WHERE UPPER(name) = 'CEILING FAN';
ALTER TABLE product ADD qoh NUMBER DEFAULT 10;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 13/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

ROLLBACK TO B;
UPDATE product SET name = 'CEILING FAN KIT' WHERE product_id = 4;

Then, you exit the session.

Which of the DML statements in this script performed either an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE that affected at least one
row?

✓ A) the INSERT statements, the first UPDATE statement, and the DELETE statement

✗ B) all of the DML operations

✗ C) only the INSERT statements

✗ D) only the INSERT statements and the first UPDATE statement

✗ E) none of the DML operations

Question #21 of 165 Question ID: 1194459

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT bonus
FROM salary
WHERE bonus BETWEEN 1 AND 250
OR (bonus IN(190, 500, 600)
AND bonus BETWEEN 250 AND 500);

Which bonus value could the statement return?

✓ A) 100

✗ B) 260
✗ C) 400

✗ D) 600

Question #22 of 165 Question ID: 1530700

The line_item table contains these columns:

line_itemid NUMBER(9)
order_id NUMBER(9)
product_id VARCHAR2(9)
quantity NUMBER(5)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 14/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You created a sequence called line_itemid_seq to generate sequential values for the line_itemid column.

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT line_itemid_seq.CURRVAL
FROM dual;

Which task will this statement accomplish?

✗ A) displays the next value of the line_itemid_seq sequence

✗ B) populates the line_itemid_seq sequence with the next value

✓ C) displays the current value of the line_itemid_seq sequence

✗ D) increments the line_itemid column

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 15/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

PLAYER
-------------
PLAYER_ID NUMBER PK
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(30)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
TEAM_ID NUMBER
MGR_ID NUMBER
SIGNING_BONUS NUMBER(9,2)

TEAM
---------
TEAM_ID NUMBER
TEAM_NAME VARCHAR2(30)

Which situation would require a subquery to return the desired result?

✗ A) a list of all players who have a larger signing bonus than their manager
✓ B) a list of all players who received a signing bonus that was lower than the
average bonus

✗ C) a list of all teams that have more than 11 players

✗ D) a list of all players who are also managers

✗ E) a list of all players, including their signing bonus amounts and their manager
names

Question #25 of 165 Question ID: 1530682

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_PURCHASES NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)
PAYMENTS NUMBER(7,2)

You must print a report that contains the account number and the current balance for a particular customer. The
current balance consists of the sum of an account's previous balance, new purchases, and finance charge. You
must calculate the finance charge based on a rate of 1.5 percent of the previous balance. Payments must be
deducted from this amount. The customer's account number is 543842.

Which SELECT statement should you use?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 16/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) -

payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✓ B) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 -

payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ C) SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments

FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ D) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) +

finance_charge - payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

Question #26 of 165 Question ID: 1530696

Examine the structures of the po_header and po_detail tables:

PO_HEADER
--------------------
PO_NUM NUMBER NOT NULL

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 17/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

PO_DATE DATE DEFAULT SYSDATE

PO_TOTAL NUMBER(9,2)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER(9)
PO_TERMS VARCHAR2(25)

PO_DETATIL
------------------
PO_NUM NUMBER NOT NULL
PO_LINE_ID NUMBER NOT NULL
PRODUCT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL,
QUANTITY NUMBER(3) NOT NULL,
UNIT_PRICE NUMBER (5,2) DEFAULT 0,

The primary key of the po_header table is po_num. The primary key of the po_detail table is the combination of
po_num and po_line_id. A foreign key constraint is defined on the po_num column of the po_detail table that
references the po_header table.

You want to update the purchase order total amount for a given purchase order. The po_total column in the
po_header table should equal the sum of the extended amounts of the corresponding po_detail records. You want
the user to be prompted for the purchase order number when the query is executed. When a purchase order is
updated, the po_date column should be reset to the current date.

Which UPDATE statement should you execute?

✓ A) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT SUM(ext)
FROM (SELECT po_num, quantity * unit_price ext
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
po_date = DEFAULT
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

✗ B) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT po_num, SUM(ext)
FROM (SELECT po_num, quantity * unit_price ext
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
po_date = DEFAULT
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 18/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT SUM(ext)
FROM (SELECT po_num, quantity * unit_price ext
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
SET po_date = sysdate
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

✗ D) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT SUM(quantity * unit_price)
FROM (SELECT po_num)
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
po_date = DEFAULT
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

✗ E) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT SUM(ext)
FROM (SELECT po_num, quantity * unit_price ext
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
UPDATE po_header
SET po_date = sysdate
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

✗ F) UPDATE po_header
SET po_total = (SELECT SUM(ext)
FROM (SELECT po_num, quantity * unit_price ext
FROM po_detail
WHERE po_num = &&ponum)),
po_date = NULL
WHERE po_num = &&ponum;

Question #27 of 165 Question ID: 1194478

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT CONCAT(LOWER(SUBSTR(description, 1, 3)), subject_id) "Subject Description"

FROM subject;

In which order are the functions evaluated?

✗ A) All three will be evaluated simultaneously.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 19/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ B) LOWER, SUBSTR, CONCAT

✗ C) CONCAT, LOWER, SUBSTR

✓ D) SUBSTR, LOWER, CONCAT

Question #28 of 165 Question ID: 1194492

The transaction table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE transaction

TRANSACTION_ID NUMBER(9)
TRANS_CODE VARCHAR2(5)
CUST_ACCOUNT VARCHAR2(12)

A new standard was adopted in your department affecting reports produced by querying the transaction table. When
creating reports, a dash (-) followed by the three characters ANI must be appended to all transaction codes that
contain only three characters. Any leading 'W' in a transaction code must be removed from the resulting data
display.

Which query will return the desired results?

✗ A) SELECT TRIM('W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI')))FROM

transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✓ B) SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))FROM

transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✗ C) SELECT TRIM('W' (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))FROM transaction

WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✗ D) SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI')))

FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

Question #29 of 165 Question ID: 1194549

The PHYSICIAN table contains these columns:

PHYSICIAN_ID NUMBER NOT NULL PK

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25) NOT NULL
LICENSE_NO NUMBER(7) NOT NULL
HIRE_DATE DATE

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 20/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

When new physician records are added, the PHYSICIAN_ID is assigned a sequential value using the PHY_NUM_SEQ
sequence. The state licensing board assigns license numbers with valid license numbers being from 1000000 to
9900000.

You want to create an INSERT statement that will prompt the user for each physician's name and license number
and insert the physician's record into the PHYSICIAN table with a hire date of today. The statement should generate
an error if an invalid license number is entered.

Which INSERT statement should you use?

✗ A) INSERT INTO physician

VALUES (phy_num_seq.NEXTVAL, '&lname', '&fname', &lno, sysdate)
WHERE &lno BETWEEN 1000000 and 9900000;

✗ B) INSERT INTO
(SELECT physician_id, last_name, first_name, license_no,
hire_date
FROM physician
WHERE license_no BETWEEN 1000000 and 9900000
WITH CHECK OPTION)
VALUES (phy_num_seq.VALUE, '&lname', '&fname', &lno, sysdate);

✓ C) INSERT INTO
(SELECT physician_id, last_name, first_name, license_no,
hire_date
FROM physician
WHERE license_no BETWEEN 1000000 and 9900000)
VALUES (phy_num_seq.NEXTVAL, '&lname', '&fname', &lno,
sysdate);
WITH CHECK OPTION

✗ D) INSERT INTO
(SELECT physician_id, last_name, first_name, license_no,
hire_date
FROM physician
WHERE license_no BETWEEN 1000000 and 9900000
WITH CHECK OPTION)
VALUES (phy_num_seq.NEXTVAL, &lname, &fname, &lno, sysdate);

✗ E) INSERT INTO
(SELECT physician_id, last_name, first_name, license_no,
hire_date
FROM physician
WHERE license_no BETWEEN 1000000 and 9900000
WITH CHECK OPTION)
VALUES (&phy_num_seq, '&lname', '&fname', &lno, sysdate);

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 21/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ F) INSERT INTO physician

VALUES (phy_num_seq.NEXTVAL, '&lname', '&fname', &lno BETWEEN
1000000 and 9900000, sysdate);

Question #30 of 165 Question ID: 1302513

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT first_name, last_name

FROM physician
WHERE physician_id NOT IN (SELECT physician_id
FROM physician
WHERE license_no = 17852);

Which one of the following SELECT statements would achieve the same result?

✗ A) SELECT first_name, last_name

FROM physician
WHERE physician_id IN (SELECT physician_id
FROM physician
WHERE license_no = 17852);

✗ B) SELECT first_name, last_name

FROM physician
WHERE physician_id = 17852;

✗ C) SELECT first_name, last_name

FROM physician_id
WHERE license_no <> 17852
AND license_no IS NOT NULL;

✓ D) SELECT first_name, last_name

FROM physician
WHERE physician_id != ALL (SELECT physician_id
FROM physician
WHERE license_no = 17852);

Question #31 of 165 Question ID: 1194562

Which statements about data types are true? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 22/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) The BLOB data type stores character data up to four gigabytes.

✓ B) The INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH data type allows time to be stored as an

interval of years and months.

✗ C) The TIMESTAMP data type is an extension of the VARCHAR2 data type.

✗ D) The VARCHAR2 data type requires that a minimum size be specified when
defining a column of this type.

✓ E) The CHAR data type should be used for fixed-length character data.

Question #32 of 165 Question ID: 1302466

Examine the data in the product table.

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT description, cost

FROM product
ORDER BY cost, quantity;

Which statements are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) The description value for one of the first two rows displayed is C 2pk-
battery.

✗ B) No row with a product_id of 220 is displayed.

✗ C) The description value for one of the first two rows displayed is AA 2pk-
battery.

✗ D) The product_id value for the first record displayed is 220.

✓ E) The product_id values for the last two rows displayed are 140 and 126.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 23/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #33 of 165 Question ID: 1194575

Caroline, the database administrator, has created a role named HumanResourcesInterns. The role has been
granted the UPDATE privilege on the Salary and Phone columns of the Employee table.

After reviewing the new security procedures, Caroline must not allow the HumanResourcesInterns role to update
the Salary column, but must still allow the role to update the Phone column of the Employee table.

What should you run?

✗ A) REVOKE UPDATE (Salary) ON Employee TO HumanResourcesInterns;

✗ B) REVOKE UPDATE ON Employee.Salary FROM HumanResourcesInterns;

✗ C) REVOKE ALL ON Employee FROM HumanResourcesInterns;

GRANT UPDATE ON Employee TO HumanResourcesInterns;

✗ D) REVOKE UPDATE (Salary) ON Employee TO HumanResourcesInterns

CASCADE CONSTRAINTS;

✓ E) REVOKE UPDATE ON Employee FROM HumanResourcesInterns;

GRANT UPDATE (Phone) ON Employee TO HumanResourcesInterns;

Question #34 of 165 Question ID: 1194573

John works as a DBA for the railways. Data for all trains and passengers is centrally managed in the
railway_records database. This database has train_info and passenger_info tables that contain data about
various local trains and passengers for all the stations. The RailwayRecords database is unavailable for a few days
after a server crash. Officers at the local stations store data in a Notepad file when the database in unavailable.
When the server is functional again, John needs to collate the data from all the Notepad files and populate the
railway_records database. He executes the following statements:

USE DATABASE railway_records;

CREATE TABLE missing_railway_info
(
train_no NUMBER(10),
origin_point VARCHAR2,
destination_point VARCHAR2
)
ORGANIZATION EXTERNAL
(
TYPE ORACLE_LOADER
ACCESS PARAMETER
(

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 24/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

RECORDS DELIMITED BY NEWLINE

LOGFILE 'train.log'
FIELDS TERMINATED BY ','
MISSING FIELD VALUES ARE NULL
( train_no,
origin_point,
destination_point )
)
LOCATION ('station1.txt', 'station2.txt', 'station3.txt')
PARALLEL 3;

Which of the following are TRUE about the given statements? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) Data is loaded from the station1.txt file only.

✓ B) Data can be loaded from the external table into the railway_records
database.

✗ C) Data is loaded from the station1.txt and the station2.txt files only.

✓ D) Data in the missing_railway_info table can be retrieved in parallel.

Question #35 of 165 Question ID: 1194542

Evaluate this compound query statement:

SELECT emp_id, last_name || ', '|| first_name

FROM emp
INTERSECT
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist;

Which statement is TRUE regarding the given SELECT statement?

✓ A) The statement will return an error.

✗ B) The results will contain the distinct emp_id values return by either query.

✗ C) Duplicate emp_id values will be included.

✗ D) The output will be sorted by the emp_id values in ascending order.

Question #36 of 165 Question ID: 1530697

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 25/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You want to delete any products supplied by suppliers located in Dallas that have an in-stock quantity less than a
specified value.

Which statement should you use?

✗ A) DELETE FROM product

WHERE supplier_id IN
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM supplier
WHERE UPPER(city) = 'DALLAS'
AND qty_in_stock < &qoh);

✗ B) DELETE FROM product

WHERE supplier_id IN
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM supplier
WHERE UPPER(city) = 'DALLAS'
AND supplier_id IN
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM product
WHERE qty_in_stock > &qoh));

✗ C) DELETE FROM supplier

WHERE supplier_id IN
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM supplier
WHERE UPPER(city) = 'DALLAS')
AND qty_in_stock < &qoh;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 26/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ D) DELETE FROM product

WHERE supplier_id IN
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM supplier
WHERE UPPER(city) = 'DALLAS')
AND qty_in_stock < &qoh;

✗ E) DELETE FROM product

WHERE supplier_id =
(SELECT supplier_id
FROM supplier
WHERE UPPER(city) = 'DALLAS')
AND qty_in_stock < &qoh;

Question #37 of 165 Question ID: 1194491

The Product table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE Product

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER(9)
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2(20)
COST NUMBER(5,2)
MANUFACTURER_ID VARCHAR2(10)
QUANTITY NUMBER(5)

Evaluate these two statements.

Statement 1:
SQL> SELECT NVL(100/quantity, 'none')
FROM Product;

Statement 2:
SQL> SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(100/quantity), 'none')
FROM Product;

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

✓ A) Statement 1 will fail because the data types are incompatible.

✗ B) Statement 2 causes an error when quantity values are null.

✗ C) Statement 1 executes, but does not display the value 'none' for null values.

✗ D) Both statements execute successfully.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 27/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #38 of 165 Question ID: 1194503

You have a script that has the following query:

SELECT e1.Lname||' works for '||e2.Lname

"Workers and Their Supervisors"
FROM employees e1, employees e2
WHERE e1.ManagerId = e2.EmployeeId
AND e1.Lname LIKE 'T%'
ORDER BY e1.Lname;

What type of join is used in the script?

✗ A) Antijoin

✗ B) Semijoin

✗ C) Outer join

✓ D) Self join

Question #39 of 165 Question ID: 1194472

Which statement concerning SQL functions is TRUE?

✗ A) Conversion functions convert a column definition from one data type to another
data type.

✓ B) Character functions can return character or number values.

✗ C) Single-row functions can only be used in SELECT and WHERE clauses.

✗ D) All date functions return DATE data type values.

Question #40 of 165 Question ID: 1194450

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

You need to create a single SELECT statement to accomplish these requirements:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 28/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Display accounts that have a new balance that is less than the previous balance.
Display accounts that have a finance charge that is less than $25.00.
Display accounts that have no finance charge.

Evaluate this statement:

SELECT account_id
FROM account
WHERE new_balance < prev_balance
AND NVL(finance_charge, 0) < 25;

How many of the three requirements will this SELECT statement accomplish?

✗ A) one of the requirements

✓ B) all of the requirements

✗ C) none of the requirements

✗ D) two of the requirements

Question #41 of 165 Question ID: 1530698

Examine the structure of the employee table:

Which CREATE TABLE statement should you use to create the employee table?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 29/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) CREATE TABLE employee (

employee_id NUMBER,
emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),
emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),
dept_id NUMBER,
job_id NUMBER,
mgr_id NUMBER,
salary NUMBER(9,2),
hire_date DATE,
CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id),
CONSTRAINT dept_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(dept_id) REFERENCES
department(dept_id),
CONSTRAINT job_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(job_id) REFERENCES
job(job_id));

✗ B) CREATE TABLE employee (

✗ C) CREATE TABLE employee (

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 30/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ D) CREATE TABLE employee (

Question #42 of 165 Question ID: 1194558

Which two statements would cause an implicit COMMIT to occur? (Choose two.)

✗ A) COMMIT

✓ B) GRANT

✓ C) RENAME

✗ D) ROLLBACK

✗ E) SELECT

✗ F) UPDATE

Question #43 of 165 Question ID: 1194443

You want to query employee information and display the results sorted by the employee's department, then by their
salaries from highest to lowest. When multiple employees within the same department share a last name, they must
be displayed in alphabetical order by first name.

Which ORDER BY clause should you use in your query?

✗ A) ORDER BY department_id, salary, last_name, first_name

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 31/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ B) ORDER BY department_id, salary DESC, last_name, first_name

✗ C) ORDER BY department_id, salary DESC, first_name ||' '||

last_name ASC

✗ D) ORDER BY department_id, salary ASC, last_name, first_name

Question #44 of 165 Question ID: 1530691

Consider the following query executed for an employees table:

SELECT * FROM employees WHERE (dept_id, salary) IN (SELECT deptid, MAX(Salary) FROM employees
WHERE jobprofile != 'Manager' GROUP BY deptid);

What is the output of the given query?

✗ A) Details of all the employees are displayed.

✓ B) Details of the employees having the highest salary in each department are
displayed.

✗ C) Details of all the employees are displayed department-wise.

✗ D) Details of the employee having the highest salary across all departments are
displayed.

Question #45 of 165 Question ID: 1194524

You must produce a report that lists all products ordered in the year 2015 by customers in Atlanta and the invoice
numbers for those orders.

Which of the following queries can you use to produce the required report?

✗ A) SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

Question #47 of 165 Question ID: 1302480

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 33/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which one of the following statements about columns with a data type of DATE is true?

✗ A) It is permissible to subtract one column from another in a table, assuming both

columns are data type DATE. If the two date columns are storing the same
value, the result will be 0. If they are not the same, the result will always be a
whole number, but it may be negative.

✗ B) Dates in Oracle are always stored with a century component as a 4-digit year.
If the user today enters a date with a value of 45 for the year using a format
mask of RR for the year, it will be stored as 1945.

✗ C) Dates in Oracle are always stored with a time component. If a user enters a
date as part of an INSERT statement and no time is specified, the time
component will be equal to the time of the INSERT.

✗ D) Some arithmetic operations with columns that have a data type of DATE are
possible, but other arithmetic operations on dates are forbidden. For example,
you cannot add or subtract 3.14 to a column called PROCESSING_DATE if that
column is data type DATE.

✓ E) SYSDATE represents the current date and time and has the same precision as
any other Oracle column with a data type of DATE. If you issued the SELECT
ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE,12) FROM dual; command, the result would be the
output of the date exactly one year from the day and time you issued the
command.

Question #48 of 165 Question ID: 1194563

You need to create the ELEMENT table. The atomic weights of elements have varying decimal places. For example,
values could be 4, 4.35, or 4.3567.

Which data type would be most appropriate for the atomic weight values?

✓ A) NUMBER

✗ B) LONG

✗ C) RAW

✗ D) NUMBER(p,s)

Question #49 of 165 Question ID: 1302511

Examine the data from the DONATION table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 34/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

This statement fails when executed:

SELECT amount_pledged, amount_paid

FROM donation
WHERE donor_id =
(SELECT donor_id
FROM donation
WHERE amount_pledged = 1000.00
OR pledge_dt = '05-JAN-2002');

Which two changes could correct the problem? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✗ A) Remove the subquery WHERE clause.

✗ B) Include the donor_id column in the select list of the outer query.

✗ C) Remove the single quotes around the date value in the inner query WHERE
clause.

✗ D) Change the outer query WHERE clause to WHERE donor_id LIKE.

✓ E) Change the subquery WHERE clause to WHERE amount_pledged = 1000.00

AND pledge_dt = '05-JAN-2002'.

✓ F) Change the outer query WHERE clause to WHERE donor_id IN.

Question #50 of 165 Question ID: 1302512

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT s.student_name, s.grade_point_avg, s.major_id, m.gpa_avg

FROM student s, (SELECT major_id, AVG(grade_point_avg) gpa_avg
FROM student
GROUP BY major_id) m
WHERE s.major_id = m.major_id AND s.grade_point_avg > m.gpa_avg;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 35/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

What will be the result of executing this SELECT statement?

✗ A) The names of all students, grouped by each major, with a grade point average
that is higher than the average grade point average of all students in each
major will be displayed.

✗ B) A syntax error will be returned because the FROM clause cannot contain a
subquery.

✗ C) The names of all students with a grade point average that is higher than the
average grade point average of all students will be displayed.

✗ D) A syntax error will occur because of ambiguous table aliases.

✓ E) The names of all students with a grade point average that is higher than the
average grade point average in their major will be displayed.

Question #51 of 165 Question ID: 1530694

Examine the structure of the employee table.

You want to generate a list of employees are in department 30, have been promoted from clerk to associate by
querying the employee and employee_hist tables. The employee_hist table has the same structure as the
employee table. The job_id value for clerks is 1 and the job_id value for associates is 6.

Which query should you use?

✓ A) SELECT employee_id, emp_lname, emp_fname, dept_id

FROM employee
WHERE (employee_id, dept_id) IN
(SELECT employee_id, dept_id
FROM employee_hist
WHERE dept_id = 30 AND job_id = 1)
AND job_id = 6;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 36/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ B) SELECT employee_id, emp_lname, emp_fname, dept_id

FROM employee
WHERE (employee_id, dept_id) =
(SELECT employee_id, dept_id
FROM employee_hist
WHERE dept_id = 30 AND job_id = 6);

✗ C) SELECT employee_id, emp_lname, emp_fname, dept_id

FROM employee_hist
WHERE (employee_id, dept_id) =
(SELECT employee_id, dept_id
FROM employee_hist WHERE dept_id = 30
AND job_id = 1)
AND job_id = 6;

✗ D) SELECT employee_id, emp_lname, emp_fname, dept_id

FROM employee
WHERE (employee_id) IN
(SELECT employee_id
FROM employee_hist
WHERE dept_id = 30 AND job_id = 1);

✗ E) SELECT employee_id, emp_lname, emp_fname, dept_id

FROM employee
WHERE (employee_id, dept_id) IN
(SELECT employee_id, dept_id
FROM employee
WHERE dept_id = 30)
AND job_id = 6;

Question #52 of 165 Question ID: 1302497

Examine the data from the po_header and po_detail tables.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 37/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You need to produce a report to identify any po_header rows that have no matching po_detail rows and any
po_detail rows that have no matching po_header record.

Which SELECT statement should you execute?

✗ A) SELECT h.po_num, d.po_num, d.po_line_id

FROM po_header h FULL OUTER JOIN po_detail d
ON (h.po_num = d.po_num)
WHERE h.po_num IS NULL
AND d.po_line_id IS NULL;

✓ B) SELECT h.po_num, d.po_num, d.po_line_id

FROM po_header h FULL OUTER JOIN po_detail d
ON (h.po_num = d.po_num)
WHERE h.po_num IS NULL
OR d.po_line_id IS NULL;

✗ C) SELECT h.po_num, d.po_num, d.po_line_id

FROM po_header h RIGHT OUTER JOIN po_detail d
ON (h.po_num = d.po_num)
WHERE h.po_num IS NULL;

✗ D) SELECT h.po_num, d.po_num, d.po_line_id

FROM po_header h LEFT OUTER JOIN po_detail d
ON (h.po_num = d.po_num)
WHERE d.po_num IS NULL;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 38/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #53 of 165 Question ID: 1302510

Which of the following Oracle statements can contain a WITH clause?

✗ A) DELETE

✓ B) SELECT
✗ C) INSERT

✗ D) UPDATE

Question #54 of 165 Question ID: 1157446

Which data dictionary view could you query to display the names of tables you have access to?

✗ A) USER_VIEWS

✗ B) USER_TABLES

✓ C) ALL_OBJECTS

✓ C) BACKUP ANY TABLE

✗ D) ALTER

Question #57 of 165 Question ID: 1530689

Examine the structures of the PLAYER and TEAM tables:

PLAYER
-------------
PLAYER_ID NUMBER(9) PK
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
TEAM_ID NUMBER
MANAGER_ID NUMBER(9)

TEAM
----------
TEAM_ID NUMBER PK
TEAM_NAME VARCHAR2(30)

For this example, team managers are also players, and the MANAGER_ID column references the PLAYER_ID column.
For players who are managers, MANAGER_ID is NULL.

Which SELECT statement will provide a list of all players, including the player's name, the team name, and the
player's manager's name?

✗ A) SELECT p.last_name, p.first_name, m.last_name, m.first_name,

t.team_name
FROM player p JOIN player m
ON (p.manager_id = m.player_id)
RIGHT OUTER JOIN team t ON (p.team_id = t.team_id);

✗ B) SELECT p.last_name, p.first_name, p.manager_id, t.team_name

FROM player p NATURAL JOIN team t;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 40/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ C) SELECT p.last_name, p.first_name, m.last_name, m.first_name,

t.team_name
FROM player p
LEFT OUTER JOIN player m ON (p.manager_id = m.player_id)
LEFT OUTER JOIN team t ON (p.team_id = t.team_id);

✗ D) SELECT p.last_name, p.first_name, m.last_name, m.first_name,

t.team_name
FROM player p
LEFT OUTER JOIN player m ON (p.player_id = m.player_id)
LEFT OUTER JOIN team t ON (p.team_id = t.team_id);

✗ E) SELECT p.last_name, p.first_name, p.manager_id, t.team_name

FROM player p JOIN team t
USING (team_id);

Question #58 of 165 Question ID: 1302504

Which of the following statements are TRUE about correlated subqueries? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The parent query is executed for each of the rows returned by the subquery
✗ B) The parent query can reference the columns specified in the subquery.

✓ C) The subquery can reference the columns specified in the parent query.

✓ D) The subquery is executed for each row returned by the parent query.

Question #59 of 165 Question ID: 1302495

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 41/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You want to create a report of all employees, including employee name and project name, who are assigned to
project tasks. You want to include all projects even if they currently have no tasks defined, and you want to include
all tasks, even those not assigned to an employee.

Which joins should you use?

✗ A) a natural join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a natural join
between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✗ B) a full outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a full outer join
between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✗ C) a natural join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a left outer join
between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✓ D) a left outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a right outer join
between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✗ E) a self join on the EMPLOYEE table and a left outer join between the TASK and
PROJECT tables

✗ F) a full outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a natural join
between the TASK and PROJECT tables

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 42/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #60 of 165 Question ID: 1194541

Evaluate the following SELECT statement:

SELECT DISTINCT emp_id

FROM emp e JOIN emp_hist h
ON e.emp_id = h.emp_id;

Which SELECT statement will return the same result as the given statement?

✓ A) SELECT emp_id
FROM emp
INTERSECT
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist;

✗ B) SELECT emp_id
FROM emp
MINUS
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist;

✗ C) SELECT e.emp_id
FROM emp e, emp_hist h;
WHERE e.emp_id <> h.emp_id;

✗ D) SELECT emp_id
FROM emp
UNION
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist;

Question #61 of 165 Question ID: 1302490

Your database contains the Customers and Orders tables as follows:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 43/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You want to create a query that will return all of the customers and all of the orders even if a customer does not
have an order.

Which clause should you include in your query?

✓ A) FULL OUTER JOIN

✗ B) INNER JOIN

✗ C) CROSS JOIN

✗ D) SELF JOIN

Question #62 of 165 Question ID: 1194433

Which of the following correctly describes a Data Manipulation Language (DML) statement? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The INSERT statement updates or adds rows conditionally into a table.

✓ B) The DELETE statement removes rows from a table or views.

✗ C) The ALTER TABLE statement modifies the structure of a table.

✗ D) The MERGE statement deletes or inserts rows conditionally into a table or view.

✓ E) The SELECT statement fetches data from one or more tables or views.

Question #63 of 165 Question ID: 1302467

Examine the data in the product table.

You execute the following query:

SELECT description, quantity, cost

FROM product
WHERE manufacturer_id LIKE 'NF10032'

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 44/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

AND NVL(cost, 0) < 5.00

ORDER BY quantity DESC, cost;

Which result will the query provide?

✗ A) AAA6pk-battery 546 3
AA2pk-battery 2513 NULL
AAA8pk-battery NULL 4.2

✗ B) AAA8pk-battery 546 3
AA2pk-battery 2513 NULL

✓ C) AAA8pk-battery NULL 4.2

AA2pk-battery 2513 NULL
AAA6pk-battery 546 3

✗ D) AAA6pk-battery 546 3
AAA8pk-battery NULL 4.2
AA2pk-battery 2513 NULL

Question #64 of 165 Question ID: 1194577

Which privilege can only be granted to a user and NOT to a role?

✗ A) ALTER

✓ B) REFERENCES

✗ C) EXECUTE

✗ D) INSERT

✗ E) DELETE

Question #65 of 165 Question ID: 1194462

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

With the least amount of effort, you want to display all of the rows in the account table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 45/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which query should you use?

✗ A) SELECT all
FROM account;

✓ B) SELECT *
FROM account;

✗ C) SELECT any
FROM account;

✗ D) SELECT account_id, new_balance, prev_balance, finance_charge

FROM account;

Question #66 of 165 Question ID: 1302465

The STUDENT table contains the following columns:

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
EMAIL VARCHAR2(50)

You are writing a SELECT statement to retrieve the names of students that do NOT have an e-mail address.

SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Student Name"

FROM student

Which WHERE clause should you use to complete this statement?

✗ A) WHERE email = NULL;

✗ B) WHERE email IS NOT NULL;

✓ C) WHERE email IS NULL;

✗ D) WHERE email != NULL;

Question #67 of 165 Question ID: 1194479

Which three function descriptions are TRUE? (Choose three.)

✓ A) The NVL single-row function can be used on VARCHAR2 columns.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 46/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ B) The LENGTH character function returns the number of characters in an

expression.

✗ C) The SYSDATE function returns the local machine date and time.

✓ D) The TRUNC date function returns a date with the time portion of the day
truncated to the specified format unit.

✗ E) The ROUND number function returns a number rounded to the specified column
value.

✗ F) The SUBSTR character function replaces a portion of a string, beginning at a

defined character position for a defined length.

Question #68 of 165 Question ID: 1530701

You are the database administrator for a company that sells large multipurpose cubical containers. You need to
index the rows of the containers table based on the volume of the containers. You create the con_volume function
to compute the volume from the length, width, and height columns in the table.

Which of the following statements should you use to index the rows of the Containers table based on the volume?
(Choose two. Each correct answer presents a complete solution.)

✗ A) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (con_volume);

✓ B) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (length * width * height);

✓ C) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (con_volume());

✗ D) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (length, width, height);

Question #69 of 165 Question ID: 1302488

Examine the structure of the product table:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 47/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which SELECT statement displays the number of items for which the list_price is greater than $400.00?

✗ A) SELECT COUNT(*)
FROM product
ORDER BY list_price;

✓ B) SELECT COUNT(*)
FROM product
WHERE list_price > 400;

✗ C) SELECT SUM(*)
FROM product
WHERE list_price > 400;

✗ D) SELECT SUM(*)
FROM product
GROUP BY list_price > 400;

Question #70 of 165 Question ID: 1302489

Examine the structure of the product table.

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT supplier_id, AVG(cost)

FROM product
WHERE AVG(list_price) > 60.00
GROUP BY supplier_id
ORDER BY AVG(cost) DESC;

Which clause will cause an error?

✗ A) SELECT

✗ B) ORDER BY

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 48/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ C) WHERE

✗ D) GROUP BY

Question #71 of 165 Question ID: 1194506

Examine the structures of the product and supplier tables:

product
-----------------------------------
PRODUCT_ID NUMBER
PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER
CATEGORY_ID NUMBER
QTY_PER_UNIT NUMBER
UNIT_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)
QTY_IN_STOCK NUMBER
QTY_ON_ORDER NUMBER
REORDER_LEVEL NUMBER

supplier
------------------------------------
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER
SUPPLIER_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
ADDRESS VARCHAR2(30)
CITY VARCHAR2(25)
REGION VARCHAR2(10)
POSTAL_CODE VARCHAR2(11)

You want to create a query that will return an alphabetical list of products including the name of each product's
supplier. Only products in the product table that have a supplier assigned should be included in your report.

Which two queries could you use? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✓ A) SELECT product_name, supplier_name

FROM product
NATURAL JOIN supplier
ORDER BY product_name;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 49/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ B) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p
LEFT OUTER JOIN supplier s
ON p.supplier_id = s.supplier_id
ORDER BY p.product_name;

✗ C) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p
JOIN supplier s
USING (p.supplier_id)
ORDER BY p.product_name;

✗ D) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p
JOIN supplier s
ON (supplier_id)
ORDER BY p.product_name;

✓ E) SELECT product_name, supplier_name

FROM product
JOIN supplier
USING (supplier_id)
ORDER BY product_name;

Question #72 of 165 Question ID: 1302500

Which statement regarding subqueries is true?

✗ A) A subquery must be placed on the right side of the comparison operator.

✗ B) Subqueries can be nested up to five levels.

✗ C) A subquery cannot reference a table that is not included in the outer query's
FROM clause.

✓ D) Subqueries can return multiple columns.

Question #73 of 165 Question ID: 1194557

Evaluate this statement:

DELETE FROM workorder;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 50/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

What does this statement accomplish?

✗ A) generates an error because the FROM keyword should not be included

✗ B) deletes all rows from the workorder table and permanently discards the
table's structure

✗ C) deletes the workorder column

✓ D) deletes all the rows from the workorder table

✗ E) discards only the structure of the workorder table

✗ F) deletes all the values in the columns that do not have NOT NULL constraints

Question #74 of 165 Question ID: 1302462

You are designing a database for an insurance company. Insurance policies will be registered in a table named
Policies that is shown in the following image:

You must ensure that owners can have more than one policy, but each policy is uniquely identified and attributed to
a single owner.

Which of the following should you do? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) Create a FOREIGN KEY constraint on the PolicyNo column.

✗ B) Create a PRIMARY KEY constraint on the PolicyOwnerID column.

✓ C) Create a PRIMARY KEY constraint on the PolicyNo column.

✓ D) Create a FOREIGN KEY constraint on the PolicyOwnerID column.

Question #75 of 165 Question ID: 1194564

Evaluate this CREATE TABLE statement:

CREATE TABLE curr_order (

id NUMBER,
customer_id NUMBER,

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 51/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

emp_id NUMBER,
order_dt TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE,
order_amt NUMBER(7,2),
ship_method VARCHAR2(5));

Which statement about the order_dt column is true?

✗ A) Data will be stored using a fractional seconds precision of 3.

✗ B) Data stored in the column will be returned in the server's local time zone.

✗ C) Data will include a time zone displacement in its value.

✓ D) Data will be normalized to the database time zone.

Question #76 of 165 Question ID: 1194565

Which data type is a hexadecimal string representing the unique address of a row in its table?

✗ A) RAW

✗ B) VARCHAR2

✓ C) ROWID

✗ D) BFILE

Question #77 of 165 Question ID: 1302464

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table shown in the exhibit:

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id||'-'||line_item_id||' '||product_id||' '||quantity "Purchase"

FROM line_item;

Which component of the SELECT statement is a literal?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 52/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) ||

✗ B) quantity

✗ C) "Purchase"

✓ D) '-'

Question #78 of 165 Question ID: 1194458

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER(9)
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2(20)
COST NUMBER(5,2)
MANUFACTURER_ID VARCHAR2(10)
You want to display product costs with these desired results:

The cost displayed for each product is twenty percent greater than the current price stored in the table
The product's manufacturer ID is 25001, 25020, or 25050.
Twenty percent of the product's original cost is less than $4.00.

Which statement should you use?

✗ A) SELECT description, cost * 1.20

FROM product
WHERE cost * .20 < 4
AND manufacturer_id = ('25001', '25020', '25050');

✓ B) SELECT description, cost * 1.20

FROM product
WHERE cost * .20 < 4.00
AND manufacturer_id IN ('25001', '25020', '25050');

✗ C) SELECT description, cost * 1.20

FROM product
WHERE cost * .20 < 4.00
AND manufacturer_id ANY('25001', '25020', '25050');

✗ D) SELECT description, cost * .20

FROM product
WHERE cost * .20 < 4.00
AND manufacturer_id BETWEEN '25001' AND '25050';

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 53/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #79 of 165 Question ID: 1194502

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT manufacturer_id, COUNT(*), order_date

FROM inventory
WHERE price > 5.00
GROUP BY order_date, manufacturer_id
HAVING COUNT(*) > 10
ORDER BY order_date DESC;

Which clause specifies which rows will be returned from the inventory table?

✗ A) HAVING COUNT(*) > 10

✗ B) GROUP BY order_date, manufacturer_id

✗ C) ORDER BY order_date DESC

✗ D) SELECT manufacturer_id, COUNT(*), order_date

✓ E) WHERE price > 5.00

Question #80 of 165 Question ID: 1530688

You want to create a report containing the patient name, physician name, and admission date for all admissions.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 54/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which two SELECT statements could you use? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✗ A) SELECT last_name || ', ' || first_name as "Patient Name",

last_name || ', ' || first_name as "Physician Name",
admit_date
FROM patient NATURAL JOIN admission NATURAL JOIN physician;

✓ B) SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",
z.admit_date
FROM patient x JOIN admission z
ON (x.patient_id = z.patient_id)
JOIN physician y
ON (y.physician_id = z.physician_id);

✗ C) SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",
z.admit_date
FROM patient x JOIN physician y
ON (x.patient_id = z.patient_id)
JOIN admission z
ON (y.physician_id = z.physician_id);

✓ D) SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",
z.admit_date
FROM patient x, physician y, admission z
WHERE x.patient_id = z.patient_id
AND y.physician_id = z.physician_id;

Question #81 of 165 Question ID: 1194480

The student table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE student

ID NUMBER(9)
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
ENROLL_DATE DATE

You need to create a report to display a student's enrollment date and projected graduation date.

These are the desired results:

Prompt the user for a student ID.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 55/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Display the student's first name, last name, and date of enrollment.
Display the student's projected graduation date by adding four years to the enrollment date value.

Which statement produces all three of the desired results?

✗ A) SELECT INITCAP(first_name)||INITCAP(last_name),
TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY'),
ADD_YEARS(enroll_date, 4) grad_date
FROM student
WHERE id = &id;

✗ B) SELECT INITCAP(first_name)||INITCAP(last_name) student_name,

TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY') date_enrolled,
TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 4), 'DD MONTH YYYY') grad_date
FROM student
WHERE id = &id;

✗ C) SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name)),

TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 48), 'DD MONTH YYYY') grad_date
FROM student
WHERE id = &id;

✓ D) SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name)),

TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY'), ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date,
48) grad_date
FROM student
WHERE id = &id;

Question #82 of 165 Question ID: 1194451

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT l.order_id, i.description, l.quantity

WHERE i.id_number = l.product_id
FROM inventory i, line_item l
ORDER BY l.order_id, i.description;

This statement fails when executed. Which change should you make to correct the problem?

✓ A) Reorder the clauses in the statement.

✗ B) Remove the table aliases from the FROM clause.

✗ C) Remove the table alias from the ORDER BY clause, and use only the column
name.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 56/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) Use the table names instead of the table aliases in the ORDER BY clause.

Question #83 of 165 Question ID: 1194554

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER
LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)
COST NUMBER(7,2)

You need to increase the list price and cost of all products supplied by GlobeComm, Inc. by 5.5 percent. The
supplier_id for GlobeComm is 105.

Which statement should you use?

✗ A) UPDATE product
SET list_price = list_price * 1.055
SET cost = cost * 1.055
WHERE supplier_id = 105;

✗ B) UPDATE product
SET list_price = list_price + (list_price * .055), cost = cost
+ (cost * .055)
WHERE supplier_id LIKE 'GlobeComm, Inc.';

✗ C) UPDATE product
SET list_price = list_price * .055 AND
cost = cost * .055
WHERE supplier_id = 105;

✓ D) UPDATE product
SET list_price = list_price * 1.055, cost = cost * 1.055
WHERE supplier_id = 105;

Question #84 of 165 Question ID: 1194583

You need to create the ProductsSeq sequence on the Products table. This sequence will be used to provide
ProductID numbers when rows are added to the Products table. There will be no more than 1,000 products in the
table, and each ProductID will be one number apart.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 57/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You use the following to create the sequence (line numbers are for reference only):

1 CREATE SEQUENCE customers_seq

2 START WITH 1000
3 NOCACHE
4

What should you add on line 4 to create the sequence?

✗ A) MINVALUE 0

✗ B) CYCLE

✓ C) MAXVALUE 2000

✗ D) INCREMENT BY 1

Question #85 of 165 Question ID: 1530685

The employee table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE employee

emp_id NUMBER(9)
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(20)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(20)
COMM_PCT NUMBER(2)

You need to display the commission percentage for each employee followed by a percent sign (%). If an employee
does not receive a commission, the output should display No Comm. Employee commissions do not exceed 20
percent.

Which statement should you use to achieve these results?

✓ A) None of the statements returns the desired results.

✗ B) SELECT emp_id, last_name, NVL(TO_CHAR(comm_pct||'%'), 'No

Comm')
FROM employee;

✗ C) SELECT emp_id, last_name, NVL(comm_pct||'%', 'No Comm')

FROM employee;

✗ D) SELECT emp_id, last_name, RPAD(NVL(TO_CHAR(comm_pct), 'No

Comm'), '%') FROM employee;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 58/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #86 of 165 Question ID: 1194551

Examine the structures of the DEPARTMENT and ASSET tables:

DEPARTMENT
-------------------------
DEPT_ID NUMBER(9) NOT NULL
DEPT_ABBR VARCHAR2(4)
DEPT_NAME VARCHAR2(25) NOT NULL
MGR_ID NUMBER

ASSET
-----------
ASSET_ID NUMBER(9) NOT NULL
ASSET_VALUE FLOAT
ASSET_DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2(25)
DEPT_ID NUMBER(9)

The dept_id column of the ASSET table has a foreign key constraint referencing the DEPARTMENT table. You attempt
to update the ASSET table using this statement:

UPDATE asset
SET dept_id =
(SELECT dept_id
FROM department
WHERE dept_name =
(SELECT dept_name
FROM department
WHERE dept_abbr = 'FINC')),
asset_value = 10000
WHERE asset_id = 2;

Which two of the following statements must be true for this UPDATE statement to execute without generating an
error? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Both of the subqueries used in the UPDATE statement must return one and only
one non-null value.
✗ B) An asset with an asset_id value of 2 must exist in the ASSET table.

✗ C) One of the subqueries should be removed because subqueries cannot be

nested.

✓ D) Only one row in the department table can have the same dept_name value as
the department with dept_abbr of FINC.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 59/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ E) Only one row in the department table can have a dept_abbr value of FINC.

Question #87 of 165 Question ID: 1194579

Which statement about a sequence is true?

✗ A) A sequence can only be used to create a primary key value.

✗ B) Creating a sequence causes sequence numbers to be stored in a table.

✓ C) One sequence can be used for multiple tables in the same schema.

✗ D) A sequence slows down the efficiency of accessing sequence values cached in

memory.

Question #88 of 165 Question ID: 1194473

Which three functions can be used to manipulate character column values? (Choose three.)

✗ A) ROUND

✗ B) TRUNC

✓ C) CONCAT

✓ D) RPAD

✓ E) INSTR

Question #89 of 165 Question ID: 1194566

Evaluate this CREATE TABLE statement:

CREATE TABLE customer (

customer_id NUMBER,
company_id VARCHAR2(30),
contact_name VARCHAR2(30),
contact_title VARCHAR2(20),
address VARCHAR2(30),
city VARCHAR2(25),
region VARCHAR2(10),
postal_code VARCHAR2(20),

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 60/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

country_id NUMBER DEFAULT 25,

phone VARCHAR2(20),
fax VARCHAR2(20),
credit_limit NUMBER (7,2));

Which three business requirements will this statement accomplish? (Choose three.)

✗ A) Credit limit values can be up to $1,000,000.

✓ B) The value 25 should be used if no value is provided for the country
identification when a record is inserted.

✗ C) All company identification values are only 6 digits so the column should be
fixed in length.

✓ D) Company identification values could be either numbers or characters, or a

combination of both.

✓ E) Phone number values can range from 0 to 20 characters so the column should
be variable in length.

Question #90 of 165 Question ID: 1194508

In which situation would you use a natural join?

✗ A) The tables being joined have matching columns with different names but
compatible data types.

INITCAP (name);

Review the structure and data of the emp2 table.

Structure:

Data:

What will be displayed for the output of COLUMN1 and COLUMN2?

✗ A) The value in COLUMN1 will be 3.5 and the value in COLUMN2 will be 26.

✗ B) The value in COLUMN1 will be 3.6 and the value in COLUMN2 will be 19.

✗ C) The value in COLUMN1 will be 3.6 and the value in COLUMN2 will be 26.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 62/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) None of the above will be displayed for the output.

✓ E) The value in COLUMN1 will be 3.5 and the value in COLUMN2 will be 11.

Question #93 of 165 Question ID: 1302479

Examine the following EMPLOYEE table structure and data:

EMPLOYEE table (structure):

EMPLOYEE table (data):

From the EMPLOYEE table, you must produce a sorted report that shows each employee's name and the number of
years each employee has worked for the company, with the most senior employee first. All employees were
continuously employed. Years of employment should be rounded to one decimal place.

A few employees do not yet have a hire date, so their hiredate column in the EMPLOYEE table is NULL. These
employees should be listed on the report with zero (0) years of seniority. The column representing the years of
seniority should be labeled Seniority, capitalized exactly as shown.

Which of the following SELECT statements will produce the required results?

✓ A) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

"Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

✗ B) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

"Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate DESC

✗ C) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

Seniority FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY 3

✗ D) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,2),0)

"Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 63/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #94 of 165 Question ID: 1302508

You are the database administrator for a corporate organization. You need to perform the following database
operations:

Update the designation column in the employees table for those managers for whom the
productivity_score is greater than 85 in the productivity table.
Insert a new row in the productivity_score table from the employees table for those employees who have
completed working for six months. Any employees whose ID is not yet assigned also need to be considered for
insertion.

Which of the following statements about the operators is TRUE to achieve the desired results in the most efficient
way? (Choose all that apply).

✓ A) The EXISTS operator in the UPDATE statement.

✗ B) The NOT IN operator in the INSERT statement.

✓ C) The NOT EXISTS operator in the INSERT statement.

✗ D) The IN operator in the UPDATE statement.

Question #95 of 165 Question ID: 1302486

Examine the data from the po_detail table.

You query the po_detail table and a value of 5 is returned.

Which SQL statement did you execute?

✗ A) SELECT AVG(unit_price)
FROM po_detail;

✗ B) SELECT SUM(quantity)
FROM po_detail;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 64/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT product_id)

FROM po_detail;

✗ D) SELECT COUNT(AVG(unit_price))
FROM po_detail;

✗ E) SELECT COUNT(po_num, po_line_id)

FROM po_detail;

✓ F) SELECT COUNT(*)
FROM po_detail;

Question #96 of 165 Question ID: 1302514

The employee table contains these columns:

EMPLOYEE_ID NUMBER NOT NULL

EMP_LNAME VARCHAR2(20) NOT NULL
EMP_FNAME VARCHAR2(10) NOT NULL
DEPT_ID NUMBER
SALARY NUMBER(9,2)

A user needs to retrieve information on employees who have the same department ID and salary as an employee
ID that the user will enter. You want the query results to include employees who do have a salary, but not the
employee that the user entered.

Which statement will return the desired result?

✗ A) SELECT *
FROM employee
WHERE (dept_id, salary) IN
(SELECT dept_id, NVL(salary, 0)
FROM employee
WHERE employee_id = &1);

✗ B) SELECT *
FROM employee
WHERE (department, salary) NOT IN
(SELECT department, salary)
FROM employee
WHERE employee_id = &1);

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 65/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) SELECT *
FROM employee
WHERE (dept_id, salary) IN
(SELECT dept_id, salary)
FROM employee
WHERE employee_id = &1
AND salary IS NULL);

✓ D) SELECT *
FROM employee
WHERE (dept_id, NVL(salary, 0)) IN
(SELECT dept_id, NVL(salary, 0)
FROM employee
WHERE employee_id = &&1)
AND employee_id <> &&1;

Question #97 of 165 Question ID: 1194507

Examine the structures of the product and style tables:

product
-------------------------------
PRODUCT_ID NUMBER
PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER
QTY_IN_STOCK NUMBER
QTY_ON_ORDER NUMBER
REORDER_LEVEL NUMBER

style
-------------------------------
STYLE_ID NUMBER
NAME VARCHAR2(15)
COLOR VARCHAR2(10)

You want to create a report displaying all possible product_id and style_id combinations.

Which three queries could you use? (Choose three.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 66/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product
CROSS JOIN style
ON (style_id = product_id);

✗ B) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style
JOIN product
ON style_id = product_id;

✓ C) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product
NATURAL JOIN style;

✗ D) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style
JOIN product
USING (style_id);

✓ E) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style, product;

✓ F) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product
CROSS JOIN style;

Question #98 of 165 Question ID: 1194457

For which task would you use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement?

✗ A) to display only unique product_id values

✓ B) to display only rows with a product_id value of 7382

✗ C) to designate the order table location

✗ D) to restrict the rows returned by a GROUP BY clause

Question #99 of 165 Question ID: 1302496

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 67/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You need to produce a report containing all employees and all tasks. An employee must be included on the report
even if he has no tasks assigned. All tasks, whether assigned to an employee or not, must also be included on the
report.

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✓ A) None of the options will produce the desired result.

✗ B) SELECT e.emp_lname, e.emp_fname, t.task_description,

t.est_compl_date
FROM employee e, task t

WHERE e.employee_id (+) = t.employee_id;

✗ C) SELECT e.emp_lname, e.emp_fname, t.task_description,

t.est_compl_date
FROM employee e, task t

WHERE e.employee_id = t.employee_id;

✗ D) SELECT e.emp_lname, e.emp_fname, t.task_description,

t.est_compl_date
FROM employee e, task t

WHERE e.employee_id (+) = t.employee_id (+);

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 68/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ E) SELECT e.emp_lname, e.emp_fname, t.task_description,

t.est_compl_date
FROM employee e, task t

WHERE e.employee_id = t.employee_id (+);

Question #100 of 165 Question ID: 1530702

Consider the following statement executed for an employee records database:

CREATE TABLE employee_info

(
emp_id NUMBER(5),
dept_id NUMBER(5),
designation VARCHAR(30),
salary NUMBER(5),
CONSTRAINT emp_pk PRIMARY KEY (emp_id))
ORGANIZATION INDEX
INCLUDING dept_id
OVERFLOW TABLESPACE employee_tablespace;

Which of the following statements are FALSE about the preceding statement? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) The rows are sorted based on the emp_id and the dept_id columns.

✗ B) The employee_info table is an index-organized table.

✓ C) The index block contains only the primary key emp_id.

✓ D) The employee_info table does not have an index.

Question #101 of 165 Question ID: 1194523

You create a script that contains the following query:

SELECT Fname, Lname, Salary, DepartmentID

FROM Employees
WHERE Salary = (SELECT MAX (Salary)
FROM Employees);

What type of query is it?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 69/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) Multiple column subquery

✗ B) Correlated subquery
✓ C) Single row subquery

✗ D) Multiple row subquery

Question #102 of 165 Question ID: 1302524

Your database contains the Customer and Order tables. The following graphic shows the fields of both tables:

The database administrator has determined that the Sex column in the Customer table is not relevant and has not
been used on any reports. Although this information is not needed today, it may be used in future with other
Business Intelligence tools. You need to ensure the following:

Applications that query the table do not display the sex of the customer in a report.
The column is still physically stored in the table.

What should you run?

✗ A) ALTER TABLE Customers

deallocate_unused_clause Sex

✗ B) ALTER TABLE Customers SET UNUSED Sex;

ALTER TABLE Customers DROP UNUSED COLUMNS;

✓ C) ALTER TABLE Customers SET UNUSED Sex;

✗ D) ALTER TABLE Customers

DROP COLUMN Sex

Question #103 of 165 Question ID: 1302492

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 70/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

You want to produce a report of all donors, including each donor's giving level. The donor level should be
determined based on the amount pledged by the donor.

Which SELECT statement will join these three tables and implements a non-equijoin?

✗ A) This join cannot be accomplished because the donor_level and donation

tables have no common column.

✗ B) SELECT d.donor_name, dl.level_description

FROM donor d, donor_level dl
WHERE amount_pledged BETWEEN dl.min_donation AND
dl.max_donation;

✗ C) SELECT d.donor_name, dl.level_description

FROM donor d JOIN donation dn JOIN donor_level dl
ON (donor_id) AND
ON (dn.amount_pledged BETWEEN dl.min_donation AND
dl.max_donation);

✗ D) SELECT d.donor_name, dl.level_description

FROM donor d, donation dn, donor_level dl
WHERE dn.amount_pledged BETWEEN dl.min_donation AND
dl.max_donation;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 71/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ E) SELECT d.donor_name, dl.level_description

FROM donor d JOIN donation dn
USING (donor_id) JOIN donor_level dl
ON (dn.amount_pledged BETWEEN dl.min_donation AND
dl.max_donation);

Question #104 of 165 Question ID: 1302493

Examine the structures of the patient, physician, and admission tables.

Which SQL statement will produce a list of all patients who have more than one physician?

✗ A) SELECT p.patient_id
FROM patient p
WHERE p.patient_id IN (SELECT patient_id
FROM admission
GROUP BY patient_id
HAVING COUNT(*) > 1);

✗ B) SELECT patient_id
FROM patient FULL OUTER JOIN physician;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 72/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ C) SELECT DISTINCT a.patient_id

FROM admission a, admission a2
WHERE a.patient_id = a2.patient_id
AND a.physician_id <> a2.physician_id;

✗ D) SELECT patient_id
FROM admission
WHERE COUNT(physician_id) > 1;

Question #105 of 165 Question ID: 1302503

Examine the structures of the CUSTOMER and CURR_ORDER tables:

CUSTOMER
--------------------
CUSTOMER_ID NUMBER(5)
NAME VARCHAR2(25)
CREDIT_LIMIT NUMBER(8,2)
ACCT_OPEN_DATE DATE

CURR_ORDER
-------------------------
ORDER_ID NUMBER(5)
CUSTOMER_ID NUMBER(5)
ORDER_DATE DATE
TOTAL NUMBER(8,2)

Which scenario would require a subquery to return the desired results?

✗ A) You need to determine the number of orders placed this year by the customer
with CUSTOMER_ID value 30450.

✓ B) You need to determine which customers have placed orders with amount totals
larger than the average order amount.

✗ C) You need to display the names of all the customers who placed an order today.

✗ D) You need to determine the average credit limit of all the customers who
opened an account this year.

Question #106 of 165 Question ID: 1194567

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 73/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which CREATE TABLE statements will fail? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) CREATE TABLE time* (time_id NUMBER(9));

✓ B) CREATE TABLE date (time_id NUMBER(9));

✗ C) CREATE TABLE time1 (time1 NUMBER(9));

✗ D) CREATE TABLE time (time_id NUMBER(9));

✓ E) CREATE TABLE $time (time_id NUMBER(9));

✗ F) CREATE TABLE datetime (time_id NUMBER(9));

Question #107 of 165 Question ID: 1194476

The student table contains these columns:

ID NUMBER(9)
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
ENROLL_DATE DATE

Evaluate these two statements:

Statement 1:
SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name))
FROM student
WHERE enroll_date < '31-DEC-2007';

Statement 2:
SELECT INITCAP(first_name) || INITCAP(last_name)
FROM student
WHERE enroll_date < '31-DEC-2007';

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

✗ A) The two statements will retrieve the same data, but the display format of the
returned values will differ.

✗ B) One of the statements will fail because it contains a syntax error.

✓ C) The two statements will display the same data.

✗ D) The two statements will not display the same data.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 74/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #108 of 165 Question ID: 1194461

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_PURCHASES NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)
PAYMENTS NUMBER(7,2)

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✓ A) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 -

payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ B) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) -

payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ C) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) +

finance_charge - payments
FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ D) SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments

FROM account
WHERE account_id = 543842;

Question #109 of 165 Question ID: 1157447

Which data dictionary view displays only the data dictionary views accessible to the user?

✗ A) USER_DICTIONARY

✗ B) USER_OBJECTS

✗ C) USER_VIEWS

✓ D) DICTIONARY
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 75/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ E) ALL_VIEWS

Question #110 of 165 Question ID: 1194553

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER
LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)
COST NUMBER(7,2)

You want to execute one DML statement to increase the cost of all products with a product name of Widget
Connector by 10 percent and change the cost of all products with a description of Widget C - Round to equal the
new cost of Widget Connector. Currently, all models of Widget Connectors have the same cost value.

Which statement should you execute?

✓ A) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * 1.10
FROM product
WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector')
WHERE product_name IN('Widget C - Round', 'Widget Connector');

✗ B) You cannot perform these updates using one DML statement.

✗ C) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * .10
FROM product
WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector')
WHERE product_name IN('Widget C - Round', 'Widget Connector');

✗ D) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT cost * 1.10
FROM product
WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector');

✗ E) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * 1.10
FROM product
WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector'
OR product_name = 'Widget C - Round')
WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector';

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 76/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #111 of 165 Question ID: 1194574

Which of the following conditions would allow a user to grant SELECT privileges on the customer table to everyone
using the PUBLIC keyword?

✗ A) The user has been granted the PUBLIC privilege.

✓ B) The user owns the customer table.

✗ C) The user has SELECT privileges on the customer table.

✗ D) The user has been granted the SELECT privilege with the PUBLIC OPTION.

Question #112 of 165 Question ID: 1530693

You are the database administrator in a corporate organization. Records of all employees are stored in the
employees table, while records of all retired employees are stored in the retired_employees table. You need to
remove the rows from the employees table for all the employees who have retired before 1990.

Which of the following statements should you use to achieve the desired results?

✓ A) DELETE FROM employees

WHERE emp_id IN (SELECT emp_id FROM retired_employees

WHERE retire_year<1990);

✗ B) DELETE FROM employees

WHERE emp_id NOT IN (SELECT emp_id FROM retired_employees

WHERE retire_year<1990);

✗ C) DELETE FROM retired_employees

WHERE retire_year<1990;

✗ D) DELETE FROM retired_employees

WHERE emp_id IN (SELECT emp_id FROM employees);

Question #113 of 165 Question ID: 1194547

You have a large table named TaxReference2013 that contains sales tax information that was used as reference.
You need to ensure the following:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 77/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

All records are removed from the table.

No triggers will be fired.
The removal of records will be permanent, since this was a reference table.
The TaxReference2013 table will be used to create other reference tables.
The operation will be completed as quickly as possible.

Which of the following operations should you run?

✗ A) DELETE * FROM TaxReference2013

✗ B) DELETE * FROM TaxReference2013 ON DELETE CASCADE

✗ C) DROP TABLE TaxReference2013

✓ D) TRUNCATE TABLE TaxReference2013

Question #114 of 165 Question ID: 1194539

Which set operator would you use to display the employee IDs of employees hired after January 10, 2007 in the
employee table and employee IDs of employees who have held more than one position in the emp_hist table,
eliminating any duplicate IDs?

✗ A) MINUS

✗ B) UNION ALL

✗ C) INTERSECT

✓ D) UNION

Question #115 of 165 Question ID: 1194545

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product
ORDER BY 2
INTERSECT
SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM product_history;

Which of the following results is TRUE regarding this SELECT statement?

✗ A) It will return the results sorted ascending by the category_id values returned
by both queries.
https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 78/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ B) It will return the results sorted ascending by both the product_id and
category_id values returned by the first query.

✓ C) It will return an error.

✗ D) It will return the results sorted ascending by the category_id values returned
by the first query.
✗ E) It will return the results sorted ascending by both the product_id and
category_id values returned by both queries.

Question #116 of 165 Question ID: 1194543

Evaluate the SELECT statements in the following SQL compound queries:

SELECT emp_id
FROM emp
INTERSECT
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist;

SELECT emp_id
FROM emp_hist
INTERSECT
SELECT emp_id
FROM emp;

Which statement is TRUE regarding these SQL compound queries?

✗ A) The second compound query will return a syntax error.

✗ B) The second compound query will return more results than the first.

✓ C) The results of the compound queries will be identical.

✗ D) The first compound query will return more results than the second.

Question #117 of 165 Question ID: 1530695

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT product_id, product_name, price

FROM product
WHERE supplier_id IN (SELECT supplier_id

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 79/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

FROM product
WHERE price > 120 OR qty_in_stock > 100);

Which values will be displayed?

✓ A) the product_id, product_name, and price of products supplied by a supplier

with products that are priced greater than $120.00 or with products that have a
qty_in_stock value greater than 100

✗ B) the product_id, product_name, and price of products that are priced greater
than $120.00 or that have a qty_in_stock value greater than 100

✗ C) the product_id, product_name, and price of products that are priced greater
than $120.00 and have a qty_in_stock value greater than 100

✗ D) the product_id, product_name, and price of products that are priced greater
than $120.00 or that have a qty_in_stock value greater than 100, and that
have a supplier

Question #118 of 165 Question ID: 1302499

How many values could a subquery used with the <> operator return?

✗ A) unlimited

✗ B) up to ten

✗ C) up to two

✓ D) only one

Question #119 of 165 Question ID: 1194475

The PRODUCT table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER(9)
DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2(20)
COST NUMBER(5,2)
MANUFACTURER_ID VARCHAR2(10)
QUANTITY NUMBER(5)

Evaluate these two statements:

Statement 1:
SELECT NVL(100 / quantity, 'none')FROM PRODUCT;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 80/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Statement 2:
SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(quantity), 'none') FROM PRODUCT;

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

✗ A) Both statements execute successfully.

✓ B) Statement 1 may fail because the data types are incompatible.

✗ C) Statement 1 executes, but does not display the value 'none' for null values.

✗ D) Statement 2 causes an error when quantity values are null.

Question #120 of 165 Question ID: 1302521

You disabled the PRIMARY KEY constraint on the id column in the inventory table and updated all the values in the
inventory table. You need to enable the constraint and verify that the new id column values do not violate the
constraint. If any of the id column values do not conform to the constraint, an error message should be returned.

Evaluate this statement:

ALTER TABLE inventory

ENABLE CONSTRAINT inventory_id_pk;

Which statement is true?

✓ A) The statement will achieve the desired results.

✗ B) The statement will execute, but will not enable the PRIMARY KEY constraint.

✗ C) The statement will return a syntax error.

✗ D) The statement will execute, but will not verify that values in the ID column do
not violate the constraint.

Question #121 of 165 Question ID: 1194500

Examine the structures of the employee and department tables:

employee
------------------
EMP_ID NUMBER NOT NULL PK
NAME VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL
FNAME VARCHAR(25) NOT NULL
DEPT_NO NUMBER
TITLE VARCHAR2(25)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 81/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

department
------------------------
DEPT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL PK
DEPT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

You need to produce a list of departments, including the department name, which have more than three
administrative assistants.

Which SELECT statement will produce the desired result?

✗ A) SELECT d.dept_name
FROM e.employee JOIN d.department
ON (e.dept_no = d.dept_id)
WHERE LOWER(title) = 'administrative assistant'
GROUP BY dept_name
HAVING COUNT(emp_id) > 3;

✗ B) SELECT dept_name
FROM employee JOIN department
ON employee.dept_id = department.dept_id
WHERE UPPER(title) = 'ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT'
GROUP BY dept_name
HAVING emp_id > 3;

✗ C) SELECT dept_name
FROM employee
GROUP BY dept_no
HAVING LOWER(title) = 'administrative assistant' AND COUNT(*) >
3;

✓ D) SELECT d.dept_name
FROM employee e JOIN department d
ON (e.dept_no = d.dept_id)
WHERE LOWER(title) = 'administrative assistant'
GROUP BY dept_name
HAVING COUNT(emp_id) > 3;

✗ E) SELECT dept_name
FROM employee e JOIN department d
ON (e.dept_no = d.dept_id)
WHERE LOWER(title) = 'administrative assistant'
AND COUNT(*) > 3;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 82/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ F) SELECT dept_name
FROM employee NATURAL JOIN department
WHERE LOWER(title) = 'administrative assistant'
GROUP BY dept_name
HAVING COUNT(emp_id) > 3;

Question #122 of 165 Question ID: 1302509

Which of the following statements is FALSE about the WITH clause? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The WITH clause improves the performance of the queries.

✓ B) A single WITH clause can contain only one query.

✗ C) The result set of the queries in a WITH clause is stored in the user's temporary
tablespace.

✓ D) A WITH clause can occur inside another WITH clause. .

Question #123 of 165 Question ID: 1302516

You need to create a report to display the names of customers with a credit limit greater than the average credit limit
of all customers.

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✗ A) SELECT last_name, first_name, AVG(credit_limit)

FROM customer

GROUP BY AVG(credit_limit)

HAVING credit_limit > AVG(credit_limit);

✓ B) SELECT last_name, first_name

FROM customer

WHERE credit_limit > (SELECT AVG(credit_limit)

FROM customer);

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 83/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) SELECT last_name, first_name, AVG(credit_limit)

FROM customer

GROUP BY AVG(credit_limit);

✗ D) SELECT last_name, first_name

FROM customer

WHERE credit_limit > AVG(credit_limit);

✗ E) SELECT last_name, first_name

FROM customer

WHERE credit_limit = (SELECT AVG(credit_limit)

FROM customer);

Question #124 of 165 Question ID: 1530687

The table called Customer contains a column called city, which is defined as VARCHAR2(15). The application
developer believes that a couple of cities actually are stored in a truncated manner because the name of the city,
when written out in English, is more than 15 characters. Which SELECT statement will find the customer_name and
city where all 15 characters are being used to store the name of the city?

✗ A) It is impossible to answer this question because the column city is of variable

length due to the VARCHAR2 column definition.

✗ B) SELECT customer_name, city FROM Customer WHERE LENGTH(city) >

✗ C) SELECT customer_name, city FROM Customer WHERE city(LENGTH) =

✓ D) SELECT customer_name, city FROM Customer WHERE LENGTH(city) =

Question #125 of 165 Question ID: 1194586

Consider the following statements:

CREATE TABLE login_details

(
userid VARCHAR(20),

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 84/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

password VARCHAR (20),

CONSTRAINT pk_id PRIMARY KEY (userid) USING INDEX (CREATE INDEX uid_index ON login_details
(userid))
);
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX login_index ON login_details (userid, password);
ALTER TABLE login_details MODIFY PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX login_index;
ALTER TABLE login_details DROP PRIMARY KEY;

Which of the following is TRUE regarding the login_details table?

✗ A) Only the uid_index index is dropped.

✓ B) The uid_index and the login_index indexes are not dropped.

✗ C) The uid_index and the login_index indexes are dropped.

✗ D) Only the login_index index is dropped.

Question #126 of 165 Question ID: 1194555

Examine the structures of the CURR_ORDER and LINE_ITEM tables:

CURR_ORDER
-------------------------
ORDER_ID NUMBER(9)
CUSTOMER_ID NUMBER(9)
ORDER_DATE DATE
SHIP_DATE DATE

LINE_ITEM
------------------
LINE_ITEM_ID NUMBER(9)
ORDER_ID NUMBER(9)
PRODUCT_ID NUMBER(9)
QUANTITY NUMBER(5)

The ORDER_ID column in the LINE_ITEM table has a foreign key constraint to the CURR_ORDER table.

Which statement about these two tables is TRUE?

✗ A) When a row is deleted from the LINE_ITEM table, the associated parent row in
the CURR_ORDER table is also deleted.

✗ B) To remove the constraint from the LINE_ITEM table, you must delete all the
corresponding rows in the CURR_ORDER table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 85/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) To insert a row into the CURR_ORDER table, you must insert a row into the
LINE_ITEM table.

✗ D) To delete a row from the LINE_ITEM table, you must delete the associated row
in the CURR_ORDER table.

✓ E) To delete a row from the CURR_ORDER table, you must first delete any child
rows from the LINE_ITEM table.

✗ F) To update a row in the CURR_ORDER table, the parent row must already exist in
the LINE_ITEM table.

Question #127 of 165 Question ID: 1302477

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table shown in the exhibit:

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id||'-'||line_item_id||' '||product_id||' '||quantity "Purchase"

FROM line_item;

Which component of the SELECT statement is a literal?

✗ A) quantity

✗ B) ||

✗ C) "Purchase"

✓ D) '-'

Question #128 of 165 Question ID: 1302501

Which construct can be used to return data based on an unknown condition?

✗ A) a WHERE clause with an OR condition

✗ B) a GROUP BY clause

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 86/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ C) a subquery
✗ D) an ORDER BY clause

Question #129 of 165 Question ID: 1194582

You use the following to create the sequence (line numbers are for reference only):

1 CREATE SEQUENCE customers_seq

2 START WITH 9
3 INCREMENT BY 2
4 MAXVALUE 1000000
5 CYCLE
6 CACHE 5

You run the following after creating the sequence:

SQL> SELECT customers_seq.nextval FROM DUAL

Which value will be retrieved?

✗ A) 7

✓ B) 9
✗ C) 5

✗ D) 11

Question #130 of 165 Question ID: 1194460

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT order_num, &order_date

FROM &&ordertbl
WHERE order_date = '&order_date';

Which statement regarding the execution of this statement is true?

✗ A) An error will occur when executing this statement because substitution

variables must be unique within a SELECT statement.

✓ B) The user will be prompted for the table name only the first time the statement
is executed in a session.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 87/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) An error will occur when executing this statement because substitution

variables are not allowed in a WHERE clause.

✗ D) The user will be prompted for the table name each time the statement is
executed in a session.
✗ E) The user will be prompted for all values in the select list each time the
statement is executed in a session.

Question #131 of 165 Question ID: 1302460

You create an entity relationship diagram (ERD) based on an existing database:

Which of the following statements are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) Every region has at least one and at most one country.

✓ B) Every department can have one or many employees.

✗ C) Every location can have one or many countries.

✗ D) Every job history can have one or many employees.

✓ E) Every manager can have one or many employees.

✓ F) Every manager can have one or many departments.

Question #132 of 165 Question ID: 1194499

Which two statements about the evaluation of clauses in a SELECT statement are true? (Choose two.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 88/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ A) The Oracle Server will evaluate a WHERE clause before a GROUP BY clause.

✗ B) The Oracle Server will evaluate an ORDER BY clause before a HAVING clause.

✗ C) The Oracle Server will evaluate a HAVING clause before a WHERE clause.

✗ D) The Oracle Server will evaluate an ORDER BY clause before a WHERE clause.

✓ E) The Oracle Server will evaluate a GROUP BY clause before a HAVING clause.

Question #133 of 165 Question ID: 1194487

The employee table contains a column called first_name and a column called last_name. Both columns have
been defined as VARCHAR2(25). You want to create a username for the employee that is comprised of all lowercase
characters. It will be derived by taking the first character of the first name followed by the full last name. As an
example, if first_name is jOhn and the last_name is sMitH, the username would be jsmith.

However, there is an 8-character maximum for usernames. Which one of the following SELECT statements will
correctly produce the username for each employee? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) SELECT first_name, last_name,

LOWER(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1))||LOWER(SUBSTR(last_name,1,7))
username FROM employee e1

✗ B) SELECT first_name, last_name,

LOWER(CONCAT(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1)||SUBSTR(last_name,1,7)))
username FROM employee e5

✗ C) SELECT first_name, last_name,LOWER(CONCAT(

LTRIM(first_name,1),SUBSTR(last_name,1,7) username FROM
employee e2

✓ D) SELECT first_name,
last_name,CONCAT(LOWER(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1)),LOWER(SUBSTR(last_name,1,7))
) username FROM employee e4

✓ E) SELECT first_name, last_name,

LOWER(CONCAT(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1),SUBSTR(last_name,1,7)))
username FROM employee e3

Question #134 of 165 Question ID: 1194435

The account table contains these columns:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 89/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)
NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)
FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

With the least amount of effort, you want to display all of the rows in the account table.

Which query should you use?

✗ A) SELECT all
FROM account;

✗ B) SELECT any
FROM account;

✓ C) SELECT *
FROM account;

✗ D) SELECT account_id, new_balance, prev_balance, finance_charge

FROM account;

Question #135 of 165 Question ID: 1194546

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT emp_id "Employee", dept_id "Department"

FROM emp
INTERSECT
SELECT emp_id employee, dept_id department
FROM emp
WHERE dept_id >100
MINUS
SELECT emp_id "Employee", dept_id "Department"
FROM emp
WHERE dept_id <> 200
ORDER BY 2;

Which of the following statements is true?

✓ A) The statement will return the results sorted by the dept_id values in the first
query.
✗ B) The statement will return the results sorted by the dept_id values in the third
query.

✗ C) The statement will return an error.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 90/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) The statement will return the results sorted by the dept_id values in the
second query.

Question #136 of 165 Question ID: 1194494

Seniority is based on the number of years a student has been enrolled at the university. You must create a report
that displays each student's name, ID number, and the number of years enrolled. The years enrolled must be
rounded to a whole number, based on the number of months from the date enrolled until today.

Which statement produces the required results?

✓ A) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id",

enroll_date,
ROUND(MONTHS_BETWEEN(SYSDATE, enroll_date) / 12) "Seniority"
FROM student;

✗ B) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id",

enroll_date,
TRUNC(SYSDATE, 'YY') - TRUNC(enroll_date, 'YY') "Seniority"
FROM student;

✗ C) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id",

enroll_date, ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date) "Seniority"
FROM student;

✗ D) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id",

enroll_date,
(ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date)) / 12 "Seniority"
FROM student;

Question #137 of 165 Question ID: 1194559

Which action will cause an automatic rollback?

✓ A) a system crash
✗ B) exiting the session without first committing the changes

✗ C) a GRANT statement

✗ D) a subsequent DML statement

✗ E) a CREATE statement

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 91/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ F) a SAVEPOINT statement

Question #138 of 165 Question ID: 1302475

Examine the data in the TEACHER table.

You want to query the TEACHER table and display the following results:

Name Subject
------------------------------------- -------------------
Jones, Karen HST_REVOL
Hopewell, Mary Elizabeth HST_RELIG

What should you use to query the TEACHER table?

✗ A) SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Name", subject_id "Subject"

FROM teacher
WHERE subject_id = 'HST\_R%';

✗ B) SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Name", subject_id "Subject"

FROM teacher
WHERE subject_id LIKE '%HST\_R%' ESC '\';

✓ C) SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Name", subject_id "Subject"

FROM teacher
WHERE subject_id LIKE 'HST\_R%' ESCAPE '\';

✗ D) SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Name", subject_id "Subject"

FROM teacher
WHERE subject_id LIKE 'HST_%';

Question #139 of 165 Question ID: 1194495

The EMPLOYEE table contains these columns:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 92/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

EMP_ID NUMBER(9)
FNAME VARCHAR2(25)
LNAME VARCHAR(30)
SALARY NUMBER(7,2)
BONUS NUMBER(5,2)
DEPT_ID NUMBER(9)

You need to calculate the average bonus for all the employees in each department. The average should be
calculated based on all the rows in the table, even if some employees do not receive a bonus.

Which group function should you use to calculate this value?

✗ A) MAX

✗ B) SUM

✗ C) AVERAGE

✗ D) COUNT

✓ E) AVG

✗ F) MEAN

Question #140 of 165 Question ID: 1302487

Examine the data in the WORKORDER table.

The WORKORDER table contains these columns:

WO_ID NUMBER PK
CUST_ID NUMBER
REQUIRED_DT DATE
COMPL_DT DATE
AMOUNT NUMBER(7,2)

Which statement regarding the use of aggregate functions on the WORKORDER table is TRUE?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 93/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) Using the SUM aggregate function with the AMOUNT column is allowed in any
portion of a SELECT statement.

✗ B) Using the SUM aggregate function on the AMOUNT column will result in
erroneous results because the column contains null values.

✓ C) Using the AVG aggregate function on the AMOUNT column ignores null values.

✗ D) Grouping on the REQUIRED_DT and COMPL_DT columns is not allowed.

✗ E) Using the AVG aggregate function with any column in the table is allowed.

✗ F) Using the MIN aggregate function on the COMPL_DT column will return a null
value.

Question #141 of 165 Question ID: 1530692

Consider the following UPDATE statement:

UPDATE books
SET price=price+100, royalty=royalty*1.25, (book_type, publication)=(SELECT category,
publication FROM authors WHERE author_rank=1)
WHERE author_id= (SELECT author_id FROM authors WHERE author_rank=1);

Which of the following statements are TRUE about the UPDATE statement? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) royalty is increased by 25% for all the books by the top author.

✓ B) publication is updated for books by the top author.

✗ C) price is increased by 100 for all the books.

✗ D) book_type is updated for all the books.

Question #142 of 165 Question ID: 1302463

You are designing a database that your company will use to record its daily business activities. A fragment of the
database is shown in the following image:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 94/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

The database must comply with the following business rules:

Each sales transaction must appear in exactly one invoice.

Sales transactions are allowed only with registered customers.
Only registered products can be sold.
Each product must belong to a single registered category.

You are planning to enforce these rules by using foreign keys. Where should you define the foreign keys? (Select all
that apply.)

✓ A) On the Inventory table that references the Categories table

✗ B) On the Categories table that references the Inventory table

✓ C) On the Invoices table that references the Customers table

✓ D) On the Sales table that references the Invoices table

✗ E) On the Customers table that references the Invoices table

✗ F) On the Invoices table that references the Sales table

✓ G) On the Sales table that references the Inventory table

Question #143 of 165 Question ID: 1194510

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT c.customer_id, o.order_id, o.order_date, p.product_name

FROM customer c, curr_order o, product p
WHERE customer.customer_id = curr_order.customer_id
AND o.product_id = p.product_id
ORDER BY o.order_amount;

This statement fails when executed.

Which change will correct the problem?

✗ A) Include the order_amount column in the SELECT list.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 95/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ B) Use the table name in the ORDER BY clause.

✗ C) Remove the table alias from the ORDER BY clause and use only the column
name.
✗ D) Remove the table aliases from the WHERE clause.

✓ E) Use the table aliases instead of the table names in the WHERE clause.

Question #144 of 165 Question ID: 1194482

The current date is January 1, 2009. You need to store this date value:

19-OCT-99

Which statement about the date format for this value is TRUE?

✓ A) The RR date format will interpret the year as 1999, and the YY date format will
interpret the year as 2099.
✗ B) Both the YY and RR date formats will interpret the year as 2099.

✗ C) The RR date format will interpret the year as 2099, and the YY date format will
interpret the year as 1999.

✗ D) Both the YY and RR date formats will interpret the year as 1999.

Question #145 of 165 Question ID: 1194578

Which of the following objects are NOT contained in a schema? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) Table

✓ B) Roles
✓ C) Users

✗ D) Synonym
✓ E) Tablespaces

✗ F) Index
✗ G) View

Question #146 of 165 Question ID: 1530703

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 96/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Which of the following operations CANNOT be undone by the FLASHBACK statement? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) DROP TABLE employees PURGE;

✓ B) ALTER TABLE employees ADD CONSTRAINT empcheck CHECK

(salary>1000);

✗ C) DROP TABLE employees;

✓ D) TRUNCATE TABLE employees;

Question #147 of 165 Question ID: 1194587

You maintain the database for a retail shop that is offering 25% discounts on FMCG products. To store data about
the discount in the database, you execute the following statement:

UPDATE products
SET price=price*0.25
WHERE producttype='FMCG';

COMMIT;

Thirty minutes later, you realize that you have stored the wrong discounted prices. To revert back, you execute the
following statements:

FLASHBACK TABLE products

TO TIMESTAMP (SYSTIMESTAMP - INTERVAL '32' MINUTE);

The system responds with the message "Flashback complete."

UPDATE products
SET price=price*0.75
WHERE producttype='FMCG';

COMMIT;

Later, the manager of the shop decides to offer a discount of 50%, instead of 25%, on the original price. You
execute the following statement:

ROLLBACK;

UPDATE products
SET price=price*0.50
WHERE producttype='FMCG';

COMMIT;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 97/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

For the purpose of this scenario, assume that row movement has been enabled on the products table. Which of
the following statements is correct?

✓ A) The final value of the price column is 37.5% of the original value for price.

✗ B) The final value of the price column is 12.5% of the original value for price.

✗ C) The final value of the price column is 25% of the original value for price.

✗ D) The final value of the price column is 50% of the original value for price.

Question #148 of 165 Question ID: 1302482

Examine the data in the line_item table.

You query the database and return the value 23.

Which SELECT statement did you use?

✗ A) SELECT SUBSTR(product_id, 3, -2)

FROM line_item
WHERE line_item_id = 2
AND order_id = 1494;

✗ B) SELECT SUBSTR(product_id, -3, 2)

FROM line_item
WHERE line_item_id = 2
AND order_id = 1494;

✗ C) SELECT SUBSTR(product_id, 3)
FROM line_item
WHERE line_item_id = 2
AND order_id = 1494;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 98/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ D) SELECT SUBSTR(product_id, 3, 2)
FROM line_item
WHERE line_item_id = 2
AND order_id = 1494;

Question #149 of 165 Question ID: 1302468

Examine the structure of the line_item table.

You must display the order number, line item number, product identification number, and quantity of each item
where the quantity ranges from 10 through 100. The order numbers must be in the range of 1500 through 1575. The
results must be sorted by order number from lowest to highest, and then further sorted by quantity from highest to
lowest.

Which statement should you use to display the desired results?

✗ A) SELECT order_id, line_item_id, product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE quantity BETWEEN 9 AND 101
AND order_id BETWEEN 1500 AND 1575
ORDER BY order_id DESC, quantity DESC;

✗ B) SELECT order_id, line_item_id, product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE (quantity > 10 AND quantity < 100)
AND order_id BETWEEN 1500 AND 1575
ORDER BY order_id ASC, quantity;

✓ C) SELECT order_id, line_item_id, product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE quantity BETWEEN 10 AND 100
AND order_id BETWEEN 1500 AND 1575
ORDER BY order_id, quantity DESC;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 99/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) SELECT order_id, line_item_id, product_id, quantity

FROM line_item
WHERE (quantity > 9 OR quantity < 101)
AND order_id BETWEEN 1500 AND 1575
ORDER BY order_id, quantity;

Question #150 of 165 Question ID: 1157445

An external table named contract_employees provides data for the employees table in a database. The following
statement is executed for the external table:

DROP TABLE contract_employees;

Which of the following statements is TRUE about the DROP TABLE statement?

✓ A) The DROP TABLE statement removes only the metadata of the external table
from the database.
✗ B) The DROP TABLE statement removes neither the external table nor its
metadata from the database.
✗ C) The DROP TABLE statement removes the external table and its metadata from
the database.

✗ D) The DROP TABLE statement removes only the external table from the
database.

Question #151 of 165 Question ID: 1302483

Examine the following EMPLOYEE table structure and data:

Employee table (structure):

EMPLOYEE table (data):

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 100/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

From the EMPLOYEE table, you must produce a report that shows each employee's name and the number of years
each employee has worked for the company. Assume continuous employment since their hire dates. For this report,
the employees should be sorted such that the person with the most seniority is first. Years of employment should be
rounded to one decimal place.

A few employees do not yet have a hire date because they just received a job offer and an actual HIREDATE has not
yet been determined. Consequently, the HIREDATE column in the EMPLOYEE table is NULL. These employees should
be listed on the report with zero (0) years of seniority. The column representing the years of seniority should be
labeled Seniority, capitalized exactly as shown.

Which of the following SELECT statements will produce the required results?

✓ A) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

"Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

✗ B) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

"Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate DESC

✗ C) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((HIREDATE -

SYSDATE)/365),1),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

✗ D) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0)

Seniority FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY 3

Question #152 of 165 Question ID: 1194581

The account table contains these columns:

account_id NUMBER(12)
finance_charge NUMBER(7,2)
prev_balance NUMBER(7,2)
payments NUMBER(7,2)
new_purchases NUMBER(7,2)

You created the account_id_seq sequence to generate sequential values for the account_id column.

You issue this statement:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 101/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

ALTER TABLE account

MODIFY (finance_charge NUMBER(8,2));

Which statement about the account_id_seq sequence is true?

✗ A) The sequence is dropped.

✗ B) The sequence is reverted to its minimum value.

✗ C) The precision of the sequence is changed.

✓ D) The sequence is unchanged.

Question #153 of 165 Question ID: 1302518

You need to display the product IDs for current products that were released before January 1, 2008 and were sold
after July 10, 2008.

Which two SELECT statements will return the desired results? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate
solution.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 102/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) SELECT product_id
FROM current_products
UNION
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE release_date < TO_DATE('01-JAN-2008')
UNION
SELECT product_id
FROM line_item
WHERE sale_date <= TO_DATE('10-JUL-2008');

✓ B) SELECT product_id
FROM current_products
INTERSECT
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE release_date < TO_DATE('01-JAN-2008')
MINUS
SELECT product_id
FROM line_item
WHERE sale_date <= TO_DATE('10-JUL-2008');

✓ C) SELECT product_id
FROM current_products
INTERSECT
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE release_date < TO_DATE('01-JAN-2008')
INTERSECT
SELECT product_id
FROM line_item
WHERE sale_date > TO_DATE('10-JUL-2008');

✗ D) SELECT product_id
FROM current_products
UNION
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE release_date < TO_DATE('01-JAN-2008')
UNION
SELECT product_id
FROM line_item
WHERE sale_date >= TO_DATE('10-JUL-2008');

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 103/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ E) SELECT product_id
FROM current_products
UNION
SELECT product_id
FROM product_develop
WHERE release_date < TO_DATE('01-JAN-2008')
MINUS
SELECT product_id
FROM line_item
WHERE sale_date >= TO_DATE('10-JUL-2008');

Question #154 of 165 Question ID: 1530690

Examine the data from the class and instructor tables.

You have been asked to produce a report of all instructors, including the classes taught by each instructor. All
instructors must be included on the report, even if they are not currently assigned to teach classes.

Which two SELECT statements could you use? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✓ A) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i LEFT OUTER JOIN class c
ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id)
ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✗ B) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i NATURAL JOIN class c
ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id);

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 104/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ C) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c;

✗ D) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM class c LEFT OUTER JOIN instructor i
ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id)
ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✓ E) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c
WHERE i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id (+)
ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✗ F) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c
WHERE i.instructor_id (+) = c.instructor_id
ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

Question #155 of 165 Question ID: 1302472

Examine the data in the TEACHER table.

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT last_name||', '||first_name

FROM teacher
WHERE subject_id != NULL
ORDER BY last_name;

Which value is displayed FIRST when this query is executed?

✗ A) Jones, Karen

✗ B) Smith, Ellen

✗ C) Hann, Jeff

✗ D) Hopewell, Mary Elizabeth

✓ E) No value is displayed.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 105/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ F) Tsu, Ming

Question #156 of 165 Question ID: 1194548

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER NOT NULL
LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)
COST NUMBER(5,2)
QTY_IN_STOCK NUMBER(4)
LAST_ORDER_DT DATE DEFAULT SYSDATE NOT NULL

Which INSERT statement will execute successfully?

✗ A) INSERT INTO product

VALUES (10,'Ladder-back Chair', NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
DEFAULT);

✗ B) INSERT INTO product

VALUES (10,'Ladder-back Chair', 5, 59.99, 37.32 , 10000,
DEFAULT);

✗ C) INSERT INTO product(product_id, supplier_id, list_price,

last_order_dt)
VALUES (10, 5, 65.99);

✓ D) INSERT INTO product

VALUES (10,'Ladder-back Chair', 5, 59.99, 37.32 , 2, DEFAULT);

✗ E) INSERT INTO product

VALUES (10,'Ladder-back Chair', 5, 59.99, 37.32 , 1000, 10-JAN-
08);

Question #157 of 165 Question ID: 1302498

Which two statements regarding the valid use of single-row and multiple-row subqueries are true? (Choose two.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 106/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ A) Multiple-row subqueries can be used with both single-row and multiple-row

operators.
✗ B) Multiple-row subqueries can be used with the LIKE operator.

✗ C) Single- and multiple-row subqueries can be used with the BETWEEN operator.

✗ D) Single-row subqueries can only be used in a WHERE clause.

✓ E) Single-row operators can only be used with single-row subqueries.

✓ F) Multiple-row subqueries can be used in a WHERE clause and the INTO portion of
an INSERT statement.

Question #158 of 165 Question ID: 1157448

Which privilege is an object privilege?

✓ A) CREATE INDEX

✗ B) CREATE SESSION

✗ C) DROP USER

✗ D) SELECT ANY TABLE

Question #159 of 165 Question ID: 1302476

Which SELECT statement should you use to limit the display of account information to those accounts with a finance
charge greater than $75.00?

✗ A) SELECT account_id, new_balance, finance_charge

FROM account
HAVING finance_charge > 75.00;

✓ B) SELECT account_id, new_balance, finance_charge

FROM account
WHERE finance_charge > 75.00;

✗ C) SELECT account_id, new_balance, finance_charge

FROM account
GROUP BY finance_charge > 75.00;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 107/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✗ D) SELECT account_id, new_balance, finance_charge

FROM account
WHERE finance_charge > 75.00
GROUP BY finance_charge;

Question #160 of 165 Question ID: 1194485

The student table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE student

ID NUMBER(9)
LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)
ENROLL_DATE DATE

You need to display the enroll_date values in this format:

25th of February 2011

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✗ A) SELECT enroll_date('DDspth "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✓ B) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'ddth "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✗ C) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDTH "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✗ D) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDspth 'of' Month YYYY')

FROM student;

Question #161 of 165 Question ID: 1194561

Which two statements about a column are true? (Choose two.)

✓ A) You cannot specify the column's position when adding a new column to a
table.
✗ B) You cannot convert a CHAR data type column to the VARCHAR2 data type.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 108/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

✓ C) You cannot modify the data type of a column if the column contains non-null
data.

✗ D) You cannot increase the width of a VARCHAR2 column.

✗ E) You cannot decrease the width of a CHAR column.

Question #162 of 165 Question ID: 1194432

Which type of statement allows you to modify attributes of a schema object without affecting database users
accessing that object?

✗ A) System control
✓ B) DDL
✗ C) DML

✗ D) Session control

Question #163 of 165 Question ID: 1302484

Which three statements concerning explicit data type conversions are TRUE? (Choose three.)

✗ A) A number value may be converted to a date value using the TO_DATE function.

✗ B) A number value may be converted to a character value using the TO_NUMBER

function.
✓ C) A date value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR
function.
✓ D) A number value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR
function.

✗ E) A date value may be converted to a character value using the TO_DATE

function.
✗ F) A date value may be converted to a number value using the TO_NUMBER
function.

✓ G) A character value may be converted to a date value using the TO_DATE

function.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/94194986?testId=292454428 109/111
24/04/2024 15:01 1Z0-071 Exam Simulation

Question #164 of 165 Question ID: 1302485

z.admit_date

FROM patient x JOIN admission z

ON (x.patient_id = z.patient_id)

JOIN physician y

ON (y.physician_id = z.physician_id);

✓ B) SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",

z.admit_date

FROM patient x, physician y, admission z

WHERE x.patient_id = z.patient_id

AND y.physician_id = z.physician_id;

✗ C) SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",

z.admit_date

FROM patient x JOIN physician y

ON (x.patient_id = z.patient_id)

JOIN admission z

ON (y.physician_id = z.physician_id);

✗ D) SELECT last_name || ', ' || first_name as "Patient Name",

last_name || ', ' || first_name as "Physician Name",

admit_date

FROM patient NATURAL JOIN admission NATURAL JOIN physician;

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 1/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
To create a report containing the patient name, physician name, and admission date, you must join all three tables using equijoins. When joining two or more tables using
equijoins, you can use standard Oracle syntax by including the join condition in the WHERE clause, or you can use SQL: 1999 syntax using a JOIN...ON, a JOIN...USING, or
a NATURAL JOIN. In the given scenario, you could either use the statement that joins the three tables by specifying the join condition in the WHERE clause, or you could use the
statement that joins the three tables using the JOIN...ON syntax. In contrast, a non-equijoin is when you perform a matching of column values from separate tables using an
inequality. This causes a match to be found when an expression using an inequality operator employed for the join results in TRUE.

When joining more than two tables using an ON clause, the joins are evaluated from left to right. Additionally, a column cannot be referenced until after the column's table has
been specified. Therefore, the correct statement using the JOIN...ON syntax must join the PATIENT and ADMISSION tables first, and then join the PHYSICIAN table.

The option that uses the JOIN...ON syntax but joins the PATIENT and PHYSICIAN tables first is incorrect because the ON clauses do not correspond with the appropriate join.

The option that joins the tables using natural joins is incorrect. Natural joins join tables based on all columns in the two tables that have the same name. Because the PATIENT
and PHYSICIAN tables both contain columns named FIRST_NAME and last_name, a natural join would join the two tables based on both of these columns and would only
return patients and physicians who had the same name.

The following statement would create the same result with a USING clause:

SELECT x.last_name || ', ' || x.first_name as "Patient Name",

y.last_name || ', ' || y.first_name as "Physician Name",

z.admit_date

FROM patient x JOIN admission z

USING(patient_id)

JOIN physician y

USING (physician_id);

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Non equijoins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #2 of 190 Question ID: 1609077

The teacher table contains these columns:

ID NUMBER(9) Primary Key

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

SUBJECT_ID NUMBER(9)

Which query should you use to display only the full name of each teacher along with the identification number of the subject each teacher is responsible for teaching?

✓ A) SELECT last_name, first_name, subject_id

FROM teacher;

✗ B) SELECT *
FROM teacher;

✗ C) SELECT last_name, first_name, id

FROM teacher;

✗ D) SELECT last_name, subject_id

FROM teacher;

Explanation

You should use the following query to display only the full name of each teacher along with the identification number of the subject each teacher is responsible for teaching:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 2/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
SELECT last_name, first_name, subject_id

FROM teacher;

To restrict the columns displayed to last_name, first_name, and subject_id, you should place only these columns in the SELECT list. You should place the columns you
want to display in the order you want them displayed and separate them with commas.

You should not use the statement that uses an asterisk (*) in the SELECT list because this statement returns all of the columns in the teacher table. It returns all of the
information requested, the full name as well as the subject identification, but it also includes the identification number of the teacher, which is not a part of the desired results.

You should not use the statement that includes only the last_name and subject_id columns in the SELECT list because this statement does not return the full name, as
required in this scenario. The full name consists of the last_name and the first_name columns.

You should not use the statement that includes the last_name, first_name, and id columns in the SELECT list because this statement does not include the subject
identification. Instead, it includes the teacher identification number, id, which is not a part of the desired results.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Limiting Rows Returned in a SQL Statement

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #3 of 190 Question ID: 1598858

You are working in your production database and find that the permanent tablespace TS1 needs to be dropped. TS1 is a tablespace that you previously created to store
database objects for several database users. You issue the following statement:

SQL> DROP TABLESPACE TS1 INCLUDING CONTENTS;

You receive an error stating the tablespace cannot be dropped.

What could be the reason for this error?

✗ A) The datafiles in the tablespace are online.

✗ B) The tablespace has data contained in it.

✗ C) The tablespace is online.

✗ D) The tablespace has been locked.

✓ E) The objects in the tablespace are in use.

Explanation

The reason for this error could be that the objects in the TS1 tablespace are in use. If you need to drop a tablespace, the tablespace must be offline, or the tablespace must
not have any active segments. The tablespace can be dropped when it is online. However, no objects contained in the tablespace can be in use.

A tablespace can be dropped when it is online.

A tablespace cannot be locked.

A tablespace can be dropped even if it contains data by using the INCLUDING CONTENTS clause in the DROP TABLESPACE statement.

A tablespace can be dropped even if the datafiles in the tablespace are online. However, the segments in the tablespace to be dropped should not be active.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Managing Table Data Storage

References:

DROP TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/DROP-TABLESPACE.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 3/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Question #4 of 190 Question ID: 1609119

The STUDENT table contains these columns:

STU_ID NUMBER(9) NOT NULL

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25) NOT NULL

DOB DATE

STU_TYPE_ID VARCHAR2(1) NOT NULL

ENROLL_DATE DATE

You create another table, named PT_STUDENT, with an identical structure. You want to insert all part-time students, who have a STU_TYPE_ID value of P, into the new table.
You execute this INSERT statement:

INSERT INTO pt_student

(SELECT stu_id, last_name, first_name, dob, sysdate

FROM student

WHERE UPPER(stu_type_id) = 'P');

What is the result of executing this INSERT statement?

✗ A) An error occurs because the PT_STUDENT table already exists.

✗ B) An error occurs because you cannot use a subquery in an INSERT statement.

✗ C) An error occurs because both the STU_TYPE_ID and ENROLL_DATE columns are not included in the subquery select
list.
✓ D) An error occurs because the STU_TYPE_ID column is not included in the subquery select list.

✗ E) All part-time students are inserted into the PT_STUDENT table.

✗ F) An error occurs because the INSERT statement does not contain a VALUES clause.

Explanation

When executing the given INSERT statement, an ORA-00947: not enough values error occurs because the STU_TYPE_ID column is not included in the subquery select list.
When using a subquery to insert rows from one table into another table, the number and data types of the columns being inserted must match the number and data types of
the columns returned by the subquery. In the given INSERT statement, no column list was included. This implies that all columns in the table will be inserted. The subquery in
the statement, returns values for the STU_ID, last_name, and DOB columns, and uses SYSDATE for the ENROLL_DATE column. The STU_TYPE_ID column, however, is
not included, and an error occurs.

All part-time students are not inserted into the PT_STUDENT table because this statement generates an error. If the select list of the subquery had included the
STU_TYPE_ID column or a character constant had been included to give this column a value, all part-time students would have been inserted into the PT_STUDENT table.

The option stating that an error occurs because the PT_STUDENT table already exists is incorrect. In fact, to use a table in the INTO portion of a SELECT statement, the
table must exist. You can, however, use a subquery in a CREATE TABLE statement to create the table and insert records if needed.

The option stating that an error occurs because you cannot use a subquery in an INSERT statement is incorrect. Subqueries can be used both in the INTO portion of a
SELECT statement and as a substitute for a VALUES clause in an INSERT statement.

The option stating that an error occurs because the INSERT statement does not contain a VALUES clause is incorrect. When including a subquery for the values to be
inserted, the subquery replaces the VALUES clause.

The option stating that an error occurs because both the STU_TYPE_ID and ENROLL_DATE columns are not included in the subquery select list is incorrect because a valid
date value, namely SYSDATE, was provided for the ENROLL_DATE column. Therefore, the ENROLL_DATE column is not a problem in this INSERT statement.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Managing Database Transactions

References:

INSERT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/INSERT.html#SQLRF55061

Question #5 of 190 Question ID: 1598796

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 4/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Which of the following third party services creates a viable and secure connection to an Oracle database using a Cybersafe Active Trust?

✗ A) RADIUS
✓ B) Kerberos
✗ C) Oracle Internet Directory

✗ D) Oracle Wallet Manager

Explanation

Kerberos is one of several options for authentication using a third party service. Using Kerberos authentication, you can store passwords in a central location, create database
links, and create a single sign on solution. Kerberos authentication can use a Kerberos authentication server or Cybersafe Active Trust, which is a commercial Kerberos-
based authentication server.

You can authenticate to an Oracle database using a public key infrastructure (PKI), RADIUS, and other types of directory based services, but only Kerberos uses Cybersafe
Active Trust.

RADIUS is a widely used third-party protocol that can allow users to authenticate to the Oracle database server with SecurID token cards, smart cards, and One-Time
Password Specification (OTPS).

Oracle Internet Directory is an authentication solution that uses LDAP to store user information within a distributed environment.

Oracle Wallet Manager is considered a structure that houses user certificates, trust points, and private key information for users authenticating on a network for connecting
into an Oracle database.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Administering User Authentication Methods

References:

Configuring Kerberos Authentication

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23//dbseg/configuring-kerberos-authentication.html

Question #6 of 190 Question ID: 1598849

Which statement about the shared SQL or private SQL area of the library cache is TRUE?

✗ A) Only one private SQL area can be allocated at a time.

✗ B) The shared SQL area is allocated at instance startup.

✗ C) The shared SQL area is associated with only one private SQL area.
✓ D) The shared SQL area is stored in the library cache in the shared pool.

Explanation

The shared SQL area is stored in the library cache of the shared pool and is shared among users. The shared SQL area contains the SQL statement's parse tree and
execution plan. If another session executes the same SQL statement, this information about the SQL statement can be used without having to reparse the SQL statement.
Each time a different SQL statement is executed, a private SQL area is also allocated, but these are specific to the session, and each user has a copy. The private SQL area
is stored in the PGA in a dedicated server environment, and in the library cache in a shared server environment. The private SQL area contains information specific to the
query, such as query execution information and bind variables.

Each time a user in a session executes a different SQL statement, a new private SQL area is allocated. You should note that a user process can allocate a maximum number
of private SQL areas, which is defined by the value of the OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter.

The option that states the shared SQL area is associated with only one private SQL area is incorrect. The shared SQL area can be associated with multiple private SQL
areas. A SQL statement might have only one shared SQL area, but several users can be issuing the same statement. In that scenario, the shared SQL area would be shared,
but each user would have an individual private SQL area for the statement.

The option that states the shared SQL area is allocated at instance startup is incorrect. The shared SQL area is allocated when a new SQL statement is executed, and Oracle
cannot find an existing shared SQL area for the statement.

The option that states only one private SQL area can be allocated at a time is incorrect. Each user may have more than one private SQL allocated if executing different SQL
statements.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 5/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Comparing Dedicated and Shared Server Configurations

References:

Memory Architecture

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle///oracle-database/23/cncpt/memory-architecture.html

Question #7 of 190 Question ID: 1609064

You run the following statement:

CREATE TABLESPACE user_data_tbs DATAFILE '/u01/oracle/data/user_data_tbs01.dbf'

SIZE 75M

EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL

SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

What is the result?

✓ A) The tablespace will be created using bitmaps to manage free space within the tablespace segments.
✗ B) The tablespace will be created, but the default uses a manual approach for the management of segment space.
✗ C) The tablespace will be created using freelists to manage free space within the tablespace segments.

✗ D) The CREATE TABLESPACE statement has a syntax error and will not create a tablespace.

Explanation

When you execute the statement, the tablespace will be created using bitmaps to manage free space within the tablespace segments.

When you use the storage options SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO in a CREATE TABLESPACE statement that has a locally managed tablespace, it will
automatically manage free space using a bitmap. This is considered the new default option for creating permanent tablespaces as compared to the manual option.

You should remember that the AUTO option uses bitmaps to manage the segment free space, while the MANUAL option uses freelists. Oracle recommends using the AUTO
option because of its ability to self-tune as the tablespace grows and objects are added.

The tablespace will not be created using freelists to manage free space within the tablespace segments. Freelists are only used when you the MANUAL option with the
SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT clause.

The tablespace will be created, but the default uses a manual approach for the management of segment space. The default option for segment management is not manual
but is the auto option SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO.

The CREATE TABLESPACE statement does not have a syntax error.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deploying Oracle Database Space Management Features

References:

Managing Tablespaces

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/admin/managing-tablespaces.html

Question #8 of 190 Question ID: 1598880

Which of these SQL language commands will you use when you need to replace a null value with a string a query’s results?

✗ A) NULLIF
✗ B) SET VERIFY
✗ C) COALESCE

✓ D) NVL

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 6/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You will use the NVL command for replacing null (blank) values with a specified string within a query’s results. When the value in the first parameter supplied to the NVL
command is null, the function will return the value specified in the second parameter as illustrated below:

SQL> SELECT name, NVL(exp, ‘ZERO’) AS output FROM employees ORDER BY name;

You will not use NULLIF as this command is used to compare two expressions and returns null if the two expressions are equal.

You will not use COALESCE as this command is used to ingest two arguments and return the first argument which does not have a null value.

You do not use the SET VERIFY command as this used for toggling between the output of a command before and after substitution variables are replaced with values by
SQL*Plus.

Objective:
Using Conversion Functions and Conditional Expressions

Sub-Objective:
Applying the NVL, NULLIF, and COALESCE functions to data

References:

NVL

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/NVL.html

Question #9 of 190 Question ID: 1609056

Which of the following resource parameters represents the number of days an account will be locked after a number of pre-defined and failed login attempts?

✗ A) INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME
✗ B) COMPOSITE_LIMIT

✗ C) FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS
✓ D) PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME

Explanation

The resource limit PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME has a default value of one day. To use the default value, you would simply omit this resource limit from the profile. Otherwise,
you can use this resource limit to lock a user out of the database by specifying the number of days to lock them out after a specific number of login attempts that have failed.

The resource limit INACTIVE_ACCOUNT_TIME is the number of days that a database user has not logged into the database. After this time the account will be locked. The
default is unlimited.

The resource limit FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS is the number of failed and consecutive logins due to an incorrect ID or password during the login process.

The resource limit COMPOSITE_LIMIT uses service units to articulate the total resource cost for a session and is unrelated to failed login attempts.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Creating and Assigning Profiles

References:

Configuring Authentication

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/dbseg/configuring-authentication.html

Question #10 of 190 Question ID: 1598823

You have a tablespace named DATA_TBS. Within that tablespace, you have two schemas named SCOTT and TIGER that house tables with thousands of rows.

You are tasked with exporting the data from one database to another. What is the most efficient data pump export method of moving the data?

✓ A) Transportable tablespace mode

✗ B) Schema mode
✗ C) Table mode
✗ D) Full mode

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 7/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Transportable tablespace mode is the best option to use because you only have to move the tablespace and do not have to specify the tables and schemas associated with
the data. This option uses the TRANSPORT_TABLESPACES parameter. The syntax is:

TRANSPORT_TABLESPACES=tablespace_name [, ...]

To use this mode, all the data within the tables must be self-contained, which means you cannot have data in one tablespace spread across to anther tablespace. The
indexes associated with the tables must also reside within the tablespace that is being exported.

The full database export is not required because you would not want to move the entire database. You only want to move the data associated with this one tablespace.

The schema export is viable, but in this case you would have to export both schemas. It would be much more efficient to just move the tablespaces that would hold both
schemas.

The table mode export is also viable, but it would be easier to move the entire tablespace because you would not have to concern yourself with schemas and tables. You
would just have to focus on the tablespace.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Data Pump

References:

Using Data Pump

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/sql-developer-command-line/23.3/sqcug/using-data-pump.html

Question #11 of 190 Question ID: 1609083

Your database contains the Customers and Orders tables as follows:

You want to create a query that will return all of the customers and all of the orders even if a customer does not have an order.

Which clause should you include in your query?

✓ A) FULL OUTER JOIN

✗ B) CROSS JOIN

✗ C) INNER JOIN

✗ D) SELF JOIN

Explanation

You should create a FULL OUTER JOIN. The following query selects all customers and all orders:

SELECT Customers.CustomerName, Orders.OrderID

FROM Customers

FULL OUTER JOIN Orders

ON Customers.CustomerID=Orders.CustomerID

ORDER BY Customers.CustomerName;

A query with the FULL OUTER JOIN keyword returns all the rows from the left table, and all the rows from the right table. If there are rows in the left table (Customers) that do
not have matches in the right table (Orders), or if there are rows in the right table (Orders) that do not have matches in the left table (Customers), the query will list those
rows as well.

You should not include a SELF JOIN clause. A self join is a join to the existing table. Typically, you would see a self join in a scenario in which an Employee table contained
both workers and supervisors, where employee managers are designated by the ManagerID and each manager is also an employee. The self join in the query connects the
Employee table with itself by using the EmployeeID and ManagerID.

You should not include a CROSS JOIN clause. A cross join is used to join tables that have no common columns. A cross join generates a Cartesian product, which displays all
the possible combinations of rows in the joined tables. For each row in one table, a cross join without a WHERE clause returns each row in the other table. Thus, the total
number of returned rows equals the number of rows in one table multiplied by the number of rows in the other table. SQL statements creating Cartesian products should be

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 8/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
used with caution because depending on the number of rows in each of the joined tables, the result set may contain an excessive number of rows. Cartesian products have
few useful applications but are often used to automatically generate a reasonable sample of test data. Because cross joins are used to join tables that have no common
columns, using an ON clause is not allowed and will generate an error.

You should not include an INNER JOIN clause. Inner joins combine information from two tables using a common column. All join operations, except cross joins, must include
join criteria, which can be specified in the ON clause of the SELECT statement. If an inner join is performed, only rows that meet the join criteria are returned from both tables.
An inner join returns only rows from the two tables that have a matching value in the common column. An inner join is the default join type.

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Various Types of Joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #12 of 190 Question ID: 1609104

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)

NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

You must create statements to be mailed to all account holders. Each customer's statement must include the account holder's previous balance and finance charge in this
format:

Previous Balance: 5000 Finance Charge: 45

Which SELECT statement will produce these results?

✗ A) SELECT "Previous Balance: "||prev_balance||" Finance Charge: "||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

✗ B) SELECT 'Previous Balance:' ||prev_balance|| 'Finance Charge:' ||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

✓ C) SELECT 'Previous Balance: '||prev_balance||' Finance Charge: '||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

✗ D) SELECT Previous Balance: ||prev_balance|| Finance Charge: ||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

Explanation

The following SELECT statement will produce the desired results:

SELECT 'Previous Balance: '||prev_balance||' Finance Charge: '||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

The concatenation operator (||) is used to concatenate, or combine, data. By placing the concatenation operator between columns, expressions, spaces, or literal values, the
items are combined and displayed as one concatenated value in the query results. The syntax of the concatenation operator is:

(column1|expression1)||(column2|expression2)[||(column3|expression3)]...

Literal values must be enclosed in single quotes. To add space between a column value and text, place the desired number of blank spaces inside the single quotation marks,
such as with prev_balance||' Finance Charge '. In this example a column is combined, or concatenated, to the text 'Finance Charge:' with spaces separating them
and a single space added to the end of the text. This returns the data in the desired format.

Because text cannot be combined with a column value using the concatenation operator unless single quotes surround the text, these SELECT statements will result in an
error when executed:

SELECT Previous Balance ||prev_balance|| Finance Charge ||prev_balance * .009

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 9/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
FROM account;

SELECT "Previous Balance "||prev_balance||" Finance Charge "||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

The following SELECT statement will not result in an error, but will not return the desired results because the spaces that are required between the text and column values
displayed do not exist in the query results:

SELECT 'Previous Balance' ||prev_balance|| 'Finance Charge' ||prev_balance * .009

FROM account;

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using concatenation operator, literal character strings, alternative quote operator, and the DISTINCT keyword

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #13 of 190 Question ID: 1609046

Which background process and associated database component guarantee that committed data is saved even when the changes have not been recorded in the datafiles?

✓ A) LGWR and the online redo log files

✗ B) DBWn and the database buffer cache
✗ C) DBWn and the archived redo log files
✗ D) CKPT and the control files

Explanation

The LogWriter process (LGWR) and online redo log files guarantee that committed data is saved even when the changes have not been recorded in the datafiles. The
LogWriter process writes the blocks contained in the redo log buffer of the SGA to the online redo log files. LGWR performs this service when a user transaction is committed
or rolled back. LGWR writes the committed data to the online redo log files, thus guaranteeing that the committed data is saved on disk even if DBWn has not written to the
datafiles.

The Checkpoint process (CKPT) and control file do not guarantee that committed data is saved even when the changes have not been recorded in the datafiles. Checkpoints
help to reduce the time required for instance recovery. A checkpoint is an event that signals DBWn to flush the modified data from the buffer cache to the disk, and CKPT
updates the control file and datafiles. At checkpoints, the modified blocks from the database buffer cache are written to the datafiles by DBWn. The data blocks modified by a
transaction will be written to the datafiles even if a transaction has not been committed by the user, and a checkpoint is initiated before the user commits the transaction. The
control file is used to record structural changes in the database.

The Database Writer processes (DBWn) and archived redo log files, or DBWn and database buffer cache, do not guarantee that committed data is saved even when the
changes have not been recorded in the datafiles. DBWn writes the contents of the dirty buffers contained in the buffer cache to the datafiles, but this is not synchronized with
a user COMMIT or ROLLBACK. The archived redo log files are used for database recovery and are considered offline redo log files. The database buffer cache is the area of
memory that caches the database data, containing blocks from the datafiles that have been read recently.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Memory and Process Structure

References:

Background Processes

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/background-processes.html

Question #14 of 190 Question ID: 1598828

Your EMP table was created using the CREATE TABLE statement shown in the exhibit.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 10/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

You are using SQL*Loader direct path load to load data into the EMP table.

Which constraint or constraints will be enforced during the load?

✗ A) the CHECK constraint

✗ B) the PRIMARY KEY constraint

✓ C) both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints
✗ D) all of the constraints
✗ E) the NOT NULL constraints

Explanation

In this scenario, both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints will be enforced during the load. With direct path loads, only the PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, and NOT
NULL constraints are enforced. Any FOREIGN KEY and CHECK constraints will be disabled but can be re-enabled after the loading process is complete.

The option that states only the PRIMARYKEY constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The NOTNULL constraints will also be enforced.

The option that states only the NOT NULL constraints will be enforced is incorrect. The PRIMARY KEY constraint will also be enforced.

The option that states the CHECK constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The CHECK constraint will be disabled.

The option that states all of the constraints will be enforced is incorrect. All constraints are enforced with conventional loads, but not direct path loads.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL*Loader

References:

Understanding How to Use SQL*Loader

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-sql-loader-concepts.html

Question #15 of 190 Question ID: 1609090

Evaluate this compound query statement:

SELECT emp_id, last_name || ', '|| first_name

FROM emp

INTERSECT

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp_hist;

Which statement is TRUE regarding the given SELECT statement?

✓ A) The statement will return an error.

✗ B) The output will be sorted by the emp_id values in ascending order.

✗ C) Duplicate emp_id values will be included.

✗ D) The results will contain the distinct emp_id values return by either query.

Explanation

This compound query will return an error. The number and data types of the columns in the SELECT list of both queries must be the same in number and data type. In this
compound query, the first SELECT list in the compound query has two columns listed. The second SELECT list in the compound query only has one column listed. The
names of the columns are not required to match, but the number and data type must match. Removing the last_name || ', '|| first_name concatenated columns from the first
SELECT list would allow the compound query to execute.

The remaining options are incorrect because the compound query will return an error.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 11/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Matching the SELECT statements

FROM account;

If a column value in an arithmetic expression is null, the expression evaluates to null. If the value of the prev_balance column is null, the expression .009 * prev_balance
returns a null value. When the null value is then used in an arithmetic expression, the value returned is UNKNOWN. When the value is UNKNOWN, no value is displayed.

The first expression, .009 * prev_balance, is evaluated first because multiplication takes precedence over addition. If the prev_balance value is null, it will be replaced with a
0, which is then used as part of an arithmetic calculation. The NVL function is used to replace a null value with a value. The first expression represents the column queried,
and the second expression represents the string you want displayed if a null value is retrieved. The correct syntax of the NVL function is:

NVL(expression1, expression2)

The statement using NULL(.009 * prev_balance, 0) fails because NULL cannot be used by itself. It is not a function.

The statement using IS NULL(.009 * prev_balance, 0) fails because of the invalid use of the IS NULL comparison operator. The IS NULL operator should be used in the
WHERE clause of a SQL statement to test for null values.

The statement containing TO_NUMBER(.009 * prev_balance, 0) fails because of the invalid use of the TO_NUMBER function. The TO_NUMBER function is used to convert a
character data type value to a value of NUMBER data type or a specific format. This functionality is not needed in this example.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Applying Rules of precedence for operators in an expression

References:

SELECT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SELECT.html

Question #17 of 190 Question ID: 1609100

The Product table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE Product

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 12/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
PRODUCT_ID NUMBER(9)

DESCRIPTION VARCHAR2(20)

COST NUMBER(5,2)

MANUFACTURER_ID VARCHAR2(10)

QUANTITY NUMBER(5)

Evaluate these two statements.

Statement 1:

SQL> SELECT NVL(100/quantity, 'none')

FROM Product;

Statement 2:

SQL> SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(100/quantity), 'none')

FROM Product;

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

✓ A) Statement 1 will fail because the data types are incompatible.

✗ B) Statement 1 executes but does not display the value 'none' for null values.

✗ C) Both statements execute successfully.

✗ D) Statement 2 causes an error when quantity values are null.

Explanation

Statement 2 executes successfully, but Statement 1 causes an ORA-01722: invalid number error because the data types are incompatible. If the expression 100/quantity is
evaluated and returns a null value, the null value will not be replaced by the character string none in the query results because the quantity column has a NUMBER data type,
and none is a character value. This statement will fail even if there are no null quantity values because of the incompatible data types. The solution is to convert the quantity
column data into character data:

SELECT NVL(TO_CHAR(100/quantity), 'none')

Statement 2 does not cause an error when quantity values are null. The use of the NVL function accompanied by the TO_CHAR conversion function ensures that the text
none is displayed when the value of 100/quantity is unknown (NULL). Statement 2 executes successfully, displaying the value 'none' in the place of null values.

The NVL single row function is used to convert a null to an actual value and can be used on any data type, including VARCHAR2 columns. The syntax of the NVL function is:

NVL(expression1, expression2)

If expression1 is null, NVL returns expression2. If expression1 is not null, NVL returns expression1. The expression1 and expression2 arguments can be of any data type.
When the expression data types differ, Oracle converts expression2 to the data type of expression1 before the two expressions are compared.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using The DESCRIBE command

References:

TO_CHAR (number)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/TO_CHAR-number.html

Question #18 of 190 Question ID: 1609057

You create a database user JOHN and assign him the PROF1 profile. The statement used to create the PROF1 profile is as follows:

SQL > CREATE PROFILE PROF1 LIMIT

FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 5

PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 60

PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 50

PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 4

PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 13/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 10;

Which conditions in the database would lock the user JOHN's account? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) if JOHN's account was created with the ACCOUNT LOCK clause

✗ B) if JOHN tries to connect to the database with an incorrect password five times

✗ C) if the DBA runs a command to expire JOHN's password

✓ D) if JOHN tries to connect to the database with an incorrect password five times consecutively
✗ E) if the CONNECT role is revoked from JOHN

✗ F) if JOHN fails to change the password within the grace period

Explanation

JOHN's account will be locked if it has been created with the ACCOUNT LOCK clause in the CREATE USER statement. The ACCOUNT LOCK clause of the CREATE USER
statement locks the user account. In addition, JOHN's account will be locked if he tries to connect to the database by using an incorrect password five times consecutively
because the PROF1 profile assigned to JOHN has a FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS parameter value of 5. The FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS parameter indicates the number of
consecutive times that a user can unsuccessfully attempt to log in before the account is locked.

After the user account is locked, it can be unlocked by the DBA by running the ALTER USER...ACCOUNT UNLOCK statement. When a user's account is locked, the user is
not able to log in. However, other users that have privileges for schema objects owned by the locked account will still be able to access them.

JOHN's account will not be locked if the CONNECT role is revoked from it. The CONNECT role is an Oracle-supplied role that provides only the CREATE SESSION privilege.

JOHN's account will not be locked if the DBA runs a command to expire his password. In that situation, JOHN would receive a message stating that his password had expired
and be prompted to create a new password.

JOHN's account will not be locked if he fails to change his password within the grace period. In that situation, only JOHN's password would expire.

JOHN's account will not be locked if he connects to the database with an incorrect password five times. It will be locked only if he connects to the database with an incorrect
password five times consecutively.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Creating and Assigning Profiles

References:

CREATE USER

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-USER.html

Question #19 of 190 Question ID: 1598783

You are managing an Oracle database. When you attempt to start up your database, you receive an error indicating that one of the datafiles is missing.

After starting your RMAN session, you execute the LIST FAILURE; command, which generates output indicating two high priority open failures.

You want to repair these failures using Data Recovery Advisor. Which RMAN command should you execute next in your RMAN session?

✗ A) REPAIR FAILURE PREVIEW;

✗ B) REPAIR FAILURE;

✗ C) CHANGE FAILURE;

✓ D) ADVISE FAILURE;

Explanation

You should execute the ADVISE FAILURE; command. The ADVISE FAILURE RMAN command displays information for identified failures previously recorded in the Automatic
Diagnostic Repository (ADR), including the recommended manual and automated repairs. If no other clauses are specified, information for all open failures with a priority of
HIGH and CRITICAL is displayed. When generating the automated repair options, the RMAN script to repair the failure is automatically created.

You should not execute the CHANGE FAILURE; command. The CHANGE FAILURE command is used to change the priority of an existing failure or explicitly close a failure.

You should not execute the REPAIR FAILURE; command. If you attempt to execute the REPAIRFAILURE; command without first executing the ADVISE FAILURE; command
in the session, the command fails. The REPAIR FAILURE command executes the previously generated RMAN script to repair the specified failures. After the failures are
repaired, their status is changed to CLOSED.

You should not execute the REPAIR FAILURE PREVIEW; command. If you attempt to execute the REPAIR FAILURE PREVIEW; command without first executing the
ADVISEFAILURE; command in the session, the command fails. Specifying the PREVIEW clause with the REPAIRFAILURE command displays the RMAN script that will be
used to perform the repair but does not actually perform the repair.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 14/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)

References:

ADVISE FAILURE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/rcmrf/ADVISE-FAILURE.html

Question #20 of 190 Question ID: 1609075

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)

NEW_PURCHASES NUMBER(7,2)

PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

PAYMENTS NUMBER(7,2)

You must print a report that contains the account number and the current balance for a particular customer. The current balance consists of the sum of an account's previous
balance, new purchases, and finance charge. You must calculate the finance charge based on a rate of 1.5 percent of the previous balance. Payments must be deducted from
this amount. The customer's account number is 543842.

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✗ A) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ B) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) + finance_charge - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✓ C) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ D) SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

Explanation

You should use the following SELECT statement:

SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

To calculate the new balance on an account, the finance charge is calculated by multiplying the previous balance by .015. To include the previous balance amount, 1.015 is
used instead of .015 (prev_balance * 1.015). The result equals the previous balance plus the finance charge, which is .015 percent of the previous balance. After adding new
purchases and subtracting the payments, the current balance calculation is complete.

Although parentheses indicate a higher precedence in arithmetic calculations in a SQL statement, they are not needed in this scenario. Because multiplication has
precedence over addition and subtraction and the parentheses surround the multiplication calculation, the parentheses have no impact.

The choice that starts with SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) + finance_charge - payments executes but does not return the desired results.
Instead of using the finance_charge column, the finance charge value must be calculated based on a rate of .015.

The choice that starts with SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments returns undesired results because the required current balance calculation is not used.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 15/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The choice that starts with SELECT clause SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) - payments calculates the new balance improperly by neglecting to
add the previous balance into the calculation.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Applying Rules of precedence for operators in an expression

References:

SELECT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SELECT.html

Question #21 of 190 Question ID: 1598824

For which two types of tables does Oracle Data Pump use the direct path load method when importing? (Choose two.)

✓ A) a table containing a LONG column

✗ B) a table that has a referential integrity constraint

✓ C) a nonclustered table

✗ D) a table for which an active trigger is defined

✗ E) a table with fine-grained access control enabled for inserts

Explanation

Oracle Data Pump uses direct path load for a nonclustered table and a table containing a LONG column. Oracle Data Pump automatically determines which access method
to use when unloading and loading data based on the table's structure. Oracle Data Pump uses direct path load in most situations.

All of the other options are incorrect because Oracle Data Pump would use external tables in these situations. Oracle Data Pump uses external tables in many situations,
such as when the table has referential integrity constraints, encrypted columns, any active triggers, or the table is a clustered table.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Data Pump

References:

Using Data Pump

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/sql-developer-command-line/23.3/sqcug/using-data-pump.html

Question #22 of 190 Question ID: 1598850

Your database server is running in shared server mode. Which component is a component of the Program Global Area (PGA) when the database is in shared server mode?

✓ A) local variables used in the user session

✗ B) cursor state information

✗ C) memory structures

✗ D) user session data

✗ E) shared pool

Explanation

In shared server mode, only stack space is a component of the PGA. The other components that are the user session data, cursor state information, shared pool, and
memory structures are all part of the System Global Area (SGA). When the database server is running in the shared server mode, the PGA is not a part of the SGA, and the
PGA only contains stack space. This stack space contains local variables used by the user session. The other components like user session data, memory structures, and
cursor state information are part of the SGA. For the exam, you need to be aware of shared vs dedicated server configurations. All databases run in dedicated mode all the
time. A dedicated server configuration is a method of connecting to the server. Dedicated server connections are always running for administrative tasks like starting up and
shutting down. In contrast, a shared server configuration is done using network or init.ora settings.

The shared pool is not a part of the PGA in shared server mode. It is a part of the SGA. The shared pool contains cached data that can be shared by multiple users, such as
the library cache, data dictionary cache, SQL query result cache, and the PL/SQL function result cache.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 16/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The user session data is not part of the PGA. It is a part of the SGA. User session data includes user-specific information for the session such as security and other resource
usage information.

The memory structures are not a part of the PGA, but rather part of the SGA.

The cursor state information is stored in the SGA when the database is in shared server mode. The cursor state contains runtime information for the cursor, including the rows
retrieved and return codes.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Comparing Dedicated and Shared Server Configurations

References:

Memory Architecture

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle///oracle-database/23/cncpt/memory-architecture.html

About Dedicated and Shared Server Processes

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-processes.html#GUID-CCC18A52-E47B-48AA-8811-4E87023DB99D

Question #23 of 190 Question ID: 1598888

You need to create an SQL query for a database with two tables: one for departments and one for locations. You have the following conditions:

The range of the department locations should be between 1900 and 2600.
The department id must be under 40.

Which SQL query will fulfil both these requirements?

✗ A) SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id > 1900 OR
d.dep_id < 30;

✗ B) SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900
OR 2600 AND d.dep_id > 30;

✗ C) SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900
OR 2600 AND d.dep_id < 30;

✓ D) SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900
AND 2600 AND d.dep_id < 30;

Explanation

You will use the following query:

SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900 AND 2600 AND d.dep_id < 30;

This query is an example of a non-equijoin. A non-equijoin is when you perform a matching of column values from separate tables using an inequality. This causes a match to
be found when an expression using an inequality operator employed for the join results in TRUE.

You will not use the following query as it uses an OR condition which is unsuitable for this scenario which needs an AND for meeting the requirements mentioned:

SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900 AND 2600 OR d.dep_id < 30;

You will not use the following query as it does not have the necessary AND condition and also does not use the comparison operator < correctly:

SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id BETWEEN 1900 OR 2600 AND d.dep_id > 30;

You will not use the following query as it does not use the BETWEEN condition which is required in this scenario:

SELECT d.dep_id, d.dep_name, l.city FROM departments d, locations l WHERE l.loc_id > 1900 OR d.dep_id < 30;

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Non equijoins

References:

What is Non-Equijoin in Oracle?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 17/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
https://www.w3resource.com/oracle/joins/oracle-non-equijoins.php

Question #24 of 190 Question ID: 1609052

After installing Oracle on your host computer, you have decided to use Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) for managing the database.

Which statements reflect the benefits of using an OFA-compliant database? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) It helps eliminate fragmentation of free space in the SYSTEM tablespace.

✓ B) It helps manage database growth.

✗ C) It facilitates self-tuning of the database.

✓ D) It organizes software and data on disk.

✗ E) It facilitates automatic naming of tablespaces and datafiles created in the database.

Explanation

The benefits of using an OFA-compliant database are that it helps manage database growth, it organizes software and data on disk, and it helps eliminate fragmentation of
free space in the SYSTEM tablespace. OFA is a standard that provides certain file naming, file placing, and other configuration guidelines for the database. These standards
ensure reliable Oracle installations that require less maintenance. The OFA guidelines can be used in organizing the file system, distributing I/O loads, facilitating hardware
support, implementing consistency in distributing home directories, and using consistent naming for database files. The benefits of OFA include organizing large amounts of
data on disk and facilitating administrative tasks, such as software maintenance and data backup functions.

The option that states that OFA facilitates self-tuning of databases is incorrect. Self-tuning cannot be done using OFA. The information regarding tuning of databases can be
acquired from the different advisors and views available in Oracle.

The option that states that OFA facilitates automatic naming of tablespaces and datafiles created in the database is incorrect. Automatic naming of tablespaces is not
possible. However, you can enable automatic naming of datafiles using Oracle-Managed Files (OMF).

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Starting Up Oracle Database Instances

References:

About the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/ladbi/about-the-optimal-flexible-architecture-standard.html

Question #25 of 190 Question ID: 1609053

Which three statements about data dictionary views and dynamic performance views are true? (Choose three.)

✓ A) Oracle Database accesses the data dictionary to get information about schema objects and modifies the data dictionary
each time a DDL statement is issued.

✓ B) Data dictionary views and dynamic performance views are stored in the SYSTEM tablespace and owned by the SYS
user.

✗ C) Dynamic performance views can be queried by all users, but data dictionary views cannot.

✓ D) You can display a list of all dynamic performance views by querying the V$FIXED_TABLE view.
✗ E) Data dictionary views are based on virtual tables.

Explanation

The following statements about data dictionary views and dynamic performance views are true:

You can display a list of all dynamic performance views by querying the V$FIXED_TABLE view.
Oracle Database accesses the data dictionary to get information about schema objects and modifies the data dictionary each time a DDL statement is issued.
Data dictionary views and dynamic performance views are stored in the SYSTEM tablespace and owned by the SYS user.

Data dictionary views are not based on virtual tables. Data dictionary information is stored in base tables that are maintained by Oracle. Oracle maintains views, called data
dictionary views, which you can use to query the underlying base tables. Dynamic performance views are based on virtual tables. Information stored in them changes as the
state of the database changes.

The option that states dynamic performance views can be queried by all users, but data dictionary views cannot, is incorrect. By default, only the SYS user or a user that has
the SYSDBA role can query dynamic performance views. However, you can allow a user to query a particular dynamic performance view by either granting the SELECT

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 18/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
privilege on the underlying virtual table or by creating another view based on the dynamic performance view, and granting the user SELECT privileges on the new view. By
default, all users have some access to the data dictionary based on their assigned permissions. Views with the DBA_ prefix can be accessed by users with DBA privileges or
users with the SELECT ANY DICTIONARY privilege. Other users can access views with the ALL_ or USER_ prefix. Views with the ALL_ prefix display data dictionary
contents that the user has permissions to view. Views with the USER_ prefix display data dictionary contents for objects owned by the current user.

You can restrict access to the data dictionary by setting the O7_DICTIONARY_ACCESSIBILITY parameter to FALSE. This would prevent all users from querying the data
dictionary even if they have the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Dictionary Views

References:

Data Dictionary and Dynamic Performance Views

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/data-dictionary-and-dynamic-performance-views.html

Question #26 of 190 Question ID: 1598790

What column within the DBA_TS_QUOTAS dictionary view specifies the quota amount given to a database user?

✗ A) BLOCKS

✗ B) BYTES
✗ C) TABLESPACE

✓ D) MAX_BLOCKS

Explanation

The MAX_BLOCKS column within the DBA_TS_QUOTAS dictionary table will specify the number of bytes that have been assigned to a specific database user. The number
will not be the exact quota assigned to a user because that number represents a multiple of the database blocksize and is mathematically rounded up. Also note that when
viewing the data, a -1 means that the users have no quotas associated with their user name.

BYTES is not correct because it is not a column within the DBA_TS_QUOTAS dictionary view. This column can be found in the dictionary view DBA_SEGMENTS. It is used
for summing the size of database segments within a given table.

The TABLESPACE column is used for specifying a particular tablespace associated with a given user name and does not give a numeric quota value.

The BLOCKS column represents the number of Oracle blocks associated with a database user.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Assigning Quotas to Users

References:

DBA_TS_QUOTAS

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle///oracle-database/23/refrn/DBA_TS_QUOTAS.html

Question #27 of 190 Question ID: 1598837

You want to create an entity relationship diagram (ERD) for your database tables as follows:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 19/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Which tool should you use?

✗ A) Oracle Reports

✗ B) Oracle Forms
✓ C) Oracle SQL Developer Data Modeler

✗ D) Oracle BI Publisher

Explanation

You can use the Oracle SQL Developer Data Modeler to create an ERD by importing the schema information from your existing database. You can use this tool to create
logical, relational, physical, multi-dimensional, and data type models.

You do not use Oracle Forms to create an ERD. Oracle Forms is part of Oracle Fusion Middleware. Oracle Forms can be used to build data-entry forms. It cannot create an
ERD.

You do not use Oracle BI Publisher to create an ERD. Oracle BI Publisher can create reports and dashboard layouts in a web browser but does not support ERDs.

You should not use Oracle Reports. Oracle Reports is part of Oracle Fusion Middleware. It can be used to create declarative WYSIWYG reports

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL Developer

References:

Data Modeling with Oracle SQL Developer

https://www.oracle.com/database/sqldeveloper/technologies/sql-data-modeler/

Question #28 of 190 Question ID: 1609049

Which statement about extents is TRUE?

✗ A) Extents are only deallocated from a segment when the segment is dropped.

✗ B) As segments are created, they are allocated space from the free extents in the database.

✓ C) Extents are collections of contiguous database blocks.

✗ D) Altering the storage parameters of a segment applies to current and future extents.

Explanation

An extent is a set of contiguous Oracle blocks. One or more extents make up a segment. When a segment is created, it contains at least one extent. As the segment grows,
extents are added to the segment. An extent must exist in a single datafile.

The option that states extents are only deallocated from a segment when the segment is dropped is incorrect. Extents are deallocated from a segment when the segment is
truncated, dropped, or altered.

The option that states altering the storage parameters of a segment applies to current and future extents is incorrect. Altering the storage parameters of a segment applies
only to future extents.

The option that states as segments are created, they are allocated space from the free extents in the database is incorrect. As segments are created, they are allocated space
from the free extents in the tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 20/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Server Architecture

References:

DBA_EXTENTS

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DBA_EXTENTS.html

Question #29 of 190 Question ID: 1609121

Which operations are not allowed on an external table? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) accessing rows in the table using SELECT statements

✓ B) updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

✓ C) creating an index

✓ D) adding a virtual column

Explanation

The following operations are not allowed on an external table:

adding a virtual column

creating an index
updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

With external tables, data is stored in operating system flat files instead of in the database. The data in these external files can then be accessed directly using SELECT
statements as if it resided in the database. You can also create views and synonyms on an external table. However, you will receive an error if you try to modify the data using
INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, add a virtual column, or create an index on any of its columns.

External tables are an excellent option if you have a large amount of historical data that you want to query, but do not want to load the data into the database or modify the
data.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Manipulation Language

References:

External Tables Concepts

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-external-tables-concepts.html

Question #30 of 190 Question ID: 1598806

What Oracle parameter gives you the ability to delay the segment creation until a row of data is inserted into a table?

✓ A) DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION

✗ B) TRANSACTIONS_PER_ROLLBACK_SEGMENT
✗ C) DBA_SEGMENTS

✗ D) ROLLBACK_SEGMENTS

Explanation

The Oracle parameter DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION gives you the ability to save the allocation of extents until an actual row is inserted into a block associated with
the table. This can save time and space before the data is actually inserted into the table. The default value is set to TRUE and is modifiable using an ALTER SYSTEM or an
ALTER SESSION statement. You can view the column SEGMENT_CREATED within the USERS_TABLES dictionary table to determine whether a segment is created.

DBA_SEGMENTS is a dictionary table within Oracle and is not an Oracle parameter.

The Oracle parameter TRANSACTIONS_PER_ROLLBACK_SEGMENT is used to determine the number of transactions that can occur within the database at the same time
for each rollback segment. This parameter does not deal with delaying segment creation.

The Oracle parameter ROLLBACK_SEGMENTS determines the number of rollback segments to a specific instance and is not associated with delaying segment creation.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 21/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deferring Segment Creation

References:

DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DEFERRED_SEGMENT_CREATION.html

Question #31 of 190 Question ID: 1598782

You issue the following ADRCI command:

show incident -mode detail

When reviewing the results, you notice that the status of one of the incidents is set to Tracking.

What does this indicate?

✗ A) The incident is new, and not all diagnostic data for the incident has been collected.

✗ B) The incident was manually added to the ADR.

✓ C) The DBA has flagged this incident to be kept in the ADR because it is currently being worked on.

✗ D) Resolution of the incident is complete, and the incident will be purged from the ADR based on the configured retention
policy.

Explanation

An incident status value of Tracking indicates that the DBA has flagged this incident to be kept in the ADR because it is currently being worked on. You can view the status of
an incident using the ADRCI show incident command, as given in this scenario, or by using Enterprise Manager.

The option that states the incident was manually added to the ADR is incorrect. The status of an incident does not indicate whether the incident was added to the ADR
automatically or manually.

The option that states the incident is new and all diagnostic data for the incident has not been collected is incorrect. This would be indicated by a status value of Collecting.
When an incident has a status of Collecting, you should not package and upload it until the diagnostics gathering is complete.

The option that states resolution of the incident is complete and the incident will be purged from the ADR based on the configured retention policy is incorrect. This would be
indicated by a status value of Closed.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using the Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR)

References:

ADRCI: ADR Command Interpreter

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sutil/oracle-adr-command-interpreter-adrci.html

Question #32 of 190 Question ID: 1609096

Evaluate this CREATE TABLE statement:

CREATE TABLE curr_order (

id NUMBER,

customer_id NUMBER,

emp_id NUMBER,

order_dt TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE,

order_amt NUMBER(7,2),

ship_method VARCHAR2(5));

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 22/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Which statement about the order_dt column is true?

✗ A) Data will include a time zone displacement in its value.

✗ B) Data stored in the column will be returned in the server's local time zone.
✗ C) Data will be stored using a fractional seconds precision of 3.

✓ D) Data will be normalized to the database time zone.

Explanation

The TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE data type includes a time zone displacement value. Time zone displacement is the difference between local time and Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC). When the TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE data type is used and data is stored in the database, the data is normalized to the database time zone.

The option that states data will include a time zone displacement in its value is incorrect. With the TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE data type, time zone displacement is
not stored as part of the column data.

The option that states data will be stored using a fractional seconds precision of 3 is incorrect. The precision of the TIMESTAMP data type is not specified in the CREATE TABLE
statement, so the precision of fractional seconds defaults to 6.

The option that states data stored in the column will be returned in the server's local time zone is incorrect. When the data is queried, the Oracle Server returns the data in the
user's local session time zone.

Objective:
Managing Data in Different Time Zones

Sub-Objective:
Working with CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,and LOCALTIMESTAMP

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #33 of 190 Question ID: 1598822

For which situation would you use external tables?

✗ A) to easily access schema objects in another database

✗ B) to create a new table from data in an existing table

✓ C) to query data in a large external flat file without loading it into the database

✗ D) to load data from a large external flat file into the database

Explanation

You would use external tables to query data in a large external flat file without loading it into the database. With external tables, data is stored in operating system flat files
instead of in the database. The data in these external files can then be accessed directly using SELECT statements as if it resided in the database. You can also create views
and synonyms on an external table. However, you will receive an error if you try to modify the data using INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, add a virtual column, or
create an index on it. External tables are an excellent option if you have a large amount of historical data that you want to query, but do not want to load the data into the
database or modify the data.

You would not use external tables to create a new table from data in an existing table. You can create a new table from data in an existing table using the CREATE TABLE AS
SELECT statement.

You would use a database link to easily access schema objects in another database. You can create a database link using the CREATE DATABASE LINK statement. Then,
you can use this link to easily access schema objects in the other database by appending @dblinkname to the name of the table or view in your SQL statements.

You would use SQL*Loader to load data from a large external flat file into the database.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using External Tables

References:

External Tables

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle///oracle-database/23/sutil/oracle-external-tables.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 23/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #34 of 190 Question ID: 1609118

You must produce a report that lists all products ordered in the year 2015 by customers in Atlanta and the invoice numbers for those orders.

Which of the following queries can you use to produce the required report?

✗ A) SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

FROM Products p JOIN Sales s ON p.ProductID = s.ProductID

WHERE s.InvoiceNo = i.InvoiceNo

AND i.ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015

✓ B) SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

FROM Products p JOIN Sales s ON p.ProductID = s.ProductID

WHERE s.InvoiceNo IN

(SELECT InvoiceNo FROM Invoices

WHERE ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015)

✗ C) SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

FROM Sales s JOIN Products p ON s.ProductID = p.ProductID

JOIN Invoices i ON i.InvoiceNo = s.InvoiceNo

WHERE i.ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015

GROUP BY p.ProductName

✗ D) SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

FROM Products p JOIN Sales s ON p.ProductID = s.ProductID

WHERE s.InvoiceNo EXISTS

(SELECT InvoiceNo FROM Invoices

WHERE ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015)

Explanation

The following query returns two columns:

SELECT p.ProductName, s.InvoiceNo

FROM Products p JOIN Sales s ON p.ProductID = s.ProductID

JOIN Invoices i ON s.InvoiceNo = i.InvoiceNo

WHERE i.ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015

The first column contains a list of the products that were sent to Atlanta in 2015. The second column contains the invoice numbers for the corresponding orders that generated
those shipments.

The correct query joins the Products, Sales, and Invoices tables. The same result will be produced by using a subquery instead of the second join. The subquery returns
the numbers of those invoices that were issued in 2015 and that have a value of Atlanta in the ShipCity column. The IN operator is the equivalent of =ANY, which returns
true if the value in the InvoiceNo column of the Sales table in the WHERE clause of the outer query matches any of the values returned by the subquery. This is exactly what a
join with the Invoices table on the InvoiceNo column does.

The query that includes WHERE s.InvoiceNo EXISTS is invalid because no column name, constant, or expression can precede the EXISTS operator.

The query that includes GROUP BY p.ProductName is invalid because it includes the GROUP BY clause and because the InvoiceNo column in the SELECT list is not included
either in the GROUP BY clause or in an aggregate function.

The query that includes WHERE s.InvoiceNo = i.InvoiceNo

AND i.ShipCity = 'Atlanta' AND EXTRACT(year FROM OrderDate) = 2015 is invalid. This query is missing the Invoices table, and no alias i has been defined.
However, the alias i appears in the WHERE clause and is used to qualify the InvoiceNo, ShipCity, and OrderDate columns.

Objective:
Using Subqueries to Solve Queries

Sub-Objective:
Using Multiple Row Subqueries

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 24/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #35 of 190 Question ID: 1598882

Which arithmetic expression will return a numeric value?

✗ A) '03-JAN-2000' - 30
✗ B) '17-JUN-1999' * (480/24)

✗ C) '14-FEB-2002' + 25

✓ D) TO_DATE('01-JAN-2001') - TO_DATE('01-DEC-2000')

Explanation

The following arithmetic expression will return a numeric value:

TO_DATE('01-JAN-2001') - TO_DATE('01-DEC-2000')

When subtracting a date from a date, the value returned is a number. In this scenario the character strings 01-JAN-2001 and 01-DEC-2000 are converted to dates using the
TO_DATE function. The result, therefore, will be a number. That number represents the number of days between the two dates.

In all of the other options, where the TO_DATE function is not being used, Oracle will not implicitly convert the character strings into dates prior to performing the arithmetic.
Therefore, each of these attempts will be treated as either a character string plus a number, a character string minus a number, or a character string times a number. All three
of these are illegal mathematical operations and will result in syntax errors.

TO_CHAR is a function for converting a number or data value to a string. It operates in a similar manner to TO_NUMBER and TO_DATE. TO_CHAR receives either a date or
number as inputs and then coverts it to a string. The value returned by the function is always VARCHAR2.

Objective:
Using Conversion Functions and Conditional Expressions

Sub-Objective:
Using the TO_CHAR, TO_NUMBER, and TO_DATE conversion functions

References:

TO_DATE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/TO_DATE.html

Question #36 of 190 Question ID: 1609129

Observe the following output:

Type VALUE

-----------

Parameter Type Value

Boolean TRUE

Something auto

Retention Integer 900

Tablespaces String undotbs

Based on this information, which statement is true regarding temporary tables?

✗ A) Undo records for temporary tables are stored in the undo tablespace and logged in the system tablespace for those
sessions where temporary undo is enabled.

✗ B) Undo records for temporary tables are stored in the sysaux tablespace, and then undo is stored in the temp tablespace.

✓ C) Undo records for temporary tables are logged in the redo and stored in the undo tablespace.
✗ D) No redo log is generated for the undo records belonging to temporary tables.

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 25/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The output shows that undo records for temporary tables are logged in the redo and stored in the undo tablespace.

The default behavior is that when you have undo records related to temporary tables, they are stored in the undo tablespace and will always be logged in the online redo logs.
On the other hand, if you set the initialization parameter named TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to TRUE, it will separate undo data from persistent tables and temporary tables.
This parameter has to be set to TRUE for this logic to work. This function is useful if you need to reduce the amount of undo data that is stored in the undo tablespace.

Undo records for temporary tables are never stored in the undo tablespace and logged in the system tablespace, whether or not temporary undo is enabled for the session.
The system tablespace is never used for storing temporary segments.

Undo records for temporary tables are not stored in the sysaux tablespace. The sysaux tablespace is called the auxiliary tablespace and is only used for storing internal
database components. It is not associated with undo data.

It is not possible for no redo to be generated. Any time a temporary table is changed using a DML command, such as an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE, undo changes will be
stored in the undo tablespace and simultaneously logged in the redo logs.

Objective:
Managing Schema Objects

Sub-Objective:
Creating and using temporary tables

References:

Managing Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/admin/managing-undo.html

Question #37 of 190 Question ID: 1598813

You maintain a database that has a 4K block size and PCTFREE = 10. The row length for each fixed length row is 42 bytes, which includes any overhead in each row.
Automatic Segment Space Management is being used.

How many rows of that fixed length size will you be able to store in one block?

✗ A) 82

✗ B) 88

✗ C) 84

✓ D) 87
✗ E) 83

Explanation

You will be able to store 87 rows of fixed length rows of 42 bytes each in one block. This number is calculated by taking the block size (4096 bytes, or 4K) and subtracting
10% (PCTFREE) of its size (410), which gives a usable block size of 3686 bytes. Since the rows are all the same length (42), you can divide 3686 by 42 to determine the
number of rows that will fit. That answer is 87.7. Consequently, 87 rows will fit into one block.

The purpose of PCTFREE is to allow a certain percentage of a block to be reserved for updates of rows that have already been inserted into a block. With a PCTFREE of
10%, the 4k block is considered to be full when the block reaches 3686 bytes, not 4096 bytes. No further inserts are possible when the block is 3686 bytes full. However, if a
field in one of the rows is COMMENTS VARCHAR2(100) and the current value of COMMENTS is yes, that requires just 3 bytes. If you change yes to a long text string, you
could be changing COMMENTS from 3 bytes to as many as 100 bytes. To accommodate that update of 97 additional bytes, you can use some of the 4096 bytes set aside for
row growth. Without that space reserved, you may have to break the row and keep part of it in the old block and put the rest of it in a new block. Oracle can do this just fine,
but it does mean that the next time you want to retrieve that row from disk it will take two physical I/O operations, which may delay processing.

You could argue that by setting aside 410 bytes of space you are wasting space on your blocks. That argument could be valid, especially if the inserted rows are never
updated. It would also be a valid argument if rows were updated, but the updates always updated a 10-character field with another value that was also 10 characters long. But
the potential wasted space on each block to accommodate rows that grow in length is a good trade off to make between space and CPU.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deploying Oracle Database Space Management Features

References:

Logical Storage Structures

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 26/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #38 of 190 Question ID: 1598950

Which statement about a sequence is true?

✗ A) Creating a sequence causes sequence numbers to be stored in a table.

✗ B) A sequence slows down the efficiency of accessing sequence values cached in memory.

✗ C) A sequence can only be used to create a primary key value.

✓ D) One sequence can be used for multiple tables in the same schema.

Explanation

One sequence can be used for multiple tables in the same schema. A sequence is a database object that can be shared by multiple users to generate unique integers for one
or more tables. A sequence is generated and either incremented or decremented by an internal Oracle routine. Using a sequence to generate unique numbers for each row
can reduce the amount of application code needed to write a sequence-generating routine.

All of the other options are incorrect because they are not true of sequences. A typical usage for a sequence is to create primary key values, but a sequence can also be used
to generate values for other columns. The current sequence values are stored, and subsequent values are generated independently of tables. Caching sequence values in
memory gives faster access to those values.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Sequences

References:

Syntax for Schema Objects and Parts in SQL Statements

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Syntax-for-Schema-Objects-and-Parts-in-SQL-Statements.htmlManaging Views, Sequences, and

Synonyms

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/admin/managing-views-sequences-and-
synonyms.html#:~:text=23.1%20Managing%20Views,Replacing%2C%20and%20Dropping%20a%20View.

Question #39 of 190 Question ID: 1609115

Evaluate this SQL statement:

SELECT manufacturer_id, COUNT(*), order_date

FROM inventory

WHERE price > 5.00

GROUP BY order_date, manufacturer_id

HAVING COUNT(*) > 10

ORDER BY order_date DESC;

Which clause specifies which rows will be returned from the inventory table?

✗ A) GROUP BY order_date, manufacturer_id

✗ B) HAVING COUNT(*) > 10

✗ C) ORDER BY order_date DESC

✗ D) SELECT manufacturer_id, COUNT(*), order_date

✓ E) WHERE price > 5.00

Explanation

The WHERE clause uses a condition to qualify or restrict the query results to only rows meeting the condition of PRICE > 5.00 in the inventory table.

All of the other options are incorrect because none of these clauses specifies which rows will be returned from the inventory table. The SELECT clause is used to restrict the
columns, or expressions returned from the table. The GROUP BY clause is used to divide query result rows into smaller groups. The HAVING clause is used to further restrict
which groups will be returned. The ORDER BY clause is used to sort the rows returned.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 27/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Reporting Aggregated Data Using Group Functions

Sub-Objective:
Using Group Functions

References:

Aggregate Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Aggregate-Functions.html

Question #40 of 190 Question ID: 1609092

Which set operator would you use to display the employee IDs of employees hired after January 10, 2007, in the employee table and employee IDs of employees who have
held more than one position in the emp_hist table, eliminating any duplicate IDs?

✗ A) INTERSECT

✓ B) UNION

✗ C) UNION ALL

✗ D) MINUS

Explanation

You should use the UNION operator to display the employee IDs of employees hired after January 10, 2007, in the employee table and employee IDs of employees who have
held more than one position in the emp_hist table, eliminating any duplicate IDs. The following SQL statement will achieve this result set:

SELECT emp_id

FROM employee

WHERE hire_date > TO_DATE('10-JAN-2007')

UNION

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp_hist;

Set operators allow the results of two or more queries to be combined into a single result set. SQL statements that include set operators are known as compound queries. The
set operators are:

UNION - returns the result sets from all the queries after eliminating any duplicate records
UNION ALL - returns the result sets from all the queries in a statement including the duplicate records
INTERSECT - returns only the common result sets that are retrieved by all the queries
MINUS - returns only the results that are returned by the first query and not by the second query.

Set operators of equal precedence are evaluated from left to right unless parentheses force the order of evaluation. When using a set operator, the columns in the SELECT list
in each query must be the same in number and data type.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using The INTERSECT operator

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #41 of 190 Question ID: 1598801

You need to create applications without running into errors due to space-issues. Which of these packages will you need to use in situations where large operations reach their
space limits or run out of space after a long execution and need to be suspended?

✗ A) DBMS_RLS

✗ B) DBMS_ROLLING

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 28/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) DBMS_RESULT_CACHE

✓ D) DBMS_RESUMABLE

Explanation

You will use the DBMS_RESUMABLE package. This allows you to suspend operations that are large and reach space limits after a prolonged execution. You can then rectify
the issue and have the statement resume its execution. Some of its subprograms include ABORT, GET_SESSION_TIMEOUT, and GET_TIMEOUT.

You will not use the DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package as this is used for providing a DBA an interface for administering the portion of a shared pool utilized by the PL/SQL
function result cache and the SQL result cache.

You will not use the DBMS_RLS package as this is used for implementing a Virtual Private Database (VPD) through a fine-grained access control interface for administration.

You will not use the DBMS_ROLLING package as this is used for implementing he Rolling Upgrade Using Active Data Guard feature. This is a feature used to upgrade Oracle
Database software using a Data Guard configuration as a rolling update.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Managing Resumable Space Allocation

References:

DBMS_RESUMABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/arpls/DBMS_RESUMABLE.html

Question #42 of 190 Question ID: 1598870

Which one of the following statements is NOT true regarding undo data and redo data?

✓ A) The undo data is permanently saved if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG mode.

✗ B) The purpose of the undo data is to protect transactions, while the purpose of the redo data is to protect the database
from failure

✗ C) While in memory, undo data and redo data are both stored in the database buffer cache
✗ D) The redo data is permanently saved if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG mode.

Explanation

The undo data is only saved for a short period of time, even if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG mode.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Comparing Undo Data and Redo Data

References:

Managing the Redo Log

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/admin/managing-the-redo-log.html

Question #43 of 190 Question ID: 1598786

Where does the Oracle server record changes made to the data for recovery operations?

✗ A) parameter file

✗ B) trace files

✗ C) datafiles

✗ D) control file
✓ E) redo log files

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 29/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The Oracle server records the changes made to the data in the redo log files. In the event of failure, the redo log files are used to recover committed data not yet written to the
datafiles. The changes recorded in the redo log files include transactions that have not yet been committed, undo segment information, and schema and object management
statements. The redo log files are only used for recovery.

The remaining options are incorrect because these files do not record changes made to the data for recovery operations. Datafiles contain the actual data in the database.
The parameter file defines the characteristics of an Oracle instance. The control file is a binary file that defines the current state of the physical database. The background
trace files store support information errors detected by any background processes. The user trace files store statistics for traced SQL statements or user error messages.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using the Alert Log and Trace Files

References:

Managing the Redo Log

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-the-redo-log.html

Question #44 of 190 Question ID: 1598803

Which situation does NOT affect the amount of space used by the Automatic Workload Repository (AWR)?

✗ A) the setting for the AWR retention period

✗ B) the frequency at which snapshots are captured

✓ C) the amount of memory allocated to the SGA

✗ D) the number of active sessions

Explanation

The amount of memory allocated to the SGA does not affect the amount of space used by the Automatic Workload Repository (AWR). The Automatic Workload Repository
(AWR) is a built-in repository containing statistics used for self-tuning and for investigating problems, such as object statistics, time usage statistics, high-load SQL
statements, and session statistics. By default, in-memory statistics in the SGA are captured as snapshots in the AWR every 60 minutes.

All of the other options are incorrect because they are factors that affect the amount of space used by the AWR. If more sessions are active at a specific time, more statistical
data is collected. If snapshots are captured more frequently because a smaller snapshot interval is specified, more data is collected in the AWR. If you specify a higher AWR
retention period, data collected in the AWR will remain longer in the repository before it is purged.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Managing Resumable Space Allocation

References:

Automatic Workload Repository (AWR)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle//oracle-database/23/tgdba/awr-report-ui.html

Question #45 of 190 Question ID: 1598781

When you are creating a database using DBCA, which script would you execute to create the dynamic performance views?

✗ A) init.ora

✗ B) pupbld.sql
✗ C) catproc.sql

✓ D) catalog.sql

Explanation

The catalog.sql script must be executed as SYS and is used to create the dynamic performance views along with the rest of the data dictionary objects. If any of the data
dictionary objects require synonyms, they are created in this step of the creation process. This script also calls other scripts, like dataudit.sql and catesp.sql.

The catproc.sql script does not create the dynamic performance views. It creates all of the dictionary views associated with PL/SQL.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 30/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
init.ora is not a script used to create objects during the creation of the database. It is a server parameter file used to create the needed memory structures and background
processes.

The pupbld.sql script should only be executed as SYSTEM and not SYS. This script is used for creating security tables, such as the product_user_profile table, and is not
considered a dynamic performance view.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using Dynamic Performance Views

References:

Dynamic Performance Views

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/dynamic-performance-views.html

Question #46 of 190 Question ID: 1609044

You notice that your database takes a long time to start up when it's required to perform automatic instance recovery. Which action should you consider taking to tune the
instance recovery process?

✓ A) Set the FAST_START_MTTR_TARGET parameter to a lower value.

✗ B) Set the RECOVERY_PARALLELISM parameter to a higher value.

✗ C) Decrease the size of redo log files in the database.

✗ D) Set the FAST_START_PARALLEL_ROLLBACK parameter to HI.

✗ E) Increase the size of redo log files in the database.

Explanation

To tune the instance recovery phase, you should set the FAST_START_MTTR_TARGET parameter to a lower value. This will reduce the time required for an automatic
instance recovery and accordingly modify the other components that affect the instance recovery. The time specified by this parameter is the time, in seconds, taken to
perform an instance recovery. The database will alter the checkpoint frequency to meet this target.

You should not increase or decrease the size of the redo log files in the database because increasing the size of the files can lead to an increase in the time required for
instance recovery. Reducing the size of the redo log files can lead to a situation in which redo log files of small sizes will not allow the checkpoints enough time to complete.

Setting the FAST_START_PARALLEL_ROLLBACK parameter to HI is incorrect because setting this parameter will only tune the rollback phase of the instance recovery.
Remember that instance recovery requires Oracle to roll forwards (to write transaction work committed by a user but not written to the datafiles before the failure occurred), as
well as roll backwards (to erase the transaction work not committed by a user but prematurely written to the datafiles before the failure occurred). This parameter tunes the
rollback phase of instance recovery by increasing the number of parallel processes that roll back the uncommitted transactions in the rollback phase but does not have any
affect in terms of tuning the roll forwards phase.

Setting the RECOVERY_PARALLELISM parameter to a higher value is incorrect because setting this parameter will only tune the roll forward phase of the instance recovery.
The parameter helps in tuning the roll forward phase of instance recovery by adding more parallel servers to perform the recovery operation in the roll forward phase but has
no affect in terms of tuning the roll backwards phase.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Instance Configurations

References:

FAST_START_MTTR_TARGET

Question #47 of 190 Question ID: 1598825

Which statement about Oracle Data Pump is true?

✗ A) You can only import and export using the expdp and impdp client components.

✓ B) Data Pump Import cannot read dump file sets created by a newer database version unless the VERSION parameter
was set to the version of the target database when the dump file set was created.
✗ C) Only users with the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege can import and export using Oracle Data Pump.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 31/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ D) Exports always generate dump files in which the data is compressed and encrypted.

Explanation

Data Pump Import cannot read dump file sets created by a newer database version unless they were created with VERSION parameter set to the version of the target
database.

The option that states exports always generate dump files in which the data is compressed and encrypted is incorrect. The COMPRESSION parameter is used to specify
whether data is compressed. Specifying a value of METADATA_ONLY or NONE would generate a dump file in which the data is not compressed. This parameter defaults to
METADATA_ONLY, so by default, all dump files have only the metadata compressed. The ENCRYPTION parameter specifies whether data in a dump file is encrypted.
Specifying a value of ENCRYPTED_COLUMNS_ONLY, METADATA_ONLY, or NONE would generate a dump file in which the data would not be encrypted. This parameter
defaults to either ALL or NONE, depending on the value specified for the ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD parameter.

The option that states only users with the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege can import and export using Oracle Data Pump is incorrect. A user does not need administrator
privileges to use Oracle Data Pump. To perform imports and exports, a user must have the CREATE TABLE privilege, adequate tablespace quota for Data Pump to create the
master table used during the process, and the appropriate operating system privileges to create any dump files.

The option that states you can only import and export using the expdp and impdp client components is incorrect. Data Pump also provides the DBMS_DATAPUMP and
DBMS_METADATA packages. Procedures in these packages are used by the expdp and impdp client components. Data Pump uses procedures in DBMS_DATAPUMP to
execute imports and exports, and procedures in DBMS_METADATA when importing or exporting metadata. You can also directly call procedures in these packages if desired.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Data Pump

References:

Using Data Pump

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/sql-developer-command-line/23.3/sqcug/using-data-pump.html

Question #48 of 190 Question ID: 1609130

You disabled the PRIMARY KEY constraint on the id column in the inventory table and updated all the values in the inventory table. You need to enable the constraint and
verify that the new id column values do not violate the constraint. If any of the id column values do not conform to the constraint, an error message should be returned.

Evaluate this statement:

ALTER TABLE inventory

ENABLE CONSTRAINT inventory_id_pk;

Which statement is true?

The USER_OBJECTS data dictionary view displays the objects owned by the user, and the USER_VIEWS data dictionary view displays the views owned by the user. The
ALL_VIEWS data dictionary view displays the views that are accessible to the user (these are not data dictionary views).

USER_DICTIONARY is not a valid name for a data dictionary view.

Objective:
Managing Views

Sub-Objective:
Managing Views

References:

Static Data Dictionary Views

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/static-data-dictionary-views.html

Question #51 of 190 Question ID: 1609059

During a single session, you run the following set of statements in your database:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 33/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
SQL> CREATE USER SCOTT IDENTIFIED BY SCOTT;

SQL> CREATE ROLE HR_ADMIN;

SQL> GRANT SELECT ANY TABLE TO HR_ADMIN;

SQL> GRANT CREATE ANY VIEW TO HR_ADMIN;

SQL> GRANT HR_ADMIN TO SCOTT;

The database user SCOTT tries to execute a SELECT statement against a table in the HR user's schema, but the following error is generated:

SQL> SELECT * FROM HR.TRAINING;

ORA-01031: insufficient privileges

Which of the following could be reasons for this error? (Choose two.)

✓ A) The user SCOTT has not enabled the HR_ADMIN role by using the SET ROLE statement.

✗ B) The HR_ADMIN role is a secure application role.

✓ C) The HR_ADMIN role has not been set as the default role for the user SCOTT.

✗ D) A password must be provided to access the privileges granted by the HR_ADMIN role.

✗ E) The user HR has not granted select access on the TRAINING table to the user SCOTT.

Explanation

The two possible reasons for this error are that the HR_ADMIN role has not been set as the default role for the user SCOTT or that the user SCOTT has not enabled the
HR_ADMIN role by using the SET ROLE statement. When a role is assigned to a user, the role must be enabled using the SET ROLE statement or the role must be set as
the default role for the user so that the user can access the privileges granted to them through the role. The default role is enabled for the user at log on. A non-default role
must be enabled using the SET ROLE statement. If the role is not enabled for the user, the user cannot access the privileges. The HR_ADMIN role created in this scenario is
granted the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege and the CREATE ANY VIEW privilege. The SELECT ANY TABLE privilege enables you to issue SELECT statements against any
tables in any user's schema. The CREATE ANY VIEW privilege enables you to create views based on any table in any user's schema. Apart from having the CREATE ANY
VIEW privilege, the user must also have SELECT privileges on the tables on which he is trying to create the view. If the user does not have SELECT privileges on the table on
which he is trying to create the view, the user SCOTT will receive an error stating he does not have the required privileges.

The HR_ADMIN role created in this scenario is not a secure application role. A secure application role is created using the USING package clause in the CREATE ROLE
statement. An application role is a role that can be enabled only by applications by using an authorized PL/SQL package. Using a secure application role, the role's password
is not stored in a table or in the application, providing better protection from unauthorized access.

A user does not need to provide a password to access the privileges of the HR_ADMIN role because the role is not password protected. A password-protected role can be
created using the IDENTIFIED BY clause in the CREATE ROLE statement. When enabling a password-protected role, you must provide the password to enable the role.

The user SCOTT does not need specific privileges on the HR.TRAINING table because the HR_ADMIN role provides the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege. The SELECT ANY
TABLE privilege will allow users granted the privilege to query tables in any database schema. The user SCOTT will receive this privilege through the HR_ADMIN role.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Managing Oracle Database Users, Privileges, and Roles

References:

SET ROLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/SET-ROLE.html

Question #52 of 190 Question ID: 1598843

Which Oracle utility gives you the ability to test an oracle SQL*Net connection using a remote listener?

✗ A) ADRCI

✓ B) TNSPING

✗ C) LSNRCTL
✗ D) TRCROUTE

Explanation

The TNSPING utility gives you the ability to test an Oracle connection coming into a database by using a listener that is started and running. If the TNSPING utility connection
is successful, it will display network details associated with how much time it took in milliseconds to access to the Oracle Net service. If the utility fails, it will provide a network
error message without providing database connection information.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 34/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The TRCROUTE utility is different from the TNSPING utility in that TRCROUTE scans connection packets by collecting every TNS address for each node. The TNSPING
utility will only validate the Oracle Net Service and not connection packets.

The ADRCI utility is a tool used to gather diagnostic information from within a system. It will dynamically zip the problem files into one manageable file and not related to
testing network connections.

The LSNRCTL utility is used in the connection process, but its main job is to manage incoming connections into an Oracle database. This is only one component of testing the
Oracle Net Services. The other component is the source connection, like a SQL*Plus connection or a TNSPING connection attempt.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Communication Between Database Instances

References:

Troubleshooting Oracle Net Services

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/netag/troubleshooting-oracle-net-services.html

Question #53 of 190 Question ID: 1598787

You need to alter the destination and size of the flash recovery area. Which two initialization parameters need to be changed to alter the destination and size of the flash
recovery area? (Choose two.)

✗ A) DIAGNOSTIC_DEST
✓ B) DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST

✗ C) DB_FLASH_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE

✓ D) DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE

Explanation

To alter the destination and size of the flash recovery area, you need to alter the DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter and the DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE
parameter. These two parameters are configured manually in the initialization parameter file. However, these two parameters are dynamic in nature and can be changed
using the ALTER SYSTEM command.

The DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter specifies the location of the ADR Home. This is the location in which diagnostic information, such as alert logs, trace files, and incident
files are stored.

The DB_FLASH_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE parameter does not exist in Oracle.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Managing Initialization Parameter Files

References:

DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST.html

Question #54 of 190 Question ID: 1609058

In your database, the user JOHN is creating numerous sessions. You want to restrict the number of sessions JOHN can create. You assign a profile to JOHN and restrict the
number of user sessions that he can create. However, you realize that the restrictions are not being enforced.

Which initialization parameter must you modify to enforce the limit?

✓ A) RESOURCE_LIMIT

✗ B) SESSIONS_PER_USER

✗ C) LICENSE_MAX_SESSIONS

✗ D) LICENSE_MAX_USERS
✗ E) CPU_PER_SESSION

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 35/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Explanation

You must modify the RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter. After you assign profiles to users, the Oracle database enforces the limits only when the RESOURCE_LIMIT
parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore, you modify the RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter to enforce the resource limits defined within each user's profile. The default
value for RESOURCE_LIMIT is FALSE, so even if limitations are set, they will not be enforced for any database user unless this parameter is explicitly set to TRUE.

The CPU_PER_SESSION option is incorrect because it is a resource parameter that limits the amount of CPU time a user session can utilize. This parameter does not
enforce the resource limits defined within the user's profile.

The LICENSE_MAX_USERS option is incorrect because this initialization parameter is used to limit the number of users that can be created in a database. This parameter
does not enforce the resource limits defined within the user's profile.

The SESSIONS_PER_USER option is incorrect because it is a resource parameter and not an initialization parameter. This parameter is used to restrict the maximum
number of concurrent sessions that a database user can create.

The LICENSE_MAX_SESSIONS option is incorrect because this initialization parameter is used to limit the number of concurrent user sessions in the database. This
parameter does not limit the number of sessions created by a particular database user.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Creating and Assigning Profiles

References:

CREATE PROFILE

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-PROFILE.html

Question #55 of 190 Question ID: 1609071

Examine the details of the PROD database:

SYSTEM - Dictionary managed system tablespace

SYSAUX - Locally managed tablespace auxiliary to the SYSTEM tablespace

UNDO - Locally managed default undo tablespace

TEMP1 - Temporary tablespace

DATA1 - Default permanent tablespace

USERS - Locally managed tablespace to store user data

IND1 - Locally managed tablespace to store index data

You create a user named ADAM using the following statement:

SQL> CREATE USER ADAM IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD;

Which two statements are true in the given scenario? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the TEMP1 tablespace.

✗ B) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

✓ C) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace.

✗ D) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the USERS tablespace.

✗ E) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the IND1 tablespace.

✓ F) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

Explanation

In this scenario, tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace, and sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
The PROD database contains a default permanent tablespace DATA1 but does not contain a default temporary tablespace. When you create a user without assigning him or
her a permanent and temporary tablespace, the tables created by the user will be stored in the default permanent tablespace for the database, and the sort data generated by
the user's transactions will be stored in the default temporary tablespace of the database. If no default permanent tablespace is specified for the database, then the user's
objects are stored in the SYSTEM tablespace, and if no default temporary tablespace is specified for the database, the user's sort data is stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
In this scenario, there is no default temporary tablespace in the database, so the sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace. To
avoid this, you can create a default temporary tablespace in the database or explicitly assign ADAM a temporary tablespace in the CREATE USER statement. In this scenario,
a default permanent tablespace has been defined for the database, DATA1, so objects that ADAM creates will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace. The space required on disk
to perform sort activities will be allocated from the files comprising the SYSTEM tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 36/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Tables created by ADAM will not be stored in the USERS tablespace because ADAM has not been granted any privileges on the tablespace and the USERS tablespace was
not specified in the CREATE USER statement. The objects created by ADAM will be stored in the USERS tablespace when ADAM specifies the tablespace name during
object creation, and he has been granted the required privileges on the USERS tablespace. He will also need quota on the tablespace in order to insert rows through extent
allocation.

Tables created by ADAM will not be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace because a default permanent tablespace, DATA1, exists for the database. A table created by ADAM will
be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace when no default permanent tablespace exists for the database and ADAM does not explicitly specify any other tablespace name when
creating the table.

Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will not be stored in the IND1 tablespace. This sort data will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace because no default temporary
tablespace exists in the database. The IND1 tablespace is created to store the index data.

Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will not be stored in the TEMP1 tablespace because the TEMP1 tablespace has not been assigned to ADAM as his temporary
tablespace and the TEMP1 tablespace is not the default temporary tablespace for the database. Therefore, the sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in
the SYSTEM tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Managing Table Data Storage

References:

CREATE DATABASE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-DATABASE.html

Question #56 of 190 Question ID: 1609060

Examine the following image for details on the KITUSER3 user.

KITUSER3 has been granted no other system or object privileges.

Which statement about the KITUSER3 user is true?

✗ A) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table but cannot create tables.

✓ B) KITUSER3 can create a table in the USERS tablespace without any quota being assigned.

✗ C) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the database.

✗ D) KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects.

Explanation

The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table, but cannot create tables, is incorrect. When a user is granted the RESOURCE role, the user has
the CREATE TABLE privilege, so KITUSER3 can create tables. Also, KITUSER3 cannot issue SELECT queries on any table because he or she does not have the SELECT
ANY TABLE privilege.

The option that states KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects is incorrect. The RESOURCE role provides the CREATE CLUSTER, CREATE
INDEXTYPE, CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE TABLE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE privileges. The CONNECT
role provides only the CREATE SESSION privilege. In this scenario, KITUSER3 has the CONNECT and RESOURCE roles, so he or she will be able to establish a session
and create other database objects, such as procedures, triggers, and sequences.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 37/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the database is incorrect. To be able to do so, KITUSER3 must be granted
the SELECT ANY TABLE system privilege.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Managing Oracle Database Users, Privileges, and Roles

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #57 of 190 Question ID: 1609067

You are using Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) to create another Oracle database for your organization. You want to specify a block size of 16K and enable
Automatic Storage Management (ASM).

Which action should you take?

✗ A) Create the database using the General Purpose template.

✓ B) Create the database using the Custom template.

✗ C) Manually create the database because you cannot enable Automatic Storage Management when creating a database
using DBCA.

✗ D) Create the database using the Data Warehouse template.

Explanation

You should create the database using the Custom template. The custom template allows you to customize all settings and provides the most flexibility.

You should not create the database using the General Purpose template or the Data Warehouse template. Using these templates, you would not be able to select a block size
other than 8K on the Initialization Parameters screen.

The option that states you should manually create the database because you cannot enable Automatic Storage Management when creating a database using DBCA is
incorrect. You can select the Automatic Storage Management option from the Storage Options screen to create a database that uses Automatic Storage Management.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)

References:

About Creating Databases Using Oracle DBCA

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/ladbi/about-creating-databases-using-dbca.html

Question #58 of 190 Question ID: 1609078

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT order_num, &order_date

FROM &&ordertbl

WHERE order_date = '&order_date';

Which statement regarding the execution of this statement is true?

✗ A) An error will occur when executing this statement because substitution variables are not allowed in a WHERE clause.

✗ B) The user will be prompted for all values in the select list each time the statement is executed in a session.

✓ C) The user will be prompted for the table name only the first time the statement is executed in a session.

✗ D) An error will occur when executing this statement because substitution variables must be unique within a SELECT
statement.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 38/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ E) The user will be prompted for the table name each time the statement is executed in a session.

Explanation

When executing this statement, the user will be prompted for the table name only the first time the statement is executed within a session. Substitution variables specified with
the double ampersand (&&) are reusable. The user is prompted only the first time the statement executes. The variable then remains available until the session ends or an
UNDEFINE command is issued for the variable. Substitution variables specified with the single ampersand (&) will prompt the user each time the statement is executed.

The user will not be prompted for the table name each time the statement is executed because the substitution variable used in the FROM clause contains a double ampersand
(&&).

The user will be prompted for one of the values in the SELECT list each time the statement is executed. The reason for this is that only one of the two variables in the SELECT
list uses a substitution variable. The other value in the SELECT list uses the column name defined in the table. Thus, its value will be retrieved from the table, and not by
prompting the user to interactively enter a value.

Substitution variables are allowed in any part of a SELECT statement. Therefore, the option stating that an error will occur because substitution variables are not allowed in a
WHERE clause is incorrect.

Substitution variables can be used more than once within a single SELECT statement. In this statement &order_date is referenced twice. This is acceptable and does not
generate an error. Therefore, the option stating that an error occurs because substitution variables must be unique within a SELECT statement is incorrect.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Using Substitution Variables

References:

Using Substitution Variables

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqpug/using-substitution-variables-sqlplus.html

Question #59 of 190 Question ID: 1598901

Which two statements would cause an implicit COMMIT to occur? (Choose two.)

✓ A) RENAME

✗ B) ROLLBACK

✗ C) UPDATE

✗ D) COMMIT

✓ E) GRANT

✗ F) SELECT

Explanation

Data Control Language (DCL) and Data Definition Language (DDL) statements cause an implicit commit when issued. DCL statements consist of commands such as GRANT
and REVOKE and are used to control access to the database and data. DDL statements are used to create database objects and consist of statements like CREATE, DROP,
ALTER, and RENAME.

All of the other options are incorrect because they do not cause an implicit COMMIT to occur. The SELECT statement queries data from the database. Data Manipulation
Language (DML) statements such as UPDATE, DELETE, INSERT, and MERGE do not cause an implicit commit when issued. Transaction Control Language (TCL) statements
such as COMMIT and ROLLBACK do not cause an implicit commit either. The COMMIT statement causes an explicit commit of a transaction. The ROLLBACK statement rolls back
any uncommitted transactions.

A transaction begins when a DML statement is issued. The transaction terminates when an explicit COMMIT or ROLLBACK is executed, a DDL or DCL statement is encountered,
the user exits the session, or the session terminates abnormally, such as with a system crash or machine failure.

Objective:
Understanding Data Definition Language

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Definition Language

References:

GRANT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/GRANT.html?source=:em:nw:mt::rc_wwmk180514p00061:nsl100768561

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 39/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
REVOKE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/REVOKE.html?
source=%3Aem%3Anw%3Amt%3A%3Arc_wwmk180514p00061%3Ansl100768561#GUID-BAAD2331-40A5-4366-86CA-BAA6B957E866

Question #60 of 190 Question ID: 1598877

Examine the following EMPLOYEE table structure and data:

EMPLOYEE table (structure):

EMPLOYEE table (data):

From the EMPLOYEE table, you must produce a sorted report that shows each employee's name and the number of years each employee has worked for the company, with the
most senior employee first. All employees were continuously employed. Years of employment should be rounded to one decimal place.

A few employees do not yet have a hire date, so their hiredate column in the EMPLOYEE table is NULL. These employees should be listed on the report with zero (0) years of
seniority. The column representing the years of seniority should be labeled Seniority, capitalized exactly as shown.

Which of the following SELECT statements will produce the required results?

✗ A) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) Seniority FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY

✓ B) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER

BY hiredate

✗ C) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER

BY hiredate DESC

✗ D) SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,2),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER

BY hiredate

Explanation

The select option where the hiredate column does not have a DESC order but uses the default ASC order is the correct answer.

SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

In this case, the query meets all the requirements within the question by having the proper decimal position, converts null values to zero and places the most senior or longest
working employee at the top of the report.

SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate DESC

The query above would create incorrect results by placing the most recently hired employees at the top of the report.

SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365,1),0) Seniority FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY 3

The query above will produce an error because there are only two columns in the table and not three.

SELECT NAME, HIREDATE, NVL(ROUND((SYSDATE - HIREDATE)/365),2),0) "Seniority" FROM EMPLOYEE ORDER BY hiredate

The query above is incorrect because the decimal position is set to two rather than one.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Using Substitution Variables

References:

Using Substitution Variables

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 40/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqpug/using-substitution-variables-sqlplus.html

Question #61 of 190 Question ID: 1598821

Which operations are not allowed on an external table? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) accessing rows in the table using SELECT statements

✓ B) adding a virtual column

✓ C) creating an index
✓ D) updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

Explanation

The following operations are not allowed on an external table:

adding a virtual column

creating an index
updating and deleting rows in the table using DML statements

With external tables, data is stored in operating system flat files instead of in the database. The data in these external files can then be accessed directly using SELECT
statements as if it resided in the database. You can also create views and synonyms on an external table. However, you will receive an error if you try to modify the data using
INSERT , UPDATE , or DELETE statements, add a virtual column, or create an index on any of its columns.

External tables are an excellent option if you have a large amount of historical data that you want to query, but do not want to load the data into the database or modify the
data.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using External Tables

References:

External Tables

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle///oracle-database/23/sutil/oracle-external-tables.html

Question #62 of 190 Question ID: 1609043

Which Oracle environment variable must be set in order to configure the data pump import and export client?

✗ A) NLS_LANG
✓ B) LD_LIBRARY_PATH

✗ C) ORACLE_BASE

✗ D) TWO_TASK

Explanation

When configuring the instance client for import and export features, you have to set a key variable called LD_LIBRARY_PATH. This variable needs to be pointed to the Oracle
home client library location. It is also important to set other environment variables, such as PATH, NLS_LANG, ORACLE_HOME and ORACLE_SID.

The TWO_TASK environment variable is used for connecting to a remotely defined Oracle service. It is not specifically related to configuring data pump import and export
clients.

The NLS_LANG variable is a key variable, but it is only used to set the territory and language used by a client application.

The ORACLE_BASE environment variable is usually set, but it is not required as long as the ORACLE_HOME variable is set.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Instance Configurations

References:

Environment Variables for Oracle Instant Client

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 41/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #63 of 190 Question ID: 1598929

Which statement concerning SQL functions is TRUE?

✓ A) Character functions can return character or number values.

✗ B) Single-row functions can only be used in SELECT and WHERE clauses.

✗ C) All date functions return DATE data type values.

✗ D) Conversion functions convert a column definition from one data type to another data type.

Explanation

In SQL, it is possible for character functions to return a value that is either a number or a date. For example, the function LENGTH has an input argument of a character data
type, and the function returns a number value as an integer. The return value of the function LENGTH('oracle'), in which the input argument is the character string oracle,
will return a number, in this case the number 6 since there are six characters in oracle. Another example is the TO_DATE function, which accepts a string (character) input
value and returns that same value as a date. The return value of the function TO_DATE('04-Jul-11'), in which the input argument is the character string enclosed in the
single ticks ('), will be the date value corresponding to that character string. In this case, that would be July 4, 2011, at midnight.

The two types of character functions are case-manipulation functions and character-manipulation functions. The case-manipulation functions are LOWER, UPPER, and INITCAP.
A few examples of character-manipulation functions are CONCAT, SUBSTR, LENGTH, and INSTR.

The option that states all date functions return DATE data type values is incorrect. Although many date functions return DATE data type values, not all do. For example, the
MONTHS_BETWEEN function returns a number value.

The option that states single-row functions can only be used in SELECT and WHERE clauses is incorrect. Single-row functions may be used in SELECT, WHERE, and ORDER BY
clauses. They can also be nested.

The option that states conversion functions convert a column definition from one data type to another data type is incorrect. Conversion functions convert a value, not a
database table column definition, from one data type to another data type.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating dates with the date function

References:

About SQL Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/About-SQL-Functions.html

Question #64 of 190 Question ID: 1598922

For which task would you use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement?

✗ A) to display only unique product_id values

✗ B) to designate the order table location

✗ C) to restrict the rows returned by a GROUP BY clause

✓ D) to display only rows with a product_id value of 7382

Explanation

You would use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement to display only rows with a product_id value of 7382. A WHERE clause uses a condition to qualify or restrict query
results, such as to compare product_id values to 7382 using WHERE product_id = 7382. A WHERE clause directly follows the FROM clause and contains one or more
conditions that must be met for a row to be returned in the query results.

Logical conditions may be created using the NOT, AND, and OR operators. Comparison conditions may also be created using these operators: =, >, <, >=, <=, <>, !=, [NOT]
BETWEEN...AND... , [NOT] IN, ANY, ALL, SOME, EXISTS, LIKE, and IS [NOT] NULL.

You would not use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement to designate the order table location. The storage location of a table can be established when creating a table or
altered after table creation. This is performed using the CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE statements.

You would not use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement to display only unique product_id values. To display only the unique product_id values, use the DISTINCT
keyword in a SELECT clause.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 42/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You would not use a WHERE clause in a SELECT statement to restrict the rows returned by a GROUP BY clause. To restrict the rows returned by a GROUP BY clause, use
the HAVING clause. The condition or conditions specified in the HAVING clause are evaluated after applying any WHERE clause condition and performing the grouping.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating strings with character functions in SQL SELECT and WHERE clauses

References:

SELECT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SELECT.html

Question #65 of 190 Question ID: 1598814

Which data dictionary table would you use to determine whether the type of segment for a given table is either an INDEX or an INDEX SUBPARITION?

✗ A) USER_TABLES

✗ B) DBA_TABLES

✓ C) DBA_SEGMENTS

✗ D) DBA_PROLICIES

Explanation

The data dictionary view DBA_SEGMENTS allows you to select detailed information that will provide you with segment type information, such as INDEX or
INDEX_SUBPARTITION details. This view delineates on the storage related information within the entire database. You can also determine the owner of the segment,
partition data, tablespace information, and the size of each segment within Oracle.

The DBA_PROLICIES view holds information on Oracle's security policies that are held within the private database within Oracle. It will not tell you information on segment
types.

The USER_TABLES view holds database user information related to tables and will not tell you all the different types, as will DBA_SEGMENTS.

The DBA_TABLES view holds relational database information related to Oracle tables and will not specify segment types on non-table types.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Managing Different Types of Segments

References:

DBA_SEGMENTS

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/DBA_SEGMENTS.html

Question #66 of 190 Question ID: 1598879

Which Oracle SQL*Plus command will you need to use to assign a value and list each currently defined user variable as well as its value?

✓ A) DEFINE

✗ B) ACCEPT
✗ C) SET VERIFY

✗ D) UNDEFINE

Explanation

You will use the DEFINE command which can be used to define new variables and assign values to them. DEFINE can be abbreviated to DEF and can be used to display
values of certain user variables as well as perform a listing the values of user variables.

You do not use the UNDEFINE command for defining new variables and assigning values to them. You use the UNDEFINE command to delete user variables so that they
cannot be referenced any more.

You do not use the SET VERIFY command for defining new variables and assigning values to them. You use the SET VERIFY command for toggling between the output of a
command before and after substitution variables are replaced with values by SQL*Plus. This command is used for confirming changes in an SQL statement.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 43/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You do not use the ACCEPT command for defining new variables and assigning values to them. You use the ACCEPT command for reading user input and storing it in a
variable.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Using the DEFINE and VERIFY commands

References:

The DEFINE and UNDEFINE Commands

https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/oracle-sqlplus-the/1565925785/ch04s06.html

Question #67 of 190 Question ID: 1609114

Examine the data in the WORKORDER table.

The WORKORDER table contains these columns:

WO_ID NUMBER PK

CUST_ID NUMBER

REQUIRED_DT DATE

COMPL_DT DATE

AMOUNT NUMBER(7,2)

Which statement regarding the use of aggregate functions on the WORKORDER table is TRUE?

✓ A) Using the AVG aggregate function on the AMOUNT column ignores null values.

✗ B) Using the MIN aggregate function on the COMPL_DT column will return a null value.

✗ C) Using the AVG aggregate function with any column in the table is allowed.

✗ D) Using the SUM aggregate function on the AMOUNT column will result in erroneous results because the column contains
null values.

✗ E) Grouping on the REQUIRED_DT and COMPL_DT columns is not allowed.

✗ F) Using the SUM aggregate function with the AMOUNT column is allowed in any portion of a SELECT statement.

Explanation

All group functions, except specifically the COUNT(*) function, ignore null values. Therefore, it is correct to state that using the AVG aggregate function on the AMOUNT column
ignores null values.

Grouping is allowed on any column, so the option stating that grouping on the REQUIRED_DT and COMPL_DT columns is not allowed is incorrect.

The option stating you can use the AVG function with any column in the table is incorrect because you can only use the AVG, SUM, STDDEV, and VARIANCE functions with
numeric data types.

All group functions ignore null values. Therefore, the MIN aggregate function would not return a null value, and the option stating that it does is incorrect.

The option that states that the SUM function is allowed in any portion of a SELECT statement is incorrect. Aggregate functions cannot be used in WHERE clauses. WHERE clauses
restrict the rows before the grouping occurs. HAVING clauses restrict the rows after the grouping occurs.

Using the SUM function on the AMOUNT column will not result in erroneous results due to null values. Aggregate functions ignore null values.

If you need to substitute another value, for example zero, for a null value, you can use the NVL, NVL2, or COALESCE functions.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 44/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Reporting Aggregated Data Using Group Functions

Sub-Objective:
Using Group Functions

References:

Aggregate Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Aggregate-Functions.html

Question #68 of 190 Question ID: 1598934

Which two statements regarding the valid use of single-row and multiple-row subqueries are true? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Single- and multiple-row subqueries can be used with the BETWEEN operator.

✗ B) Multiple-row subqueries can be used with the LIKE operator.

✓ C) Single-row operators can only be used with single-row subqueries.

✓ D) Multiple-row subqueries can be used in a WHERE clause and the INTO portion of an INSERT statement.

✗ E) Single-row subqueries can only be used in a WHERE clause.

✗ F) Multiple-row subqueries can be used with both single-row and multiple-row operators.

Explanation

The following two statements regarding the valid use of single-row and multiple-row subqueries are true:

Single-row operators can only be used with single-row subqueries.

Multiple-row subqueries can be used in a WHERE clause and the INTO portion of an INSERT statement.

A single-row subquery is a subquery that returns only one row from the inner SELECT statement. Single-row subqueries can only be used with single-row operators, such as =,
> , >=, <, <=, or <>. When a single-row operator is used, then the subquery must be a single-row subquery that returns only one row. If you attempt to use a single-row
operator with a subquery that returns multiple rows, an error occurs. Multiple-row subqueries can be used in a WHERE clause and the INTO portion of an INSERT statement.
When used in a WHERE clause, the multiple-row subquery must use a multiple-row operator, such as IN, ANY, or ALL. When used in the INTO portion of an INSERT statement,
all rows returned by the multiple-row subquery are inserted into the specified table.

The option stating that single-row subqueries can only be used in a WHERE clause is incorrect. Single-row subqueries can be used any place that a single scalar value can be
used.

The option stating that multiple-row subqueries can be used with the LIKE operator is incorrect. The LIKE operator accepts a single value and can only be used with single-
row queries.

The option stating that single- and multiple-row subqueries can be used with the BETWEEN operator is incorrect. The BETWEEN operator accepts two values. Either one or both
of these values may come from single-row subqueries. However, the values may not come from multiple-row subqueries.

The option stating that multiple-row subqueries can be used with both single-row and multiple-row operators is incorrect because they can only use multiple-row operators.

Objective:
Using Subqueries to Solve Queries

Sub-Objective:
Using Single Row Subqueries

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #69 of 190 Question ID: 1609120

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER PK

NAME VARCHAR2(30)

LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)

COST NUMBER(7,2)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 45/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You logged on to the database to update the product table. After your session began, you issued these statements:

INSERT INTO product VALUES(4,'Ceiling Fan',59.99,32.45);

INSERT INTO product VALUES(5,'Ceiling Fan',69.99,37.20);

SAVEPOINT A;

UPDATE product SET cost = 0;

SAVEPOINT B;

DELETE FROM product WHERE UPPER(name) = 'CEILING FAN';

ALTER TABLE product ADD qoh NUMBER DEFAULT 10;

ROLLBACK TO B;

UPDATE product SET name = 'CEILING FAN KIT' WHERE product_id = 4;

Then, you exit the session.

Which of the DML statements in this script performed either an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE that affected at least one row?

✗ A) only the INSERT statements

✓ B) the INSERT statements, the first UPDATE statement, and the DELETE statement

✗ C) none of the DML operations

✗ D) all of the DML operations

✗ E) only the INSERT statements and the first UPDATE statement

Explanation

In this example, the INSERT statements, the UPDATE statement, and the DELETE statement are committed by this script. When the ALTER TABLE statement is executed, an
implicit commit occurs. This commits the updates performed in both INSERT statements, the first UPDATE statement, and the DELETE statement. This implicit commit releases
all held locks, erases all savepoints, and writes the changes permanently to the database.

When the ROLLBACK TO B statement is issued, an error will occur stating that savepoint B was never established. Therefore, this rollback statement has no effect. Then, the
final UPDATE statement is issued but never committed.

Another implicit commit may possibly occur when you exit the session, and if so, this implicit COMMIT commits the changes made by the last UPDATE statement. However, that
work is not part of the script. This action will depend on the SQL*Plus settings regarding the treatment of pending transactions when you exit that particular tool.

All options indicating that fewer or more rows were actually updated are false.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Manipulation Language

References:

ALTER TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLE.html

Question #70 of 190 Question ID: 1598807

You run the following statement:

ALTER TABLESPACE temp4 SHRINK TEMPFILE '/u44/oracle/data/temp4.dbf';

What is the result?

✗ A) The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will fail because it is missing the required KEEP clause.

✗ B) The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will succeed, but it will cause the other attributes that make up the temp data file to
change back to the default state.

✗ C) The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will be shrunk down to the size configured in the KEEP clause.

✓ D) The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will be shrunk down to the minimum possible size.

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 46/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
When you execute the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the SHRINK TEMPFILE clause, the temp file associated with the temp4 table space will be shrunk to the
minimum possible size.

The ALTER statement will succeed and will simply cause the tablespace to shrink down to its smallest possible value. When you leave out the KEEP clause, the database will
use its internal information to determine the smallest possible size. Otherwise, you can use the KEEP clause to hold a pre-determined size for your temporary file and not
cause the temp file to be too small or even to large.

The shrinking option can only be performed while online, which allows other users within the database to continually allocate extents for currently executing queries.

The temp file associated with the temp4 table space will not be shrunk down to the KEEP clause size. The statement did not specify the KEEP clause, which would be
required in order to shrink the temp file to a predetermined size.

The statement will not fail because it is missing the required KEEP clause. This clause is actually optional and is not required.

The ALTERTABLESPACE statement will not cause the other attributes that make up the temp data file to change back to the default state. When you alter a temporary
tablespace using the SHRINK clause, no other attributes will be changed during or after the statement completes.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Using Space-Saving Features

References:

ALTER TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLESPACE.html

Question #71 of 190 Question ID: 1598899

Study the PHYSICIAN table before answering the following question.

Physicians are assigned a unique physician ID and a license number based upon their specialty. For example, if two doctors are both pediatricians, they will have different
physician IDs but the same license number. Not all physicians have a license number.

You want to create a SELECT statement that will prompt the user for a specific license number. You should return the IDs and names of all physicians who do NOT have that
specific license number, including names and IDs of physicians with no license number.

Which of the following SELECT statements will meet the scenario requirements? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician WHERE license_no != &license_number or
license_no IS NULL

✗ B) SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician WHERE license_no <> &license_number

✓ C) SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician MINUS SELECT physician_id, first_name||'
'||last_name FROM physician WHERE license_no = &license_number

✗ D) SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician WHERE license_no NOT IN
(&license_number)

Explanation

The two statements that meet the scenario requirements are:

SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician MINUS SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name FROM physician WHERE license_no =
&license_number

SELECT physician_id, first_name||' '||last_name "Name" FROM physician WHERE license_no != &license_number or license_no IS NULL

The SELECT statement that contains the MINUS operator is one of the correct answers. The SELECT prior to the keyword MINUS returns all the rows in the table, regardless
of whether the column license_no is NULL or not, and regardless of the value the user entered when prompted. Then, the SELECT after the keyword MINUS removes the
rows where the license_no is equal to the value entered by the user. Consequently, you will end up with all rows except those with the value entered by the user, as well as
rows in which the license_no is null.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 47/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The SELECT statement that contains the operator != is also correct. It will return all the rows in which the license_no is not equal to the value entered by the user, as well as
rows in which the value of license_no is null.

The SELECT statement that contains the NOT IN operator is incorrect. When the user enters the value for license_no, the software determines where there is a mismatch
between the value the user entered and the value for license_no. When it gets to the row(s) where license_no is null, it will be unable to evaluate whether the WHERE clause
is true or false. Since the value of the condition is unknown (NULL) and NOT true, the row with the null value will never be returned. Consequently, this SELECT statement will
miss returning the rows where the value of license_no is null.

The SELECT statement that contains the <> operator is also incorrect. The software will not evaluate the condition as being TRUE when it encounters a row where the value
of the column is null. Hence, those rows will not be returned, and thus the requirements of the scenario are not met.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using The MINUS operator

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #72 of 190 Question ID: 1598863

Your database is configured to use Automatic Undo Management. Which two actions will enable read consistency for long-running transactions in your database? (Choose
two.)

✓ A) increasing the undo retention period

✗ B) decreasing the undo retention period

✗ C) increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace

✓ D) increasing the size of the undo tablespace

✗ E) increasing the size of the database buffer cache

✗ F) increasing the size and number of undo segments in your database

✗ G) increasing the number of redo log files in your database

Explanation

The read consistency for long-running transactions will be enabled by increasing the undo retention period and by increasing the size of the undo tablespace. Increasing the
undo retention period for your database will enable the before image of updated rows to be stored in the undo tablespace for a longer period of time. This will enable read
consistency for those users selecting this data. Increasing the size of the undo tablespace will have the same impact because more space will be available to hold undo data.

Decreasing the undo retention period will not enable read consistency for long-running transactions. Decreasing the undo retention period will instead hamper the read
consistency of long-running transactions because the before images of rows involved in transactions will be retained in the undo tablespace for a shorter period of time.

Increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace will not in any way impact the read consistency of long-running transactions. The reason for this is that SYSTEM tablespace
does not store any undo data in this scenario because Automatic Undo Management is being used. When Automatic Undo Management is used, Oracle will create an undo
tablespace if one does not exist and therefore the SYSTEM tablespace will not store any undo data. The SYSTEM tablespace stores the undo data only when no undo
tablespace exists in the database.

Increasing the size of the database buffer cache will not impact the read consistency of long-running transactions. Read consistency for long-running transactions is enabled
by increasing the time for which the undo data for these transactions is stored in the undo tablespace. The database buffer cache is a component of SGA that stores the data
blocks that are currently being accessed by the user transactions. Whenever a SQL query requests data from a datafile, the data is retrieved from the datafile and stored in
the database buffer cache where users make changes to the data blocks. The database buffer cache does not store any undo-related information.

Increasing the number of redo log files in your database will not enable read consistency for long-running transactions because the undo data for transactions is not stored in
the redo log files. It is stored in the undo tablespace when Automatic Undo Management is used.

Increasing the size and number of undo segments in your database in this scenario is incorrect because the number of undo segments in the database is managed by the
Oracle server when the database is configured for Automatic Undo Management.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Storing Undo Information

References:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 48/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

UNDO_MANAGEMENT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_MANAGEMENT.html

Question #73 of 190 Question ID: 1598841

You want to know the uptime duration of your default listener. Which command-line command can you use to determine the uptime duration of the default listener?

✗ A) lsnrctl stop
✓ B) lsnrctl status

✗ C) lsnrctl start

✗ D) lsnrctl services

Explanation

You can use the lsnrctl status command to display the uptime duration of the default listener. The lsnrctl status command displays information about a listener, including the
listener's status, configuration settings, and whether or not the listener was dynamically registered. The syntax of the lsnrctl status command is:

lsnrctl status [listenername]

If a listenername is specified, then the status of the specified listener is displayed. If no listenername is specified, the status and configuration of the default listener,
LISTENER, is displayed.

The lsnrctl stop command is used to stop the default listener.

The lsnrctl start command is used to start the default listener.

The lsnrctl services command is used to view detailed information regarding the different databases, instances, and dispatchers to which the listener forwards client requests.
It also provides information on whether or not the listener was dynamically registered.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Net Services Administration Tools

References:

Listener Control Utility

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle//oracle-database/23/netrf/listener-control-utility.html

Question #74 of 190 Question ID: 1598865

As a DBA, you plan to configure UNDO retention for a database that tends to have several transactions that execute for several minutes throughout the day. You want to
configure the UNDO_RENTION parameter to 30 minutes.

What is the correct value to use?

✗ A) 900
✓ B) 1500

✗ C) Leave the value blank

✗ D) 3000

Explanation

The correct value is 1500. The UNDO_RETENTION parameter is used to set the undo period. The smallest value for setting the undo retention period is 900 seconds or 15
minutes. At any point you can modify the UNDO_RETENTION parameter using an ALTER SYSTEM statement. You can view current undo retention data by selecting the
column TUNED_UNDORETENTION within the V$UNDOSTAT dictionary view.

900 is the default value for this parameter and represents the number of seconds that undo data can be held within the database.

3000 is considered 50 minutes and is not a 30-minute interval as described above.

A blank value for this parameter is incorrect. The default value would need to be implemented rather than a blank value.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 49/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Undo Retention

References:

UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

Question #75 of 190 Question ID: 1598795

Eric is working as a database administrator with Telstar Corporation. He has been granting SYSDBA and SYSOPER privileges to certain users who must perform certain
administrative tasks, such as starting and shutting down the database remotely.

Which file determines the number of users that can be granted the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege?

✓ A) password file

✗ B) system datafile

✗ C) control file

✗ D) trace file

✗ E) alert log file

Explanation

The password file contains information regarding the number of users who can be granted the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege. While creating a password file, you can use
the ENTRIES clause to specify the number of users who can be granted the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege. The password file can also be used to authenticate users who
are trying to access the database remotely. The REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE initialization parameter can be set to provide a different authentication mechanism for
the database. Setting the parameter to NONE specifies that DBAs who need the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privileges should be authenticated by the operating system. Setting
the parameter to SHARED specifies that more than one database can use the same password file. Using this method, the user can be authenticated on one or more
databases that use the same password file. Setting the parameter to EXCLUSIVE specifies that this password file is used only to authenticate DBAs who need the SYSDBA
or SYSOPER privilege for a single database.

The trace files in an Oracle database are created for every server process and background process. Whenever the server or background process encounters an error or is
terminated, the information regarding the error is written to the respective trace file. The trace file can be used to gather information regarding these server and background
processes.

A control file in an Oracle database contains information about the physical structure of the database. The control file is required whenever you start the database and must
be available throughout the life of the instance.

The alert log file in an Oracle database contains database-wide information about the errors and other important events in the database. The alert log file contains the startup
and shutdown times of the database, any non-default values for the initialization parameters which were used to start the instance, and other important information regarding
the database.

There is no specific system datafile in an Oracle database. A file known as the first datafile, also referred to as file #1, is the first datafile created in an Oracle database that
will eventually make up the SYSTEM tablespace. This file has no bearing on the maximum number of users who can be granted the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Administering User Authentication Methods

References:

Creating and Maintaining a Database Password File

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/getting-started-with-database-administration.html#GUID-26EC8D1B-7A2F-4F0A-9588-D92CBD610858

Question #76 of 190 Question ID: 1598829

You are creating a database using DBCA.

Which option CANNOT be configured using DBCA?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 50/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✓ A) configuring the database to use the local naming method

✗ B) configuring the database to run in shared server mode

✗ C) configuring the database to use Automatic Storage Management

✗ D) configuring the database to enable daily backup

✗ E) configuring the database to use password file authentication

Explanation

Using DBCA, you cannot configure the database to use the local naming method. The naming method for the database must be configured using the net configuration files or
the Net Configuration Assistant.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to enable daily backup. To enable daily backup of the database, you must check the Enable Daily Backup check box on the
Management Options page. While enabling backup, you can specify the time when the daily backup will be performed and the username and password of the user performing
the backup.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to run as a shared server. To configure the database to run as a shared server, you must select the appropriate connection
mode in the Connection Mode tab on the Initialization Parameters page.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to use password file authentication by setting the appropriate parameters. You can set the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE
parameter to EXCLUSIVE or SHARED using the Initialization Parameters page to enable the database to use password file authentication.

DBCA can be used to configure the database to use Automatic Storage Management. You can configure the database to use Automatic Storage Management from the
Operations page.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)

References:

About Creating Databases Using Oracle DBCA

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/ladbi/about-creating-databases-using-dbca.html

Question #77 of 190 Question ID: 1609045

Users of your database application complain of slow response time for queries. Upon analysis, you realize that the queries are being reparsed because they are aged out
quickly.

Which component of the System Global Area (SGA) should you modify to reduce the reparsing of queries?

✗ A) database buffer cache

✗ B) data dictionary cache

✗ C) large pool

✗ D) redo log buffer

✗ E) Java pool
✓ F) library cache

Explanation

Increasing the library cache component of the SGA will help avoid the reparsing of queries because the shared SQL area component of the library cache contains the parse
tree information and execution plan of queries. The queries are reparsed because they are aged out too quickly from the shared SQL area due to lack of space in the library
cache. Adding more space to the library cache will ensure that the parse tree information and execution plan for the queries is not aged out as quickly

All of the other options are incorrect because these components do not store the parse tree information for the queries, and modifying them will not help avoid the reparsing of
queries.

The Java pool is a specific area in the SGA that is used to run Java-specific applications. To run these Java applications, you use the Java stored procedures in the database.
The size of the Java pool is determined by the JAVA_POOL_SIZE parameter specified in the initialization parameter file.

A large pool, when configured, is used to store the session memory information for shared servers and is also used for some RMAN operations.

The redo log buffer is used to record all the changes made to the data blocks in a database. The redo log buffer is used in recovery.

The data dictionary cache is a part of the shared pool, which stores the definitions of recently accessed data objects, such as tables and indexes.

The database buffer cache is used to cache the recently accessed data blocks that have been retrieved from the datafiles as a result of user queries on the database.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 51/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Memory and Process Structure

References:

Memory Architecture

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/memory-architecture.html

Question #78 of 190 Question ID: 1598871

What is the behavior of temporary undo segments when you are managing undo records related to temporary tables and the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization
parameter is set to FALSE?

✗ A) It would disable temporary undo only at the session level.

✓ B) The undo records for temp tables will be logged in the redo log and held in the undo tablespace.

✗ C) All undo related to all temporary tables will be logged into temporary undo segments.

✗ D) It would reduce the amount of undo stored in the undo tablespace.

Explanation

The undo records for temp tables will be logged in the redo log and held in the undo tablespace. The TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED initialization parameter, when set to TRUE,
allows you to separate undo data from persistent tables and temporary tables. This parameter has to be set to TRUE for this logic to work. This is useful behavior if you want
to reduce the amount of undo data that is stored in the undo tablespace.

When this parameter is set to FALSE, undo records for temporary tables will be logged in the redo log and stored in the undo tablespace as they are generated.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE would not reduce the amount of undo stored in the undo tablespace. Setting the parameter to FALSE means that any undo
records related to temporary tables are logged in redo logs and stored in the undo tablespace, thereby increasing storage.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE does not allow you to disable temporary undo only at the session level. Changes to the TEMP_UNDO_ENABLE parameter can
be done at the database level or session level.

Setting TEMP_UNDO_ENABLED to FALSE will not ensure that all undo related to all temporary tables are logged into temporary undo segments. This is what happens when
the parameter TEMP_UNOD_ENABLE is set to TRUE and not FALSE.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Temporary Undo

References:

Managing Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/admin/managing-undo.html

Question #79 of 190 Question ID: 1609122

Examine the set of statements run by two users in the same session, starting at SCN number 78 shown in the exhibit.

Which component of the Oracle architecture guarantees that the transactions of user A do not interfere with the transactions of user B?

✗ A) temporary data stored in the temporary tablespace of the database

✗ B) redo data stored in the online redo log files

✗ C) flashback data stored in the flashback tables

✓ D) undo data stored in the undo segments

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 52/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ E) redo data stored in the redo log buffer

Explanation

The undo data stored in the undo segments guarantees that the transactions of users do not interfere with each other. The undo data of each user issuing a DML statement is
maintained in the undo segments. This undo data contains the before image of the data that the user is trying to modify. The before image of the data supports read
consistency for each user.

In the given scenario, when user A issues the DELETE FROM emp; statement, it generates undo data that contains the image of the columns of the rows in the table as they
existed before the DELETE statement was issued. Any other user (user B) who is trying to view the table uses this before image of the rows in the table. The user performing
the DML on the table (user A) also will be given a lock on those rows. Because of this lock, other users will not be able to modify the locked rows. Because there was no
WHERE clause on the DELETE command, all rows were locked by this user and the before image exists in the undo for every row. User B will be able to view any of the rows
in the table, but he will be viewing them from the undo. User B would normally be able to do DML on any of the other rows of the table that User A didn't lock, but in this case,
User A locked every row. Consequently, User B can only look until User A issues a command to end the transaction, such as COMMMIT or ROLLBACK.

The undo segments are held in the undo tablespace when Automatic Undo Management is enabled, or in the SYSTEM tablespace if no undo tablespace is present in the
database.

The redo data stored in the redo log buffer does not guarantee read consistency of transactions. The redo data is required for both instance and media recovery purposes.

The redo data stored in the online redo log files does not guarantee read consistency of transactions. This redo data is required for both instance and media recovery
purposes.

The data stored in the flashback tables does not guarantee read consistency of transactions. This data is required to recover a table up to a particular point in time.

The data stored in the temporary tablespace does not guarantee read consistency of transactions. This data is required when a user is running a statement that must sort
data.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Controlling transactions

References:

Managing Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-undo.html

Question #80 of 190 Question ID: 1598854

Your junior DBA has placed a tablespace in your database offline by using the following statement:

SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE TS2 OFFLINE TEMPORARY;

Which two statements reflect results of altering the status of the tablespace by using this statement? (Choose two.)

✗ A) The statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-only.

✓ B) The statement will force a checkpoint to be performed in the database.

✗ C) All the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can be brought online.
✗ D) The tablespace cannot be brought online without performing recovery on it.

✓ E) The tablespace can be brought online the next time without performing a recovery on it.

Explanation

If the tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE statement, the statement will force a checkpoint on all the online
datafiles in the tablespace. Also, the tablespace can be brought online the next time without performing a recovery on it.

When a tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE statement, the tablespace is taken offline even if there are error
conditions for one or more datafiles in the tablespace. If no datafiles in the tablespace are offline, the tablespace can be brought online without performing a recovery on it. If
there are certain offline datafiles when the tablespace is taken offline using the TEMPORARY clause, you must perform a recovery on the datafiles before the tablespace can
be brought online.

The option that states that the tablespace cannot be brought online without a recovery is incorrect because the tablespace can be brought online without a recovery on it. If
the tablespace is taken offline by using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, it cannot be brought online without performing a recovery on it. When the tablespace is taken offline
using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, the statement does not force a checkpoint on the datafiles of the tablespace. Therefore, whenever the tablespace is brought online
after taking it offline using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, you must perform a media recovery on the datafiles of the tablespace to bring the tablespace online.

The option that states that the statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-only is incorrect because the statement will not generate an error and
will execute successfully even if some files in the tablespace are read-only.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 53/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The option that states that all the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can be brought online is incorrect because only the offline datafiles in the
tablespace may need a recovery. All the other datafiles can be opened without a recovery performed on them.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Viewing Tablespace Information

References:

ALTER TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLESPACE.html

Question #81 of 190 Question ID: 1598834

Which of these CDB components has storage for Oracle-supplied metadata and only ONE of its types exists in a CDB?

✗ A) Tablespace

✓ B) Root

✗ C) Schema

✗ D) View

Explanation

The root which is also named CDB$ROOT has storage for Oracle-supplied metadata and common users. This can include source code for PL/SQL packages that are
supplied by Oracle. Common users are database users which are known in each container. Oracle has a multitenant architecture that allows Oracle databases to work as
multitenant container databases (CDBs) which can include pluggable databases (PDBs) that are customer-made.

You use Oracle Enterprise Manager Express for performing administrative tasks like managing database storage and memory and handling user security. It also enables you
to check status and performance information related to your database. Other components conclude:

Seed – A seed is a template that can be used for creating new PDBs and is named PDB$SEED. Each CDB has only one seed.
PDB – A PDB contains a portable set of schemas, schema objects, as well as non-schema objects that is visible as a non-CDB to an Oracle Net client.

A view is not a CDB component but a logical table which is based on a single or multiple tables or views.

A tablespace is not a CDB component but is a space allocation for containing schema objects in the database.

A schema is not a CDB component but is a set of database objects which is owned by a specific database user and has a name matching the database user.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle enterprise Manager Database Express

References:

Start the Oracle Enterprise Manager Express

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/tutorial-start-em/index.html

Question #82 of 190 Question ID: 1609107

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)

NEW_PURCHASES NUMBER(7,2)

PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

PAYMENTS NUMBER(7,2)

You must print a report that contains the account number and the current balance for a particular customer. The current balance consists of the sum of an account's previous
balance, new purchases, and finance charge. You must calculate the finance charge based on a rate of 1.5 percent of the previous balance. Payments must be deducted from

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 54/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
this amount. The customer's account number is 543842.

Which SELECT statement should you use?

✓ A) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ B) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ C) SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

✗ D) SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) + finance_charge - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

Explanation

You should use the following SELECT statement:

SELECT account_id, new_purchases + prev_balance * 1.015 - payments

FROM account

WHERE account_id = 543842;

To calculate the new balance on an account, the finance charge is calculated by multiplying the previous balance by .015. To include the previous balance amount, 1.015 is
used instead of .015 (prev_balance * 1.015). The result equals the previous balance plus the finance charge, which is .015 percent of the previous balance. After adding
new purchases and subtracting the payments, the current balance calculation is complete.

The choice that starts with SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * 1.015) + finance_charge - payments executes but does not return the desired
results. Instead of using the finance_charge column, the finance charge value must be calculated based on a rate of .015.

The choice that starts with SELECT new_balance + finance_charge - payments returns undesired results because the required current balance calculation is not used.

The choice that starts with SELECT clause SELECT account_id, new_purchases + (prev_balance * .015) - payments calculates the new balance improperly by
neglecting to add the previous balance into the calculation.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using Arithmetic expressions and NULL values in the SELECT statement

References:

SELECT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SELECT.html

Question #83 of 190 Question ID: 1609079

Which three statements concerning explicit data type conversions are TRUE? (Choose three.)

✓ A) A character value may be converted to a date value using the TO_DATE function.

✓ B) A number value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR function.

✗ C) A number value may be converted to a date value using the TO_DATE function.
✗ D) A number value may be converted to a character value using the TO_NUMBER function.

✗ E) A date value may be converted to a character value using the TO_DATE function.

✓ F) A date value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR function.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 55/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ G) A date value may be converted to a number value using the TO_NUMBER function.

Explanation

The following three statements concerning explicit data type conversions are true:

A character value may be converted to a date value using the TO_DATE function.
A date value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR function.
A number value may be converted to a character string using the TO_CHAR function.

You can perform explicit data type conversions using the TO_CHAR, TO_DATE, and TO_NUMBER functions. In contrast, implicit type conversions are done by SQL and
PL/SQL automatically in situations where you perform operations like comparing a number to a string. The system will implicitly convert the string to a number for comparison
purposes.

The TO_CHAR conversion function converts a date or number value to a VARCHAR2 character string using a format ('fmt'). When a format is not provided, the default date
format is used. The syntax of the TO_CHAR function is:

TO_CHAR(date|number [, 'fmt'])

The TO_DATE conversion function converts a date character string to a date value using a specified format ('fmt'). When a format is not provided, the default format of DD-
MON-YY is used. The syntax of the TO_DATE function is:

TO_DATE('string' [, 'fmt'])

The TO_NUMBER conversion function converts a character string to a number value using a specified format ('fmt'). Using the 'FX' modifier prefixed to the specified format
indicates exact matching, including spaces and leading zeroes. The syntax of the TO_NUMBER function is:

TO_NUMBER('string' [, 'fmt'])

The following table summarizes which explicit data type conversions are permissible in Oracle.

Objective:
Using Conversion Functions and Conditional Expressions

Sub-Objective:
Understanding implicit and explicit data type conversion

References:

TO_CHAR (number)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/TO_CHAR-number.html

TO_DATE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/TO_DATE.html

Question #84 of 190 Question ID: 1598956

Your EMP table was created using the CREATE TABLE statement shown in the exhibit.

You are using SQL*Loader direct path load to load data into the EMP table.

Which constraint or constraints will be enforced during the load?

✗ A) all of the constraints

✗ B) the PRIMARY KEY constraint

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 56/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) the NOT NULL constraints

✓ D) both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints

✗ E) the CHECK constraint

Explanation

In this scenario, both the PRIMARY KEY and NOT NULL constraints will be enforced during the load. With direct path loads, only the PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, and NOT
NULL constraints are enforced. Any FOREIGN KEY and CHECK constraints will be disabled but can be re-enabled after the loading process is complete.

The option that states only the PRIMARYKEY constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The NOTNULL constraints will also be enforced.

The option that states only the NOT NULL constraints will be enforced is incorrect. The PRIMARY KEY constraint will also be enforced.

The option that states the CHECK constraint will be enforced is incorrect. The CHECK constraint will be disabled.

The option that states all of the constraints will be enforced is incorrect. All constraints are enforced with conventional loads, but not direct path loads.

Objective:
Managing Schema Objects

Sub-Objective:
Managing constraints

References:

SQL*Loader

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sutil/oracle-sql-loader.html

Question #85 of 190 Question ID: 1598851

You are a database administrator in your company working on the ADMIN database. There are 25 users in the office who must access this database by using the TCP/IP
protocol. You must configure the database so that these users can access the database from their local computers. You are using Database Control to configure the naming
methods.

Configuring which naming method would involve the least administrative overhead in this scenario?

✗ A) Local naming method

✗ B) Directory naming method

✓ C) Easy Connect naming method

✗ D) External naming method

Explanation

In this scenario, the Easy Connect naming method would be the best option to ensure the least administrative overhead. The Easy Connect naming method is enabled by
default and does not require any client-side configuration or naming service method and the directory system. It can be used in the situation where there are fewer users
accessing the database. Also, the Easy Connect naming method is supported only by the TCP/IP protocol. It does not provide support for advanced options such as connect-
time failover, source routing, and load balancing.

Local naming can also be used in this scenario, but Local naming involves more administrative overhead than the Easy Connect naming method. Local naming involves using
the tnsnames.ora file, which contains the list of net service names. These net service names map to a connect descriptor that contains detailed information about the
connection options and the database for which the net service name is configured. The Local naming method can be used in a similar situation that uses a protocol other than
TCP/IP, where you cannot use the Easy Connect naming method.

External naming should not be used in this scenario because it involves more administrative overhead than the Easy Connect method. External naming involves resolving a
net service name stored in a non-Oracle naming service.

Directory naming should not be used in this scenario because it involves more administrative overhead than the Easy Connect method. Directory naming involves a
centralized LDAP-compliant directory server, which stores the information required by the client computers. This directory enables central administration of database services
and net service names when changes are made in the configuration. Directory naming should be used in scenarios where you have a large number of users and want to store
and administer the required connection information centrally. This naming method does not involve updating the user-specific files used for resolving connections to the
database because all the required information is located centrally.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Administering Naming Methods

References:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 57/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Configuring Naming Methods

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/netag/configuring-naming-methods.html

Question #86 of 190 Question ID: 1598844

Which of the following options can be used to connect from one Oracle database to another Oracle database?

✗ A) Oracle Database Gateway

✓ B) Database link

✗ C) CURRENT_USER clause

✗ D) Database directory

Explanation

You would use a database link to connect from one Oracle database to another. A database link is simply a schema that connects from one object to another schema that
resides outside the database. There are several requirements for this process, which include a CREATE SESSION system privilege for the remote system.

The following examples create a database link using the CREATE DATABASE LINK statement:

CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK test_remote_conn USING 'test_remote_conn';

CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK mylocal CONNECT TO hr_schema IDENTIFIED BY mypassword USING 'local_tns_configuration';

When you create a database link, you also have to update the TNS entry on the source server with the remote connection information. It is very important to make sure you
have the appropriate permissions on both of the schemas involved in the connection process. You can check your permissions using the USER_TAB_PRIVS,
USER_SYS_PRIVS, and USER_ROLE_PRIVS objects.

The CURRENT_USER clause should only be used when you are creating a database link that gives you the ability to connect based on the overall scope of the user. It is not
an option for connecting to a database.

The database directory is a component used by Oracle data pump for importing and export data from an Oracle database and not used for connecting to another Oracle
database.

The Oracle Database Gateway feature is used for connecting to databases that are not Oracle. For example, you can use the Oracle gateway feature to connect to a SQL
Server database.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Communication Between Database Instances

References:

CREATE DATABASE LINK

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-DATABASE-LINK.html

Question #87 of 190 Question ID: 1598868

You are using Automatic Undo Management in your database. The name of the undo tablespace in your database is UNDOTS. You want to ensure that no committed undo
data is overwritten for 15 minutes.

Which two actions must you take to achieve this? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE=TRUE; statement.

✗ B) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0.

✗ C) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION NOGUARANTEE; statement.

✓ D) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900.

✓ E) Run the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE; statement.

✗ F) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 15.

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 58/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
In this scenario, you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900 and run the ALTERTABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE; statement. This will retain the
committed undo data for 15 minutes and guarantee undo. The UNDO_RETENTION parameter sets the time, in seconds, for which the undo data is to be retained. Running
the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the GUARANTEE clause ensures that undo is guaranteed. When undo is guaranteed for an undo tablespace in a database, the
committed undo data from transactions will not be overwritten for the time specified in the UNDO_RETENTION parameter. This is true even if there are other transactions in
the database that need space in the undo tablespace to store undo data.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0 is incorrect because to retain the committed undo data for 15 minutes you must set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to
900. This parameter value is specified in seconds. Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 0 indicates automatic undo retention mode.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 15 is incorrect because the parameter accepts a value in seconds. Therefore, to retain the undo data for 15 minutes, you must
set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 900, which represents a value of 900 seconds.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION NOGUARANTEE; statement is incorrect because this will not guarantee that the committed undo data is retained for
15 minutes. When undo is not guaranteed, the committed undo data will be overwritten if any ongoing transactions require space in the undo tablespace.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE undots RETENTION GUARANTEE=TRUE; statement is incorrect because the syntax of the statement is incorrect. When the statement is
run, it will generate an error.

Running the ALTER TABLESPACE UNDOTS RETENTION NOGUARANTEE=TRUE; statement is incorrect because the syntax of the statement is incorrect. When the
statement is issued, it will generate an error.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Undo Retention

References:

UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

Question #88 of 190 Question ID: 1598867

You are using Automatic Undo Management in your database. You have enabled the guarantee option of undo retention by running the following statement:

SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE UNDOTS RETENTION GUARANTEE;

Which two statements are true about the guarantee option of undo retention? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Using the RETENTION GUARANTEE clause of the ALTER TABLESPACE undots command causes information
regarding committed transactions stored on the undo segments in the undots tablespace to be overwritten as needed
when new transactions begin.

✓ B) Using the guarantee option of undo retention causes the committed undo data to be retained for the time specified by
the UNDO_RETENTION parameter, even if other transactions require space in the undo tablespace.

✗ C) You use Enterprise Manager to determine if retention guarantee is enabled for a tablespace.

✓ D) Using the guarantee option of undo retention can lead to failure of some transactions.

✗ E) Using the guarantee option of undo retention guarantees undo retention for all of the tablespaces in the database.

Explanation

Using the guarantee option of undo retention can lead to failure of some transactions in the database. Enabling the guarantee option of undo retention in the database retains
the undo data from committed transactions in the undo tablespace, even if there are other transactions that require space in the undo tablespace. This may cause other
transactions to fail for lack of space in the undo tablespace. In addition, the committed undo data is retained for the time specified by the UNDO_RETENTION parameter. If
you guarantee undo retention in the undo tablespace, the undo data will be retained in the tablespace for the time specified by the UNDO_RETENTION parameter.

Using the guarantee option of undo retention does not guarantee undo retention for all of the tablespaces in the database. You can specify undo retention only for the undo
tablespace in the database.

You do not use Enterprise Manager to determine if retention guarantee is enabled for a tablespace. This information can be determined by using the DBA_TABLESPACES
view. The RETENTION column indicates whether undo retention is guaranteed for the tablespace. The possible values contained in this column are GUARANTEE,
NOGUARANTEE, and NOT APPLY.

Using the RETENTION GUARANTEE option of the ALTER TABLESPACE undots command causes the information regarding committed transactions stored on the undo
segments in the undots tablespace to be retained for the time specified in the UNDO_RETENTION parameter, even if that prevents new transactions from accessing the
space they require on the undots tablespace undo segments..

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 59/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Undo Retention

References:

UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

Question #89 of 190 Question ID: 1609099

The transaction table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE transaction

TRANSACTION_ID NUMBER(9)

TRANS_CODE VARCHAR2(5)

CUST_ACCOUNT VARCHAR2(12)

A new standard was adopted in your department affecting reports produced by querying the transaction table. When creating reports, a dash (-) followed by the three
characters ANI must be appended to all transaction codes that contain only three characters. Any leading 'W' in a transaction code must be removed from the resulting data
display.

Which query will return the desired results?

✗ A) SELECT TRIM('W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI')))FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✗ B) SELECT TRIM('W' (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✗ C) SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI')))

FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

✓ D) SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) =

Explanation

The following query will return the desired results:

SQL> SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))

FROM transaction WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3;

The query first limits the values it will return. The WHERE clause limits the rows returned to only rows that have a trans_code with a length of 3. The characters '-ANI' are
appended to the value using the RPAD function. If the first character in the trans_code is a 'W', the TRIM function will remove it from it from the query results. The LEADING
keyword can also be used returning the same results, as in:

TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 7, '-ANI')))

The LENGTH function returns the number of characters in a value (column or character string). The returned value is of a NUMBER data type. If the column or expression is
null, NULL is returned. The LENGTH character function may be used in a SELECT list or in a WHERE clause condition, such as WHERE LENGTH(trans_code) = 3, to restrict
the results of a query to columns having a specified length. The syntax of the LENGTH function is:

LENGTH(column|expression)

The RPAD character function returns a left-justified value with a string of characters replicated as many times as necessary to create a value that is of a specified length (n).
The syntax of the RPAD function is:

RPAD(column|expression, n, 'string')

The TRIM character function is used to trim leading, trailing, or both leading and trailing characters from a value. Character literals must be enclosed in single quotes. When
the LEADING, TRAILING, or BOTH keywords are omitted, the default behavior is to trim the leading and trailing characters. The syntax of the TRIM function is:

TRIM(LEADING|TRAILING|BOTH, trim_character FROM column|expression)

The statement that does not include the FROM keyword will fail. The FROM clause is required for all SELECT statements.

The statements containing SELECT TRIM(LEADING 'W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI'))) and SELECT TRIM('W' FROM (RPAD(trans_code, 3, '-ANI'))) execute
successfully, but do not return the desired results.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 60/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Using The DESCRIBE command

References:

LENGTH

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/LENGTH.html

RPAD

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/RPAD.html

TRIM

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/TRIM.html

Question #90 of 190 Question ID: 1609088

You need to display the product IDs for current products that were released before January 1, 2008, and were sold after July 10, 2008.

Which two SELECT statements will return the desired results? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

The first statement returns all the product_id values from the CURRENT_PRODUCTS table. The second query returns only the product_id values from the
PRODUCT_DEVELOP table that released before January 10, 2008. The first UNION operator returns all the product_id values from both of the first two queries, eliminating
any duplicates. The final query pulls only the product_id values from the line_item table with a sale_date value that is on or before July 10, 2008. The second UNION operator
returns all the product_id values from both the first UNION result set and the third query result set. The final result set of this compound query is the product_id values that are
current products, all products that were released before January 1, 2008 (not just current products), and products that were released before January 1, 2008, and were sold
on or before July 10, 2008.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Matching the SELECT statements

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #91 of 190 Question ID: 1609061

You are running your Oracle database in shared server mode. You notice that a particular user session is allocating a large portion of the SGA. You want to restrict the amount
of User Global Area (UGA) memory the session can allocate.

Which action should you take?

✓ A) Modify the user's profile to set the PRIVATE_SGA resource limit.

✗ B) Decrease the value for MEMORY_MAX_TARGET.

✗ C) Modify the user's profile to set the SESSIONS_PER_USER resource limit.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 64/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ D) Decrease the value for LARGE_POOL_SIZE.

Explanation

You should modify the user's profile to set the PRIVATE_SGA resource limit. The PRIVATE_SGA resource limit allows you to set an upper limit for the amount of private space
a session can allocate in the system global area. Private space includes private areas used by the user session, but not shared areas.

You should not decrease the value for MEMORY_MAX_TARGET. Oracle has two new Automatic Memory Management initialization parameters, MEMORY_TARGET and
MEMORY_MAX_TARGET. The MEMORY_TARGET parameter represents the total amount of memory that can be allocated to SGA and PGA memory structures. The
MEMORY_MAX_TARGET parameter represents the largest possible value to which MEMORY_TARGET can be set.

You should not modify the user's profile to set the SESSIONS_PER_USER resource limit. The SESSIONS_PER_USER resource limit specifies the maximum number of
concurrent sessions for the user.

You should not decrease the value for LARGE_POOL_SIZE. This would affect all users, not just the user consuming excessive SGA.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Managing Resumable Space Allocation

References:

Memory Architecture

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/memory-architecture.html

Question #92 of 190 Question ID: 1598847

What type of listener resides on a separate server from the database and re-directs connects to the database instance using a TCP/IP protocol?

✓ A) remote listener

✗ B) multi-threaded server listeners

✗ C) dedicated listener

✗ D) local listener

Explanation

A remote listener is a specific listener that resides on a unique server separate from the database server and manages incoming connections to the target database instance.
Usually, remote listeners work directly with a Real Application Cluster (RAC) database. However, remote listeners can also be configured as dedicated or used with a shared
server solution, depending on the database requirements. The Oracle parameter that needs to be configured is called REMOTE_LISTENER and is updated within the init.ora
file.

A multi-threaded server listener is a type of listener that accepts incoming connections that are outside of TCP/IP, such as SPX, SNMP, and other protocols. This type of
listener can be configured remotely or on a dedicated system.

A local listener resides on the same database server as the database instance and manages incoming connections.

A dedicated listener is a default configuration for a listener on a single database on an individual server.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Net Listener

References:

REMOTE_LISTENER

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/REMOTE_LISTENER.html

Question #93 of 190 Question ID: 1609112

The EMPLOYEE table contains these columns:

EMP_ID NUMBER(9)

FNAME VARCHAR2(25)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 65/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
LNAME VARCHAR(30)

SALARY NUMBER(7,2)

BONUS NUMBER(5,2)

DEPT_ID NUMBER(9)

You need to calculate the average bonus for all the employees in each department. The average should be calculated based on all the rows in the table, even if some
employees do not receive a bonus.

Which group function should you use to calculate this value?

✗ A) COUNT

✗ B) SUM

✗ C) AVERAGE

✓ D) AVG

✗ E) MEAN

✗ F) MAX

Explanation

To calculate the average bonus, you should use the AVG function. The AVG group function can be used to calculate the average value for a group of values.

When using AVG and other group functions, null values are ignored and not included in the group calculation. In this scenario, you wanted to include null values, so you should
also use the NVL function to force the AVG function to include null values. In this scenario, you would use this SELECT statement to return the desired results:

SELECT AVG(NVL(bonus, 0))

FROM employee

GROUP BY dept_id;

The NVL single-row function is used to convert a null to an actual value and can be used on any data type including VARCHAR2 columns. The syntax for the NVL function is:

NVL(expression1, expression2)

Although SUM, MAX, and COUNT are valid group functions, none of these functions will calculate an average for a group of values as required in the scenario. You would use the
SUM group function to total a group of values, ignoring null values. You would use the MAX group function to return the greatest value in a group of values, ignoring null values.
You would use the COUNT group function to return the number of rows in a group while ignoring null values. The COUNT(*) clause will count all the selected rows, including
duplicates and rows with nulls.

MEAN and AVERAGE are not valid group functions. Therefore, these options are incorrect.

Objective:
Reporting Aggregated Data Using Group Functions

Sub-Objective:
Restricting Group Results

References:

Aggregate Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Aggregate-Functions.html

Question #94 of 190 Question ID: 1609108

The student table contains these columns:

ID NUMBER(9)

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

ENROLL_DATE DATE

Evaluate these two statements:

Statement 1:

SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name))

FROM student

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 66/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
WHERE enroll_date < '31-DEC-2007';

Statement 2:

SELECT INITCAP(first_name) || INITCAP(last_name)

FROM student

WHERE enroll_date < '31-DEC-2007';

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

✓ A) The two statements will display the same data.

✗ B) One of the statements will fail because it contains a syntax error.

✗ C) The two statements will retrieve the same data, but the display format of the returned values will differ.

✗ D) The two statements will not display the same data.

Explanation

In this scenario, the two statements will return the same data and display the data in the same format, but the column headings will differ. If the student table contains a
person with a first_name value of JACK and a last_name value of BROWN, the name would be displayed by both statements as follows:

JackBrown

The other options stating that the statements do not display the same data, fail, or retrieve the same data with different display formats of returned values, are all incorrect.

The CONCAT character function and the concatenation operator (||) are used to concatenate, or combine, one value (column1|expression1) to another value
(column2|expression2). When using the CONCAT function, only two values may be joined. When using the concatenation operator, any number of values may be joined. The
syntax of the CONCAT function is:

CONCAT(column1|expression1, column2|expression2)

The syntax of the concatenation operator (||) is:

(column1|expression1)||(column2|expression2)[||(column3|expression3)]...

The INITCAP character function converts a mixed case, uppercase, or lowercase value (a column or expression) to a value whose first character is uppercase with the
remaining characters in lowercase. The syntax of the INITCAP function is:

INITCAP(column|expression)

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating strings with character functions in SQL SELECT and WHERE clauses

References:

About SQL Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/About-SQL-Functions.html

Question #95 of 190 Question ID: 1598908

Which statements about data types are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The VARCHAR2 data type requires that a minimum size be specified when defining a column of this type.

✓ B) The INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH data type allows time to be stored as an interval of years and months.

✗ C) The BLOB data type stores character data up to four gigabytes.

✗ D) The TIMESTAMP data type is an extension of the VARCHAR2 data type.

✓ E) The CHAR data type should be used for fixed-length character data.

Explanation

The CHAR data type should be used for fixed-length character data. The length of the column is specified in bytes. The minimum size is 1, and the maximum size is 2000.

The INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH data type stores a period of time using the YEAR and MONTH datetime fields. For example, INTERVAL '315-5' YEAR(3) TO MONTH
indicates an interval of 315 years and 5 months.

The TIMESTAMP data type is an extension of the DATE data type and is used to store time as a date with fractional seconds.

The BLOB data type stores binary data up to four gigabytes, and the CLOB data type stores character data up to four gigabytes.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 67/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The VARCHAR2 data type does not require that a minimum size be specified, but it does require that a maximum size be specified.

Objective:
Managing Data in Different Time Zones

Sub-Objective:
Working with INTERVAL data types

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #96 of 190 Question ID: 1598805

You include the clause SEGMENT CREATION DEFERRED in your CREATE TABLE command.

Which of the following will be true?

✗ A) Any indexes on that table will have SEGMENT CREATION IMMEDIATE as the default

✓ B) The segment for that table will not be created until rows are inserted into that table

✗ C) You will not be permitted to add rows into your table until you execute an ALTER TABLE statement

✗ D) You will receive an error message, because it is not possible to defer segment creation at the time a table is initially
created

Explanation

When you defer segment creation in a CREATE TABLE command, the segment will not be created until space is actually required to store the first row or rows. This will save
processing time in an application where tables are created and then deleted often, especially when many of those tables created never actually have rows inserted into them.

You will not need to perform an ALTER TABLE statement to add rows to the table. You would use the standard INSERT syntax to place a row in the table. At that time the
segment and the table would both be created, and the first row would be inserted.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Shrinking Segments

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #97 of 190 Question ID: 1609093

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 68/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

You need to display the product IDs for current products that were released before January 1, 2008, and were sold after July 10, 2008.

Which two SELECT statements will return the desired results? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

The first statement returns all the product_id values from the CURRENT_PRODUCTS table. The second query returns only the product_id values from the PRODUCT_DEVELOP
table that released before January 10, 2008. The first UNION operator returns all the product_id values from both of the first two queries, eliminating any duplicates. The final
query pulls only the product_id values from the line_item table with a sale_date value that is on or before July 10, 2008. The second UNION operator returns all the
product_id values from both the first UNION result set and the third query result set. The final result set of this compound query is the product_id values that are current
products, all products that were released before January 1, 2008 (not just current products), and products that were released before January 1, 2008, and were sold on or
before July 10, 2008.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using The INTERSECT operator

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #98 of 190 Question ID: 1598928

Which one of the following statements about columns with a data type of DATE is true?

✓ A) SYSDATE represents the current date and time and has the same precision as any other Oracle column with a data type
of DATE. If you issued the SELECT ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE,12) FROM dual; command, the result would be the output of
the date exactly one year from the day and time you issued the command.

✗ B) Dates in Oracle are always stored with a time component. If a user enters a date as part of an INSERT statement and
no time is specified, the time component will be equal to the time of the INSERT.

✗ C) Some arithmetic operations with columns that have a data type of DATE are possible, but other arithmetic operations on
dates are forbidden. For example, you cannot add or subtract 3.14 to a column called PROCESSING_DATE if that column
is data type DATE.

✗ D) Dates in Oracle are always stored with a century component as a 4-digit year. If the user today enters a date with a
value of 45 for the year using a format mask of RR for the year, it will be stored as 1945.

✗ E) It is permissible to subtract one column from another in a table, assuming both columns are data type DATE. If the two
date columns are storing the same value, the result will be 0. If they are not the same, the result will always be a whole
number, but it may be negative.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 72/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Explanation

The value (function) SYSDATE represents the current date and time and has the same precision as any other Oracle column with a data type of DATE. Adding twelve months to
that would give the current date and time exactly one year from the time you issued the SELECT ADD_MONTHS(SYSDATE,12) FROM dual; command.

When you insert a value from a column with a data type of DATE, and you do not supply a value for the time component of DATE, the time is stored as midnight.

If you use the RR format mask when storing a 2-digit year, the assumed century will be the 21st if the two digit year is less than or equal to 50. If greater than 50, it assumes
the 20th century.

It is permissible to add or subtract a numeric constant, such as 3.25, to a date. Adding to a date is interpreted as adding that additional number of days to the date. Since .25
is 1/4, and 1/4 of 24 hours is 6 hours, this statement will add (or subtract) 3 days and 6 hours to (from) the value of processing_date.

Subtraction of one date minus another is possible. The result represents the number of days (and partial days if there is a decimal result) between the two dates. The answer
may be negative depending on the order you subtract, but it also can have a decimal component.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating dates with the date function

References:

Using Substitution Variables

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqpug/using-substitution-variables-sqlplus.html

Question #99 of 190 Question ID: 1598872

Which data dictionary would you use to investigate an UNDO problem that occurred on a specific day between 2:00 AM - 2:30 AM?

✗ A) V$TEMPUNDOSTAT

✗ B) DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS

✓ C) DBA_HIST_UNDOSTAT

✗ D) V$UNDOSTAT

Explanation

The data dictionary view DBA_HIST_UNDOSTAT is made up of historical snapshot segments based on undo system analysis. The information housed in this view ranges
from transaction concurrency information, time of execution for queries and how much undo space has been created and used. You can also you this dictionary view to look at
undo segmentation that occurred on or between a certain time by using the BEGIN_TIME and END_TIME columns.

The dictionary view V$UNDOSTAT houses statistical information related to tuning undo space in systems that are only using automatic undo management and not a fixed
solution.

The dictionary view V$TEMPUNDOSTAT houses stats related to workloads that focuses on temporary undo segments. The item is not related to temporary undo analysis.

The dictionary view DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS primarily focuses on displaying the size of each undo extent and also can show the status of the extent.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Temporary Undo

References:

Data Dictionary and Dynamic Performance Views

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/data-dictionary-and-dynamic-performance-views.html

Question #100 of 190 Question ID: 1598909

Which statements about data types are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The TIMESTAMP data type is an extension of the VARCHAR2 data type.

✓ B) The CHAR data type should be used for fixed-length character data.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 73/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✓ C) The INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH data type allows time to be stored as an interval of years and months.

✗ D) The BLOB data type stores character data up to four gigabytes.

✗ E) The VARCHAR2 data type requires that a minimum size be specified when defining a column of this type.

Explanation

The CHAR data type should be used for fixed-length character data. The length of the column is specified in bytes. The minimum size is 1, and the maximum size is 2000.

The INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH data type stores a period of time using the YEAR and MONTH datetime fields. For example, INTERVAL '315-5' YEAR(3) TO MONTH indicates
an interval of 315 years and 5 months.

The TIMESTAMP data type is an extension of the DATE data type and is used to store time as a date with fractional seconds.

The BLOB data type stores binary data up to four gigabytes, and the CLOB data type stores character data up to four gigabytes.

The VARCHAR2 data type does not require that a minimum size be specified, but it does require that a maximum size be specified.

Objective:
Managing Data in Different Time Zones

Sub-Objective:
Working with INTERVAL data types

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #101 of 190 Question ID: 1609111

Seniority is based on the number of years a student has been enrolled at the university. You must create a report that displays each student's name, ID number, and the
number of years enrolled. The years enrolled must be rounded to a whole number, based on the number of months from the date enrolled until today.

Which statement produces the required results?

✗ A) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id", enroll_date,

(ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date)) / 12 "Seniority"

FROM student;

✓ B) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id", enroll_date,

ROUND(MONTHS_BETWEEN(SYSDATE, enroll_date) / 12) "Seniority"

FROM student;

✗ C) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id", enroll_date, ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date)

"Seniority"
FROM student;

✗ D) SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id", enroll_date,

TRUNC(SYSDATE, 'YY') - TRUNC(enroll_date, 'YY') "Seniority"

FROM student;

Explanation

The following statement produces the required results:

SQL> SELECT first_name||', '||last_name "Student Name", id "Id", enroll_date,

ROUND(MONTHS_BETWEEN(SYSDATE, enroll_date) / 12) "Seniority"

FROM student;

The MONTHS_BETWEEN function determines the number of months between two dates. In this scenario, the number of months between today, SYSDATE, and the date a
student is enrolled, enroll_date, will be determined. The resulting value is then divided by 12 to return a year value. The ROUND function rounds the year value to the nearest
integer.

When you are using the MONTHS_BETWEEN date function, the value returned is positive when date1 is later than date2. The value returned is negative when date1 is
earlier than date2. The syntax of the MONTHS_BETWEEN function is:

MONTHS_BETWEEN(date1, date2)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 74/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The SYSDATE function returns the current data and time as a DATE data type. This function requires no arguments and returns the date and time of the database server.

The ROUND number function is used to round values to a specified decimal value. When an integer representing the number of decimal places to be used (n) is not provided,
the number is rounded to 0 places. ROUND may be used as either a number or a date function. The syntax of the ROUND number function is:

ROUND(column|expression, n)

The TRUNC date function returns a date with the time portion of the day truncated to the specified format ('fmt'). If no format is provided, the date is truncated to the nearest
day. TRUNC may be used as either a date or a number function. The syntax of the TRUNC date function is:

TRUNC(date, [, 'fmt'])

The statement that uses ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date) will round the date values to the nearest day and then subtract today's date from the date enrolled.

The statement that uses (ROUND(SYSDATE) - ROUND(enroll_date)) / 12 will round the date values to the nearest day and then subtract today's date from the date enrolled.
This value will be divided by 12.

The statement that uses TRUNC(SYSDATE, 'YY') - TRUNC(enroll_date, 'YY') will truncate each value to a two-digit year and subtract the date enrolled from today's date. This
will not retrieve accurate results because only a two-digit year is used.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating numbers with the ROUND, TRUNC and MOD functions

References:

ROUND (number)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/ROUND-number.html

Question #102 of 190 Question ID: 1598836

You create an entity relationship diagram (ERD) based on an existing database:

Which of the following statements are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) Every region has at least one and at most one country.

✓ B) Every department can have one or many employees.

✗ C) Every location can have one or many countries.

✗ D) Every job history can have one or many employees.

✓ E) Every manager can have one or many departments.

✓ F) Every manager can have one or many employees.

Explanation

The following statements are correct:

Every manager can have one or many employees.

Every department can have one or many employees.
Every manager can have one or many departments.

The Oracle SQL Developer Data Modeler uses a crow's foot or fork to indicate the many sides of a relationship. The arrowhead indicates the one side of the relationship.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 75/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
According to the diagram, the HR_EMPLOYEES relation can have multiple employee entities for a single manager entity. This is indicated by the MANAGER_ID attribute. The
crow's foot or fork is on the HR_EMPLOYEES relation, and the straight line with an arrow is pointing back to the HR_EMPLOYEES relation. Each employee entity has a
MANAGER_ID, making the referenced entity the manager of that employee.

The HR_DEPARTMENTS relation has a many-to-many relationship with the HR_EMPLOYEES relation, because there are two relationships between the tables, with the crow's foot
or fork on both the HR_DEPARTMENTS and HR_EMPLOYEES relation. This means that a department can have one or many employees and a manager can have one or many
departments.

It is NOT correct that every region has at least one and at most one country. According to the crow's feet on the HR_COUNTRIES relation, every region can have one or many
countries.

Every location can NOT have one or many countries. Because the crow's feet are on the HR_LOCATIONS relation, every country can have one or more locations.

Every job history can NOT have one or many employees. Because the crow's feet are on the HR_JOB_HISTORY relation, every employee can have one or more job histories.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL Developer

References:

Oracle SQL Developer Data Modeler Release 23.1

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/sql-developer-data-modeler/23.1/index.html

Question #103 of 190 Question ID: 1598832

You are logged into the My Services Dashboard. You click on the Cloud Services section. What would you find under the Account Summary element?

✗ A) The option to configure channels, instances, duration and period count to satisfy

✗ B) The option to lock or unlock service components

✗ C) Status information, like ready, running. or active instance information

✓ D) Metered services, charges to date, and resource usage information

Explanation

The Account Summary element will display account summary information that will articulate the different types of services that are available. The available services are based
on how you are logged into the system within your domain account. This section also gives you the ability to scroll up and down to see different services that are available.

The Account Summary element will also display metered services that provide balance information and available credits. It contains multiple sections, including an overage
charge section based on date, overall resource usage, and promotional information.

Status information like ready, running or active instance information is found under the Service tiles and not under the Account Summary section.

The ability to configure channels, instances, duration and period count to satisfy is not found under the Account Summary section. These are the different options for
configuring alerts within the Create Rule dialog box.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 76/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The ability to lock or unlock service components is not found within the Account Summary section. It is included under the My Services section. This area gives you the ability
to lock down and unlock different service section within the cloud dashboard.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control

References:

Getting Started with Oracle Cloud

https://docs.oracle.com/en/cloud/get-started/subscriptions-cloud/csgsg/my-services-dashboard.html

Question #104 of 190 Question ID: 1609095

Which three function descriptions are TRUE? (Choose three.)

✓ A) The NVL single-row function can be used on VARCHAR2 columns.

✗ B) The SYSDATE function returns the local client computer's date and time.

✗ C) The SUBSTR character function replaces a portion of a string, beginning at a defined character position for a defined
length.

✗ D) The ROUND number function returns a number rounded to the specified column value.

✓ E) The LENGTH character function returns the number of characters in an expression.

✓ F) The TRUNC date function returns a date with the time portion of the day truncated to the specified format unit.

Explanation

The following function descriptions are true:

The NVL single-row function can be used on VARCHAR2 columns.

The LENGTH character function returns the number of characters in an expression.
The TRUNC date function returns a date with the time portion of the day truncated to the specified format unit.

The NVL single-row function is used to convert a null to an actual value and can be used on any data type including VARCHAR2 columns. The syntax for the NVL function is:

NVL(expression1, expression2)

The LENGTH function returns the number of characters in an expression (column or character string). The value returned is of NUMBER data type. If the column or
expression is null, NULL is returned. The syntax of the LENGTH function is:

LENGTH(column|expression)

The TRUNC date function returns a date with the time portion of the day truncated to the specified format unit. If no format model ('fmt') is provided, the date is truncated to
the nearest day. TRUNC may be used as either a date or a number function. The syntax of the TRUNC function is:

TRUNC(column|expression, 'fmt')

The SYSDATE function returns the current database server date and time as a DATE data type. It does not return the host machine date and time. This function requires no
arguments.

The ROUND number function does not return a number rounded to the specified column value. The ROUND function is used to round values to a specified number of decimal
places. When an integer representing the number of decimal places to be used (n) is not provided, the number is rounded to zero (0) places. ROUND may be used as either a
number or a date function. The syntax of the ROUND function is:

ROUND(column|expression, n)

The SUBSTR character function does not replace a portion of a string but instead returns a portion of a string, beginning at a specified position (m) and ending at a specified
substring length (n). A position of zero (0) is treated as a 1. When the substring length is not provided, Oracle returns all of the characters to the end of the string. Null is
returned when a substring length is less than 1. The syntax of the SUBSTR function is:

SUBSTR(column|expression, m, [, n])

Objective:
Managing Data in Different Time Zones

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 77/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Working with CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,and LOCALTIMESTAMP

References:

LENGTH

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/LENGTH.html

NVL

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/NVL.html

TRUNC (datetime)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/TRUNC-date.html

SYSDATE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SYSDATE.html

Question #105 of 190 Question ID: 1598846

Which statement represents a characteristic of connection pooling in a shared server configuration?

✗ A) Connection pooling cannot be implemented in a shared server configuration.

✓ B) Idle connections can be reused and allow a larger number of users.

✗ C) Client connection requests are forwarded to other listeners if the desired listener in the database does not respond.

✗ D) The load is distributed among listeners when two or more listeners are configured.

Explanation

With connection pooling in a shared server configuration, idle connections can be reused and thus allow a larger number of active users. Connection pooling allows the server
to reuse idle connections for other active user sessions. This allows better scalability because a larger number of users is supported, especially in situations in which users
are not accessing the server all the time, such as in a Web application.

The option that states connection pooling cannot be implemented in a shared server configuration is incorrect. Connection pooling is a feature of the shared server
environment.

The option that states the load is distributed among listeners when two or more listeners are configured is incorrect. This is a characteristic of load balancing, which is
supported by Oracle Net.

The option that states client connection requests are forwarded to other listeners if the desired listener in the database does not respond is incorrect. This is a characteristic of
connect-time failover, which is supported by Oracle Net.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Net Listener

References:

Database Resident Connection Pooling

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/jjdbc/database-resident-connection-pooling.html

Question #106 of 190 Question ID: 1598808

Which of the following ALTER TABLESPACE statements would allow you to reduce the overall size of a tablespace?

✗ A) DROP TEMPFILE

✗ B) COALESCE

✗ C) NOLOGGING

✓ D) SHRINK SPACE

Explanation

You would use the SHRINK SPACE clause only on temporary tablespaces. This is a good clause if you want to decrease the size of a tablespace. There is also an additional
clause called KEEP that will specify the lower value that a tablespace can be reduced to. If the KEEP clause is left off the ALTER TABLESPACE statement, it will reduce the

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 78/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
tablespace until the storage options are satisfied.

ALTER TABLESPACE MARKETING_TEMP SHRINK SPACE KEEP 20M;

The DROP TEMPFILE clause is used when you are dropping a tempfile, but not actually reducing the amount of space for a tablespace.

The NOLOGGING clause is used with a CREATE TABLESPACE statement when you want to reduce the I/O on the redo logs. It has no impact on temporary tablespaces.

Using the COALESCE clause allows Oracle to combine extents that are free and clear into one contiguous extent, which can potentially increase performance.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Using Space-Saving Features

References:

ALTER TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLESPACE.html

Question #107 of 190 Question ID: 1598799

As the database administrator, you execute the following statements:

SQL> create role div_role;

Role created.

SQL> grant dir_role, drop any table to div_role;

Grant succeeded.

SQL>

Subsequently, you issue the following statement:

SQL> GRANT div_role TO dir_role;

What is the result of executing this statement?

✗ A) The statement generates an error because you cannot grant a role to another role.

✗ B) The statement executes successfully, and both roles have the same privileges.

✗ C) The statement executes successfully, and the DIR_ROLE role has all privileges provided by both roles.

✓ D) The statement generates an error because you cannot grant roles in a circular fashion.

Explanation

The statement generates an error because you cannot grant roles in a circular fashion. A circular role grant occurs when you attempt to grant a role to itself or to grant role A
to role B and then grant role B to role A. For example, if you previously granted the DIRECTOR role to the MANAGER role, attempting to subsequently grant the MANAGER
role to the DIRECTOR role would produce an error. In this scenario, you granted the DIR_ROLE role to the DIV_ROLE role, then attempted to grant the DIV_ROLE role to the
DIR_ROLE role. Attempting to do so will generate an ORA-01934: circular role grant detected error.

The options that state the statement executes successfully are incorrect because the statement will generate an error.

The option that states the statement generates an error because you cannot grant a role to another role is incorrect. You can grant a role to another role, but not in a circular
fashion.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Managing Oracle Database Users, Privileges, and Roles

References:

GRANT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/rcmrf/GRANT.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 79/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Question #108 of 190 Question ID: 1598862

You are running your database in the ARCHIVELOG mode.

Which three statements, when issued against the EMPLOYEES table, will NOT generate any undo data? (Choose three.)

✓ A) ALTER TABLE employees ADD(last_name VARCHAR2(8));

✗ B) UPDATE employees SET SALARY=10000 WHERE employee_id=7796;

✗ C) INSERT INTO employees(7531, 'WILLIAM',2500,20);

✗ D) DELETE FROM employees;

✓ E) SELECT employee_id, salary FROM employees WHERE department_id=20;

✓ F) TRUNCATE TABLE employees;

Explanation

The TRUNCATE TABLE, ALTER TABLE, and SELECT statements will not generate any undo data. The TRUNCATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements are DDL
statements. DDL statements are statements that cannot be rolled back. Therefore, no undo data is generated when they are executed. The SELECT statement is only used to
view the data in the table and does not modify any data. Therefore, the SELECT statement does not generate any undo data.

The DELETE statement will generate undo data. The DELETE statement is a DML statement and can be rolled back in a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the
undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace. Of the given statements, the DELETE statement will produce more undo than any other statement because when
you issue a DELETE statement to delete all the existing rows in the table, the undo data generated will contain the complete data in the table. Any other DML statement
issued to change the existing data in the table will not generate as much undo data.

The INSERT statement will generate undo data. The INSERT statement is a DML statement and can be rolled back in a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the
undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace.

The UPDATE statement will generate undo data. The UPDATE statement is a DML statement that can be rolled back in a transaction. To support this rollback operation, the
undo data is generated and stored in the undo tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Transactions and Undo Data

References:

Managing Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/managing-undo.html?source=:so:tw:or:awr:osec:,:so:tw:or:awr:osec:

Question #109 of 190 Question ID: 1598912

Which of these commands will you use when you need to list the column definitions for a view, table, or synonym?

✓ A) DESCRIBE

✗ B) COALESCE

✗ C) DEFINE

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 80/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ D) SET VERIFY

Explanation

You will use the DESCRIBE command. The DESCRIBE command lists the column definitions for a view, table, or synonym. It can also list the specifications for a procedure or
function. The following statement describes a view called VIEW_EMP_DETAILS:

DESCRIBE VIEW_EMP_DETAILS

You will not use COALESCE as this command is used to ingest two arguments and return the first argument which does not have a null value.

You do not use the SET VERIFY command as it is used for toggling between the output of a command before and after substitution variables are replaced with values by
SQL*Plus. This command is used for confirming changes in an SQL statement.

You will not use the DEFINE command as it is used to define new variables and assign values to them. DEFINE can be abbreviated to DEF and can be used to display values
of certain user variables as well as perform a listing the values of user variables.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using The DESCRIBE command

References:

DESCRIBE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqpug/DESCRIBE.html

Question #110 of 190 Question ID: 1609065

You execute the following command to perform an export using Data Pump Export:

$expdp hr DIRECTORY=dir1 DUMPFILE=kit1.dmp

TABLES=employees REUSE_DUMPFILES=y

Which statement about the result is true?

✗ A) The command fails if the kit1.dmp dump file already exists.

✗ B) The command fails because no export mode was specified.

✓ C) If a dump file named kit1.dmp already exists, it is overwritten.

✗ D) The metadata and data written to the kit1.dmp dump file is in compressed format.

Explanation

If a dump file named kit1.dmp already exists, it is overwritten. In this scenario, you specified a value of Y for the REUSE_DUMPFILES parameter. This will cause any existing
dump file to be overwritten. Any data in the previous file will be lost.

The option that states the metadata and data written to the kit1.dmp dump file is in compressed format is incorrect. In this scenario, you did not specify a value for the
COMPRESSION parameter. Therefore, the COMPRESSION parameter defaults to METADATA_ONLY, indicating that only the metadata written to the dump file is
compressed. If you wanted both metadata and data to be compressed, you could specify COMPRESSION=ALL. Other valid values for the COMPRESSION parameter are
DATA_ONLY and NONE.

The option that states the command fails if the kit1.dmp dump file already exists is incorrect because in this scenario, the command executes successfully and overwrites the
existing dump file. If you had specified REUSE_DUMPFILES=N or omitted the REUSE_DUMPFILES parameter and the dump file existed, you would have received an error.

The option that states the command fails because no export mode was specified is incorrect. If no export mode is specified, the export will default to a schema-mode export.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Using Table and Row Compression

References:

Oracle Data Pump Export

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sutil/oracle-data-pump-export-utility.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 81/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #111 of 190 Question ID: 1598784

You view the alert log file regularly to track important messages that may be generated. Which problems can be identified by using the alert log file? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) deadlocks occurring in the database

✓ B) a control file missing from the database

✗ C) users consuming a high amount of CPU

✓ D) using the SYSTEM tablespace as the temporary tablespace

✗ E) the SYSTEM tablespace becoming full

✓ F) a redo log file missing from the database

Explanation

The alert log file can be used to identify the following problems in a database:

A control file missing from the database

The alert log file can also be used to determine information about the administrative operations occurring for a database, such as creating, altering, or dropping tablespaces or
other database startup and shutdown activities.

The option stating you can identify the SYSTEM tablespace becoming full is incorrect because the alert log file cannot be used to identify this problem in the database. To
check for space utilization in the SYSTEM tablespace, you can set a warning threshold that generates a warning alert when the SYSTEM tablespace is becoming full.

The option stating you can identify users consuming a high amount of CPU is incorrect because the alert log file cannot be used to identify the users who are using a high
amount of CPU. To identify the users using a high amount of CPU time, you can use Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor ( ADDM ).

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using the Alert Log and Trace Files

References:

About Alert Logs

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/ntqrf/about-alert-logs.html#:~:text=The%20alert%20log%20is%20named%20alert_SID.log%20an

Question #112 of 190 Question ID: 1609124

You are the database administrator for a company that sells large multipurpose cubical containers. You need to index the rows of the containers table based on the volume
of the containers. You create the con_volume function to compute the volume from the length, width, and height columns in the table.

Which of the following statements should you use to index the rows of the Containers table based on the volume? (Choose two. Each correct answer presents a complete
solution.)

✓ A) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (con_volume());

✗ B) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (length, width, height);

✗ C) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (con_volume);

✓ D) CREATE INDEX vol_index ON Containers (length * width * height);

Explanation

In this scenario, you should use either of the following statements:

CREATE INDEX vol_index ON containers (lengthwidthheight);

CREATE INDEX vol_index ON containers (con_volume());

These two statements use the volume of the container as the basis to index the rows of the containers table. The first statement uses the expression,
length*width*height, which determines the volume of the containers by multiplying the values in the length, width, and height columns for each container. The second
statement uses the con_volume function created in the database. The con_volume function internally computes the volume of the containers. Both these statements create
an index on the containers table such that the rows are indexed by volume.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 82/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The statement CREATE INDEX vol_index ON containers (length, width, height) is incorrect. The use of commas to separate the column names results in an index
on the length, width, and height columns instead of the volume.

The statement CREATE INDEX vol_index ON containers (con_volume) is incorrect. This statement creates an index on the con_volume column instead of the
con_volume function. To indicate that you want to create an index on a function, you must specify the parentheses immediately after the function name. Otherwise, the index
is created on a column with the same name.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Indexes

References:

Managing Indexes

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/managing-indexes.html

Question #113 of 190 Question ID: 1598842

You have created a listener by using Database Control. After configuring the listener for your database, you started a new SQL*Plus session and attempted to connect to the
database using the credentials of user scott with a password of tiger.

Enter user-name: scott/tiger@23c

While executing the command, you received the following error message:

ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve the connect identifier specified.

Why did the error occur?

✗ A) The listener is not running on the Oracle server.

✗ B) The port number used by the new listener is already in use.

✗ C) The syntax of the command is incorrect.

✗ D) A listener is not available to listen for the service name mentioned in the tnsnames.ora file.

✓ E) The connect identifier supplied does not exist in the tnsnames.ora file.

Explanation

You will receive an ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve the connect identifier specified error message because the connect identifier supplied does not exist in the
tnsnames.ora file. The connect identifier must be configured in the tnsnames.ora file to connect to the destination Oracle database.

The stated syntax of the command is correct. Therefore, the error is not generated due to incorrect syntax.

If the listener is not running on the Oracle server, the TNS-12541/ORA-12541: TNS:no listener error is generated.

If the port number used by the new listener is already in use, the error in this scenario will not be generated. Instead, the error generated will be TNS-12560: TNS:protocol
adapter error. The unavailability of a listener to listen to the service name mentioned in the tnsnames.ora file is not a valid reason for the error to occur. This error signifies that
a listener is configured in the Oracle database but is not configured to listen to the service name being configured in the tnsnames.ora file of the client computer. If the listener
is not available, the TNS-12541/ORA-12541: TNS:no listener error will be generated.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Net Services Administration Tools

References:

Troubleshooting Oracle Net Services

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/netag/troubleshooting-oracle-net-services.html

Question #114 of 190 Question ID: 1609089

Evaluate the SELECT statements in the following SQL compound queries:

SELECT emp_id

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 83/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
FROM emp

INTERSECT

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp_hist;

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp_hist

INTERSECT

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp;

Which statement is TRUE regarding these SQL compound queries?

✓ A) The results of the compound queries will be identical.

✗ B) The first compound query will return more results than the second.

✗ C) The second compound query will return more results than the first.

✗ D) The second compound query will return a syntax error.

Explanation

The results of the two queries will be identical because reversing the order of the SELECT statements with an INTERSECT operator will not alter the result set.

The first compound query will return the same number of results as the second compound query.

Reversing the order of the SELECT statements in a compound query using the INTERSECT operator will not affect the result set.

The second compound query does not contain a syntax error. The query uses the appropriate SELECT statement syntax, which is as follows:

{ query_block

| subquery { UNION [ALL] | INTERSECT | MINUS } subquery

[ { UNION [ALL] | INTERSECT | MINUS } subquery ]...

| ( subquery )

} [ order_by_clause ]

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Matching the SELECT statements

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #115 of 190 Question ID: 1609109

The student table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE student

ID NUMBER(9)

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

ENROLL_DATE DATE

You need to display the enroll_date values in this format:

25th of February 2011

Which SELECT statement should you use?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 84/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✓ A) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'ddth "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✗ B) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDspth 'of' Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✗ C) SELECT enroll_date('DDspth "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

✗ D) SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDTH "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

Explanation

You should use the following SELECT statement:

SQL> SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'ddth "of" Month YYYY')

FROM student;

The TO_CHAR function converts the date value to a character value in order to display the date value in a specified format. The dd portion of the format model represents the
day of the month, followed by the (displayed as 25th). Month represents the month of the year (February) and YYYY represents all of the digits of the year (2011). The use of
upper and lower case characters is significant in the format mask.

The TO_CHAR conversion function converts a date or number value to a VARCHAR2 character string using a format model. When a format is not provided, the default date
format is used. The syntax of the TO_CHAR function is:

TO_CHAR(date|number [, 'fmt'])

The SELECT statement that does not include the TO_CHAR function fails because the TO_CHAR function is omitted. Without the conversion of the enroll_date to a character
value, no format can be applied to the display of the query results.

The statement containing SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDTH "of" Month YYYY') returns the enroll date is this format: 25TH of February 2011.

The statement containing SELECT TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DDspth 'of' Month YYYY') displays the enroll date is this format: TWENTY-FIFTH of February 2011.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Performing arithmetic with date data

References:

TO_CHAR (datetime)

The first expression, .009 * prev_balance, is evaluated first because multiplication takes precedence over addition. If the prev_balance value is null, it will be replaced
with a 0, which is then used as part of an arithmetic calculation. The NVL function is used to replace a null value with a value. The first expression represents the column
queried, and the second expression represents the string you want displayed if a null value is retrieved. The correct syntax of the NVL function is:

NVL(expression1, expression2)

The statement using NULL(.009 * prev_balance, 0) fails because NULL cannot be used by itself. It is not a function.

The statement using IS NULL(.009 * prev_balance, 0) fails because of the invalid use of the IS NULL comparison operator. The IS NULL operator should be used in
the WHERE clause of a SQL statement to test for null values.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using Arithmetic expressions and NULL values in the SELECT statement

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #117 of 190 Question ID: 1598845

Which naming method is used to store connect descriptors and service names within the tnsnames.ora file?

✗ A) Directory naming
✓ B) Local naming

✗ C) External naming
✗ D) Easy Connect naming

Explanation

The local naming method is used for housing network connect descriptors and service names within a local file called the tnsnames.ora file. This naming method is good for
simple networks with a smaller number of services that do not change. This option can resolve service names that hold different protocols across the same network. The main
disadvantage is that you have to physically change the configuration file for any changes, such as protocols, hosts, or TCP differences.

The directory naming method uses a network LDAP to hold the connect identifiers and all changes to target systems are changed in one location. The tnsnames.ora file is not
on a local system.

The external method uses a naming service managed by a third party and is not stored on the local system.

The Easy Connect method only uses the protocol TCP/IP and a connect string to connect to the target location. Therefore, a local connection is not needed.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Configuring the Oracle Net Listener

References:

Database Net Services Administrator's Guide

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/netag/index.html

Question #118 of 190 Question ID: 1609050

Which structure is a part of the logical database structure and is contained within a tablespace?

✗ A) datafile
✗ B) database

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 86/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) operating system block

✓ D) segment

Explanation

A segment is a part of the logical database structure and is contained within a tablespace.

An Oracle database has a logical and a physical structure. The logical structure of the database dictates how the physical structure of the database is to be used. The logical
structure exists in a hierarchy and includes data blocks, extents, segments, schema objects, and tablespaces. An Oracle database is a group of tablespaces. A tablespace
may consist of zero or more segments. The segments can be different sizes. A segment is made up of extents. An extent is made up of logical blocks known as Oracle data
blocks, which are the smallest unit for read and write operations.

A database is both a logical and physical structure. While a database contains one or more tablespaces, a database is not contained within a tablespace.

A datafile is part of the physical structure of an Oracle database. The physical structure includes datafiles, control files, and redo log files.

The files that make up the physical structure of the database are comprised of operating system blocks and are therefore not part of the logical database structure.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Server Architecture

References:

DBA_SEGMENTS

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/refrn/DBA_SEGMENTS.html

Question #119 of 190 Question ID: 1598895

You want to query employee information and display the results sorted by the employee's department, then by their salaries from highest to lowest. When multiple employees
within the same department share a last name, they must be displayed in alphabetical order by first name.

Which ORDER BY clause should you use in your query?

✗ A) ORDER BY department_id, salary ASC, last_name, first_name

✗ B) ORDER BY department_id, salary DESC, first_name ||' '|| last_name ASC

✓ C) ORDER BY department_id, salary DESC, last_name, first_name

✗ D) ORDER BY department_id, salary, last_name, first_name

Explanation

You should use the following ORDER BY clause:

ORDER BY department_id, salary DESC, last_name, first_name

Because the default sort order when using an ORDER BY clause is ascending (lowest to highest for numeric data, earliest to latest for date data, and alphabetically for
character data), only the salary column needs to use the DESC (the reverse of ascending order) keyword to display salaries from the highest to the lowest.

The ORDER BY clause containing no keywords and the ORDER BY clause containing salary ASC do not return the desired results because the salary data is displayed in
ascending order rather than descending order.

The ORDER BY clause containing the concatenated columns executes successfully, but does not return the desired results of placing the first names in alphabetical order
when the last names are identical.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using the ORDER BY clause in set operations

References:

Sorting Query Results

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Sorting-Query-Results.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 87/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Question #120 of 190 Question ID: 1609054

Which view will you query to display the PFILE information currently in effect for a database that was started by using the initialization parameter file?

✓ A) V$PARAMETER

✗ B) V$CONTROLFILE
✗ C) V$DATABASE

✗ D) V$SPPARAMETER

Explanation

The V$PARAMETER view displays the current initialization parameters in the database.

The V$SPPARAMETER view displays the parameters defined in the server parameter file (SPFILE) if the server parameter file was used to start the instance. If the SPFILE
was not used to start the instance, the V$SPPARAMETER view will display FALSE for the ISSPECIFIED column for all parameters, and all parameters will have a null value
for the VALUE column.

The V$DATABASE view displays database information such as database name, creation timestamp, and ARCHIVELOG mode.

The V$CONTROLFILE view displays information about the names and locations of the control files of the database.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Managing Initialization Parameter Files

References:

V$PARAMETER

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/V-PARAMETER.html

Question #121 of 190 Question ID: 1609101

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT id_number, NVL(100 / quantity, 0)

FROM product;

Which SQL SELECT statement capabilities are performed by this query?

✓ A) projection only

✗ B) projection, selection, and joining

✗ C) selection and projection only

✗ D) selection only

Explanation

This query performs the projection capability of a SELECT statement, because only specific columns are returned. Projection is performed when the SELECT clause contains
a column or column list. Using an asterisk (*) in the SELECT clause would also be an example of projection, because you would be choosing all columns.

All of the other options are incorrect. This query does not perform a selection because no restricting criteria are used. Restricting criteria would be placed in a WHERE clause,
but this example does not contain a WHERE clause. For example, you could include WHERE manufacturer_id = 'NF10032' in the query to limit the display results to only
those products with a manufacturer_id value of NF10032.

This query does not perform a join because only one table is queried. The join capability is used when two or more tables are joined, or linked, in a WHERE clause and data
is queried.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using The SQL SELECT statement

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 88/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #122 of 190 Question ID: 1609055

John is a database administrator at Verigon Corporation. John has been assigned the task of creating users. He issues the following statements to create a user BARRY and
grant privileges to the user:

SQL> CREATE USER BARRY IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD

DEFAULT TABLESPACE USERS

TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TEMP

QUOTA 2M ON PROD

PASSWORD EXPIRE

ACCOUNT LOCK;

SQL> GRANT CREATE SESSION, CREATE TABLE TO BARRY;

Which statements correctly describe the user BARRY? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) BARRY can create a table in the USERS tablespace.

✓ B) BARRY cannot access his account without the intervention of the DBA.

✓ C) BARRY can create a table in the PROD tablespace.

✗ D) The password assigned to BARRY will never expire.

✗ E) BARRY does not have privileges on the TEMP tablespace.

Explanation

In this scenario, BARRY can create a table in the PROD tablespace and BARRY cannot access his account without the intervention of the DBA. The CREATE USER
statement creates a user BARRY and assigns him the password, PASSWORD. After the first successful login, the PASSWORD EXPIRE clause will expire the password, and
BARRY will be prompted to change his password. The ACCOUNT LOCK clause locks the user account immediately upon creation, and BARRY cannot access his account
unless the DBA unlocks his account. BARRY can create a table in the PROD tablespace because BARRY has been given a quota on the PROD tablespace. BARRY cannot
create a table in the USERS tablespace because BARRY has not been given any quota on the USERS tablespace.

The option stating that BARRY does not have privileges on the TEMP tablespace is incorrect. It is not necessary to explicitly define a quota for users to use the temporary
tablespace.

The option stating that the password assigned to BARRY will never expire is incorrect. The password assigned to BARRY will expire. In this scenario, the PASSWORD
EXPIRE clause specifies that the password will expire. After an initial successful login, the password will expire, and BARRY will be prompted to change his password.

The option stating that BARRY can create a table in the USERS tablespace is incorrect because BARRY has not been assigned any quota on the USERS tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Assigning Quotas to Users

References:

CREATE USER

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-USER.html

Question #123 of 190 Question ID: 1598947

Which of these is a schema object that you can use for providing a higher level of security by masking the owner and name of an object?

✗ A) Join
✗ B) View

✗ C) Extent
✓ D) Synonym

Explanation

You will use a synonym which is a schema object that you can use for providing a higher level of security by masking the owner and name of an object. A synonym also
provides location transparency for objects in a distributed database that are remote. They also reduce SQL statement complexity and are convenient for usage by database
users.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 89/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You will not use a view which is a logical representation of tables or their combinations. A view is a query that is stored.

You will not create a join which is a query that merges rows from multiple tables, views, or materialized views.

You will not use an extent which is a certain number of contiguous data blocks which are used for the storage of a particular type of data.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Synonyms

References:

Managing Synonyms

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/apex/23.1/aeutl/managing-synonyms.html

Question #124 of 190 Question ID: 1609128

You use the following to create the sequence (line numbers are for reference only):

1 CREATE SEQUENCE customers_seq

2 START WITH 9

3 INCREMENT BY 2

4 MAXVALUE 1000000

5 CYCLE

6 CACHE 5

You run the following after creating the sequence:

SQL> SELECT customers_seq.nextval FROM DUAL

Which value will be retrieved?

✓ A) 9
✗ B) 7
✗ C) 11

✗ D) 5

Explanation

The value that will be retrieved for the NEXTVAL function will be 9. When you run the NEXTVAL function after creating the sequence, the function will retrieve the first value,
which is designated by START WITH 9 on line 2.

After a sequence is created, you can use the CURRVAL pseudocolumn, which returns the sequence's current value, or the NEXTVAL pseudocolumn, which increments the
sequence and returns the new value. You have to use the NEXTVAL function before calling the CURRVAL function to avoid getting an error. There is no current value to the
sequence until the next value has been called at least once. The first time you run the NEXTVAL function, it sets the current value, and future executions of the CURRVAL
function will return a value rather than an error.

All other answers are incorrect.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Sequences

References:

CREATE SEQUENCE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CREATE-SEQUENCE.html

Question #125 of 190 Question ID: 1609126

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 90/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Examine the following image for details on the KITUSER3 user.

KITUSER3 has been granted no other system or object privileges.

Which statement about the KITUSER3 user is true?

✗ A) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table but cannot create tables.
✓ B) KITUSER3 can create a table in the USERS tablespace without any quota being assigned.

✗ C) KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects.
✗ D) KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the database.

Explanation

KITUSER3 can create a table in the USERS tablespace without any quota being assigned. In this scenario, KITUSER3 has the USERS tablespace for the default tablespace
and has the CONNECT and RESOURCE roles. When a user is granted the RESOURCE role, the UNLIMITED TABLESPACE system privilege is implicitly granted. Therefore,
KITUSER3 can create a table in the default tablespace, USERS. Also, starting from Oracle Database 23c, the DB_DEVELOPER_ROLE lets an administrator assign the
required privileges to developers to create and run applications on Oracle DB.

The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on any table, but cannot create tables, is incorrect. When a user is granted the RESOURCE role, the user has
the CREATE TABLE privilege, so KITUSER3 can create tables. Also, KITUSER3 cannot issue SELECT queries on any table because he or she does not have the SELECT
ANY TABLE privilege.

The option that states KITUSER3 can create tables, but not other types of database objects is incorrect. The RESOURCE role provides the CREATE CLUSTER, CREATE
INDEXTYPE, CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE TABLE, CREATE TRIGGER, and CREATE TYPE privileges. The CONNECT
role provides only the CREATE SESSION privilege. In this scenario, KITUSER3 has the CONNECT and RESOURCE roles, so he or she will be able to establish a session
and create other database objects, such as procedures, triggers, and sequences.

The option that states KITUSER3 can issue SELECT queries on tables owned by other users in the database is incorrect. To be able to do so, KITUSER3 must be granted
the SELECT ANY TABLE system privilege.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Sequences

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #126 of 190 Question ID: 1598864

The following error is often generated in your development database:

ORA-01555: Snapshot too old

You investigate and notice that there are some long-running transactions in the database when the error is generated and that the UNDO_RETENTION initialization
parameter has been set to 0. Which two actions could you take to overcome this problem? (Choose two. Each answer is a separate solution.)

✓ A) Increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION initialization parameter.

✗ B) Increase the size of the SYSTEM tablespace.

✓ C) Increase the size of the undo tablespace in your database.
✗ D) Configure manual undo management mode for the undo tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 91/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ E) Create a new undo tablespace and assign it to the database users who have long-running transactions.

Explanation

In this scenario, you could increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION initialization parameter, or you could increase the size of the undo tablespace in your database. The
ORA-1555 error is generated when a user is producing a long-running report. Oracle will want the report to show you a consistent view of the data as it looked when the
report was generated.

If your report starts running at 9:00 AM, the rows of data printed on your report should look like each row appeared in its committed state at 9:00 AM. Because a SELECT
statement does not produce a row lock, another user can update any of the rows on your report. If another user updates a row and commits that change at 9:06 AM, but that
row won't print on your report until after 10:00 AM, Oracle will check the undo segment for the previous version of the data. If that undo segment hasn't been overwritten,
Oracle will be able to find it and reconstruct the row as it appeared at 9:00 AM, then print that row at 10:00 AM. However, if the undo segment that contained the data has
been overwritten, Oracle cannot figure out what the 9:00 AM version of the row looked like in order to produce a read consistent view of that data as it appeared at the time
the SELECT statement was issued. This produces the error message ORA-01555: Snapshot too old at the point in your report where this occurred.

The UNDO_RETENTION parameter sets a minimum amount of time that Oracle must wait before it overwrites any undo segment. The greater this value, the longer Oracle is
going to be able to live up to its promise of providing a consistent view of the data to a user performing a SELECT, especially on tables which are frequently updated. The
UNDO_RETENTION parameter specifies the time, in seconds, after which the undo data is considered to be expired and can be overwritten. Setting the UNDO_RETENTION
parameter to 0 indicates automatic undo retention mode. To avoid the ORA-1555 error in long-running transactions, you should increase the value of the UNDO_RETENTION
parameter so that the undo data generated from the committed transactions is retained longer.

Transactions that take a long time to complete do not generate the ORA-1555 error. If you increase the size of the undo tablespace in your database, you ensure that more
space is available for transactions.

You should not increase the size of the SYSTEM tablespace. Increasing the size of the SYSTEM tablespace does not reduce the occurrence of the ORA-1555 error because
the undo data is not stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

You should not configure manual undo management mode for the undo tablespace as it will increases the administrative overhead. With manual undo management, you need
to create the undo tablespace and the undo segments on your own, and also manage the space allocation for these.

You should not create a new undo tablespace and assign it to the database users because only one undo tablespace can remain active in the database at any particular time.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Storing Undo Information

References:

UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

Question #127 of 190 Question ID: 1609113

Examine the data from the po_detail table.

You query the po_detail table and a value of 5 is returned.

Which SQL statement did you execute?

✗ A) SELECT AVG(unit_price)
FROM po_detail;

✗ B) SELECT SUM(quantity)
FROM po_detail;

✗ C) SELECT COUNT(po_num, po_line_id)

FROM po_detail;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 92/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✓ D) SELECT COUNT(*)
FROM po_detail;

✗ E) SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT product_id)

FROM po_detail;

✗ F) SELECT COUNT(AVG(unit_price))
FROM po_detail;

Explanation

You executed the following statement:

SELECT COUNT(*)

FROM po_detail;

The COUNT group function returns the number of rows in a table when COUNT(*) is used without a WHERE clause. The po_detail table contains five rows, so the SELECT
statement returns a value of 5.

The SQL statement that includes SUM(quantity) in the select list is incorrect. This statement will return 270, which is the result of adding all values of the QUANTITY column.

The SQL statement that includes AVG(unit_price) in the select list is also incorrect. This statement will return 22.48, or the average of all five values of UNIT_PRICE.

The SQL statement that uses both the COUNT and AVG functions will return an error. Nested functions are allowed and are evaluated from the innermost function to the
outermost function. However, if group functions are nested, the statement must contain a GROUP BY clause.

The SQL statement that uses the COUNT function with the DISTINCT keyword will return a value of 3. When the DISTINCT keyword is used with the COUNT function it will return
the number of distinct non-null values of the given expression, which in this case is the number of distinct non-null product_id values.

The SQL statement that includes COUNT(po_num, po_line_id) in the select list is invalid and will result in an error. The COUNT function accepts a single column or
expression as its argument.

Objective:
Reporting Aggregated Data Using Group Functions

Sub-Objective:
Creating Groups of Data

References:

Aggregate Functions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Aggregate-Functions.html

Question #128 of 190 Question ID: 1609127

The line_item table contains these columns:

line_itemid NUMBER(9)

order_id NUMBER(9)

product_id VARCHAR2(9)

quantity NUMBER(5)

You created a sequence called line_itemid_seq to generate sequential values for the line_itemid column.

Evaluate this SELECT statement:

SELECT line_itemid_seq.CURRVAL

FROM dual;

Which task will this statement accomplish?

✗ A) displays the next value of the line_itemid_seq sequence

✗ B) populates the line_itemid_seq sequence with the next value

✓ C) displays the current value of the line_itemid_seq sequence

✗ D) increments the line_itemid column

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 93/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You can use the CURRVAL pseudocolumn to refer to a sequence number that the current user has just generated. When referencing the line_itemid_seq as
line_itemid_seq.CURRVAL, the last value returned from the sequence to the user's process is displayed. You can select the CURRVAL pseudocolumn from the dual dummy
table.

The remaining options can be achieved using the NEXTVAL pseudocolumn. You can increment and populate the line_itemid_seq sequence and display the next available
sequence value by using NEXTVAL. When you reference line_itemid_seq.NEXTVAL in the SELECT list, a new sequence value is generated, and the current sequence
number is placed in CURRVAL. To view this new value, you can use CURRVAL.

If the line_itemid_seq sequence was created using the NOCACHE option, you could view the next available sequence value by querying user_sequences. Using this method
will not increment the sequence.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Sequences

References:

Managing Views, Sequences, and Synonyms

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Syntax-for-Schema-Objects-and-Parts-in-SQL-Statements.html

Question #129 of 190 Question ID: 1609125

Consider the following statement executed for an employee records database:

CREATE TABLE employee_info

emp_id NUMBER(5),

dept_id NUMBER(5),

designation VARCHAR(30),

salary NUMBER(5),

CONSTRAINT emp_pk PRIMARY KEY (emp_id))

ORGANIZATION INDEX

INCLUDING dept_id

OVERFLOW TABLESPACE employee_tablespace;

Which of the following statements are FALSE about the preceding statement? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) The employee_info table does not have an index.

✓ B) The index block contains only the primary key emp_id.

✗ C) The employee_info table is an index-organized table.

✓ D) The rows are sorted based on the emp_id and the dept_id columns.

Explanation

The options stating that the employee_info table does not have an index, the index block contains only the primary key emp_id, and the rows of the table are sorted based
on the emp_id and the dept_id columns, are all FALSE in this scenario.

The employee_info table is an index-organized table as it is created using the ORGANIZATION INDEX clause and has a primary key, emp_id. An index-organized table is a
table that also serves as an index. The index in an index-organized table is the primary key, which sorts the rows in the table. An index-organized table must have a primary
key, unlike a heap table (default table type) in which a primary key is optional.

The index block does not only contain the primary key, emp_id. The INCLUDING clause in the CREATE TABLE statement specifies a non-key column (dept_id) which
separates the columns stored in the index blocks from the columns stored in the overflow blocks. If the INCLUDING clause was not specified, then the index block would have
contained only the primary key.

The rows are not sorted based on the emp_id and the dept_id columns. The emp_id column is the primary key, and hence is used to store the rows of the employee_info
table in order by primary key, since this is an index-organized table. The dept_id column is a non-key column that is also stored in the index block; however, it is not used to

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 94/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
cause the rows of the employee_info table to be stored in sorted order. The first part of this statement is true, but the last part is false.

It is true that the employee_info table is an index-organized table because it is created using the ORGANIZATION INDEX clause and is sorted using the primary key, emp_id.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Indexes

References:

Managing Indexes

You should use the following SELECT statement:

SELECT DISTINCT position, manager

FROM employee;

The DISTINCT keyword is used in a SELECT clause to return only the distinct (unique) values or combination of values for the columns(s) following the DISTINCT keyword. In
this scenario, only unique combinations of position and manager will be returned by the query.

The SELECT statements that include the DISTINCT keyword after the column list and before only the manager column in the column list will fail when executed because the
DISTINCT keyword does not precede both columns in the SELECT list.

The statement that does not include the DISTINCT keyword will execute successfully but does not return the desired results. Because this statement does not contain the
DISTINCT keyword, duplicate combinations of position and manager will be returned if they exist.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using concatenation operator, literal character strings, alternative quote operator, and the DISTINCT keyword

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #131 of 190 Question ID: 1609087

Examine the data from the class and instructor tables.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 95/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

You have been asked to produce a report of all instructors, including the classes taught by each instructor. All instructors must be included on the report, even if they are not
currently assigned to teach classes.

Which two SELECT statements could you use? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✗ A) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c

WHERE i.instructor_id (+) = c.instructor_id

ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✗ B) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i NATURAL JOIN class c

ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id);

✓ C) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c

WHERE i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id (+)

ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✓ D) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i LEFT OUTER JOIN class c

ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id)

ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

✗ E) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM instructor i, class c;

✗ F) SELECT i.last_name, i.first_name, c.class_name

FROM class c LEFT OUTER JOIN instructor i

ON (i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id)

ORDER BY i.instructor_id;

Explanation

To produce the desired report, you must use an outer join condition to include all instructors from the instructor table, even if they have no corresponding classes in the
class table. To create an outer join, either Oracle proprietary syntax or SQL: 1999 syntax can be used. To produce the needed report, you could use either of these
approaches:

the SELECT statement that implements an outer join in the WHERE clause with WHERE i.instructor_id = c.instructor_id (+)
the SELECT statement that implements a left outer join with FROM instructor i LEFT OUTER JOIN class c

The statement that implements a simple join but does not include either a WHERE clause or an ON clause is incorrect. Because no join condition is specified, all rows in the
instructor table will be joined with all rows in the class table. This creates a Cartesian product and is not what you desired.

The statement that uses a LEFT OUTER JOIN but lists the class table first is incorrect. Because the class table is listed to the left of the join, all rows in the class table are
retrieved, even if there is no match in the instructor table. This is exactly opposite of what you needed.

The option that uses Oracle proprietary syntax with WHERE i.instructor_id (+) = c.instructor_id as the join condition is also incorrect because the outer join operator
is on the wrong side of the join condition.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 96/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The option that implements a natural join and includes an ON clause is incorrect. This statement will generate an error because neither an ON nor a USING clause can be used
with the NATURAL JOIN syntax.

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using OUTER joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #132 of 190 Question ID: 1609103

The employee table contains a column called first_name and a column called last_name. Both columns have been defined as VARCHAR2(25). You want to create a
username for the employee that is comprised of all lowercase characters. It will be derived by taking the first character of the first name followed by the full last name. As an
example, if first_name is jOhn and the last_name is sMitH, the username would be jsmith.

However, there is an 8-character maximum for usernames. Which one of the following SELECT statements will correctly produce the username for each employee? (Choose
all that apply.)

✓ A) SELECT first_name, last_name, LOWER(CONCAT(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1),SUBSTR(last_name,1,7))) username

FROM employee e3

✗ B) SELECT first_name, last_name, LOWER(CONCAT(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1)||SUBSTR(last_name,1,7))) username

FROM employee e5
✓ C) SELECT first_name, last_name, LOWER(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1))||LOWER(SUBSTR(last_name,1,7)) username
FROM employee e1

✗ D) SELECT first_name, last_name,LOWER(CONCAT( LTRIM(first_name,1),SUBSTR(last_name,1,7) username FROM

employee e2

✓ E) SELECT first_name, last_name,CONCAT(LOWER(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1)),LOWER(SUBSTR(last_name,1,7)) )

username FROM employee e4

Explanation

A variety of functions are used in the various answers.

The LOWER(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1) expression would extract the first character of the first_name. Then that character would be converted to lowercase (if it wasn't already
lower case).

The LOWER(SUBSTR(last_name,1,7) expression would extract the first seven characters of last_name. If there are fewer than seven characters, it would take all that are
available. It then converts any uppercase characters to lowercase.

The LTRIM('abcdefg','ab') expression will take the first argument (string) and remove zero (0) or more occurrences of the second argument (string), starting at the far left of
argument 1. Whatever is left of argument 1 is the value this function returns.

a || b || c will concatenate together the strings a, b, and c. This is not the use of a function, but rather the use of the || operator. There is no practical limit to the number of
items that can be concatenated together using the ||.

CONCAT(a,b) will concatenate together a followed by b. The CONCAT function limits you to concatenating two items together at a time.

In the statement SELECT first_name, last_name,LOWER(CONCAT( LTRIM(first_name,1),SUBSTR(last_name,1,7) username FROM employee e2, the LTRIM function is
being used, but it will not return the first character of first_name. Hence, this statement will not produce a username in the required format.

In the statement SELECT first_name, last_name, LOWER(CONCAT(SUBSTR(first_name,1,1)||SUBSTR(last_name,1,7))) username FROM employee e5, the SUBSTR
function is used properly to extract the appropriate character from first_name and the appropriate characters from last_name. Then they are properly combined by the ||
operator, resulting in a single value. However, that single value now exists as the argument in a CONCAT function. Because the CONCAT function requires two arguments,
not one, the command contains a syntax error.

All three of the remaining answers are correct because they perform the three tasks required to create the username. These are:

1. Strip of the first character of first name and strip off the first seven characters of last name.
2. Concatenate those two things together.
3. Force the result into lower case.

You can perform step 2 using either the CONCAT function or the || operator. Step 3 can be performed before step 1, after step 1 but before step 2, or after step 2. You actually
should be able to come up with six different ways to write this command to obtain the correct result.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 97/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using concatenation operator, literal character strings, alternative quote operator, and the DISTINCT keyword

References:

SUBSTR

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SUBSTR.html

CONCAT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CONCAT.html

Question #133 of 190 Question ID: 1609082

You want to create a report of all employees, including employee name and project name, who are assigned to project tasks. You want to include all projects even if they
currently have no tasks defined, and you want to include all tasks, even those not assigned to an employee.

Which joins should you use?

✗ A) a natural join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a left outer join between the TASK and PROJECT tables
✗ B) a full outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a natural join between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✓ C) a left outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a right outer join between the TASK and PROJECT
tables
✗ D) a full outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a full outer join between the TASK and PROJECT tables

✗ E) a natural join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a natural join between the TASK and PROJECT tables
✗ F) a self join on the EMPLOYEE table and a left outer join between the TASK and PROJECT tables

Explanation

To produce the desired results, you should use a left outer join between the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables and a right outer join between the TASK and PROJECT tables. An
example of this operation would be:

SELECT p.project_name, t.task_id, e.employee_id

FROM task t LEFT OUTER JOIN employee e

ON (t.employee_id = e.employee_id)

RIGHT OUTER JOIN project p

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 98/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
ON (t.project_id = p.project_id);

The first join in the SELECT statement will be evaluated first. The TASK and EMPLOYEE tables will be joined, with all rows from the task table being included, even if they
have no employees assigned. Then, the next join will be evaluated. This joins the result of the first join to the PROJECT table with all projects being included regardless of
whether the project has associated tasks. The result will be the desired list.

The option that states you would use a self join is incorrect because you do not need to relate the EMPLOYEE table to itself.

All of the options stating you would use a natural join are incorrect. Natural joins perform equijoins, which will not include unmatched rows.

The option stating that you would use two full outer joins is incorrect. If a full outer join were used to join the TASK and EMPLOYEE tables, all employees would be included,
even if they were not assigned to any tasks. You only wanted to return employees that were assigned project tasks.

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Self-joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #134 of 190 Question ID: 1609070

The details of your database are as follows:

SYSTEM - System tablespace

SYSAUX - Auxiliary tablespace to SYSTEM tablespace

TEMP2 - Default temporary tablespace

UNDOTBS - Default undo tablespace

TEMP - Additional temporary tablespace

USERS - Tablespace to store user data

The database you are working on is in the OPEN state.

Which two tablespaces can be dropped from this database if they are not being used by the users in the database? (Choose two.)

✗ A) SYSAUX
✓ B) TEMP

✗ C) TEMP2
✗ D) SYSTEM

✗ E) UNDOTBS
✓ F) USERS

Explanation

In this scenario, the TEMP tablespace and the USERS tablespace can be dropped from the database because the TEMP tablespace is not a system-critical tablespace or a
default tablespace and is not being used by any users in the database. Similarly, the USERS tablespace is not a system-critical tablespace or a default tablespace and is not
being used by any users in the database. The USERS tablespace can be dropped from the database.

The TEMP2 tablespace cannot be dropped from the database because it is the default temporary tablespace. A default temporary tablespace cannot be dropped from the
database even if it is not being used by any other users in the database. To drop the current default temporary tablespace of the database, you must create a new temporary
tablespace and make it the default temporary tablespace.

The SYSTEM tablespace cannot be dropped from the database because a database cannot run without the SYSTEM tablespace.

The SYSAUX tablespace cannot be dropped from the database because the SYSAUX tablespace is auxiliary to the SYSTEM tablespace and is necessary for the database to
function.

The UNDOTBS tablespace cannot be dropped from the database because it is the default undo tablespace. A default undo tablespace cannot be dropped from the database
even if it is not being used by the database.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 99/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Creating, Altering and Dropping Tablespaces

References:

DROP TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/DROP-TABLESPACE.html

Question #135 of 190 Question ID: 1609063

You have created the USERS tablespace in your PROD database by issuing the following statement:

SQL> CREATE TABLESPACE USERS DATAFILE 'd:\users1.dbf'

SIZE 2M AUTOEXTEND ON

EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL UNIFORM SIZE 500K

SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO;

Which statements regarding the USERS tablespace are true? (Choose all that apply.)

✗ A) The USERS tablespace is a bigfile tablespace.

✗ B) The USERS tablespace can hold only one datafile.

✓ C) The free space in the USERS tablespace is recorded using bitmaps.

✓ D) Within the USERS tablespace, the datafile automatically increases in size when it becomes full.

✗ E) Within the USERS tablespace, the maximum size up to which the datafile can grow is 2 MB.
✓ F) The size of all the extents in the USERS tablespace will be the same.

Explanation

The free space in the USERS tablespace is recorded in bitmaps because you have used the EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL clause that enables local extent management.
The free space in the tablespace is recorded in bitmaps. Using the given CREATE TABLESPACE statement, all the extents in the tablespace will be of the same size because
you have used the UNIFORM SIZE 500K clause. The size of all the extents will be 500K. The datafile of the tablespace will automatically increase when the tablespace
becomes full because you have used the AUTOEXTEND ON clause while creating the tablespace. This clause enables automatic extension of datafiles when they become
full.

The option stating that the USERS tablespace is a bigfile tablespace is incorrect because the given statement creates a locally managed tablespace that is a type of smallfile
tablespace. The reason for this is the BIGFILE clause is not specified while creating this tablespace. If this clause is not specified, a bigfile or smallfile tablespace is created
depending on the default tablespace type defined for the database.

The option stating that the USERS tablespace can hold only one datafile is incorrect because the tablespace can hold more than one datafile. While creating a tablespace,
the default tablespace is a smallfile tablespace that can hold more than one datafile. If the BIGFILE clause had been specified, the tablespace could hold only one datafile.

The option stating that within the USERS tablespace the maximum size up to which the datafile can grow is 2 MB is incorrect because the maximum size up to which the
datafile can grow is not specified in the statement. This maximum size can be specified by using the MAXSIZE clause within the AUTOEXTEND clause.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deploying Oracle Database Space Management Features

References:

CREATE TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLESPACE.html

Question #136 of 190 Question ID: 1598927

Calculate the value returned by this SELECT statement:

SQL> SELECT ROUND(16.9) - TRUNC(4.8) - MOD (41,14) FROM dual;

✗ A) -1
✓ B) 0

✗ C) 13

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 100/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ D) 2
✗ E) -2

Explanation

The correct answer is zero (0).

ROUND(16.9) means to round the number to 0 decimal places, or the nearest whole number. That would be 17. This function can have two arguments, but if it only has one
then the second argument defaults to zero (0).

TRUNC(4.8) means to truncate the number 4.8 to 0 decimal places, or the greatest whole number that is less than or equal to 4.8. That would be 4.

MOD(41,14) means to take the remainder when 41 is divided by 14. The number 41 divided by 14 gives an answer of 2 with a remainder of 13, so 13 is the result of this
function. The whole number portion of the result of the division problem is discarded, only the remainder is important.

Putting the individual values into the expression yields 17 - 4 - 13, which equals 0.

Since 0 is the right answer, all other values must be incorrect.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Manipulating numbers with the ROUND, TRUNC and MOD functions

References:

ROUND (number)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/ROUND-number.html

Question #137 of 190 Question ID: 1609068

Examine the details of the PROD database:

SYSTEM - Dictionary managed system tablespace

SYSAUX - Locally managed tablespace auxiliary to the SYSTEM tablespace
UNDO - Locally managed default undo tablespace
TEMP1 - Temporary tablespace
DATA1 - Default permanent tablespace
USERS - Locally managed tablespace to store user data
IND1 - Locally managed tablespace to store index data

You create a user named ADAM using the following statement:

SQL> CREATE USER ADAM IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD;

Which two statements are true in the given scenario? (Choose two.)

✓ A) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace.

✓ B) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
✗ C) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the IND1 tablespace.

✗ D) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the USERS tablespace.

✗ E) Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the TEMP1 tablespace.
✗ F) Tables created by ADAM will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.

Explanation

In this scenario, tables created by ADAM will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace, and sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
The PROD database contains a default permanent tablespace DATA1 but does not contain a default temporary tablespace. When you create a user without assigning him or
her a permanent and temporary tablespace, the tables created by the user will be stored in the default permanent tablespace for the database, and the sort data generated by
the user's transactions will be stored in the default temporary tablespace of the database. If no default permanent tablespace is specified for the database, then the user's
objects are stored in the SYSTEM tablespace, and if no default temporary tablespace is specified for the database, the user's sort data is stored in the SYSTEM tablespace.
In this scenario, there is no default temporary tablespace in the database, so the sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace. To
avoid this, you can create a default temporary tablespace in the database or explicitly assign ADAM a temporary tablespace in the CREATE USER statement. In this scenario,
a default permanent tablespace has been defined for the database, DATA1, so objects that ADAM creates will be stored in the DATA1 tablespace. The space required on disk
to perform sort activities will be allocated from the files comprising the SYSTEM tablespace.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 101/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
object creation, and he has been granted the required privileges on the USERS tablespace. He will also need quota on the tablespace in order to insert rows through extent
allocation.

Tables created by ADAM will not be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace because a default permanent tablespace, DATA1, exists for the database. A table created by ADAM will
be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace when no default permanent tablespace exists for the database and ADAM does not explicitly specify any other tablespace name when
creating the table.

Sort data generated by ADAM's transactions will not be stored in the IND1 tablespace. This sort data will be stored in the SYSTEM tablespace because no default temporary
tablespace exists in the database. The IND1 tablespace is created to store the index data.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL Plus

References:

CREATE USER

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-USER.html

Question #138 of 190 Question ID: 1598838

You are required to create a tablespace that will hold multiple different tables that will hold differently sized data within each table. Which type of extent management would
you use with the CREATE TABLESPACE statement?

✗ A) UNIFORM
✓ B) AUTOALLOCATE
✗ C) BLOCKSIZE

✗ D) EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL

Explanation

When you use the AUTOALLOCATE clause within a CREATE TABLESPACE statement, you are anticipating multiple objects with potentially different sized extents, therefore;
AUTOALLOCATE is the most efficient and logical choice. You can easily simplify tablespace management by letting Oracle keep up with the deallocation and reallocation of
extent management by using the AUTOALLOCATE clause. The drawback to using AUTOALLOCATE is that you might have additional unused extents within your tablespaces
depending on the number of objects and their overall use.

The following CREATE TABLESPACE statement uses AUTOALLOCATE to dynamically allocate extents as needed:

CREATE TABLESPACE MARKETING_TBS DATAFILE '/u99/oracle/marketing88.dbf' SIZE 150M EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL AUTOALLOCATE;

UNIFORM is a clause you can use if you want full control over the unused space within your tablespace, because this clause creates consistently sized extents. This is a
good clause to use if you know the specific data you are loading.

EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL is the clause you would use within a CREATE TABLESPACE statement when you would use either AUTOALLOCATE or UNIFORM as an
extent management solution. You would also use this clause when creating a permanent tablespace.

The BLOCKSIZE clause can be used within a CREATE statement if you want to control the number of specific blocks used when the tablespace is created.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL Plus

References:

CREATE TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle//oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLESPACE.html

Question #139 of 190 Question ID: 1598948

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 102/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Which of the following objects are NOT contained in a schema? (Choose all that apply.)

✓ A) Roles

✗ B) View
✗ C) Table

✗ D) Synonym
✓ E) Tablespaces
✓ F) Users

✗ G) Index

Explanation

The following are not contained in a schema:

Users
Roles
Tablespaces
Contexts
Directories
Parameter files (PFILEs) and server parameter files (SPFILEs)
Profiles
Rollback segments

Schema objects are logical storage structures that may contain data such as tables and indexes, or they may consist of a definition only such as a view or synonym.

Tablespaces are not schema objects because a tablespace can contain objects from different schemas. Also, the objects for a schema can be contained in different
tablespaces.

Objective:
Managing Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes

Sub-Objective:
Managing Synonyms

References:

Database Objects

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Database-Objects.html

Question #140 of 190 Question ID: 1598815

Which characteristic relates to a tablespace?

✗ A) It always has read-write status

✓ B) It can consist of multiple datafiles, each on a separate disk

✗ C) It can only be brought online while the database is shut down
✗ D) It consists of only one operating system file

Explanation

Data in an Oracle database is stored in tablespaces. A tablespace is a logical object used to group data into smaller areas. A tablespace can only belong to one database at a
time. A tablespace consists of one or more datafiles, and each datafile can be on a separate disk.

A tablespace can be switched between read-write and read-only status. When a tablespace is read-only, it is only available for read operations. While the database is running,
tablespaces can be brought online. Except for the SYSTEM tablespace or a tablespace with an active undo segment, a tablespace can be taken offline while the database is
running. A datafile can only belong to one tablespace, but a tablespace can consist of one or more operating system files known as datafiles.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Managing Different Types of Segments

References:

Physical Storage Structures

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 103/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/physical-storage-structures.html

Question #141 of 190 Question ID: 1598826

What SQL Loader file format scans for file terminators while loading data?

✗ A) Fixed record format

✓ B) Stream record format

✗ C) Data fields
✗ D) Variable record format

Explanation

The stream record format loads data based on a record terminator. This format does not scan for the file size but scans, but instead looks for terminators to form a record and
then loads that data into the table in question. This method should be of some concern because a record could be of any size, which could put a damper on loading
performance. Some examples of termination strings are \t for a horizontal tab, \n for line feed, \f for a form feed, \r for a carriage return and a \v for a vertical tab.

The fixed record format loads data based on a fixed file format and does not load a variable length file.

The variable record format loads data based on character fields at the beginning of the record and not considered a stream file format.

Data fields are used when using a control file to load data from a record. You can load data based on a byte position, string delimiter and a fixed length location.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL*Loader

References:

Understanding How to Use SQL*Loader

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-sql-loader-concepts.html

Question #142 of 190 Question ID: 1609116

Which statement regarding subqueries is true?

✗ A) A subquery cannot reference a table that is not included in the outer query's FROM clause.

✓ B) Subqueries can return multiple columns.

✗ C) Subqueries can be nested up to five levels.

✗ D) A subquery must be placed on the right side of the comparison operator.

Explanation

Subqueries can return multiple columns. Subqueries that return multiple columns are referred to as multiple-column subqueries. Multiple-column subqueries are more
commonly used as data sources in the FROM clause of an outer SELECT statement but can also be used to compare multiple columns in a WHERE clause. The syntax of a
SELECT statement performing such a comparison is:

SELECT column, column, column,

FROM table1

WHERE (column, column, ...) IN

(SELECT column, column,

FROM table2

WHERE condition);

The option stating that subqueries can be nested up to five levels is incorrect because no such limit exists. The only limitation to creating queries is that of available memory.
Subqueries are often placed on the right side of a comparison operator for readability, but this is not required.

A subquery can access different tables than the outer query that contains it. Therefore, the option stating that a subquery cannot reference a table that is not included in the
outer query's FROM clause is incorrect.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 104/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Using Subqueries to Solve Queries

Sub-Objective:
Using Multiple Row Subqueries

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #143 of 190 Question ID: 1598940

You are a DBA in a company. A user of your company's database, KATE, issues the following statements in her session:

SQL> UPDATE emp SET salary=5000 WHERE employee_id=5647;

SQL> DELETE FROM emp WHERE employee_id=6785;

Which two transactions are permitted for the user AMY on the emp table, provided the user KATE has not committed her transactions? (Choose two.)

✗ A) AMY can modify the row corresponding to employee_id 6785 for all the columns except the salary column.

✗ B) AMY can delete the row corresponding to employee_id 5647.

✓ C) AMY can execute a full table scan on the emp table.

✗ D) AMY can only query the information in the rows of the emp table until KATE commits her transactions.
✓ E) AMY can modify information in all the rows except the rows corresponding to employee_ids 5647 and 6785.
✗ F) AMY can create a B-tree index on the department_id column of the emp table.

✗ G) AMY can drop the emp table if she has the DROP ANY TABLE privilege.

Explanation

AMY can execute a full table scan on the emp table, and AMY can modify the information in all the rows except the rows corresponding to employee_ids 5647 and 6785. In
this scenario, the user KATE issues statements to update and delete rows corresponding to employee_ids 5647 and 6785, respectively. This results in a ROW EXCLUSIVE
lock on the two rows. This lock allows the other users to query the data in the table. However, this lock prohibits the modification of the locked rows until the locks are
released. As a result, AMY can execute a full table scan on the emp table and can modify all the rows except the rows locked by KATE's transactions.

AMY cannot delete the row corresponding to employee_id 5647 because the row is exclusively locked by KATE. Therefore, no other transactions can modify this row until the
lock held by KATE is released.

AMY cannot drop the emp table even if she has the DROP ANY TABLE privilege because the UPDATE statement is a DML statement. Each DML statement acquires a share
table level lock for the table being modified. The share table level lock prevents the table from being dropped until the lock is released.

AMY cannot create a B-tree index on the department_id column of the emp table. The UPDATE statement issued by KATE is a DML statement. Each DML statement acquires
a ROW EXCLUSIVE lock for the rows being updated. This lock prohibits the creation of an index on the table containing the locked rows.

The option that states that AMY can only query the information in the rows of the emp table until KATE commits her transactions is incorrect because AMY can perform other
functions in addition to querying. AMY can modify or delete information in all the rows except the rows that KATE currently has locked, namely the rows corresponding to
employee_ids 5647 and 6785.

AMY cannot modify the row corresponding to employee_id 6785 for all the columns except the salary column. In this scenario, the entire row is locked by KATE, and no
updates to the any of the columns can be performed until the locks held by KATE are released.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Managing Database Transactions

References:

Data Concurrency and Consistency

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/cncpt/data-concurrency-and-consistency.html

Question #144 of 190 Question ID: 1598859

When setting up Oracle Managed Files which initialization parameter sets the location for creating temp files or data files?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 105/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✗ A) DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST
✗ B) AUDIT_FILE_DEST

✗ C) DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST
✓ D) DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST

Explanation

DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST is one of three parameters that need to be used when setting up Oracle Managed Files. The DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST parameter determines the
location for creating data files and temporary files. These files will be created when you issue the CREATE operation within Oracle. This is also the default location for creating
control files and redo log files. However, if the parameter DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST is not used, then you have to specify the data file locations within your CREATE
TABLESPACE statement.

The DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST parameter gives you the ability to multiplex control files or redo log files. The DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter determines
the fast recovery area location.

The DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter is only for the fast recovery area and is not a location for keeping permanent or temporary tablespace files.

The AUDIT_FILE_DEST is the location for keeping Oracle audit data for an Oracle database. It does not hold temporary or permanent data file information.

The DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST parameter holds the specific location where redo log files and control files are created. It is not related to holding data files used to
create user data files or temporary files.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Implementing Oracle Managed Files

References:

Using Oracle Managed Files

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/using-oracle-managed-files.html

Question #145 of 190 Question ID: 1598855

You are working on your production database. The database resides on a Windows Server machine. The USERS tablespace of your database is running out of space. The
USERS tablespace contains the D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF datafile of size 10 MB.

Which two statements will add more space to the datafile of the USERS tablespace? (Choose two.)

✗ A) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE 20M;

✗ B) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' AUTOEXTEND ON;

✓ C) ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE 20M;

✗ D) ALTER TABLESPACE USERS ADD DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS.DBF' SIZE 10M;

✓ E) ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' AUTOEXTEND ON;

Explanation

To add more space to the datafiles of a tablespace, you can either resize the datafile by using the ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' RESIZE 20M;
statement or enable the autoextensible feature by using the ALTER DATABASE DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS01.DBF' AUTOEXTEND ON; statement. The datafile can be
resized to increase or decrease the size of the datafile. In the given scenario, the statement with the RESIZE option will increase the size of the datafile. The autoextensible
feature of the datafile automatically enables the file size to increase after the file reaches the size it was assigned.

The options that use the ALTER TABLESPACE statement with the RESIZE option or the AUTOEXTEND option are incorrect because you cannot use the ALTER
TABLESPACE statement to modify the size of the datafiles of the tablespace. You must use the ALTER DATABASE statement.

The option that adds a datafile to the tablespace by using the ALTER TABLESPACE USERS ADD DATAFILE 'D:\DATA\USERS.DBF' SIZE 10M; statement is incorrect
because this statement adds a datafile to the tablespace and not more space to the existing datafile, USERS01.DBF, as required in this scenario.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Creating, Altering and Dropping Tablespaces

References:

ALTER TABLESPACE

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 106/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-TABLESPACE.html

Question #146 of 190 Question ID: 1609117

You create a script that contains the following query:

SELECT Fname, Lname, Salary, DepartmentID

FROM Employees

WHERE Salary = (SELECT MAX (Salary)

FROM Employees);

What type of query is it?

✗ A) Multiple column subquery

✗ B) Multiple row subquery

✗ C) Correlated subquery
✓ D) Single row subquery

Explanation

The query is an example of a single row subquery. A single row subquery returns a single row in the subquery. In this example, the WHERE Salary = (SELECT MAX
(Salary) FROM Employees) clause will return a single record of the employee that has the highest salary.

All other answers are incorrect because all other options return more than a single record.

A multiple row subquery by its nature will return multiple rows in the sub query.

A correlated subquery uses the EXISTS operator to check for the existence of data rows that satisfy specified criteria.

A multiple-column subquery returns multiple columns to the outer query using the outer query's FROM, WHERE, or HAVING clause.

Objective:
Using Subqueries to Solve Queries

Sub-Objective:
Using Multiple Row Subqueries

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #147 of 190 Question ID: 1598779

In what shutdown option does Oracle wait until all current sessions have ended before closing the database?

✗ A) ABORT
✓ B) NORMAL

✗ C) TRANSACTIONAL
✗ D) IMMEDIATE

Explanation

When a user issues a SHUTDOWN NORMAL command, the Oracle database will wait until every single user connected to the database logs completely out of the system.
After that time, Oracle will shut down the Oracle database. The SHUTDOWN NORMAL is considered the default option for shutting down the database.

When a user issues a SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL command, the database will prevent upcoming transactions from occurring, but will also wait for the currently running
transactions to complete before shutting down the database. This option could be very time consuming depending on the database transaction in question.

A SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATE command will automatically remove connected users and will cancel any running transactions and roll them back if they are not committed. This
is one of the fastest ways of shutting down Oracle.

The SHUTDOWN ABORT command is only used when no other options are working. This option does not wait for the current transactions to complete and is the most
damaging type of shutdown from a database perspective.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 107/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Shutting Down Oracle Database Instances

References:

Starting Up and Shutting Down a Database

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/sql-developer-command-line/23.3/sqcug/starting-and-shutting-database.html

Question #148 of 190 Question ID: 1609098

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table shown in the exhibit:

You query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id||'-'||line_item_id||' '||product_id||' '||quantity "Purchase"

FROM line_item;

Which component of the SELECT statement is a literal?

✗ A) quantity

✓ B) '-'
✗ C) "Purchase"
✗ D) ||

Explanation

The literal component in this statement is '-'. A literal value is a value that is specified explicitly. When using the concatenation operator (||) in a SELECT list, any literal date,
expression, number, or character value must be enclosed in single quotes. This statement contains three literal values ('-', ' ', and ' '), which is one hyphen and two individual
spaces.

The concatenation operator (||) is not a literal. The concatenation operator is used to concatenate, or combine, data. By placing the concatenation operator between columns,
expressions, spaces, or literal values, the items are combined and displayed as one concatenated value in the query results. The syntax of the concatenation operator is:

(column1|expression1)||(column2|expression2)[|| (column3|expression3)]...

"Purchase" is not a literal but is a column alias for the concatenated string.

The quantity, order_id, line_item_id, and product_id components are columns, not literals.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using Column aliases

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #149 of 190 Question ID: 1609048

When a segment requires additional space, which logical database components would you add?

✗ A) database blocks

✗ B) operating system blocks

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 108/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) tablespaces

✓ D) extents

Explanation

If a segment requires additional space, extents should be added.

The Oracle database architecture includes logical and physical structures that make up the database. The logical structure includes tablespaces, segments, extents, and data
blocks. A tablespace may consist of one or more segments. Each segment is made up of one or more extents, each consisting of a set of contiguous data blocks.

All of the other options are incorrect. You cannot add tablespaces, database blocks, or operating system blocks to a segment.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Logical and Physical Database Structures

References:

DBA_EXTENTS

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DBA_EXTENTS.html

Question #150 of 190 Question ID: 1598853

Which dictionary column within the data dictionary view DBA_TABLESPACES tells you whether the contents of the data would be permanent, undo, or temporary?

✗ A) ALLOCATION_TYPE
✓ B) CONTENTS

✗ C) RETENTION
✗ D) STATUS

Explanation

In this case, you want to view the CONTENTS column to determine whether the previously created tablespace is a PERMANENT, TEMPORARY, or UNDO tablespace. A
PERMANENT tablespace is one that holds end user's data. A TEMPORARY tablespace houses temporary data used for sorting queries and for rebuilding indexes. An UNDO
tablespace holds data changes made by the database through user Data Manipulation Language (DML) commands.

The STATUS column is used to determine whether a tablespace is OFFLINE, ONLINE, or READONLY.

The ALLOCATION_TYPE column is related to a tablespaces extent management solution for the tablespace. It can have a value of SYSTEM, USER, or UNIFORM.

The RETENTION column determines how long undo data is kept before it is removed. This column would not tell you the contents of the data housed within a tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

Sub-Objective:
Viewing Tablespace Information

References:

DBA_TABLESPACES

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DBA_TABLESPACES.html

Question #151 of 190 Question ID: 1609051

You are installing Oracle Database and want to comply with Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) guidelines. Which action is recommended to ensure OFA compliance?

✗ A) Setting up the flash recovery area and datafiles on the same physical disk
✗ B) Explicitly setting the ORACLE_HOME environment variable

✗ C) Setting up the flash recovery area under the Oracle home

✓ D) Locating your datafiles under the Oracle base

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 109/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You should locate your datafiles under the Oracle base to be compliant with OFA guidelines. You should also locate your flash recovery area under the Oracle base, place
each on separate disks, and explicitly specify a value for the ORACLE_BASE environment variable during installation.

Setting up the flash recovery area and datafiles on the same physical disk would not be compliant with OFA guidelines. You should set up the flash recovery area on one disk
and the location for datafiles on a different disk.

Explicitly setting the ORACLE_HOME environment variable would not be compliant with OFA guidelines. In previous releases, you had to specify the ORACLE_HOME
environment variable, but with , ORACLE_HOME is determined by the value given to the ORACLE_BASE environment variable. This allows you to have multiple Oracle
homes that share the same Oracle base. To be OFA-compliant, you should explicitly set the ORACLE_BASE parameter during installation rather than accepting the default
value.

Setting up the flash recovery area under the Oracle home would not be compliant with OFA guidelines. You should set up the flash recovery under the Oracle base, rather
than the Oracle home.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Starting Up Oracle Database Instances

References:

About the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/ladbi/about-the-optimal-flexible-architecture-standard.html

Question #152 of 190 Question ID: 1598831

Which section of the Oracle Cloud Control will you need to access to perform common tasks like setting up load balancers and creating VM instances?

✗ A) The Dashboard tab

✗ B) Service links
✓ C) Launch resources
✗ D) Start exploring

Explanation

You will use the Launch resources section for navigating directly to common activities like using a wizard to set up a network, setting up load balancers, and creating VM
instances. Oracle Enterprise Manager is a platform for on-premises management which offers a unified dashboard for managing Oracle deployments in the cloud or in the
data center.

The Service links section is not used for common tasks but for navigating to Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI) services that you have recently visited or pinned.

The Start exploring is not used for common tasks as mentioned in the scenario but for links to blog posts, developer tools, and tutorials.

The Dashboard tab is used for running the Console Dashboards service for creating customized dashboards for monitoring key metrics, diagnostics, and resources on your
tenancy.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control

References:

Get to Know the Console

https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/GSG/Concepts/console.htm#top

Enterprise Manager Cloud Control

https://docs.oracle.com/en/enterprise-manager/

Question #153 of 190 Question ID: 1609094

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 110/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✗ A) MINUS
✓ B) UNION

✗ C) UNION ALL
✗ D) INTERSECT

Explanation

SELECT emp_id

FROM employee

WHERE hire_date > TO_DATE('10-JAN-2007')

UNION

SELECT emp_id

FROM emp_hist;

Set operators allow the results of two or more queries to be combined into a single result set. SQL statements that include set operators are known as compound queries. The
set operators are:

Set operators of equal precedence are evaluated from left to right unless parentheses force the order of evaluation. When using a set operator, the columns in the SELECT
list in each query must be the same in number and data type.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using The UNION and UNION ALL operators

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #154 of 190 Question ID: 1598785

Which file determines the number of users that can be granted the SYSDBA or SYSOPER privilege?

✗ A) alert log file

✗ B) system datafile
✗ C) control file

✓ D) password file
✗ E) trace file

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 111/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
processes.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using the Alert Log and Trace Files

References:

Getting Started with Database Administration

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/getting-started-with-database-administration.html

Question #155 of 190 Question ID: 1598833

What element would you use within the My Services Dashboard in Oracle Cloud to display the instance status categories?

✓ A) Service Tiles

✗ B) The View metrics icon

✗ C) The Action icon

✗ D) Account summary

Explanation

You would use the Service tiles to view information like the instance counts and the exact service names are available. This tile will also allow you to view the service types
along with a short name description.

In this section you can also see an icon that specifies your status such as a service administrator, account administrator or a combination of the two. You also have the ability
to change the order of the tiles to give you a custom interface and dashboard experience. Finally, there is a status icon that displays the current status of each service.

The Account summary element does not provide you with service name and status information. It does give you information such as financial data related to charges,
overages, credit promotions, and opt out features.

The Action icon is not used for gathering status information on services. It provides information how to get service details and can display your account balance information as
well.

The View Metrics option is mainly used to show you a pictorial representation of your service elements if such information is available, such as billing, business states, and
monitoring availability. It does not display status information related to services.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control

References:

Getting Started with Oracle Cloud

https://docs.oracle.com/en/cloud/get-started/subscriptions-cloud/csgsg/my-services-dashboard.html

Question #156 of 190 Question ID: 1598804

Which Oracle advisor gives you the ability to reclaim free space by shrinking segments and freeing that space back to the system?

✗ A) SQL Access Advisor

✓ B) Segment Advisor

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 112/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) Memory Advisor
✗ D) SQL Tuning Advisor

Explanation

The Segment Advisor is a good tool to determine which objects within the database that could benefit from shrinking online segments. One key requirement is that the
segment in question must reside within a locally managed tablespace and use automatic segment space management. When you shrink a segment, it will attempt to reclaim
space below and above the high-water mark within the table. Once it completes that operation, it will free any unused space back to the system.

SQL Tuning Advisor focuses on performance issues with SQL queries and even attempts to optimize query plans while making recommendations on overall performance.

SQL Access Advisor looks at SQL workloads and gives structured recommendations on performance by offering potential indexing options.

Memory Advisor creates a pictorial representation on the total memory allocated within the database and analyzes each memory component. This advisor is not associated
with shrinking online segments.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Shrinking Segments

References:

Managing Automated Database Maintenance Tasks

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/managing-automated-database-maintenance-tasks.html

Question #157 of 190 Question ID: 1598778

For what purpose is the catalog.sql script used?

✗ A) To populate dynamic performance views with current data

✗ B) To restrict access to the data dictionary

✓ C) To create views and synonyms used to access the data dictionary and dynamic performance views

✗ D) To drop views and synonyms on dictionary metadata

Explanation

The catalog.sql script is used to create views and synonyms used to access the data dictionary and dynamic performance views. If you create the database using the
Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA), this script is run automatically. However, if you create a database manually, you will need to execute this script.

The catalog.sql script is not used to restrict access to the data dictionary. You can restrict access to the data dictionary by setting the O7_DICTIONARY_ACCESSIBILITY
parameter to FALSE. This would prevent all users from querying the data dictionary even if they have the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege.

The catalog.sql script is not used to drop views and synonyms on dictionary metadata. The "No" scripts, such as catnoadt.sql, catnoaud.sql, and catnoprt.sql, are used to drop
views and synonyms used on dictionary metadata.

The catalog.sql script is not used to populate dynamic performance views with current data. Oracle Database does this automatically as the instance changes.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Dictionary Views

References:

Creating and Configuring an Oracle Database

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/creating-and-configuring-an-oracle-database.html

Question #158 of 190 Question ID: 1609097

Examine the structure of the LINE_ITEM table.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 113/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

You attempt to query the database with this SQL statement:

SELECT order_id "Order Number", product_id "Product", quantity "Amount"

FROM line_item

WHERE "Order Number" = 5570

ORDER BY "Amount";

This statement fails when executed. Which action should you take to correct the problem?

✗ A) Remove the column alias from the ORDER BY clause and use the column name.

✓ B) Remove the column alias from the WHERE clause and use the column name.

✗ C) Enclose all of the column aliases in single quotes instead of double quotes.

✗ D) Specify a sort order of ASC or DESC in the ORDER BY clause.

Explanation

To correct the problem, you should remove the column alias from the WHERE clause and use the column name. A column alias cannot be used in a WHERE clause to identify a
column. To correct the problem, you should remove the column alias from the WHERE clause and use the column name instead.

Explicitly specifying whether the sort order is ascending or descending is certainly permissible, but is never required, and therefore does not cause a syntax error. Also, the
use of an alias column header is acceptable in the ORDER BY clause. You can use the actual column name, the alias column header, or an integer representing the ordinal
value of the sort column from its position in the SELECT clause.

An ORDER BY clause does not need to contain the ASC or DESC keywords. The default sort order of an ORDER BY clause is ASC, from lowest to highest for numeric data, from
earliest to latest for date data, and alphabetically for character data. The DESC keyword is used when the reverse sort order is desired.

You should not enclose all of the column aliases in single quotes instead of double quotes. Column aliases must be enclosed in double quotes (") if they require initial
capitalization or include spaces.

You should not remove the column alias from the ORDER BY clause and use the column name. A column alias can be used to identify a column in an ORDER BY clause.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using Column aliases

References:

SELECT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SELECT.html

Question #159 of 190 Question ID: 1609091

Which two SELECT statements have valid ORDER BY clauses? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✓ A) SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM current_product

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10

ORDER BY 1,2;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 114/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ B) SELECT product_id, category_id
FROM current_product

ORDER BY 1,2

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10;

✗ C) SELECT product_id Product, category_id Category

FROM current_product

ORDER BY Category, Product

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10;

✓ D) SELECT product_id Product, category_id Category

FROM current_product

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10

ORDER BY Category, Product;

✗ E) SELECT product_id
FROM current_product

MINUS

SELECT product_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE develop_cost > 5.60

ORDER BY develop_cost;

Explanation

These SELECT statements have a valid ORDER:

SELECT product_id Product, category_id Category

FROM current_product

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10

ORDER BY Category, Product;

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM current_product

ORDER BY 1,2

MINUS

SELECT product_id, category_id

FROM product_develop

WHERE resource_code = 10;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 115/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The other options do not have a valid order and therefore are not correct.

Objective:
Using SET Operators

Sub-Objective:
Using the ORDER BY clause in set operations

References:

The Set Operators

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/The-UNION-ALL-INTERSECT-MINUS-Operators.html

Question #160 of 190 Question ID: 1598780

Which type of backup requires you to shut down the entire Oracle database and then back up the physical database files?

✗ A) Differential

✗ B) Cumulative
✗ C) Hot

✓ D) Cold

Explanation

A cold backup occurs when a Database administrator shuts down the database so that database goes into an offline state. In order to have a proper cold backup you have to
copy or backup all database datafiles, online redo logs, control files and the init.ora file. To find the location of all the files you can select information from the following tables:
V$DATAFILE, DBA_DATA_FILES, V$LOGFILE, and finally the V$CONTROLFILE.

A hot backup is also considered an online backup because the database is open and accessible during the backup. With this type of backup, the database has to be in
ARCHIVE LOG MODE. The database is open and not closed.

A differential backup is a backup that only backs up database blocks that have changed since the last incremental backup. The database is online during this type of backup.

A cumulative backup copies all of the database blocks that have changed since the last incremental backup. The database is also online during this type of backup.

Objective:
Managing Database Instances

Sub-Objective:
Shutting Down Oracle Database Instances

References:

Backup and Recovery User's Guide

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/bradv/index.html

Question #161 of 190 Question ID: 1609076

The account table contains these columns:

ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER(12)

NEW_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

PREV_BALANCE NUMBER(7,2)

FINANCE_CHARGE NUMBER(7,2)

With the least amount of effort, you want to display all of the rows in the account table.

Which query should you use?

✓ A) SELECT *
FROM account;

✗ B) SELECT account_id, new_balance, prev_balance, finance_charge

FROM account;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 116/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) SELECT all
FROM account;

✗ D) SELECT any
FROM account;

Explanation

You should use the following query to display all of the account table rows:

SELECT *

FROM account;

The asterisk (*) in the SELECT clause selects all columns from a table, view, materialized view, or snapshot. Using the asterisk (*) in the SELECT list simplifies the writing of
such a query because the column names do not have to be individually included.

You should not use the query that includes each column name in the SELECT list. Although this query will achieve the desired results, it requires more effort than using an
asterisk (*) in the SELECT list.

Both of the other options are incorrect because these statements fail. ALL is a keyword used in a FORUPDATE clause or in a WHERE clause comparison condition. When used in
a SELECT clause, the statement fails. ANY is an operator used in a WHERE clause comparison condition. When used in a SELECT clause, the statement fails.

Objective:
Restricting and Sorting Data

Sub-Objective:
Limiting Rows Returned in a SQL Statement

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #162 of 190 Question ID: 1598835

Which database administrative tool would you use to upgrade or migrate an Oracle database?

✗ A) Oracle Enterprise Manager Load Wizard

✗ B) Oracle Enterprise Manager Console

✗ C) User Migration Utility

✓ D) Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant

Explanation

You would use the Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant. The Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant is used to migrate or upgrade an existing Oracle database.

You would not use the User Migration Utility. This tool is used to migrate existing Oracle database users to a directory.

You would not use the Oracle Enterprise Manager Load Wizard. This tool provides a wizard interface to assist the database administrator in loading data into an Oracle
database.

You would not use the Oracle Enterprise Manager Console. This tool is used to start, stop, and manage Oracle databases.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

Sub-Objective:
Using Oracle enterprise Manager Database Express

References:

Upgrading with Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/upgrd/upgrading-oracle-database-upgrade-assistant-dbua.html

Question #163 of 190 Question ID: 1609072

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 117/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You must retain the committed undo data in the undo tablespace for 10 minutes without hampering the uncommitted transactions in the database.

Which action can you take to achieve this objective?

✓ A) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and do not guarantee the undo retention.
✗ B) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and guarantee the undo retention.

✗ C) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and guarantee the undo retention.

✗ D) Set the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and do not guarantee the undo retention.

Explanation

If undo retention is guaranteed, the committed undo data will be retained in the database only if the current uncommitted transactions are not hampered.
If undo retention is not guaranteed, the committed undo data will be overwritten if other uncommitted transactions need space in the undo tablespace to write the undo
data.

You can use the ALTER TABLESPACE...RETENTION NOGUARANTEE statement to ensure that undo retention is not guaranteed in your database.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and guaranteeing the undo retention is incorrect because this will set the undo retention value to 10 seconds. In this
scenario, you want to set this value to 10 minutes. You should not guarantee undo retention because this can cause the uncommitted transactions to fail due to lack of enough
space in the undo tablespace.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 600 and guaranteeing the undo retention is incorrect because you should not guarantee undo retention. If undo retention is
guaranteed, the committed data will remain in the undo tablespace, and the uncommitted transactions can fail due to lack of space.

Setting the UNDO_RETENTION parameter to 10 and not guaranteeing the undo retention is incorrect because this will set the undo retention value to 10 seconds instead of
the desired 10 minutes.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Configuring Undo Retention

References:

UNDO_RETENTION

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/UNDO_RETENTION.html

Question #164 of 190 Question ID: 1609102

The STUDENT table contains the following columns:

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

EMAIL VARCHAR2(50)

You are writing a SELECT statement to retrieve the names of students that do NOT have an e-mail address.

SELECT last_name||', '||first_name "Student Name"

FROM student

Which WHERE clause should you use to complete this statement?

✗ A) WHERE email = NULL;

✗ B) WHERE email IS NOT NULL;

✗ C) WHERE email != NULL;

✓ D) WHERE email IS NULL;

Explanation

You should use the WHERE clause that uses the IS NULL comparison operator. When testing for null values in SQL, the IS NULL comparison operator should be used. This
operator returns a Boolean value of TRUE when a null value is found and returns FALSE when a value exists. The rows returned by this query will consist of students with no
e-mail address.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 118/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
You should not use the WHERE clause that uses the NOT operator with the IS NULL operator. When using the NOT operator in combination with the IS NULL operator, a
Boolean value of TRUE is returned when the condition is false. This statement will execute successfully but will not return the desired results. The rows returned using this
WHERE clause would be students with an e-mail address.

You should not use the WHERE clauses that use the = or != operators. An equality operator (=) or other comparison operator, such as !=, should not be used when testing for
null values because a null value cannot be equal or unequal to another value. Comparisons between nulls and other values do not return a TRUE or FALSE value, but instead
return a value of UNKNOWN.

Objective:
Retrieving Data using the SQL SELECT Statement

Sub-Objective:
Using The SQL SELECT statement

References:

SQL Queries and Subqueries

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SQL-Queries-and-Subqueries.html

Question #165 of 190 Question ID: 1598861

Your senior database manager tells you to investigate performance problems within the database. The database has received several ORA-1555 errors over the past 24
hours. You need to find out what is causing the undo space consumption.

What dictionary view would you use to monitor the SQL workload to determine the properly undo size?

✗ A) V$ROLLSTAT

✓ B) V$UNDOSTAT
✗ C) V$TRANSACTION

✗ D) DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS

Explanation

The V$UNDOSTAT dictionary view holds detailed undo data regarding system overall system performance. The data held within the table consists of how long queries have
been executing, transaction concurrency, and details on undo space data. You can also determine how much undo space would be necessary for a given SQL workload.
Oracle collects undo data in intervals of 10 minutes by default.

The V$ROLLSTAT dictionary view holds behavioral information related to undo segments that exists within an undo table space. This view would not house SQL workload
information.

The V$TRANSACTION dictionary view holds intricate details on active transactions within the database.

The DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS dictionary view has detailed information on the extents and segments housed in the undo table space.

Objective:
Managing Undo

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Transactions and Undo Data

References:

V$UNDOSTAT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/V-UNDOSTAT.html

Question #166 of 190 Question ID: 1598848

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 119/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Which of the following parameters manages the number of reoccurring connection attempts in seconds?

✗ A) TRANSPORT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT
✓ B) RETRY_DELAY

✗ C) RETRY_COUNT
✗ D) CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Explanation

The RETRY_DELAY parameter manages the number of seconds between the last connection attempt and the upcoming connection attempt. This parameter works in
correlation with the RETRY_COUNT parameter. Together they give you the ability to manage connection retry attempts in seconds or with a count value. This parameter also
resides under the DESCRIPTON section of your TNS entry.

The CONNECT_TIMEOUT parameter is the amount of time it will take in seconds for an end-user to create a basic connection to an Oracle instance.

The RETRY_COUNT parameter is the number of times the Oracle client will attempt to reconnect before terminating the connection.

The TRANSPORT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT parameter is measured in seconds and is the amount of time for which a TCP connection will attempt a connection to the database
server. The standard interval is set at 60 seconds.

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Connecting to an Oracle Database Instance

References:

ALL_DEQUEUE_QUEUES

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/ALL_DEQUEUE_QUEUES.html

Question #167 of 190 Question ID: 1609073

You want to make your undo tablespace a fixed-size tablespace, and you want to use the Undo Advisor to determine the size you should use. You must be able to support
Oracle Flashback queries for up to 24 hours.

Using Enterprise Manager, you navigate to the Automatic Undo Management page and click the System Activity subpage. In the displayed information, you notice the longest-
running query for the workload period ran for 114 minutes.

Which action should you take when invoking the Undo Advisor?

✗ A) Specify the Desired Undo Retention automatically and create a customized Analysis Time Period.

✗ B) Specify the Desired Undo Retention automatically and use the default Analysis Time Period.
✓ C) Specify the Desired Undo Retention manually and set the Duration to 24 hours.

✗ D) Specify the Desired Undo Retention manually and set the Duration to 114 minutes.

Explanation

You should specify the Desired Undo Retention manually and set the Duration to 24 hours. The Undo Advisor uses data collected in the Automatic Workload Repository
(AWR) to perform an analysis and make recommendations on the needed size for the undo tablespace. The Undo Advisor can provide sizing advice either based on a
particular analysis period or based your specific requirements for undo retention. If you have special requirements, such as long-running queries or requirements for flashback
capability, you should manually set the Desired Undo Retention.

First, estimate the duration of your longest running query and the longest time interval for which you want to be able to perform Flashback operations. Then, select Specified
manually to allow for longer duration queries or flashback for the Desired Undo Retention option. Finally, set the Duration to the larger of the two estimated values. After the
Undo Advisor recommends a size for your undo tablespace, you can use ALTER DATABASE statements to implement the recommendations.

Note: Because the Undo Advisor uses workload statistics from the AWR, it may not make accurate recommendations if the statistics are not available.

You should not specify the Desired Undo Retention automatically because you have specific undo retention requirements. When it is set automatically, an analysis time period
is specified and used to determine the recommended size of the undo tablespace. However, to support the Oracle Flashback queries in this scenario, you should specifically
set your duration.

You should not specify the Desired Undo Retention manually and set the Duration to 114 minutes. In this scenario, you need to be able to support Oracle Flashback queries
for up to 24 hours; therefore, the undo retention should be at least 24 hours.

Objective:
Managing Undo

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 120/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Configuring Undo Retention

References:

Managing Undo

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/managing-undo.html?source=:so:tw:or:awr:osec:,:so:tw:or:awr:osec:

Question #168 of 190 Question ID: 1598902

Which action will cause an automatic rollback?

✗ A) a GRANT statement

✗ B) a SAVEPOINT statement

✗ C) a CREATE statement

✓ D) a system crash

✗ E) exiting the session without first committing the changes

✗ F) a subsequent DML statement

Explanation

An automatic rollback occurs when a system crashes. A rollback ends the current transaction by disregarding all pending changes.

The GRANT (Data Control Language) and CREATE (Data Definition Language) statements cause an automatic implicit transaction commit. Neither of these will generate an
automatic rollback.

Issuing another DML statement does not automatically commit or rollback previous statements.

A SAVEPOINT statement marks a save point within the current transaction. Then, if only a portion of the data needs to be rolled back, you can roll back to a particular save
point using the ROLLBACK TO statement.

A transaction can consist of multiple DML statements. Exiting the session without first committing the changes also causes an implicit transaction commit.

When data is rolled back, all pending changes are discarded, and any locks held are released. These locks are held while changes are in progress to provide read
consistency of the data.

Objective:
Understanding Data Definition Language

Sub-Objective:
Using Data Definition Language

References:

Transactions

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/cncpt/transactions.html

Question #169 of 190 Question ID: 1609110

The student table contains these columns:

SQL> DESCRIBE student

ID NUMBER(9)

LAST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

FIRST_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

ENROLL_DATE DATE

You need to create a report to display a student's enrollment date and projected graduation date.

These are the desired results:

Prompt the user for a student ID.

Display the student's first name, last name, and date of enrollment.
Display the student's projected graduation date by adding four years to the enrollment date value.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 121/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Which statement produces all three of the desired results?

✗ A) SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name)),

TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 48), 'DD MONTH YYYY') grad_date

FROM student

WHERE id = &id;

✗ B) SELECT INITCAP(first_name)||INITCAP(last_name) student_name,

TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY') date_enrolled,

TO_CHAR(ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 4), 'DD MONTH YYYY') grad_date

FROM student

WHERE id = &id;

✓ C) SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name)),

TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY'), ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 48) grad_date

FROM student

WHERE id = &id;

✗ D) SELECT INITCAP(first_name)||INITCAP(last_name), TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY'),

ADD_YEARS(enroll_date, 4) grad_date

FROM student

WHERE id = &id;

Explanation

The following statement produces all three desired results:

SQL> SELECT CONCAT(INITCAP(first_name), INITCAP(last_name)),

TO_CHAR(enroll_date, 'DD MONTH YYYY'), ADD_MONTHS(enroll_date, 48) grad_date

FROM student

WHERE id = &id;

The user is prompted for the student ID because a substitution variable is used, and the student's first name, last name, and date of enrollment are displayed. The third result
is also achieved by using 48 months, which represents four years, with the ADD_MONTHS function. This displays the projected graduation date.

The statement that passes a value of 4 to the ADD_MONTHS function is incorrect.

Objective:
Using Single-Row Functions to Customize Output

Sub-Objective:
Performing arithmetic with date data

References:

TO_CHAR (number)

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/TO_CHAR-number.html

Question #170 of 190 Question ID: 1598905

You are working with date and time data and run the following command to create a table:

SQL> CREATE TABLE time_test (col-a TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE);

Now you need to insert values into the table using a format mask. Which of these statements should you use for this?

✓ A) INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(LOCALTIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF PM'));

✗ B) INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

✗ C) INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(CURRENT_DATE, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

✗ D) INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(LOCALTIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 122/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Explanation

You will use the following statement:

INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(LOCALTIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF PM'));

This statement utilizes the appropriate format mask for matching the return type for LOCALTIMESTAMP.

Some date and time functions you should know include:

CURRENT_DATE – This function returns the current date within the session’s time zone. The value returned is of data type DATE as per the Gregorian calendar.
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP – This function returns the current date and time for the session time zone. The value returned by this function is a TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE
value.
LOCALTIMESTAMP – This function returns the current date and time for the session time zone. This is a value of data type TIMESTAMP.

You will not use the following statement because the mask does not include the TIME ZONE part of the function’s return type:

INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(LOCALTIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

The following statements are incorrect because they do not use the LOCALTIMESTAMP function, and the correct mask required in this scenario:

INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(CURRENT_DATE, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

INSERT INTO time_test VALUES (TO_TIMESTAMP(CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, 'DD-MON-RR HH.MI.SSXFF'));

Objective:
Managing Data in Different Time Zones

Sub-Objective:
Working with CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,and LOCALTIMESTAMP

References:

CURRENT_DATE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CURRENT_DATE.html

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.html

LOCALTIMESTAMP

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/LOCALTIMESTAMP.html

Question #171 of 190 Question ID: 1609123

The product table contains these columns:

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER NOT NULL

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER

LIST_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)

COST NUMBER(7,2)

You want to execute one DML statement to increase the cost of all products with a product name of Widget Connector by 10 percent and change the cost of all products with
a product name of Widget C - Round to equal the new cost of the Widget Connector.

Which statement should you execute?

✗ A) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * .10

FROM product

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector')

WHERE product_name IN('Widget C - Round', 'Widget Connector');

✗ B) You cannot perform these updates using one DML statement.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 123/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✓ C) UPDATE product SET cost =
(SELECT DISTINCT cost * 1.10

FROM product

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector')

WHERE product_name IN('Widget C - Round', 'Widget Connector');

✗ D) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT cost * 1.10

FROM product

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector');

✗ E) UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * 1.10

FROM product

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector'

OR product_name = 'Widget C - Round')

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector';

Explanation

You should execute the following statement:

UPDATE product SET cost =

(SELECT DISTINCT cost * 1.10

FROM product

WHERE product_name = 'Widget Connector')

WHERE product_name IN('Widget C - Round', 'Widget Connector');

The subquery retrieves the cost value of Widget Connectors increased by 10 percent. This value is then used as the new cost value of products with the description of Widget
Connector and Widget C - Round. Because the question states that all Widget Connectors currently have the same cost and because the DISTINCT keyword is used in the
subquery, the subquery returns only one row. This is required because a single-row operator is used with the subquery.

The statement that calculates the new cost as cost * .10 is incorrect because it will only set the new cost values to 10 percent of the original value, not increase them by 10
percent.

The statement that does not include the DISTINCT keyword in the subquery will cause an error. The question implies that there is more than one product with a
product_name of Widget Connector. Therefore, this query will return multiple values and cannot be used with a single-row operator (=).

The statement that includes an OR condition in the WHERE clause of the subquery is incorrect. The inner query will return increased cost values for products with either the
name Widget Connector or the name Widget C - Round. If these products have different costs, the query returns more than one row and an error is generated.

Subqueries used in a comparison with a single-row operator (such as =, >, <, >=, <=, and <>) must return only one row. Subqueries used in a comparison with a multiple-row
operator (such as IN, ANY, and ALL) can return multiple rows.

Objective:
Managing Tables using DML statements

Sub-Objective:
Controlling transactions

References:

UPDATE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/UPDATE.html

Question #172 of 190 Question ID: 1598818

What is the smallest logical storage structure within Oracle's storage hierarchy?

✓ A) data block

✗ B) segment

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 124/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) extent

✗ D) tablespace

Explanation

An Oracle data block is considered the smallest storage structure. This means that a data block corresponds to a logical structure that equals to a specific number of physical
bytes. For example, a database can be as small as a 2 KB block size, but on average is typically an 8 KB block size. When an Oracle database is created, you are required to
specify the database block size by using the initialization parameter DB_BLOCK_SIZE.

A tablespace is considered a storage unit that houses logical segments for storage. This logical storage option is not the smallest unit of storage.

A segment is considered multiple blocks that make up an individual segment. This option is also not the smallest unit of storage.

An extent is made up of multiple Oracle blocks; therefore; an extent is not the smallest possible storage structure for an Oracle database.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Block Space Management

References:

Logical Storage Structures

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle//oracle-database/23/cncpt/logical-storage-structures.html

Question #173 of 190 Question ID: 1609069

Your server computer is configured to use the Local naming method. The tnsnames.ora and sqlnet.ora files on your computer contain the following information:

TNSNAMES.ORA

MASTER=(DESCRIPTION=

(ADDRESS=

(PROTOCOL=tcp)

(HOST=NUTEX)

(PORT=1521))

(CONNECT_DATA=

(SERVICE_NAME=LOC)))

SQLNET.ORA

NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN=US.NUTEX.COM

NAMES.DIRECTORY_PATH=(LDAP, TNSNAMES, HOSTNAME)

What will happen when you try to connect to your database server by using these configuration settings?

✗ A) You will receive an error while trying to connect to the database.

✗ B) You will connect to the database by using the Easy Connect naming method.
✓ C) You will connect to the database by using the Local naming method.

✗ D) You will connect to the database by using the Directory naming method.
✗ E) You will connect to the database by using the Host naming method.

Explanation

In this scenario, you will successfully connect to the database using the Local Naming method. The list of 3 different connection protocols have been listed in the line of code
identified by the setting of NAMES.DIRECTORY_PATH. They are (LDAP, TNSNAMES, HOSTNAME). A connection attempt will be made using each protocol, one at a time,
until it is successful, or it reaches the end of the list. Since LDAP is not implemented in this scenario, then Local Naming will be attempted. Local Naming is the same as
TNSNAMES. This attempt will be successful since the tnsnames.ora and sqlnet.ora files have been properly coded, and these files exist in the appropriate directory
($ORACLE_HOME/network/admin). The Local Naming method is the same as TNS, where files exist on the client that provide the connection information to access the
database. The service name will be MASTER. A connection to the database account "scott" with a password of "tiger" in the database called "loc" which resides on the host
machine "NUTEX" using the application called sqlplus would appear as follows:

OS> sqlplus scott/tiger@MASTER

Since the Local Naming convention was successful, the last protocol (HOSTNAME) will never even be attempted.

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 125/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Objective:
Configuring Oracle Net Services

Sub-Objective:
Administering Naming Methods

References:

Configuring Naming Methods

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/netag/configuring-naming-methods.html

Question #174 of 190 Question ID: 1598827

Given the following numbered statements:

1. INSERT triggers will fire.

2. Data saves are used to write data blocks directly to datafiles.
3. Transactions are used to write to datafiles.
4. All constraints are enforced.
5. Redo is always generated.

Which of these statements about using SQL*Loader direct path load are true? (Choose the answer that includes all true statements.)

✗ A) 1, 2, and 4 only

✗ B) 1, 2, 4, and 5 only
✓ C) 2 only

✗ D) 1 and 2 only

Explanation

The only true statement is that with SQL*Loader direct path loads, data saves are used to write data blocks directly to datafiles. This allows for faster loading of data than a
conventional load. Direct path loads do have some limitations that should be considered. These include the fact that not all constraints are enforced during the load, INSERT
triggers do not fire during the load, and you cannot use a direct path load to load data into a clustered table.

INSERT triggers will not be fired. INSERT triggers are fired during conventional loads, not direct path loads.

Transactions are not used to write to datafiles. Conventional loads use transactions and commits to write data to datafiles, but a direct path load writes directly to the data
files, which is faster.

Not all constraints are enforced. Only PRIMARY KEY, UNIQUE, and NOT NULL constraints are enforced with direct path loads. All constraints are enforced with conventional
loads.

Redo is not always generated. With a direct path load, redo is only generated if the database is running in ARCHIVELOG mode and logging is enabled. Redo is always
generated for conventional loads.

Objective:
Moving Data

Sub-Objective:
Using SQL*Loader

References:

Understanding How to Use SQL*Loader

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sutil/oracle-sql-loader-concepts.html

Question #175 of 190 Question ID: 1609080

You need to find the domain of a client’s email address from a client database using Oracle SQL. Which of the following queries should you use for this?

✗ A) SELECT fname, lname, TO_NUMBER(email, INSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM

clients;

✗ B) SELECT fname, lname, TO_CHAR(email, SUBSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM

clients;

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 126/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✓ C) SELECT fname, lname, SUBSTR(email, INSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM
clients;

✗ D) SELECT fname, lname, INSTR(email, SUBSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM

clients;

Explanation

You will use the following query:

SELECT fname, lname, SUBSTR(email, INSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM clients;

This query involves finding the email address length, locating the position of the @ symbol, and pulling characters between the @ symbol and the end of the address. The
INSTR function searches an input string for a specific substring. When the substring is found, INSTR will return an integer that indicates the position of the substring's first
character. Adding the +1 with the INSTR function removes the ‘@’ symbol from the query results. The SUBSTR function returns a portion of an input string beginning at a
specific position and a number of characters long.

You will not use the following query as you need to nest the SUBSTR function outside the INSTR function:

SELECT fname, lname, INSTR(email, SUBSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM clients;

You will not use the following queries as neither of them use the SUBSTR function which is required in this scenario:

SELECT fname, lname, TO_CHAR(email, SUBSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM clients;

SELECT fname, lname, TO_NUMBER(email, INSTR(email, ‘@’)+1, LENGTH(email)) AS email-domain FROM clients;

Objective:
Using Conversion Functions and Conditional Expressions

Sub-Objective:
Nesting multiple functions

References:

SUBSTR

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/SUBSTR.html

INSTR

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/INSTR.html

Question #176 of 190 Question ID: 1609081

You have a script that has the following query:

SELECT e1.Lname||' works for '||e2.Lname

"Workers and Their Supervisors"

FROM employees e1, employees e2

WHERE e1.ManagerId = e2.EmployeeId

AND e1.Lname LIKE 'T%'

ORDER BY e1.Lname;

What type of join is used in the script?

✓ A) Self join
✗ B) Outer join
✗ C) Antijoin

✗ D) Semijoin

Explanation

The query uses a self join. A self join is a join to the existing table. In this scenario, the employees table contains both workers and supervisors. Employees have their
manager designated by the ManagerId. Each manager is also an employee. The join in the query connects the Employees table with itself by using the EmployeeId and
ManagerId.

The query is not an example of an antijoin. The antijoin returns rows from the left side of the predicate that fail to the subquery on the right side. The antijoin has two or more
tables that are joined. The following is an example of an antijoin:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 127/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
SELECT * FROM employees

WHERE DepartmentId NOT IN

(SELECT DepartmentId FROM Departments

WHERE OfficeId = 231)

ORDER BY Lname;

The query is not an example of a semijoin. A semijoin returns rows that match a subquery that has an EXISTS clause in the subquery but does not duplicate rows from the left
side of the predicate when multiple rows on the right side of the predicate satisfy the subquery. The following is an example of a semijoin:

SELECT * FROM division

WHERE EXISTS

(SELECT * FROM employees

WHERE division.DivisionId= employees. DivisionId

AND employees.salary> 50000)

ORDER BY DivisionName;

The example is not an example of an outer join. An outer join returns all rows that satisfy the condition of the join, as well as, returning some or all of those rows from one
table for which no rows from the other table in the join satisfy the condition of the join. Outer joins can be either left outer joins or right outer joins. A right outer join of tables,
table1 and table2, returns all rows of table2. A left outer join of tables, table1 and table2, returns all rows of table1.

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Self-joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #177 of 190 Question ID: 1609084

Examine the structures of the product and style tables:

product

-------------------------------

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER

QTY_IN_STOCK NUMBER

QTY_ON_ORDER NUMBER

REORDER_LEVEL NUMBER

style

-------------------------------

STYLE_ID NUMBER

NAME VARCHAR2(15)

COLOR VARCHAR2(10)

You want to create a report displaying all possible product_id and style_id combinations.

Which three queries could you use? (Choose three.)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 128/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✗ A) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style

JOIN product

USING (style_id);

✓ B) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product

CROSS JOIN style;

✗ C) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style

JOIN product

ON style_id = product_id;

✓ D) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM style, product;

✗ E) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product

CROSS JOIN style

ON (style_id = product_id);

✓ F) SELECT style_id, product_id

FROM product

NATURAL JOIN style;

Explanation

To produce the report containing all possible combinations of product_id and style_id, you could use either the SELECT statement that implements a CROSS JOIN with no
ON clause, the SELECT statement listing only the table names with no WHERE clause, or the statement that implements a NATURAL JOIN. Each of these statements will create
an intentional Cartesian product, joining all rows in the product table to all rows in the style table. This will produce a report containing all possible combinations of
product_id and style_id as you desired.

At first glance it may seem that the statement that implements a NATURAL JOIN would generate an error. A NATURAL JOIN joins the two tables using all columns with the
same name. But because these two tables have no columns with the same name, a cross product is produced.

The SELECT statement that implements a CROSS JOIN including an ON clause is incorrect. The product and style tables have no common column. Therefore, using an ON
clause will generate an error.

The statement that uses a simple join including the ON clause is incorrect because the style_id column and the product_id column are used to join these tables. All rows
whose style_id match a product_id would be included, and this is not what you desired.

The statement that implements a simple join with a USING clause is incorrect. A USING clause is used to join two tables on a column with the same name, and these two tables
have no common column named style_id. When this statement executes, an ORA-00904: invalid column name error occurs.

SQL statements creating Cartesian products should be used with caution because, depending on the number of rows in each of the joined tables, the result set may contain
an excessive number of rows. Cartesian products have few useful applications but are often used to automatically generate a reasonable sample of test data.

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using Various Types of Joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #178 of 190 Question ID: 1598820

Which statement about database block contents is TRUE?

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 129/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

✗ A) The block header always remains a constant size.

✗ B) As rows are added to the block, the row data space grows from the top downward.
✗ C) Free space within a data block is always contiguous.

✓ D) The transaction slots in the block header are used when DML modifications are made to rows contained in the block.

Explanation

The transaction slots in the block header are used when DML modifications are made to rows contained in the block.

The row data space does not grow from the top downward as rows are added to the block. As rows are added, row data space grows from the bottom up.

The free space within a data block is not always contiguous. Free space can become fragmented as rows are deleted and updated within the database block.

The block header does not always remain a constant size. The block header size can grow and does so in a top-down fashion. One example in which the block header would
grow is if additional row entries are needed in a row directory stored in the header. The row directory contains information about each row piece in the row data area of the
block. If many rows are added, this row directory might need additional space to record this information. Another example in which the block header would grow is if excessive
DML were being performed and additional transaction slots were needed in the block header.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Block Space Management

References:

DBA_EXTENTS

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/DBA_EXTENTS.html

Question #179 of 190 Question ID: 1598840

Your junior DBA has placed a tablespace in your database offline by using the following statement:

SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE TS2 OFFLINE TEMPORARY;

Which two statements reflect results of altering the status of the tablespace by using this statement? (Choose two.)

✗ A) The tablespace cannot be brought online without performing recovery on it.

✓ B) The statement will force a checkpoint to be performed in the database.

✗ C) All the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can be brought online.
✓ D) The tablespace can be brought online the next time without performing a recovery on it.

✗ E) The statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-only.

Explanation

If the tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE statement, the statement will force a checkpoint on all the online
datafiles in the tablespace. Also, the tablespace can be brought online the next time without performing a recovery on it.

When a tablespace is placed offline using the OFFLINE TEMPORARY option of the ALTER TABLESPACE statement, the tablespace is taken offline even if there are error
conditions for one or more datafiles in the tablespace. If no datafiles in the tablespace are offline, the tablespace can be brought online without performing a recovery on it. If
there are certain offline datafiles when the tablespace is taken offline using the TEMPORARY clause, you must perform a recovery on the datafiles before the tablespace can
be brought online.

The option that states that the tablespace cannot be brought online without a recovery is incorrect because the tablespace can be brought online without a recovery on it. If
the tablespace is taken offline by using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, it cannot be brought online without performing a recovery on it. When the tablespace is taken offline
using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, the statement does not force a checkpoint on the datafiles of the tablespace. Therefore, whenever the tablespace is brought online
after taking it offline using the OFFLINE IMMEDIATE option, you must perform a media recovery on the datafiles of the tablespace to bring the tablespace online.

The option that states that the statement will generate an error if some files in the tablespace are read-only is incorrect because the statement will not generate an error and
will execute successfully even if some files in the tablespace are read-only.

The option that states that all the datafiles in the tablespace need a recovery before the tablespace can be brought online is incorrect because only the offline datafiles in the
tablespace may need a recovery. All the other datafiles can be opened without a recovery performed on them.

Objective:
Accessing an Oracle Database with Oracle supplied Tools

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 130/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Using SQL Plus

References:

ALTER TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-
TABLESPACE.html#:~:text=Use%20the%20ALTER%20TABLESPACE%20statement%20to%20alter%20an,in%20Oracle%20Database%20PL%2FSQL%20Packages%20and

Question #180 of 190 Question ID: 1609047

Which two structures are physical structures in an Oracle database? (Choose two.)

✗ A) Oracle data block

✓ B) datafile

✗ C) segment
✓ D) control file

✗ E) tablespace
✗ F) extent

Explanation

Datafiles and control files are physical structures that are part of an Oracle database. An Oracle database has a logical and a physical structure. The physical structure of the
database is the set of operating system files in the database. The physical structure of a database includes datafiles, control files, and redo log files. These files consist of
operating system blocks.

All of the other options are incorrect. An Oracle data block, an extent, and a segment are considered part of the logical structure of an Oracle database. The logical structure
of the database dictates how the physical structure of the database is used. The logical structure exists in a hierarchy and includes data blocks, extents, segments, schema
objects, and tablespaces as follows:

An Oracle database is a group of tablespaces.

A tablespace may consist of one of more segments.
A segment is made up of extents.
An extent is made up of logical blocks known as Oracle data blocks.
An Oracle data block is the smallest unit for read and write operations.

The size of an Oracle data block is determined when the database is created and is a multiple of operating system blocks.

Objective:
Understanding Oracle Database Architecture

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Logical and Physical Database Structures

References:

CONTROL_FILES

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/refrn/CONTROL_FILES.html

Managing Data Files and Temp Files

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/admin/managing-data-files-and-temp-files.html

Question #181 of 190 Question ID: 1598903

Which data dictionary view could you query to display the names of tables you have access to?

✗ A) USER_TABLES

✗ B) USER_VIEWS

✗ C) USER_OBJECTS

✓ D) ALL_OBJECTS

Explanation

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 131/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
The ALL_OBJECTS data dictionary view displays all of the objects to which the user has access. USER_OBJECTS displays the objects owned by the user, USER_TABLES displays
the tables owned by the user, and USER_VIEWS displays the views owned by the user.

Objective:
Managing Views

Sub-Objective:
Managing Views

References:

Static Data Dictionary Views

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/static-data-dictionary-views.html

Question #182 of 190 Question ID: 1609131

Examine the structure of the employee table:

Which CREATE TABLE statement should you use to create the employee table?

✓ A) CREATE TABLE employee (

employee_id NUMBER,

emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),

emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),

dept_id NUMBER,

job_id NUMBER,

mgr_id NUMBER,

salary NUMBER(9,2),

hire_date DATE,

CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id),

CONSTRAINT dept_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(dept_id) REFERENCES department(dept_id),

CONSTRAINT job_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(job_id) REFERENCES job(job_id),

CONSTRAINT mgr_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(mgr_id) REFERENCES employee(employee_id));

✗ B) CREATE TABLE employee (

employee_id NUMBER,

emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),

emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),

dept_id NUMBER,

job_id NUMBER,

mgr_id NUMBER,

salary NUMBER(9,2),

hire_date DATE,

CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id));

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 132/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
✗ C) CREATE TABLE employee (
employee_id NUMBER,

emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),

emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),

dept_id NUMBER,

job_id NUMBER,

mgr_id NUMBER,

salary NUMBER(9,2),

hire_date DATE,

CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id),

CONSTRAINT dept_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(dept_id) REFERENCES department(dept_id),

CONSTRAINT job_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(job_id) REFERENCES job(job_id));

✗ D) CREATE TABLE employee (

employee_id NUMBER,

emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),

emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),

dept_id NUMBER,

job_id NUMBER,

mgr_id NUMBER,

salary NUMBER(9,2),

hire_date DATE,

CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id),

CONSTRAINT mgr_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(mgr_id) REFERENCES employee(employee_id));

Explanation

You should use the following CREATE TABLE statement to create the employee table:

CREATE TABLE employee (

employee_id NUMBER,

emp_lname VARCHAR2(25),

emp_fname VARCHAR2(25),

dept_id NUMBER,

job_id NUMBER,

mgr_id NUMBER,

salary NUMBER(9,2),

hire_date DATE,

CONSTRAINT employee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id),

CONSTRAINT dept_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(dept_id) REFERENCES department(dept_id),

CONSTRAINT job_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(job_id) REFERENCES job(job_id),

CONSTRAINT mgr_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(mgr_id) REFERENCES employee(employee_id));

The statement required to create the employee table contains four CONSTRAINT clauses. A PRIMARY KEY constraint and three FOREIGN KEY constraints are required. The
clause CONSTRAINTemployee_id_pk PRIMARY KEY(employee_id) creates a PRIMARY KEY constraint on the employee_id column. This PRIMARY KEY constraint enforces
uniqueness of the values in the employee_id column. You do not need to specify a NOT NULL constraint on this column because a PRIMARY KEY constraint ensures that no
part of the primary key can contain a null value.

The following clause creates a FOREIGN KEY constraint on the dept_id column in the employee table that references the dept_id column in the department table:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 133/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
CONSTRAINT dept_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(dept_id) REFERENCES department(dept_id)

The following clause creates a FOREIGN KEY constraint on the job_id column in the employee table that references the job_id column in the department table:

CONSTRAINT job_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(job_id) REFERENCES job(job_id)

The following clause creates a FOREIGN KEY constraint on the mgr_id column in the employee table that references the employee_id column in the employee table:

CONSTRAINT mgr_id_fk FOREIGN KEY(mgr_id) REFERENCES employee(employee_id)

These FOREIGN KEY constraints ensure that all values in the dept_id, job_id, and mgr_id columns in the employee table match an existing value in the parent table or have
a null value.

All of the other options are incorrect because they do not satisfy the employee table requirements. These statements do not create all of the necessary constraints.

Objective:
Managing Schema Objects

Sub-Objective:
Managing constraints

References:

CREATE TABLE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLE.html

Question #183 of 190 Question ID: 1609066

Which of the following dictionary views would you use to find information about Oracle compression?

✗ A) DBA_DATA_FILES
✗ B) DBA_TS_QUOTAS

✓ C) USER_TABLES
✗ D) V$TABLESPACE

Explanation

When you query the USER_TABLES view, you can find detailed information, such as whether compression is enabled or disabled. You can also assess the overall level of
compression and find which specific table is compressed.

Sample output would resemble the following:

SELECT TABLE_NAME, COMPRESSION, COMPRESS_FOR

FROM USER_TABLES;

TABLE_NAME COMPRESSION COMPRESS_FOR

---------------- -----------------------------

R5 ENABLED ARCHIVE LOW

R3 ENABLED ADVANCED

R2 ENABLED BASIC

R4 ENABLED QUERY HIGH

R1 DISABLED

The DBA_TS_QUOTAS dictionary object is used for identifying table spaces that have quotas for all the users within the database. It is not related to compression.

The DBA_DATA_FILES dictionary view lists all the physical database data files that make up the entire database.

The V$TABLESPACE dictionary view you can find the number and name of the files that are comprised of the Oracle the control file. It is not related to finding information on
compression.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Using Table and Row Compression

References:

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 134/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
USER_TABLES

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/refrn/USER_TABLES.html

Question #184 of 190 Question ID: 1598798

As the database administrator, you grant the CREATE VIEW system privilege to the MKT_REP user by issuing the following statement:

SQL> GRANT CREATE VIEW TO mkt_rep WITH ADMIN OPTION;

The MKT_REP user subsequently creates a view, PROSPECT, and grants the CREATE VIEW system privilege to the MKT_ASST user. The MKT_REP and MKT_ASST
users have no other system privileges.

Which two statements are true if you subsequently revoke the CREATE VIEW system privilege from the MKT_REP user? (Choose two.)

✓ A) Only the MKT_ASST user will be able to create views.

✗ B) Only the MKT_REP user will be able to create views.

✓ C) The PROSPECT view will not be dropped, but the MKT_REP user will not be able to create additional views.
✗ D) Neither user will be able to create views.
✗ E) The REVOKE statement will fail because you cannot revoke a system privilege granted with the WITH ADMIN OPTION
clause.

Explanation

In this scenario, if you subsequently revoke the CREATE VIEW system privilege from the MKT_REP user, only the MKT_ASST user will be able to create views. Also, the
PROSPECT view will not be dropped, but the MKT_REP user will not be able to create additional views.

When you revoke a system privilege, the revocation does not cascade to other users who have been granted the privilege if the privilege is related to DDL. In this scenario,
the privilege will be revoked only from the MKT_REP user. The MKT_REP user will not be able to create views, but the MKT_ASST user will. The PROSPECT view that the
MKT_REP user previously created will not be dropped. A revocation of a system privilege related to DML, such as the SELECT ANY TABLE privilege, does cascade.

The option that states neither user will be able to create views is incorrect because the MKT_ASST user will still be able to create views. The act of revoking system privileges
related to DDL does not cascade.

The option that states only the MKT_REP user will be able to create views is incorrect. After the privilege is revoked, the MKT_REP user will not be able to create views.

The option that states the REVOKE statement fails because you cannot revoke a system privilege granted with the WITH ADMIN OPTION clause is incorrect. You can revoke
a system privilege even if the WITH ADMIN OPTION clause was used.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Managing Oracle Database Users, Privileges, and Roles

References:

REVOKE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/REVOKE.html CREATE VIEW

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/sqlrf/CREATE-VIEW.html

Question #185 of 190 Question ID: 1609086

Examine the structures of the product and supplier tables:

product

-----------------------------------

PRODUCT_ID NUMBER

PRODUCT_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER

CATEGORY_ID NUMBER

QTY_PER_UNIT NUMBER

UNIT_PRICE NUMBER(7,2)

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 135/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
QTY_IN_STOCK NUMBER

QTY_ON_ORDER NUMBER

REORDER_LEVEL NUMBER

supplier

------------------------------------

SUPPLIER_ID NUMBER

SUPPLIER_NAME VARCHAR2(25)

ADDRESS VARCHAR2(30)

CITY VARCHAR2(25)

REGION VARCHAR2(10)

POSTAL_CODE VARCHAR2(11)

You want to create a query that will return an alphabetical list of products including the name of each product's supplier. Only products in the product table that have a
supplier assigned should be included in your report.

Which two queries could you use? (Choose two. Each correct answer is a separate solution.)

✗ A) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p

LEFT OUTER JOIN supplier s

ON p.supplier_id = s.supplier_id

ORDER BY p.product_name;

✓ B) SELECT product_name, supplier_name

FROM product

NATURAL JOIN supplier

ORDER BY product_name;

✗ C) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p

JOIN supplier s

ON (supplier_id)

ORDER BY p.product_name;

✓ D) SELECT product_name, supplier_name

FROM product

JOIN supplier

USING (supplier_id)

ORDER BY product_name;

✗ E) SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p

JOIN supplier s

USING (p.supplier_id)

ORDER BY p.product_name;

Explanation

To produce the needed list of products, you should join the product and supplier tables using an equijoin. An equijoin joins two tables by a column that contains a matching
value. Several methods exist for performing equijoins. In this situation, you could use one of two statements:

a statement that implements a natural join

a statement that implements a simple join containing a USING clause with no table alias

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 136/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Natural joins join two tables by all columns with the same name. Because the supplier_id column is the only column with the same name in both tables, a natural join will
perform an equijoin based on this column. The USING clause creates an equijoin by specifying a column name (or column names) common to both tables and, in this
scenario, will perform an equijoin of the two tables using the supplier_id columns from each table.

Outer joins join two tables on a matching column but include unmatched rows from one or both of the joined tables. The statement implementing a left outer join would include
all rows from the product table and matching rows from the supplier table. Because you only wanted to include products that were assigned a supplier, the statement that
implements the left outer join is incorrect.

The option that implements a simple join with an ON clause is incorrect. The ON clause can be used to produce an equijoin, but this statement contains incorrect syntax for the
ON clause. When using the ON clause to produce an equijoin, the join condition should be specified with a traditional join predicate, not a single column reference.

A correct implementation of an equijoin containing the ON clause would be:

SELECT p.product_name, s.supplier_name

FROM product p JOIN supplier s

ON (p.supplier_id = s.supplier_id);

Objective:
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables Using Joins

Sub-Objective:
Using OUTER joins

References:

Joins

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/Joins.html

Question #186 of 190 Question ID: 1598811

During your routine monitoring operations on the database, you observe that there is heavy contention on data dictionary tables whenever extents are allocated or freed from
a tablespace.

Which action should you take as a measure to eliminate this contention on the SYSTEM tablespace?

✗ A) Use bigfile tablespaces in the database to avoid contention.

✗ B) Use local extent management for the SYSTEM tablespace.

✗ C) Use automatic segment space management for tablespaces.

✓ D) Use local extent management for nonsystem tablespaces if not using it already.

Explanation

To reduce contention caused on the data dictionary tables by allocation or freeing of extents, you can use local extent management for nonsystem tablespaces. If you use
locally managed tablespaces, the contention on data dictionary tables is reduced. This is because locally managed tablespaces do not record free space or extent allocation
in the data dictionary.

Using local extent management for the SYSTEM tablespace will not eliminate the contention because the contention is mainly caused by allocation and deallocation of space
in the nonsystem tablespace.

Using bigfile tablespaces will not eliminate the contention on data dictionary tables. A bigfile tablespace is mainly used to store a large volume of data, thereby avoiding the
requirement to create several smallfile tablespaces to store the same data.

Using automatic segment space management will not eliminate contention because automatic segment space management is used to automatically manage values for
storage parameters, such as PCTUSED, PCTFREE, and PCTINCREASE, for different database objects. When using automatic segment space management, the free space
within the segment and used space is tracked using bitmaps and not by using free lists. Using this technique will not reduce contention on data dictionary tables.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deploying Oracle Database Space Management Features

References:

CREATE TABLESPACE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/21/sqlrf/CREATE-TABLESPACE.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 137/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation

Question #187 of 190 Question ID: 1609062

You are using locally managed tablespaces in your database. Which three situations will NOT arise in your database? (Choose three.)

✓ A) free extents being managed by the data dictionary

✓ B) the need to specify the default storage parameters when creating segments in these tablespaces
✓ C) contention on the SYSTEM tablespace

✗ D) contention on a default temporary tablespace in the database

✗ E) allocation and de-allocation of extents using bitmaps

Explanation

When using locally managed tablespaces in your database, the following conditions will not arise in your database:

Contention on the SYSTEM tablespace - In a locally managed tablespace, the recursive operations on the data dictionary table will be minimized. This will reduce the
contention on the SYSTEM tablespace.
Free extents being managed by the data dictionary - In a locally managed tablespace, free extents will be managed using bitmaps, not the data dictionary.
The need to specify default storage parameters when creating segments in these tablespaces - In a locally managed tablespace, you are not required to specify storage
parameters when creating objects because the space for the segments is managed using bitmaps.

The option stating that allocation and de-allocation of extents using bitmaps will not arise is incorrect because in locally managed tablespaces, allocation and de-allocation of
extents is done using bitmaps.

The option stating that contention on the temporary tablespace will not arise is incorrect because using a locally managed tablespace does not reduce contention on the
temporary tablespace. Contention on a default temporary tablespace arises when there is lack of space in the tablespace and user transactions are waiting for the space to
be freed for use. To eliminate contention on a temporary tablespace, you must allocate more space to the tablespace or modify the application so that it generates less
temporary data to be stored in the tablespace. To allocate more space to the tablespace, you can add a datafile to the tablespace, increase the size of one or more datafiles
of the tablespace, or set the AUTOEXTEND option to ON for the existing datafiles in the tablespace.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Deploying Oracle Database Space Management Features

References:

Managing Tablespaces

https://docs.oracle.com/en//database/oracle/oracle-database/23/admin/managing-tablespaces.html

Question #188 of 190 Question ID: 1598860

Which SQL statement allows you to rename or relocate an online data file?

✗ A) ALTER DATABASE OPEN READ ONLY

✓ B) ALTER DATABASE MOVE DATAFILE

✗ C) ALTER DATABASE RENAME FILE

✗ D) ALTER DATABASE MOUNT

Explanation

You should use the ALTER DATABASE MOVE DATAFILE statement when you want to physically move data files or rename a specific data file when the database is open, or
when end users are connected to the database.

When this statement is used, it changes the database control file by changing the location, or it updates the control file with the new data file locations. This statement is
typically used when you want to move data files to another storage location or when you want to move an entire database to Oracle ASM storage solutions.

The RENAME FILE clause is used with the ALTER DATABASE statement but this clause is used with OFFLINE data files as compared to ONLINE data files.

The OPEN READ ONLY clause is used with the ALTER DATABASE statement but is used for changing the database mode to read-only to keep changes from occurring
within the Oracle database.

The MOUNT clause is used with the ALTER DATABASE statement to bring the database into a mounted state, but not open. It is not related to moving database data files.

Objective:
Managing Tablespaces and Datafiles

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 138/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
Sub-Objective:
Moving and Renaming Online Data Files

References:

ALTER DATABASE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/sqlrf/ALTER-DATABASE.html

Question #189 of 190 Question ID: 1598819

You are working on the PROD database, which is running in the ARCHIVELOG mode. The data in the database changes rapidly and downtime is not allowed. You are
required to design a suitable backup strategy that should not increase the workload on the database. A cold backup of your database takes three hours.

Which backup strategy will be appropriate in this scenario?

✗ A) Take a level 0 backup of the database every night, take an incremental level 1 backup every one hour, and disable the
block change tracking feature.
✗ B) Take a full image copy of all the datafiles in the database every night.

✗ C) Take a cold backup of the database every night.

✗ D) Take a cold backup of the database once a week and export the updated tables every night.

✗ E) Take an incremental level 1 backup of the database every week, take a level 0 backup every night, and enable the
block change tracking feature.
✓ F) Take a level 0 backup of the database every week, take an incremental level 1 backup every night, and enable the
block change tracking feature.
✗ G) Take a full image copy of all the datafiles in the database once a week and enable the block change tracking feature.

Explanation

You should take a level 0 backup of the database every week, an incremental level 1 backup every night, and enable the block change tracking feature. The database cannot
tolerate any downtime and the data changes rapidly. A level 0 backup is a complete database backup that includes all the used blocks in the database and is taken as a base
for all further incremental backups. A level 1 backup is an incremental backup of the database. A level 1 backup will back up only those data blocks that have changed since
the last level 0 backup. You should also enable the block change tracking feature. The block change tracking feature can be enabled for RMAN incremental backups. When
the block change tracking feature is enabled, the information about changed blocks in every datafile is maintained in a change tracking file. This change tracking file is read by
RMAN while performing incremental backups. This avoids scanning complete datafiles for determining changed blocks and improves performance of the incremental
backups.

The block change tracking feature can be enabled using the following statement:

SQL> ALTER DATABASE ENABLE BLOCK CHANGE TRACKING;

This backup strategy ensures that daily changes in the database are backed up and time spent on backups is reduced. This will guard against failure because the data from
the day's work is backed up every night by using the incremental level 1 backup.

The option to take a cold backup of the database every night is incorrect because taking a cold backup will require you to shut down the database. In this scenario, you
cannot do this because downtime is not allowed. Similarly, the option to take a cold backup of the database once a week and export the updated tables every night is incorrect
because taking a cold backup requires the database to be shut down.

The option to take a full image copy of all the datafiles in the database every night is incorrect. The entire database must be backed up using this technique. This option will
increase the workload on the database.

The option to take a full image copy of all the datafiles in the database once a week and enable the block change tracking feature is incorrect because this will not ensure
backup of the daily changes. Taking a full image copy of all the datafiles in the database once a week will back up the database on a weekly basis and not allow daily changes
in the database to be backed up. The block change tracking feature is valid only for incremental backups in RMAN; it is not valid for image copies taken using RMAN.

The option to take an incremental level 1 backup of the database every week, take a level 0 backup every night, and enable the block change tracking feature is incorrect
because taking a level 0 backup of the database every night will increase the workload on the database. A level 0 backup is a complete database backup that includes all the
used blocks in the database and is taken as a base for all further incremental backups. A level 1 backup is an incremental backup of the database. A level 1 backup will back
up only those data blocks that have changed since the last level 0 backup. While designing a backup strategy, you must ensure that a level 0 backup is taken less frequently,
and a level 1 backup is taken more frequently. This will reduce the time required to perform backups.

The option to take a level 0 backup of the database every night, take an incremental level 1 backup every one hour, and disable the block change tracking feature is incorrect
because taking a full backup of the database every night will increase the workload on the database.

Objective:
Managing Storage

Sub-Objective:
Understanding Block Space Management

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 139/140
24/04/2024 14:52 1Z0-082 Exam Simulation
References:

ALTER DATABASE

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/sqlrf/ALTER-DATABASE.html

Question #190 of 190 Question ID: 1598791

The user ERIC has been hired as a new DBA in his organization. His current set of privileges allows him to start up and shut down the database, as well as to create users
and kill sessions. Another DBA in this shop, named JOE, also has all the privileges of a DBA except that he can't start up or shut down the database. The IT Security Director
has agreed that JOE also needs to be able to start up and shut down the database.

Which action must ERIC take to achieve this objective?

✗ A) Set the value of the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter to EXCLUSIVE

✗ B) Set the value of the REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT parameter to TRUE

✗ C) Set the value of the OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX parameter to REMOTE

✗ D) Issue the command GRANT DBA TO JOE;

✓ E) Issue the command GRANT SYSDBA TO JOE;

Explanation

ERIC should issue the command GRANT SYSDBA TO JOE;. Even though this is a GRANT command, it does not cause an entry to be made in the data dictionary. Instead,
this command will insert JOE's username and his current password into the password file (a file external to the database). Users who are entered into the password file have
the privileges necessary to start up and shut down the database. The name of that privilege is SYSDBA. Users who are entered into the password file, as shown, have the
SYSDBA or SYSOPER privileges. If there is no password file, or if there are no available entries in the password file, this command will fail.

The privileges associated with the DBA role do NOT include the privilege to start up and shut down the database.

Setting the parameter REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT will have no effect since this parameter has been deprecated.

ERIC should not issue the GRANT DBA TO JOE; command. Granting the DBA role to JOE will not solve the problem. JOE already has the role called DBA.

Setting the parameter OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX to REMOTE will not solve the problem. This parameter is used to allow certain Oracle users, based upon their username, to
bypass the act of supplying an Oracle password when logging into the database.

If the value of REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE is set to EXCLUSIVE, it means that the entries in the password file are used exclusively for one database on that server.
The database that this password file maps to depends on the name chosen for the password file at creation time.

Objective:
Managing Users, Roles and Privileges

Sub-Objective:
Applying the Principal of Least Privilege

References:

GRANT

https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/23/rcmrf/GRANT.html

https://www.kaplanlearn.com/education/test/print/92000772?testId=292453193 140/140

1z0-082
No ratings yet
1z0-082
71 pages
1z0-071 Exam - Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 - ExamTopics
100% (1)
1z0-071 Exam - Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 - ExamTopics
120 pages
Exam 1Z0-071: IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!
100% (5)
Exam 1Z0-071: IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!
101 pages
Apache Cassandra Administrator Associate - Exam Practice Tests
From Everand
Apache Cassandra Administrator Associate - Exam Practice Tests
Cristian Scutaru
No ratings yet
Oracle 1z0-071 Exam Dumps - Pass With Guarantee
100% (1)
Oracle 1z0-071 Exam Dumps - Pass With Guarantee
8 pages
Oracle Database Administration I
No ratings yet
Oracle Database Administration I
46 pages
1z0-082 - Question Oracle
No ratings yet
1z0-082 - Question Oracle
32 pages
SQL Test With Answers
100% (1)
SQL Test With Answers
6 pages
1Z0 071
100% (3)
1Z0 071
38 pages
EnterpriseOne Interview Questions
From Everand
EnterpriseOne Interview Questions
equitypress
No ratings yet
Python Requests
100% (1)
Python Requests
125 pages
1z0-082
No ratings yet
1z0-082
72 pages
Oracle Pass4sure 1z0-082 v2020-10-27 by Isaac 53q
No ratings yet
Oracle Pass4sure 1z0-082 v2020-10-27 by Isaac 53q
33 pages
Oracle Certkey 1z0-082 v2021-04-27 by Lucas 58q
No ratings yet
Oracle Certkey 1z0-082 v2021-04-27 by Lucas 58q
36 pages
1Z0-082
No ratings yet
1Z0-082
10 pages
QUESTION
No ratings yet
QUESTION
13 pages
00_1Z0-082_校正_144
No ratings yet
00_1Z0-082_校正_144
54 pages
(Aug, 2022) Fast2test 1Z0-082 PDF Dumps and 1Z0-082 Exam Questions (60-75)
No ratings yet
(Aug, 2022) Fast2test 1Z0-082 PDF Dumps and 1Z0-082 Exam Questions (60-75)
6 pages
1z0-064.examcollection - Premium.exam.84q: Number: 1z0-064 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 Min File Version: 4.1
No ratings yet
1z0-064.examcollection - Premium.exam.84q: Number: 1z0-064 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 Min File Version: 4.1
45 pages
1z0-062 22092021 Ver02
No ratings yet
1z0-062 22092021 Ver02
222 pages
1z0-082
No ratings yet
1z0-082
6 pages
Questionaire
No ratings yet
Questionaire
12 pages
1z0 062 Release
No ratings yet
1z0 062 Release
169 pages
Oracle 123
No ratings yet
Oracle 123
27 pages
1z0-062 FIX
No ratings yet
1z0-062 FIX
158 pages
Questionaire
No ratings yet
Questionaire
14 pages
Oracledatabaseadministrationi1z0 082examdumps2024 240524135625 A77fac36
No ratings yet
Oracledatabaseadministrationi1z0 082examdumps2024 240524135625 A77fac36
12 pages
FINAL_062_From370_FINAL_13112020
No ratings yet
FINAL_062_From370_FINAL_13112020
23 pages
(Exams) Dmitry Sensei - Oracle 1Z0-062 Exam. 345q. Corrected (2018)
No ratings yet
(Exams) Dmitry Sensei - Oracle 1Z0-062 Exam. 345q. Corrected (2018)
152 pages
Oracle 10g DBA Assessment Test
No ratings yet
Oracle 10g DBA Assessment Test
7 pages
Oracle Actualtests 1z0-071 Exam Dumps 2021-Apr-09 by Ian 124q Vce
No ratings yet
Oracle Actualtests 1z0-071 Exam Dumps 2021-Apr-09 by Ian 124q Vce
12 pages
Website: Vce To PDF Converter: Facebook: Twitter:: 1Z0-082.Vceplus - Premium.Exam.90Q
No ratings yet
Website: Vce To PDF Converter: Facebook: Twitter:: 1Z0-082.Vceplus - Premium.Exam.90Q
36 pages
Oracle Testinises 1z0-071 Exam Prep 2022-Jan-09 by Burke 158q Vce
No ratings yet
Oracle Testinises 1z0-071 Exam Prep 2022-Jan-09 by Burke 158q Vce
19 pages
Oracle Actualtests 1z0-062 v2020-03-02 by Adam 227q
No ratings yet
Oracle Actualtests 1z0-062 v2020-03-02 by Adam 227q
140 pages
Ractice Ump: Free Practice Dumps - Unlimited Free Access of Practice Exam
No ratings yet
Ractice Ump: Free Practice Dumps - Unlimited Free Access of Practice Exam
6 pages
EXAM 000-302: DB2 9 Database and Application Fundamentals - Academic Initiative
No ratings yet
EXAM 000-302: DB2 9 Database and Application Fundamentals - Academic Initiative
71 pages
1z0-064.prepaway - Premium.exam.119q: Numbe R: 1z0-064 Passing Scor E: 800 Time Limi T: 120 Min File Version: 5.0
No ratings yet
1z0-064.prepaway - Premium.exam.119q: Numbe R: 1z0-064 Passing Scor E: 800 Time Limi T: 120 Min File Version: 5.0
63 pages
Questionaire
No ratings yet
Questionaire
22 pages
1z0-071 UPDATE 15-09
No ratings yet
1z0-071 UPDATE 15-09
337 pages
Oracle Examquestions 1z0-083 v2020-04-14 by William 46q
No ratings yet
Oracle Examquestions 1z0-083 v2020-04-14 by William 46q
27 pages
187 Q
No ratings yet
187 Q
169 pages
Oracle Testking 1z0-082 v2019-12-22 by Aurora 44q
No ratings yet
Oracle Testking 1z0-082 v2019-12-22 by Aurora 44q
27 pages
Oracle Mock Test at 4
No ratings yet
Oracle Mock Test at 4
9 pages
Vendor: Oracle
100% (1)
Vendor: Oracle
7 pages
Wa0011.
No ratings yet
Wa0011.
183 pages
Answer: D
No ratings yet
Answer: D
52 pages
The Oracle Deployed
No ratings yet
The Oracle Deployed
38 pages
Oracle: Exam Questions 1Z0-062
No ratings yet
Oracle: Exam Questions 1Z0-062
7 pages
1Z0 082 Demo
No ratings yet
1Z0 082 Demo
5 pages
Number: 1z0-082 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 Min File Version: 1
100% (1)
Number: 1z0-082 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 Min File Version: 1
32 pages
Oracle Questions
No ratings yet
Oracle Questions
114 pages
1z0 071
100% (4)
1z0 071
144 pages
1z0-082 Exam - Free Actual QAs - ExamTopics
No ratings yet
1z0-082 Exam - Free Actual QAs - ExamTopics
67 pages
Oracle 1Z0-064 Oracle Database 12c Perfo PDF
No ratings yet
Oracle 1Z0-064 Oracle Database 12c Perfo PDF
8 pages
Exam Questions 1z0-082: Oracle Database Administration I
No ratings yet
Exam Questions 1z0-082: Oracle Database Administration I
8 pages
1z0-071
No ratings yet
1z0-071
52 pages
MS SQL Server Developer
No ratings yet
MS SQL Server Developer
93 pages
DB2 Associate Mock Test Time Duration: 1 Hr. 30 Min. Passing Percentage: 60
No ratings yet
DB2 Associate Mock Test Time Duration: 1 Hr. 30 Min. Passing Percentage: 60
11 pages
Cassandra Query Language by Examples - Puzzles with Answers
From Everand
Cassandra Query Language by Examples - Puzzles with Answers
Cristian Scutaru
No ratings yet
Administering Microsoft Azure SQL Solutions DP 300
From Everand
Administering Microsoft Azure SQL Solutions DP 300
Manish Soni
No ratings yet
Microsoft Azure Database Administrator DP 300
From Everand
Microsoft Azure Database Administrator DP 300
Manish Soni
No ratings yet
Computer Architecture and Organization MCQS
No ratings yet
Computer Architecture and Organization MCQS
10 pages
Best Practices of Huawei SAP HANA TDI Backup Solution Using Storage Snapshot
No ratings yet
Best Practices of Huawei SAP HANA TDI Backup Solution Using Storage Snapshot
17 pages
Handshaking: TCP Three-Way Handshake
No ratings yet
Handshaking: TCP Three-Way Handshake
3 pages
Final Year Project
No ratings yet
Final Year Project
16 pages
Trace
No ratings yet
Trace
2 pages
Big Data Storage Techniques For Spatial Databases: Implications of Big Data Architecture On Spatial Query Processing
No ratings yet
Big Data Storage Techniques For Spatial Databases: Implications of Big Data Architecture On Spatial Query Processing
27 pages
Synopsis
100% (1)
Synopsis
5 pages
SAP BTP ABAP Environment - Release 2208: Florian Wahl
No ratings yet
SAP BTP ABAP Environment - Release 2208: Florian Wahl
5 pages
UNIT 1 DBMS
No ratings yet
UNIT 1 DBMS
66 pages
ICSE 2014 Computer Applications Question Paper
No ratings yet
ICSE 2014 Computer Applications Question Paper
7 pages
PowerCenter 8 Advanced Mapping Design Exam:Skill Set Inventory
No ratings yet
PowerCenter 8 Advanced Mapping Design Exam:Skill Set Inventory
4 pages
160960475X
No ratings yet
160960475X
411 pages
Amazon: Exam Questions AWS-Certified-Developer-Associate
No ratings yet
Amazon: Exam Questions AWS-Certified-Developer-Associate
6 pages
Atlanta New
No ratings yet
Atlanta New
8 pages
Experiment: Dyna - 8051
No ratings yet
Experiment: Dyna - 8051
3 pages
Daa Tut 6 Sudhanshu Raut: Pseudo Code For KMP Algorithm
No ratings yet
Daa Tut 6 Sudhanshu Raut: Pseudo Code For KMP Algorithm
11 pages
Semester VI-comp-net
No ratings yet
Semester VI-comp-net
5 pages
Daniel Moune Introduction To Databases Exercises Set
No ratings yet
Daniel Moune Introduction To Databases Exercises Set
14 pages
CSC 216 Exam 2023
No ratings yet
CSC 216 Exam 2023
2 pages
RDBMS
No ratings yet
RDBMS
32 pages
Disk Recovery Report
No ratings yet
Disk Recovery Report
74 pages
Input Output Techniques
No ratings yet
Input Output Techniques
65 pages
Query Processing - Database Questions & Answers - Sanfoundry 00
No ratings yet
Query Processing - Database Questions & Answers - Sanfoundry 00
7 pages
Microsoft PowerPoint - QR Codes
No ratings yet
Microsoft PowerPoint - QR Codes
18 pages
Alphanumeric Codes
No ratings yet
Alphanumeric Codes
2 pages
Milestones in The History of OFDM.
No ratings yet
Milestones in The History of OFDM.
3 pages
ACS800 Copying Parameters Using Drivewindow, Drivewindow Light AND Keypad
No ratings yet
ACS800 Copying Parameters Using Drivewindow, Drivewindow Light AND Keypad
3 pages
JDBC Programs
No ratings yet
JDBC Programs
6 pages
Os Assignment 2
No ratings yet
Os Assignment 2
7 pages